Private Law 434.
189,804 words·~863 min read·
/statutes-at-large/vol-48/private-law-434·A research copy — for the controlling text, always check the official state or federal source. Not legal advice.
(/us/pvtl/73/433).] *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*, That jurisdictionMcNeill-Allman Construction Company, Incorporated, etc.Claims of, referred to Court of Claims. be, and it is hereby, conferred upon the Court of Claims, with right of appeal to the Supreme Court of the United States by either party, to hear, examine, and adjudicate and render judgment upon the claim of McNeill-Allman Construction Company, Incorporated, of W.
E. McNeill, Lee Allman, and John Allman, stockholders of the McNeill-Allman Construction Company, Incorporated, and W. E. McNeill, dissolution agent of McNeill-Allman Construction Company, for a refund of internal-revenue income and excess-profits taxes paid by said McNeill-Allman Construction Company, Incorporated, to the collector of internal revenue for the internal-revenue district of North Carolina in the sum of $4,320 for the fiscal year ending May 31, 1922, said Court of Claims being hereby granted jurisdiction to hear and determine the merits of said claim without regardStatutory limitations waived. to any statutory limitations with respect to the allowance of a refund thereof should the same be found by said court to be legally or equitably due or refundable, such statute of limitation being hereby expressly waived.
Approved, June 27, 1934. Authorizing the Court of Claims to hear, consider, adjudicate, and enter judgment upon the claims against the United States of J. A. Tippit, L. P. Hudson, Chester Howe, J. E, Arnold, Joseph W. Gillette, J. S. Bounds, W. N. Vernon, T. B, Sullivan, J. H. Neill, David C. McCallib, J. J, Beckham, and John Toles. 1934-06-28 870 Chapter 48 Stat. 1467 73 2 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain.
Digitization Vendor 2024-12-11 private [CHAPTER 870.] AN ACT Authorizing the Court of Claims to hear, consider, adjudicate, and enter judgment upon the claims against the United States of J. A. Tippit, L. P. Hudson, Chester Howe, J. E, Arnold, Joseph W. Gillette, J. S. Bounds, W. N. Vernon, T. B, Sullivan, J. H. Neill, David C. McCallib, J. J, Beckham, and John Toles. June 28, 1934.[[S. 3617](/us/bill/73/s/3617).][[Private, No. 434](/us/pvtl/73/434).] *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*, That the Court ofChoctaw Indians.Certain claims against, to be heard, etc., by Court of Claims.
Claims is hereby authorized to hear, consider, and adjudicate the claims against the United States of J. A. Tippit, L. P. Hudson, Chester Howe, J. E. Arnold, Joseph W. Gillette, J. S. Bounds, W. N. Vernon, T. B. Sullivan, J. H. Neill, David C. McCallib, J. J. Beckham, and John Toles for services rendered and expenses incurred in connection with the identification, enrollment, removal, allotment, and subsistence of Mississippi Choctaw Indians to enable them to acquire citizenship in the Choctaw Nation of Oklahoma, and to render judgment therein in such amount as may be found to be legally or equitably due each claimant, after deducting such sum or sums the claimant may have collected or received from the Indian or 1468 *Provisos*.No Federal obligation to be created.Indians benefited by the said services or expenses: *Provided*, That nothing herein contained shall be construed to create any obligation not heretofore existing in law or equity against the United States in its governmental capacity or as trustee for the individual Indians Court jurisdiction limited.receiving the benefit of such services and/or expenses: *Provided, further*, That the jurisdiction hereby conferred shall be limited to claims for services rendered and expenses incurred on behalf only of such Indian or Indians as were enrolled as citizens of the Choctaw Nation under the provisions of the Choctaw-Chickasaw supplemental Vol. 32, p. 641;
Vol. 34, p. 140.agreement approved by the Act of July 1, 1902, and ratified by the Choctaws and Chickasaws on September 25, 1902 (32 Stat. 641, 651–652), and the provisions of this Act shall not be construed as authorizing the consideration or adjudication of any claim for services rendered and expenses incurred on behalf of any person not so enrolled. Sec. 2. Petition to be filed. No claim herein authorized to be submitted to the Court of Claims shall be heard or adjudicated by the court unless a petition duly verified by affidavit of the claimant or by his heirs, executors, or administrators, or by his or their agent or attorney, shall be filed within one year from the date of this enactment, failing in which the Statement of amount claimed.claim shall be forever barred.
The petition shall fully set forth the claim, what persons are owners thereof or interested therein, and when, and upon what consideration, such persons became so interested. The petition shall further set forth that no assignment or transfer of said claim or any part thereof or interest therein has been made, except as set forth in the petition; that the claimant is justly entitled to the amount therein claimed from the United States after allowing all just credits and offsets, and that the petitioner Statements to accompany.believes the facts as stated in the petition are true.
The said petition shall contain an itemized statement of the amount or amounts claimed to be due, together with a full accounting for all sums had and received from the Indian or Indians benefited by the services rendered and expenses incurred. Sec. 3. Review of court’s decree by Supreme Court.Vol. 43, p. 939. All judgments and decrees entered by the Court of Claims under the provisions of this Act shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court as provided in section 3 of the Act of February 13, 1925 (43 Stat. 936, 939).
Sec. 4. Attendance of Attorney General, etc. The Attorney General, or his assistants under his direction, shall appear for the defense and protection of the interests of the United States in all actions filed in the Court of Claims under the provisions of this Act, with the same power to interpose counter-claims, offsets, defenses for fraud practiced or attempted to be practiced by claimants, and other defenses, in like manner as he is required to defend the United States in other suits in said court.
Sec. 5. Depositions, etc., to be admitted in evidence.Vol. 34, p. 140, That in the hearing of any suit or suits brought in said court under the provisions of this Act the Court of Claims is hereby authorized to admit in evidence with such weight as to the court may seem proper all depositions and other competent evidence introduced in evidence and constituting a part of the record in said court in the case entitled “ Estate of Charles F. Winton and others against Jack Amos and others ”, docket numbered 29,821.
Approved, June 28, 1934. CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS OF CONGRESS first session, seventy-third congress 1469 H.Con.Res., No. 15.: INVESTIGATION OF DIRIGIBLE DISASTERS House Concurrent Resolution 15 April 20, 1933 investigation of dirigible disasters April 20, 1933.[[H.Con.Res., No. 15](/us/bill/73/hconres/15).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Investigation of dirigible disasters.Joint committee created. That there is hereby created a joint committee to consist of five Members of the Senate to be appointed by the President of the Senate and five Members of the House of Representatives to be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
The committee shall select its own chairman. Such committee is hereby authorized and directed to investigateDuties. the cause, or causes of the wreck of the Navy dirigible Akron and the wrecks of other Army and Navy dirigibles, to fix responsibility for the same, to inquire generally into the question of the utility of dirigibles in the military and naval establishments, and to makeReport and recommendations. recommendations to the Senate and House of Representatives with respect to the future use of dirigibles for military or naval purposes.
The committee shall report to the Senate and House of Representatives as soon as practicable the results of its investigations, together with its recommendations. For the purpose of this resolution the committee, or any dulyPowers conferred. authorized subcommittee thereof, is authorized to hold hearings, toHearings, etc. sit and act at such times and places during the sessions or recesses of the present Congress, to employ such experts, clerical, steno graphic,Personal services. and other assistants, to require by subpoena or otherwise the attendance of such witnesses and the production of such books, papers,Testimony. and documents, to administer such oaths and affirmations, to take testimony, to have such printing and binding done, and to make such expenditures as it deems advisable, not exceeding $5,000, one-halfExpense from contingent funds of both Houses. of said amount to be paid out of the contingent fund of the Senate and one-half out of the contingent fund of the House.
Subpoenas shall be issued under the signature ofServing subpoenas. the chairman of the committee and shall be served by any person designated by him. The provisions of sections 102, 103, and 104 of the Revised Statutes[R.S. secs. 102–104, pp. 17, 18](/us/rs/102–104/17/18).[U.S.C., p. 12](/us/usc/12). shall be applicable to any person summoned as a witness under the authority of this resolution in the same manner as such provisions are applicable to any person summoned as a witness in the case of an inquiry before a committee of either House.
Passed, April 20, 1933. H.Con.Res. No. 18.: AGRICULTURAL ADJUSTMENT ACT House Concurrent Resolution 18 May 10, 1933 agricultural adjustment act May 10, 1933.[[H.Con.Res. No. 18](/us/bill/73/hconres/18).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That Agricultural Adjustment Act.*Ante*, p. 31.Correction in enrollment of, directed.in the enrollment of the bill (H.R. 3835) to relieve the existing national economic emergency by increasing agricultural purchasing power, to raise revenue for extraordinary expenses incurred by reason of such emergency, to provide emergency relief with respect to agricultural indebtedness, to provide for the orderly liquidation of joint-stock1471 1472 land banks, and for other purposes, the Clerk of the House is authorized and directed to strike out the word “basic” where it appears in *Ante*, p. 35.subsection
(3)of section 8. Passed, May 10, 1933. S. Con. Res. No, 2.: THE CONSTITUTION AND DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE Senate Concurrent Resolution 2 June 13, 1933 the constitution and declaration of independence June 13, 1933.[[S. Con. Res. No, 2](/us/bill/73/sconres/2).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), The Constitution and Declaration of Independence.Printing of, as Senate document ordered. That the Constitution of the United States, as amended to April 1, 1933, together with the Declaration of Independence, be printed as a Senate document, with an index, in such form and style as may be Distribution.directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, and that three thousand five hundred additional copies be printed, of which one thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate and two thousand five hundred copies for the use of the House of Representatives. Passed, June 13, 1933. H.Con.Res. No. 23.: BANKING ACT OF 1933 House Concurrent Resolution 23 June 13, 1933 banking act 1933 June 13, 1933.[[Con.Res. No. 23](/us/bill/73/hconres/23).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Banking Act of1933.*Ante,* p. 162.Corrections in enrollment of, directed. That the Clerk of the House of Representatives is authorized and directed, in the enrollment of the bill (H.R. 5661) entitled “An Act to provide for the safer and more effective use of the assets of banks, to regulate interbank control, to prevent the undue diversion of funds into speculative operations, and for other purposes”, to make the following necessary changes in the language of the bill: *Ante,* p. 179.In the first sentence of the second paragraph of subsection
(y)of section 12B (added by the bill to the Federal Reserve Act, as amended), insert after “State bank” and before the parenthesis the words “, which term shall also include all banking institutions located in the District of Columbia”; and in the same sentence, strike out “State authority” and insert “authority”. In the seventh paragraph of subsection
(1)of such section 12B, after “Corporation” insert a comma and “or a member of the Fund provided for in subsection (y)”. In the last paragraph of such subsection (y), strike out the word “title” and insert in lieu thereof the word “section”. Passed, June 13, 1933. H. Con. Res. No. 24.: ADJOURNMENT House Concurrent Resolution 24 June 16, 1933 adjournment June 16, 1933.[[H.Con.Res. No. 24](/us/bill/73/hconres/24).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Adjournment of Congress, June 16, 1933. That the two Houses of Congress shall adjourn on Friday, the 16th day of June 1933, and that when they adjourn on said day they stand adjourned sine die. Passed, June 16, 1933. CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS OF CONGRESS second session, seventy-third congress H.Con.Res., No. 25.: JOINT MEETING House Concurrent Resolution 25 January 3, 1934 joint meeting January 3, 1934[[H.Con.Res., No. 25](/us/bill/73/hconres/25).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the two HousesJoint meeting of the two Houses to receive communications from the President. of Congress assemble in the Hall of the. House of Representatives on Wednesday, the 3d day of January 1934, at 1:30 o’clock in the afternoon, for the purpose of receiving such communications as the President of the United States shall be pleased to make to them. Passed, January 3, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 27.: UNITED STATES ROANOKE COLONY COMMISSION House Concurrent Resolution 27 January 27, 1934 united states roanoke colony commission January 27, 1934.[[H.Con.Res., No. 27](/us/bill/73/hconres/27).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), United States Roanoke Colony Commission.Time for report of, extended.Vol. 47, p. 1782, amended. That the House concurrent resolution of the Seventy-second Congress establishing the United States Roanoke Colony Commission is continued in full force and effect during the Seventy-third Congress, and, as continued, section 2 of such resolution is amended by striking out “1934” and inserting in lieu thereof “1937.” Passed, January 27, 1934. S.Con.Res., No. 10.: DAM CONSTRUCTION, YAQUINA BAY Senate Concurrent Resolution 10 March 5, 1934 dam construction, yaquina bay March 5, 1934.[[S.Con.Res., No. 10](/us/bill/73/sconres/10).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Dam construction, Yaquina Bay.Correction in enrollment of bill (S. 1759) relating to, ordered.*Ante*, p. 398, That the Secretary of the Senate be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed, in the enrollment of the bill (S. 1759) “To extend the time for the construction of dams and dikes in Lincoln County, Oregon, to prevent the flow of waters of Yaquina Bay and River into Nute’s Slough, Boones Slough, and sloughs connected there with”, to correct an error by striking out, in line 1, of the House engrossed amendment, the words “June 13” and inserting in lieu thereof “June 17”. Passed, March 5, 1934. H. Con. Res . No. 26.: CENTENNIAL OF DEATH OF GENERAL LAFAYETTE House Concurrent Resolution 26 March 20, 1934 centennial of death of general lafayette March 20, 1934.[[H. Con. Res . No. 26](/us/bill/73/hconres/26).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That there is hereby established a special joint congressional committeeCentennial of death of General Lafayette.Special Joint committee on arrangements to be appointed.*Ante*, p. 784. to be composed of five Members of the Senate, to be appointed by the President of the Senate and five Members of the House of Representatives, to be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, which shall make appropriate arrangements for the commemoration of the one hundredth anniversary of the death*Post*, p. 1476. of General Lafayette, occurring on May 20, 1934. 1473 1474 Sec. 2. Committee organization, dissolution, etc. The committee shall select a chairman from among its members. Any vacancy occurring in the membership of the committee shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made. The committee shall cease to exist upon making its report as hereinafter provided. Sec. 3. Acceptance of contributions authorized.Report thereof. The committee is authorized to accept and make use of contributions for carrying out the purposes of this resolution and shall file with the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives a report with respect to amounts so received and expended. Passed, March 20, 1934. S.Con.Res., No. 11.: ALASKA PROHIBITION REPEAL Senate Concurrent Resolution 11 March 27, 1934 alaska prohibition repeal March 27, 1934.[[S.Con.Res., No. 11](/us/bill/73/sconres/11).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Alaska prohibition repeal.Return of bill relative to, requested.*Ante*, p. 583. That the President is requested to return to the Senate the bill (S. 2729, Seventy-third Congress, second session) to repeal an Act of Congress entitled “An Act to prohibit the manufacture or sale of alcoholic liquors in the Territory of Alaska, and for other purposes”, approved February 14, 1917, and for other purposes. Passed, March 27, 1934. S.Con.Res., No. 12.: ALASKA PROHIBITION REPEAL Senate Concurrent Resolution 12 April 5, 1934 alaska prohibition repeal April 5, 1934.[[S.Con.Res., No. 12](/us/bill/73/sconres/12).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Alaska prohibition repeal.Reenrollment of bill concerning.*Ante*, p. 583.Vol. 39. p. 903. That the action of the Vice President and of the Speaker of the House of Representatives in signing the enrolled bill (S. 2729) entitled “An Act to repeal an Act of Congress entitled ‘An Act to prohibit the manufacture or sale of alcoholic liquors in the Territory of Alaska, and for other purposes’, approved February 14, 1917, and for other purposes”, be rescinded, and that in the reenrollment of such bill the last proviso of section 1 reading as follows: “ *Provided*, That the *Proviso.*Granting pardons.Governor of the Territory of Alaska, from and after the passage and approval of this Act, shall have the power and authority to grant pardons to persons theretofore convicted of violations of the aforesaid Act of February 14, 1917.”, be stricken out. Passed, April 5, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 35.: FEES IN NATURALIZATION PROCEEDINGS House Concurrent Resolution 35 April 12, 1934 fees in naturalization proceeding April 12, 1934.[[H.Con.Res., No. 35](/us/bill/73/hconres/35).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Naturalization fees.Return of bill (H.R. 3521) relating to, requested.*Ante*, p. 597. That the President is requested to return to the House of Representatives the bill (H.R. 3521, Seventy-third Congress, second session) entitled “An Act to reduce certain fees in naturalization proceedings, and for other purposes”, for the purpose of correcting an error in said bill. Passed, April 12, 1934. S.Con.Res., No. 13.: INVESTIGATION OF AIR- AND OCEAN-MAIL CONTRACTS Senate Concurrent Resolution 13 April 25, 1934 1475 investigation of air– and ocean–mail contracts April 25, 1934.[[S.Con.Res., No. 13](/us/bill/73/sconres/13).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Investigation of air- and ocean-mail contracts.Additional copies of testimony, ordered printed.Vol. 34, p. 1012.[U.S.C., p. 1423](/us/usc/1423). That, in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing Act, approved March 1, 1907, the Special Committee on Air and Ocean Mail Contracts of the Senate be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed one thousand five hundred additional copies of each and all parts of the testimony taken before said special committee during the Seventy-third Congress in connection with its investigation of air-mail and ocean-mail contracts. Passed, April 25, 1934. S.Con. Res., No. 14.: LEGISLATIVE APPROPRIATION ACT, 1935. Senate Concurrent Resolution 14 May 2, 1934 legislative appropriation act, 1955. May 2, 1934.[[S.Con. Res., No. 14](/us/bill/73/sconres/14).] Whereas H.R. 8617, the Legislative Branch Appropriation Act, 1935,Legislative Appropriation Act, 1935.Preamble. passed by the House on March 22, 1934, contains a provision on page 9, beginning in line 12 and extending down to and including a part of line 17, as follows:" “For expenses of inquiries and investigations ordered by theInquiries and investigations, Senate.*Ante*, p. 824. Senate, including compensation to stenographers of committees, at such rate as may be fixed by the Committee to Audit and Control the Contingent Expenses of the Senate, but not exceeding 25 cents per hundred words, $144,455”; and " Whereas the Senate adopted an amendment (number 21) to the foregoing provision, as follows: On page 9, line 17, strike out “$144,455” and insert: “$268,955, of which $150,000 shall be for the fiscal year 1934”; and Whereas the conferees, in their report on the said bill, which was adopted by both Houses, recommended that the House recede from its disagreement to the said amendment and agree to the same, said amendment therefore not being subject to further amendment; and Whereas the joint resolution (H.J. Res. 332) to provide appropriationsAppropriations, certain public services.*Ante*, p. 820. to meet urgent needs in certain public services, and for other purposes, passed by the House on April 26, 1934, was amended by the Senate by inserting on page 1, after line 6, certain language, ofLanguage inserted. which the following is a part:" “senate “For expenses of inquiries and investigations ordered by the Senate, including compensation to stenographers of committees, at such rate, as may be fixed by the Committee to Audit and Control the Contingent Expenses of the Senate, but not exceeding 25 cents per hundred words, fiscal year 1934, $150,000”; and " Whereas the foregoing amendment is a duplication of the appropriation of $150,000 for the fiscal year 1934, as contained in the Legislative Branch Appropriation Act, 1935: Therefore be it Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That in the event the Senate amendment to the foregoing joint resolutionCorrection in enrollment directed. (H.J. Res. 332) is agreed to by the House of Representatives, and the existing differences of the two Houses on certain amendments of the Senate to the bill, H.R. 8617, the Legislative Branch Appropriation Act, 1935, are adjusted, the Clerk of the House of Representatives be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed, in the enrollment of the said bill, H.R. 8617, to insert, in lieu of the language contained in said Senate amendment numbered 21, the following: “$118,955”. Passed, May 2, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 37.: CENTENNIAL OF DEATH OF GILBERT DU MOTIER, MARQUIS DE LA FAYETTE House Concurrent Resolution 37 May 3, 1934 1476 centennial of death of gilbert du motier, marquis de la fayette May 3, 1934.[[H.Con.Res., No. 37](/us/bill/73/hconres/37).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Centennial of death of Gilbert du Motier, Marquis de La Fayette.Joint session in commemoration of, authorized.Joint committee on arrangements to be appointed.*Ante*, pp. 784, 1473. That in commemoration of the one hundredth anniversary of the death of Gilbert du Motier, Marquis de La Fayette, the two Houses of Congress shall assemble in the Hall of the House of Representatives at 11 o’clock antemeridian, on Sunday, May 20, 1934. That a joint committee consisting of five Members of the House of Representatives and five Members of the Senate shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the President of the Senate, respectively, which is empowered to make suitable arrangements for fitting and proper exercises for the joint session of Congress herein authorized. Invitations.That invitations to attend the exercises be extended to the President of the United States and the Members of his Cabinet, the Chief Justice and Associate Justices of the Supreme Court of the United States, the Diplomatic Corps (through the Secretary of State), the General of the Armies, the Chief of Staff of the Army, the Chief of Naval Operations, the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps, and the Commandant of the Coast Guard, and such other persons as the joint committee on arrangements shall deem proper. President of the United States invited to make address.That the President of the United States is hereby invited to address the American people at the joint session of the Congress in commemoration of the centennial anniversary of the death of General La Fayette. Passed, May 3, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 38.: REVENUE ACT OF 1934 House Concurrent Resolution 38 May 10, 1934 revenue act of 1934 May 10, 1934.[[H.Con.Res., No. 38](/us/bill/73/hconres/38).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Revenue Act of 1934.Additional copies of, ordered printed.*Ante*, p. 680. That there be printed eighteen thousand additional copies of Public Law Numbered 216, Seventy-third Congress, entitled “An Act to provide revenue, equalize taxation, and for other purposes”, of which ten thousand copies shall be for the use of the House Document Room, five thousand copies for the use of the Senate Document Room, two thousand copies for the use of the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, and one thousand copies for the use of the Committee on Finance of the Senate. Passed, May 10, 1934. S.Con. Res., No. 16.: NATIONAL MOTOR VEHICLE THEFT ACT Senate Concurrent Resolution 16 May 17, 1934 national motor vehicle theft act May 17, 1934.[[S.Con. Res., No. 16](/us/bill/73/sconres/16).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), National Motor Vehicle Theft Act.Correction in enrollment of (S. 2845), directed.*Ante*, p. 794. That the Secretary of the Senate is authorized and directed, in the enrollment of the bill (S. 2845) entitled “An Act to extend the provisions of the National Motor Vehicle Theft Act to other stolen property”, to strike out “1929” where it appears in section 7 thereof and insert in lieu thereof “1919.” Passed, May 17, 1934. S.Con. Res.. No. 17.: DANIEL BOONE BICENTENNIAL Senate Concurrent Resolution 17 May 21, 1934 1477 daniel boone bicentennial May 21, 1934.[[S.Con. Res.. No. 17](/us/bill/73/sconres/17).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the President be requested to return to the Senate the billDaniel Boone Bicentennial.Return of bill relating to, requested.*Ante*, p. 807. (S. 3355) to authorize the coinage of 50-cent pieces in commemoration of the two-hundredth anniversary of the birth of Daniel Boone, to correct an error therein. Passed, May 21, 1934. S. Con. Res., No. 18.: DANIEL BOONE BICENTENNIAL Senate Concurrent Resolution 18 May 22, 1934 daniel boone bicentennial May 22, 1934.[[S. Con. Res., No. 18](/us/bill/73/sconres/18).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the action of the Speaker of the House of Representatives and Daniel Boone Bicentennial.Reenrollment of bill relating to, with amendment added, directed.*Ante*, p. 807.of the President of the Senate in signing the enrolled bill (S. 3355) to authorize the coinage of 50-cent pieces in commemoration of the two-hundredth anniversary of the birth of Daniel Boone, be rescinded, and that the Secretary of the Senate be authorized and directed to reenroll the bill with the following amendment: Before the period at the end of section 1 insert a semicolon and the following: “but the United States shall not be subject to the expense of making the models or master dies or other preparations for this coinage.” Passed, May 22, 1934. S. Con. Res., No. 19.: CITIZENSHIP AND NATURALIZATION Senate Concurrent Resolution 19 May 22, 1934 citizenship and naturalization May 22, 1934.[[S. Con. Res., No. 19](/us/bill/73/sconres/19).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Citizenship and naturalization.Return of bill (H.R. 3673) relating to, requested.*Ante*, p. 797. That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, requested to return to the House of Representatives the enrolled bill (H.R. 3673) to amend the law relative to citizenship and naturalization, and for other purposes; that if and when the said bill is returned, the action of the Speaker of the House and of the President of the SenateReenrollment, with amendments added, directed. in signing the said bill be deemed to be rescinded; and that the Clerk of the House of Representatives be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed to reenroll the said bill with the following amendments, namely: On page 2, line 1, of the House engrossed bill, strike out the following: “and unless the child, in” and insert in lieu thereof a period and the word “In”. On page 2, line 2, of said engrossed bill, after the word “alien” and the comma, insert the following: “the right of citizenship shall not descend unless the child”. Passed, May 22, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 43.: STATUE OF WILLIAM JENNINGS BRYAN House Concurrent Resolution 43 June 14, 1934 statue of william jennings bryan June 14, 1934[[H.Con.Res., No. 43](/us/bill/73/hconres/43).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That there shall be printed with illustrations, in such form and styleStatue of William Jennings Bryan.Proceedings at unveiling of, ordered printed.Vol. 46, p. 783; Vol. 47, p. 335. as may be directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, five thousand copies of the proceedings held in connection with the unveiling of the statue of William Jennings Bryan, in Washington, District of Columbia, May 3, 1934, together with such other matter as may be relevant thereto, of which one thousand copies shall be for the use1478 Distribution.of the Senate, three thousand one hundred copies for the use of the House of Representatives, and nine hundred copies shall be for the use and distribution of the Senators and Representatives in Congress from the State of Nebraska. Illustrations.The Joint Committee on Printing is hereby authorized to have the copy prepared for the Public Printer and shall procure suitable illustrations to be published with these proceedings. Passed, June 13, 1934. S.Con.Res., No. 20.: SAINT LAWRENCE WATERWAYS Senate Concurrent Resolution 20 June 14, 1934 saint lawrence waterways June 14, 1934.[[S.Con.Res., No. 20.](/us/bill/73/sconres/20)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Saint Lawrence Waterways.Additional copies of hearings on, ordered printed.Vol. 34, p. 1012. That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing Act, approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed for its use two thousand copies of the hearings held before a subcommittee of said committee during the second session of the Seventy-second Congress, on the resolution (S.Res. 278), entitled “Resolution authorizing the Committee on Foreign Relations to make an investigation and to hold hearings, respecting matters touching the Saint Lawrence Waterways Treaty”, part 1 and 2. Passed, June 14, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 32.: INVESTIGATING SALE, ETC., OF DAIRY PRODUCTS House Concurrent Resolution 32 June 16, 1934 investigating sale, etc., of dairy products June 16, 1934.[[H.Con.Res., No. 32.](/us/bill/73/hconres/32)] Investigating sale, etc., of dairy products.Preamble.Whereas an audit made by the Agricultural Adjustment Administration has revealed that distributors in four of the largest milksheds in the United States, for the five years ended December 31, 1933, made a net profit of 25.71 per centum on their net plant investment; and Whereas this audit shows the net profits of distributors in each of the milksheds for the five-year period to be: Philadelphia (distributors handling 85 per centum of volume), 30.76 per centum; Boston (distributors handling 75 per centum of volume), 22.45 per centum; Saint Louis (distributors handling 67 per centum of volume), 14.64 per centum; and Chicago (distributors handling 90 per centum of volume), 25.84 per centum; and Whereas during this same five-year period the wholesale price of milk sold by farmers declined 50 per centum, resulting in severe hardships and suffering to milk producers throughout the United States and strikes and violence in many rural and metropolitan centers; and Whereas the aforesaid audit by the Agricultural Adjustment Administration has revealed net profits of milk distributors which tends to establish that similar conditions exist in other milk-sheds throughout the United States; and Whereas an investigation in the District of Columbia pursuant to S.Res. 76, Seventy-third Congress, first session, revealed testimony which abundantly sustains the contention that over a period of years large milk distributors have attempted to create a monopoly in the District of Columbia, and largely as a result of these efforts fanners producing milk for the District of Columbia milkshed have received low returns for their product and have been placed at a serious disadvantage; and 1479 Whereas the testimony adduced at hearings in the aforesaid investigation in the District of Columbia tends to prove that similar monopolistic efforts likewise exist in other milksheds in the United States; and Whereas there is reason to believe that there exists a close tie between certain leaders of milk producers’ cooperatives and milk distributors, which tie is unbeknown to milk producers and detrimental to their interests; and Whereas the continuation of the practices now engaged in by milk distributors and certain leaders of milk cooperatives seriously endangers the efforts of the Agricultural Adjustment Administration and of the several States to alleviate and remedy the distress now widespread among dairy farmers in the United States, which distress if permitted to continue will result in the destruction of the already sorely pressed agricultural industry: Therefore be it Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the Federal Trade Commission is authorized and directed toFederal Trade Com-mission directed to conduct investigations within territorial limits of United States. investigate conditions with respect to the sale and distribution of milk and other daily products within the territorial limits of the United States by any person, partnership, association, cooperative, or corporation, with a view to determining particularly whether any such person, partnership, association, cooperative, or corporation is operating within any milkshed of the United States in such a maimer as to substantially lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in the sale or distribution of such dairy products, or is a party to any conspiracy in restraint of trade or commerce in any such dairy products, or is in any way monopolizing or attempting to monopolize such trade or commerce within the United States or any part thereof, or is using any unfair method of competition in connection with the sale or distribution of any such dairy products, or is in any way operating to depress the price of milk sold by producers. TheReport and recommendations to House of Representatives. Federal Trade Commission shall report to the House of Representatives as soon as practicable the result of its investigations, together with its recommendations, if any, for necessary remedial legislation. Passed, June 15, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 45.: STATUES OF GEORGE WASHINGTON AND ROBERT E. LEE House Concurrent Resolution 45 June 15, 1934 statues of george washington and robert e. lee June 15, 1934.[[H.Con.Res., No. 45.](/us/bill/73/hconres/45)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That there be printed with illustrations, in such form and style asStatues of George Washington and Robert E. Lee.Proceedings on acceptance of, ordered printed. may be directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, seven thousand copies of the proceedings in Congress, together with the proceedings held in the Rotunda of the Capitol and such other matter as may be relevant thereto, upon the acceptance of the statues of George Washington and Robert E. Lee, presented by the State of Virginia, of which one thousand shall be for the use of the Senate and two thouDistribution.sand tliree hundred for the use of the House of Representatives, and the remaining three thousand seven hundred copies shall be for the use and distribution of the Senators and Representatives in Congress from the State of Virginia. The Joint Committee on Printing is hereby authorized to haveIllustrations. the copy prepared for the Public Printer and shall procure suitable illustrations to be published with these proceedings. Passed, June 15, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 46.: ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES IN CANAL ZONE House Concurrent Resolution 46 June 15, 1934 1480 alcoholic beverages in canal zone June 15, 1934.[[H.Con.Res., No. 46](/us/bill/73/hconres/46).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Alcoholic beverages in Canal Zone.Provisions of Senate bill, etc., to be incorporated in Canal Zone Code.*Ante*, pp. 1116, 1122. That the provisions of S. 3696, entitled “An Act authorizing the President to make rules and regulations in respect to alcoholic beverages in the Canal Zone, and for other purposes”, shall, with necessary editorial changes, be incorporated and printed in the proper place in the “Canal Zone Code” (H.R. 8700) prior to its enrollment and signature. Passed, June 15, 1934. S.Con.Res., No. 23.: DEFICIENCY APPROPRIATIONS ACT Senate Concurrent Resolution 23 June 16, 1934 deficiency appropriations act June 16, 1934.[[S.Con.Res., No. 23](/us/bill/73/sconres/23).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Deficiency Appropriations Act.Correction in enrollment of, directed.*Ante*, p. 1022. That the Clerk of the House of Representatives is authorized in the enrollment of the bill (H.R. 9830) making appropriations to supply deficiencies in certain appropriations for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1934, and prior fiscal years, to provide supplemental general and emergency appropriations for the fiscal years ending June 30, 1934, and June 30, 1935, and for other purposes, to insert on page 2, after line 23, of the House engrossed bill the following:" George F. Brumm.Pay to sisters.“For payment to Susan I. Brumm and Joan L. Brumm, sisters of George F. Brumm, late a Representative from the State of Pennsylvania, $8,500.” " Passed, June 16, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 39.: CENTENNIAL OF DEATH OF LA FAYETTE House Concurrent Resolution 39 June 18, 1934 centennial of death of la fayette June 18, 1934.[[H.Con.Res., No. 39](/us/bill/73/hconres/39).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Centenary observance of death of La FayetteProceedings at joint session ordered printed*Ante*, 1473, 1476. That there shall be compiled, and printed with illustrations, in such form and style as may be directed by the Joint Committee on Printing, seven thousand copies of the proceedings at the joint session of the two Houses of Congress in the Hall of the House of Representatives on May 20, 1934, held in commemoration of the centennial anniversary of the death of Gilbert du Motier, Marquis de La Fayette, together Distribution.with such other matter as the committee may deem pertinent, of which one thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate, four thousand copies shall be for the House of Representatives, and two thousand copies for the use of the Joint Committee on Arrangements. Passed, June 16, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 44.: PRAYERS BY THE CHAPLAIN OF THE HOUSE House Concurrent Resolution 44 June 18, 1934 payers by the chaplain of the house June 18, 1934.[[H.Con.Res., No. 44](/us/bill/73/hconres/44).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Prayers by the Chaplain of the House.Printing of, ordered. That two thousand five hundred copies of the prayers offered by the Reverend James Shera Montgomery, Chaplain of the House of Representatives, at the opening of the daily sessions of the House during the Seventy-second and Seventy-third Congresses, be printed and bound for the use of the House of Representatives. Passed, June 16, 1934. S.Con. Res., No. 21.: TEXAS CENTENARY, JOINT COMMITTEE Senate Concurrent Resolution 21 June 18, 1934 1481 texas centenary, joint committee June 18, 1934.[[S.Con. Res., No. 21](/us/bill/73/sconres/21).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That there is hereby established a joint congressional committee to beTexas centenary, joint committee.Appointment authorized to consider Federal participation, etc. composed of three Senators, to be appointed by the President of the Senate, and three Members of the House of Representatives, to bo appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, to inquire into and report to Congress to what extent, if any, the Federal Government should participate in the Centennial of the Independence of the Republic of Texas, to be held in the State of Texas in the year 1936. The expenses of the committee, including necessary clerical assistDivision of expenses.ance and traveling expenses, which shall not exceed $5,000, shall be paid, one-half from the contingent fund of the Senate and one-half from the contingent fund of the House of Representatives, upon vouchers, approved by the chairman. Passed, June 18, 1934. S.Con.Res., No. 24.: TAXATION OF FIREARMS, ETC. Senate Concurrent Resolution 24 June 18, 1934 texation of firearms, etc. June 18, 1934.[[S.Con. Res., No. 24](/us/bill/73/sconres/24).] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Taxation of firearms, etc.Correction in enrollment of bill, directed.*Ante*, p. 1230. That the Clerk of the House is authorized and directed, in the enrollment of the bill (H.R. 9741) to provide for the taxation of manufacturers, importers, and dealers in certain firearms and machine guns, to tax the sale or other disposal of such weapons, and to restrict importation and regulate interstate transportation thereof, to insert after line 22, on page 4 of the House bill, the following:
(c)Under such rules and regulations as the Commissioner,Matter inserted. with the approval of the Secretary, may prescribe, and upon proof of the exportation of any firearm to any foreign country (whether exported as part of another article or not) with respect to which the transfer tax under this section has been paid by the manufacturer, the Commissioner shall refund to the manufacturer the amount of the tax so paid, or, if the manufacturer waives all claim for the amount to be refunded, the refund shall be made to the exporter. Passed, June 18, 1934. H.Con.Res. No. 48.: SIGNING ENROLLED BILLS, ETC., AFTER ADJOURNMENT House Concurrent Resolution 48 June 18, 1934 signing enrolled bills, etc., after adjournment June 18, 1934.[[H.Con.Res. No. 48](/us/bill/73/hconres/48).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That notwithstanding the adjournment of the second session of theEnrolled bills and resolutions.Signing after adjournment of Congress. Seventy-third Congress, the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives be, and they are hereby, authorized to sign any enrolled bill or joint resolution duly passed by the two Houses, and which have been examined by the Committee on Enrolled Bills of each House and found truly enrolled. Passed, June 18, 1934. H.Con.Res., No. 47.: ADJOURNMENT House Concurrent Resolution 47 June 18, 1934 adjournment June 18, 1934.[[H.Con.Res. No. 47](/us/bill/73/hconres/47).] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Adjournment of Congress, June 18, 1934. That when the Senate shall adjourn as of the legislative day of June 6, 1934, and the House of Representatives shall adjourn as of the legislative day of June 15, 1934, they shall stand adjourned sine die. Passed, June 18, 1934. TREATIES AND CONVENTIONSconcluded by theUNITED STATES OF AMERICAwithFOREIGN NATIONS 1483 TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS December 17, 1932 Convention 48 Stat. 1485 CLAIMS CONVENTION—PANAMA—DECEMBER 17, 1932 *Convention between the United States of America and Panama modifying December 17, 1932.claims convention of July 28, 1926. Signed at Panama, December 17, 1932; ratification advised by the Senate, February 18, 1933; ratified by the President, February 23, 1933; ratified by Panama, March 20, 1933; ratifications exchanged at Panama, March 25, 1933; proclaimed March 30, 1933.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas, a convention between the United States of America and Claims convention with Panama.Preamble.the Republic of Panama to modify certain provisions of the convention for the settlement and amicable adjustment of claims presented by the citizens of each country against the other, signed at Washington on July 28, 1926, was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at Panama on the seventeenth day of December, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two, the original of which convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: The United States of America Contracting powers.and the Republic of Panama desiring to modify certain provisions of a Convention for the settlement and amicable adjustment of claims presented by the citizens of each country against the other, signed at Washington July 28, 1926, have decided to conclude a Convention for that purpose and have nominated as their plenipotentiaries: The President of the United Plenipotentiaries.States of America, Mr. Roy Tasco Davis, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States to Panama; and The President of the Republic of Panama, His Excellency Doctor J. Demóstenes Arosemena, Secretary for Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Panama; 1485 1486 who after having communicated to each other their respective full powers found to be in due and proper form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I Time extended for consideration, etc., of claims.The second paragraph of Article VI of the Convention between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama for the settlement and amicable adjustment of claims by citizens of each country against the other, signed at Washington July 28, 1926, is amended to read as follows:" The Commission shall be bound to hear, examine and decide, before July 1, 1933, all the claims filed on or before October 1, 1932. " Article II Payment of awards extended to July 1, 1936.Article VIII of the Claims Convention signed at Washington on July 28, 1926, by plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and the Republic of Panama is amended to read as follows:" The total amount awarded in all the cases decided in favor of the citizens of one country shall be deducted from the total amount awarded to the citizens of the other country, and the balance shall be paid at the city of Panama or at Washington, in gold coin or its equivalent the first of July, 1936, or before, to the Government of the country in favor of whose citizens the greater amount may have been awarded. " Article III Exchange of ratifications.The present Convention shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties in accordance with their respective Constitutions. Ratifications of this Convention1487 shall be exchanged in Panama as soon as practicable and the Convention shall take effect on the date of the exchange of ratifications. In witness whereof, the respective Signatures.Plenipotentiaries have signed and affixed their seals to this Convention. Done in duplicate in Panama this seventeenth day of December, 1932. Los Estados Unidos de AméricaContracting powers. y la República de Panamá, deseosos de modificar ciertas estipulaciones de una Convención para el arreglo y ajuste amigable de reclamaciones presentadas por ciudadanos de cada uno de los dos países contra el otro, firmada en Washington el 28 de Julio de 1926, han decidido concluir una Convención a tal propósito y han nombrado como sus plenipotenciarios: El Presidente de los Estados Plenipotentiaries. Unidos de América, al Señor Roy Tasco Davis, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos en Panamá; y El Presidente de la República de Panamá, a Su Excelencia el Doctor Don Juan Demóstenes Arosemena, Secretario de Relaciones Exteriores de la República de Panamá; 1485 1486 quienes después de haberse comunicado el uno al otro sus respectivos plenos poderes y encontrado que están en forma debida y adecuada, han convenido en los siguientes artículos: Articulo I Time extended for consideration, etc., of claims.El segundo parágrafo del Artículo VI de la Convención entre los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Panamá para el arreglo y ajuste amigable de las reclamaciones presentadasporciudadanos de cada uno de los dos países contra el otro, firmada en Washington el 28 de Julio de 1926, queda enmendado como sigue:" La Comisión estará obligada a oir, sustanciar y fallar, antes del l do Julio de 1933, todas las reclamaciones presentadas el U de Octubre de 1932, o antes. " Articulo II Payment of rewards extended to July 1, 1936.El Artículo VIII de la Convención de Reclamaciones firmada en Washington el 28 de Julio de 1926 por Plenipotenciarios de los Estados Unidos de América y de la República de Panamá, queda enmendada como sigue:" La cantidad total adjudicada en todos los casos decididos a favor de los ciudadanos de un país será deducida de la cantidad total adjudicada a los ciudadanos del otro país, y el saldo será pagado en la ciudad de Panamá o en Washington, en moneda de oro o su equivalente, el 1º de Julio de 1936, o antes, al Gobierno del país en favor de cuyos ciudadanos se haya adjudicado la cantidad mayor. " Articulo III Exchange of ratifications.Esta Convención será ratificada por las Altas Partes Contratantes, de acuerdo con sus respectivas Constituciones. Las ratificaciones serán canjeadas en la ciudad1487 de Panama tan pronto como sea dable y la Convención comenzará a surtir sus efectos desde la fecha en que se verifique el canje. En testimonio de lo cual, losSignatures. Plenipotenciarios respectivos han firmado y sellado esta Convención. Hecho por duplicado en Panamá el día diecisiete de Diciembre de 1932. [seal] Roy T. Davis J D Arosemena [seal] And whereas the said convention has been duly ratified on bothRatifications exchanged. parts and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Panama on the twenty-fifth day of March, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this thirtieth day of March in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three [seal]and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State*. March 14, 1932 Convention 48 Stat. 1488 1488 ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS CONVENTION—PANAMA—MARCH 14, 1932. * March 14, 1932.Convention between the United States of America and Panama modifying former convention respecting the transit of alcoholic liquors through the territory of the Canal Zone. Signed at Panama, March 14, 1932; ratification advised by the Senate, June 18, 1932; ratified by the President, June 24, 1932; ratified by Panama, March 20, 1933; ratifications exchanged at Panama, March 25, 1933; proclaimed, April 7, 1933.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Convention with Panama modifying convention for prevention of smuggling of intoxicating liquors.PreambleVol, 43, p. 1878. Whereas a convention between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama, modifying the convention for the prevention of the smuggling of intoxicating liquors, signed between the two countries at Washington on June 6, 1924, and regulating the transportation of alcoholic liquors through the territory of the Canal Zone from one point in the Republic of Panama to another point in that Republic, was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the city of Panama on the fourteenth day of March one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two, the original of which convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: Contracting powers.The President of the United States of America and the President of the Republic of Panama desiring, in accordance with theVol, 43, p, 1878. provisions of Article V of the Convention between the United States of America and the Republic of Panama for the Prevention of Smuggling of Intoxicating Liquors, signed at Washington, June 6, 1924, to modify the said Convention by adding to it an article which shall regulate transit through the territory of the Canal Vol. 33. p. 2235.Zone, referred to in Article VI of the Treaty signed at Washington, on November 18, 1903, with respect to the shipment of alcoholic liquors from one point in the Republic of Panama to another point in the Republic of Panama, have decided to conclude a convention for that purpose and have appointed as their plenipotentiaries: 1489 The President of the United States of America, Mr. Roy T. Davis, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to the Republic of Panama; and The President of the Republic of Panama, His Excellency Enrique Geenzier, Secretary for Foreign Affairs; Who, having communicated their full powers found in good and due form, have agreed as follows: Article I No penalty or forfeiture under No penalty attached to transit of liquors under seal through Canal Zone.the laws of the United States of America shall be applicable or attach to alcoholic liquors or to vehicles or persons by reason of the carriage of such liquors when they are in transit under seal and under certificate by Panamanian authority from the terminal ports of the Canal to the cities of Panama or Colon or from the cities of Panama or Colon to the terminal ports of the Canal when said liquors are intended for exportation, or between the cities of Panama or Colon and any other points of the Republic or between any two points of the territory of the Republic when in any of these cases the direct or natural means of communication is through Canal Zone territory and provided that such liquors remain under the said seals and certificates while they are passing through Canal Zone territory. Article II Article I of the present convention Article I deemed integral part of existing convention.Vol. 43, p. 1878.shall be deemed to constitute an integral part of the convention of June 6, 1924, and as such shall be subject to the provisions of that convention regarding modification and termination. If the substance of Article I of Lapse of Article I it incorporated in future treaty.the present convention be incorporated in any treaty which may hereafter be concluded between 1490the United States of America and the Republic of Panama, the present convention shall automatically lapse when such treaty shall come into force. Article III Exchange of ratifications.The present convention shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties in accordance with the requirements of the constitutions of the United States of America and the Republic of Panama,, respectively, and the ratifications shall be exchanged at Panama as soon as possible. The convention shall enter into force on the date of the exchange of ratifications. Signature.In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, both of which shall be authentic, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done in the City of Panama this fourteenth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty two. Roy T. Davis [seal] Contracting powers.El Presidente de la República de Panamá y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, de Vol, 43, p, 1878.conformidad con las estipulaciones del Artículo 5° del Convenio entre la República de Panamá y los Estados Unidos de América para la prevención del contrabando de licores embriagantes, firmado en Washington el 6 de Junio de 1924, y deseando modificar el dicho Convenio añadiéndole un artículo que reglamente el tránsito por el territorio Vol. 33. p. 2235.de la Zona del Canal, estipulado en el Artículo VI del Tratado firmado en Washington el 18 de Noviembre de 1903, en lo que respecta al embarque de licores alcohólicos desde un punto de la República de Panamá a otro punto de la República de Panamá, han acordado celebrar un Convenio con tal propósito y han nombrado como sus Plenipotenciarios: 1489 El Presidente de la República de Panamá, a Su Excelencia el señor Enrique Geenzier, Secretario de Relaciones Exteriores de la República de Panamá, y El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, al señor Roy T, Davis, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos de América ante la República de Panamá, Quienes, habiéndose comunicado sus plenos poderes y hallándolos en buena y debida forma, han convenido en lo siguiente: Articulo I No se aplicará pena o deNo penalty attached to transit of liquors under seal through Canal Zone.comiso conforme a las leyes de los Estados Unidos de América ni a los licores alcohólicos ni a los vehículos ni a las personas, por razón del transporte de tales licores cuando se hallen en tránsito, bajo sello y certificado de autoridad panameña, de los puertos terminales del Canal a las ciudades de Panamá y Colón y de las ciudades de Panamá y Colón a los puertos terminales del Canal, cuando dichos licores sean para la exportación, y entre las ciudades de Panamá y Colón y cualquiera otro punto de la República y entre dos puntos cualesquiera del territorio de la República, cuando en cualquiera de esos casos el medio directo o natural de comunicación sea a través del territorio de la Zona del Canal y siempre que tales licores permanezcan bajo dichos sello y certificado mientras pasen por el territorio de la Zona del Canal. Articulo II El Artículo I de la presenteArticle I deemed integral part of existing convention.Vol. 43, p. 1878. Convención está destinado a constituir parte integrante de la Convención de 6 de Junio de 1924, y como tal estará sujeto a las estipulaciones de esa Convención en lo relativo a su modificación y a su terminación. Si la esencia del Artículo I deLapse of Article I it incorporated in future treaty. la presente Convención fuere incorporada en cualquier tratado que en lo futuro pueda pactarse 1490entre la República de Panamá y los Estados Unidos de América, ]a presente Convención caducará automáticamente cuando tal tratado entre en vigor. Article III Exchange of ratifications.La presente Convención será ratificada por las Altas Partes contratantes de acuerdo con lo estipulado en las Constituciones de la República de Panamá y de los Estados Unidos de América, y las ratificaciones serán canjeadas en Panamá tan pronto como sea posible. Esta Convención entrará en vigor en la fecha del canje de ratificaciones. Signature.En testimonio de lo cual, los respectivos Plenipotenciarios han firmado la presente Convención en duplicado, en las lenguas castellana e inglesa, en dos ejemplares auténticos, a los cuales han adherido sus sellos respectivos. Hecho en la ciudad de Panamá, hoy, catorce de marzo del año de mil novecientos treinta y dos. Enrique Geenzier [seal] Ratifications exchanged. And whereas the said convention has been duly ratified on both parts and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged at the city of Panama on the twenty-fifth day of March one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. Signatures. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this seventh day of April in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three [seal]and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State*. March 3, 1933 April 24, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1491 1491 PARCEL POST AGREEMENT—NEW ZEALAND. March 3, 1933.⁄April 24, 1933. *Parcel post agreement between the United States of America and New March 3, 1933.April 24, 1933.Zealand with regulations of execution. Signed at Wellington, March 8, 1933; at Washington, April 24, 1933; approved by the President, May 3, 1933.* AGREEMENTbetweenNEW ZEALAND AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CONCERNING THE EXCHANGE OF PARCEL POST The undersigned, provided with full powers by their respectiveParcel post agreement with New Zealand.Preamble. governments, have by common consent and subject to ratification by the competent superior authorities, drawn up the following Agreement: Article I. Object of the Agreement.Object. 1. Between the United States of America (including Alaska,Territory embraced. Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) on one hand, and New Zealand (including the Cook Islands [Rarotonga, Mangaia, Atiu, Aitutaki, Mitiaro, Mauke (or Parry), and Hervey or Manuae)]; Palmerston (or Avarua), Niue (or Savage), Danger, Rakahanga, Manihiki, Penrhyn (or Tongareva), and Suwarrow Islands; also Western Samoa (Savaii and Upolu Islands) and the Tokelau (Union) Group [Atafu, Fakaofo, and Nukunonu Islands]) on the other hand, there may be exchanged, under the denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the maximum weight and the maximum dimensions indicated in the Regulations of Execution. Article II. Transit Parcels.Transit parcels. 1. Each Postal Administration guarantees the right of transitRights guaranteed. through its service, to or from any country with which it has parcel-post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the service of the other contracting Administration. 2. Each Postal Administration shall inform the other to whichNotice. countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor, as well as other conditions. 3. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one ofIntermediate Administration, requirements. the contracting Administrations through the service of the other Administration must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediate Administration. 1492 Article III. Postage and Fees. 1. Postage, etc.Collecting, from sender. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel the postage and the fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted, and also, in the case of insured parcels, the insurance fees and the fees for return receipts, that may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 2. Prepayment. Except in the case of returned or redirected parcels, the postage and such of the fees mentioned in the preceding section as are applicable, must be prepaid. Article IV. Preparation of parcels.Preparation of Parcels. Packing.Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the Regulations of Execution. Article V. Prohibitions.Prohibitions. 1. Articles specified. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcel post:
(a)Letters, etc. A letter or a communication having the nature of a letter. Nevertheless it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, that of the sender being added.
(b)With different address. An enclosure which bears an address different from that placed on the cover of the parcel.
(c)Live animals. Any live animal, except leeches.
(d)Nonadmissible articles. Any article the admission of which is forbidden by the Customs or other laws or regulations in force in either country.
(e)Explosives. Any explosive or inflammable article, and in general, any article the conveyance of which is dangerous, including articles which from their nature or packing may be a source of danger to postal employees or may soil or damage other parcels.
(f)Obscene, etc., articles. Obscene or immoral articles.
(g)Designated uninsured articles. It is, moreover, forbidden to send coin, platinum, gold or silver (whether manufactured or unmanufactured), precious stones, jewels, or other precious articles in uninsured parcels. Treatment of.If a parcel which contains coin, platinum, gold or silver (whether manufactured or unmanufactured), precious stones, jewels, or other Precious articles is sent uninsured, it shall be placed under insurance y the country of destination and treated accordingly. 2. Prohibited articles erroneously handled. When a parcel contravening any of these prohibitions is handed over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures and other articles injurious to public morals may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the mails. Parcel containing a letter.The fact that a parcel contains a letter, or a communication having the nature of a letter, may not, in any case, entail the return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for the collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. 1493 The two Administrations advise each other, by means of the ListList of prohibited articles to be published. of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they do not assume, on that account, any responsibility towards the customs or police authorities, or the sender. Article VI. Insurance.Insurance. 1. Parcels may be insured up to the amount of 500 francs gold orMaximum. its equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. However, the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease this maximum amount of insurance. A parcel cannot give rise to the right to an indemnity higher thanLimitation. the actual value of its contents, but it is permissible to insure it for only part of that value. Article VII. Indemnity.Indemnity. 1. Except in the cases mentioned in the section following, the Allowance to sender.Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the abstraction of or damage to their contents. The sender, or other rightful claimant, is entitled on this accountAmount restricted. to an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction or damage. The amount of indemnity is calculated on the basis of the actual value (current price, or, in the absence of current price, at the ordinary estimated value) at the time and place of mailing of the parcel, provided in any ease that the indemnity shall not exceed the amount for which the parcel was insured and on which the insurance fee has been collected, or the maximum of 500 francs gold. In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of a parcel orReturn of postage on loss of parcel. for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to the return of the postal charges. However, the insurance fees are not in any case returned. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between theTransit originating in a third country destined for either contracting power. countries involved no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss of transit insured parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries. When an insured parcel originating in one country and addressedParcel forwarded to a third country. for delivery in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country at the request of the sender or addressee, the party entitled to the indemnity, in case of loss, rifling or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such cases, only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obligated to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Either of the two countries signing the presentResponsibility for error. Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limit of the present Agreement. 1494 2. Release of responsibility.Unconditional acceptance. The Administrations are relieved of all responsibility.
(a)In case of parcels of which the addressee has accepted delivery without, reservation.
(b)Loss, etc., through *force majeure*. In case of loss or damage through force majeure (causes beyond control) although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure.
(c)Destruction of official documents. When they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure.
(d)Damage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. When the damage has been caused by the fault or negligence of the sender or the addressee or the representative of either, or when it is due to the nature of the article.
(e)Prohibited articles. For parcels which contain prohibited articles.
(f)Declared above real value. In case the sender of an insured parcel, with intent to defraud, shall declare the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin.
(g)Seized, because of false declarations. For parcels seized by the customs because of false declaration of contents.
(h)Unclaimed within a year. When no inquiry or application for indemnity has been made by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel.
(i)Matter of no intrinsic value, etc. For parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value or perishable matter or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Convention or which were not posted in the manner prescribed, but the country responsible for the loss, rifling or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. 3. Indirect loss, etc. No compensation shall be given for indirect loss or loss of profits of any parcel transmitted under this Agreement. 4. Indemnity payment. The payment of compensation for an insured parcel shall be made to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. Deferred, in exceptional cases.However, the paying Postal Administration may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 5. Payment by country of origin if country of destination delays 9 months. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes the payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Office which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. 6. Country responsible. The obligation of paying the indemnity shall rest with the Postal Administration to which the mailing office is subordinate, provided that in cases where the indemnity is paid to the addressee in accordance with the second paragraph of the first section, it shall rest with the Postal Administration of destination. Claim for repayment.The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. 7. Responsibility of receiving country unable to show disposition. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Postal Administration which having received the parcel without making any observation and being furnished all necessary particulars for inquiry is unable to show its proper disposition. 1495 8. Responsibility for loss, abstraction or damage of an insuredDispatching office responsible if loss discovered by receiving office. parcel discovered by the receiving office of exchange at the time of opening the receptacles and duly notified to the dispatching office of exchange by Bulletin of Verification shall fall upon the Postal Administration to which the dispatching office of exchange is subordinate unless it be proved that the damage occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 9. If the loss, abstraction or damage has occurred in course ofLoss, etc., in transit conveyance, without its being possible to ascertain in which service the irregularity took place, the Postal Administrations concerned bear the loss in equal shares. 10. The Postal Administration responsible or on whose accountRepayment to country paying. payment is made in accordance with Section 5 is bound to repay to the country making payment on its behalf, without delay and within not more than six months after receiving notice of payment, the amount of indemnity paid. 11. Repayments are to be made free of cost to the creditor Means to be used.Administration by means of either a money order or a draft, in money valid in the creditor country, or by such other means as may be mutually agreed upon by correspondence. 12. Repayments of indemnity by one country to the other will beRepayments on gold basis. made on the gold basis. 13. The responsibility of properly enclosing, packing and sealing Sender responsible for proper packing, etc.insured parcels rests upon the sender, and the postal service of neither country will assume liability for loss, rifling or damage arising from defects which may not be observed at the time of posting. 14. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countriesNo responsibility for ordinary parcels. will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction or damage of an ordinary parcel; but either Administration is at liberty to indemnify for the loss, abstraction or damage which may occur in its service, without recourse to the other Administration. Article VIII. Certificate of Mailing. Receipts.Certificate of mailing. The sender will, on request at the time of mailing an ordinaryFurnished sender, on request. (uninsured) parcel, receive a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a form provided for the purpose; and each country may fix a reasonable fee therefor. The sender of an insured parcel receives without charge, at theReceipt. time of posting, a receipt for his parcel. Article IX. Return, Receipts and Inquiries.Return receipts and inquiries. 1. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of deliveryAdvice of delivery. upon payment of such additional charge, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate and under the conditions laid down in the Regulations. 2. A fee may be charged, at the option of the country of origin,Request for information. on a request for information as to the disposal of an ordinary parcel and also of an insured parcel made after it has been posted if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. 3. A fee may also be charged, at the option of the country ofIrregularity complaints. origin, in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which prima facie was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. 1496 Article X. Recall and change of address.Recall and Change of Address. Allowed, on request.So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be changed. The Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain, for this service, the charge fixed by its regulations. The requests for recall or change or address of parcels to be delivered in the United States of America shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington; those relating to parcels for delivery in New Zealand shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Wellington. Article XI. Customs charges.Customs Charges. Imposed by country of destination.The parcels are subject to all customs laws and regulations in force in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel in accordance with the customs regulations. Article XII. Customs Charges to be Cancelled. Cancellation, if returned or redirected.The customs charges on parcels sent back to the country of origin or redirected to another country shall be cancelled both in New Zealand and the United States of America. Article XIII. Customs clearance.Fee for Customs Clearance. Fee.The office of delivery may collect from the addressee either in respect of delivery to the customs and clearance through the customs or in respect of delivery to the customs only, a fee not exceeding 12 cents (60 centimes) per parcel. Article XIV. Delivery.Delivery to the Addressee. Fee for Delivery at the Place of Address. 1. To addressees. Parcels are delivered to the addressees as quickly as possible in accordance with the conditions in force in the country of destination. Charges.This country may collect in respect of delivery of parcels to the addressee a fee not exceeding 10 cents (5 pence) per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence or place of business. Article XV. Warehousing Charges. Warehousing charges.The country of destination is authorized to collect the warehousing charge fixed by its legislation for parcels addressed “Poste Restante” or which are not claimed within the prescribed period. This charge may in no case exceed one dollar (5 francs). 1497 Article XVI. Missent Parcels.Missent parcels. Ordinary parcels, when missent. are reforwarded to their correctProvisions for ordinary parcels. destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration. They must not be charged with customs or other charges by that Administration. Insured parcels, whenInsured mail. missent, may not be reforwarded to their destination except as insured mail. If this is impossible, they must be returned to origin. When the reforwarding involves the return of the parcel to theRefund, if parcel returned. office of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a Bulletin of Verification. When the reforwarding involves the dispatch of a parcel to aReforwarding to a third country. third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration allows to the Administration to which it forwards the parcel the credits due it; it then recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a Bulletin of Verification. Article XVII. Redirection.Redirection. 1. A parcel may be redirected in consequence of the addressee’sAllowed on payment of additional charges. change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. For the parcels redirected in its territory, the Postal Administration of the country of destination may collect additional charges fixed by its internal regulations. These charges shall not be cancelled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or reforwarded to another country. 2. A parcel may be redirected out of the country of originalForwarding to any other country. address only at the sender’s or the addressee’s request and provided that the parcel complies with the conditions required for its further conveyance. Insured parcels shall not be redirected to another country except as insured mail. New postage, as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insuredCharges may be collected on delivery. parcels, may, if not prepaid, be collected upon delivery. The sender is entitled to forbid, by means of a suitable entry onForbidden, if so instructed. the dispatch note and on the parcel, any redirection. Article XVIII. Sale or Destruction.Sale or destruction. 1. Articles liable to deterioration or corruption, and these only,Articles liable to deterioration. may be sold immediately even on the outward or return journey, without previous notice or judicial formality, for the benefit of the right party. If for any reason a sale is impossible, the spoilt or worthless articles shall be destroyed. The sale or destruction shall be recorded and report made to the Postal Administration of the country of origin. 1498 2. Parcels marked “Abandon.” After the expiration of thirty days from the date of receipt at the office of destination, undeliverable parcels which the sender has marked “Abandon” may be sold at auction or otherwise disposed of as provided by the legislation of the country of destination. When insured parcels are involved, proper record will be made and the Administration of the country of origin notified as to the disposition made of the parcels. The Administration of the country of origin shall also be notified when for any other reason an insured parcel which is not delivered is not returned to the country of origin. Article XIX. Nondelivery.Nondelivery. 1. Requests, at time of mailing. The sender of a parcel may make a request at the time of mailing, as to the disposal of the parcel in the event of it not being deliverable as addressed, the particulars of which are set forth in the Regulations. 2. Return to sender, if not otherwise indicated. If the sender does not make any request in accordance with the foregoing Section, or the sender’s request has not resulted in delivery, undeliverable parcels will be returned to the sender without previous notification at the expiration of thirty days, while parcels refused by the addressee will be returned at once. 3. Provisions governing nondeliverable parcel. The provisions of Article XX, Section 4 shall be applied to a parcel to be returned to the country of origin in consequence of nondelivery. New postage, as well as new insurance fees, in the case of insured parcels, may, if not prepaid, be collected from the sender upon the return of his parcel. Article XX. Charges.Charges. 1. Credits.*Ante*, p. 1491; *post*, p. 1500. For each parcel exchanged between the contracting countries (Article I) the dispatching office credits to the office of destination, in the parcel bills, the quotas due to the latter, and indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 2. Parcel in transit. The sums to be paid for a parcel in transit, that is, parcels destined either for a possession or for a third country, are likewise indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 3. In the case of a parcel returned or reforwarded in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. 4. In case of reforwarding, etc. In case of reforwarding or return to origin of a parcel the redispatching office recovers from the other office the quota due to it, namely, as the case may be,
(a)the charges prescribed by Section 1 above.
(b)the charges for reforwarding or return.
(c)*Ante*, p. 1496. the customs clearance, delivery and storage charges provided for by Articles XIII, XIV, and XV. Parcels to or from a third country.In case of reforwarding or return to a third country, the accrued charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in (a),
(b)and
(c)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel, but in the case that the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges, because they can not be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. 1499 Article XXI. Postal charges other than those prescribed not to be collected.Charges other than prescribed. The parcels to which this Agreement applies shall not be subjectProhibition of. to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article XXII. Air Parcels.Air parcels. The Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contractingSurtax. countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where parcels are conveyed by the air routes. Article XXIII. Temporary Suspension of Service. In extraordinary circumstances such as will justify the measure,Temporary suspension of service. either Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel post service, either entirely or partially, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by telegraph, to the other Administration. Article XXIV. Matters not provided for in the Present Agreement. 1. Unless they are provided for in the present Agreement, allMatters not herein provided for. questions concerning requests for recall or return of insured parcels, the obtaining and disposition of return receipts therefor, and adjustment of indemnity claims in connection therewith, shall beUniversal Postal Convention, etc., provisions to govern.Vol. 46, p. 2523. governed by the provisions of the Universal Postal Convention and its Regulations of Execution, insofar as they are applicable and are not contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States or of New Zealand, or the decisions made by one country or the other, are applicable in the respective country. 2. The details relative to the application of the presentDetails to be fixed by common consent. Agreement will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. A similar Agreement through correspondence may be made with a view to the exchange of C.O.D. parcels. 3. The two Administrations notify each other mutually of theirMutual notice of postal laws, etc. laws, ordinances and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. Article XXV. Entry into Force and Duration of Agreement.Entry into force, etc. 1. This Agreement substitutes and abrogates that signed atFormer Agreement abrogated.Vol. 32, p. 1843. Washington, the eighteenth day of April, one thousand nine hundred, and at Wellington the twelfth day of February, one thousand nine hundred. 2. It shall become effective on ratification, but pending ratificationEffective date. it may be put into force administratively on a date to be mutually settled between the Administrations of the two countries. 1500 Duration.It shall remain in force until one of the Administrations of the two contracting countries has given notice to the other, six months in advance, of its intention to terminate it. 3. Signatures. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington the 24th day of April 1933, and at Wellington the third day of March 1933 Adam Hamilton *Postmaster General of New Zealand*. [seal] Joseph C. O’Mahoney *Acting Postmaster General of the United States of America*. Approval by the President.The foregoing Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and New Zealand has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *May 3, 1933*. DETAILED REGULATIONS FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE PARCEL POST CONVENTION. Regulations for execution.The following Detailed Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Convention have been agreed upon by the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the United States of America and New Zealand. They may be changed from time to time as may be deemed necessary. Article 1. Limits of Weight and Size. 1. Limits of weight and size. The parcels to be exchanged under the provisions of this Agreement may not exceed 11 pounds in weight. In the direction from the United States of America to New Zealand, these parcels may not exceed the following dimensions: Greatest length 4 feet, on condition that parcels over 42 inches but not over 44 inches long do not exceed 24 inches in girth; that parcels over 44 inches but not over 46 inches long do not exceed 20 inches in girth; that parcels over 46 inches but not over 48 inches long do not exceed 16 inches in girth; and that parcels up to 3½ feet in length do not exceed 6 feet in length and girth combined. In the direction from New Zealand to the United States of America, these parcels may not exceed the following dimensions: Length, 3½ feet; length and girth (taken in a direction other than that of the length) combined 6 feet. The limit of weight and maximum dimensions stated above may be changed from time to time by agreement made through correspondence. 1501 Article 2. Preparation of Parcels. 1. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee mustPreparation of parcels. be legibly and correctly written in every case when possible on the parcel itself or on a label or tag firmly attached thereto. It is not allowed to write with initials the name and address of the sender or addressee, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the senders or addressees which is generally understood. Addresses in pencil are also not allowed, except those written with copying ink on a surface previously dampened. A slip bearing the name and address of the sender and addressee must be enclosed in the parcel when the address is written on a label or tag which is not gummed to the parcel. It is advisable that such slips be enclosed in all parcels. 2. Every parcel must be packed in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and the character of the contents, and in such a way as to prevent the contents from damaging other parcels or objects or injuring the postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. No packing is required for ordinary parcels consisting of a single article, such as pieces of wood, metal, etc., which are not usually packed by the trade. Any liquid or any substance which easily liquefies must be packed in a double receptacle. Between the first receptacle (bottle, flask, pot, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, of strong wood, of strong corrugated cardboard or of strong fibreboard or receptacle of equal strength) shall be left a space which shall be filled with sawdust, bran or some other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid contents in the case of breakage. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in lead-sealed metal containers which must be enclosed in substantial outer covers, so as to obviate all damage to the accompanying mail matter. 3. Insured parcels must be sealed by means of wax, by lead or other seals. Ordinary parcels may be sealed at the option of the sender, or careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing. Either Administration may require a special design or mark of the sender in the sealing of insured parcels mailed in its service, as a means of protection. The customs of the country of destination, for the purpose of customs examination, shall have the right to break the seals. After customs examination is concluded, the parcels shall be officially resealed. 4. On the address side, each insured parcel must bear a label with the words “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée”, or be stamped or marked with the same words in close proximity to the number given the parcel, and it must also bear an indication of the amount of the insured value, mentioned fully and legibly in the currency of the country of origin and in Roman letters. This amount must be converted into gold francs by the sender or by the office of origin and the result of conversion is added below the original description. The amount of the insured value must also be indicated on the customs declaration. 5. The seals, as well as any kind of labels or stamps, affixed to insured parcels, must be so placed as not to hide injuries to the package. Moreover, the labels or stamps must not be folded over two sides of the package so as to cover the edge. 1502 Article 3. Customs Declarations. 1. Customs declarations. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcel sent from either country, upon a special form provided for the purpose by the country of origin. The customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, actual weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee, and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, when more than one parcel is mailed simultaneously by the same sender in the United States of America to the same addressee at the same address in New Zealand, the sender need prepare only one customs declaration for the entire shipment, which customs declaration shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding sentence, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment, and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. The parcels comprising the entire shipment shall be clearly marked in such case with a fractional number, the numerator of which will indicate, in arabic figures, the number of the parcel, and the denominator the number of parcels comprising the shipment; for example, if a single shipment were composed of 15 parcels, each parcel would be numbered, respectively, 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, etc. 2. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations. Article 4. Return Receipts. 1. Return receipts. As to a parcel for which a return receipt is asked, the office of origin impresses on the parcel the letters or words “A.R.” or “Avis de réception”, The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form and attach it to the parcel. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having duly filled out the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been posted, the. office of origin duly fills out a return receipt form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing paragraph. Article 5. Receptacles. 1. Receptacles. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries shall provide the respective bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. 1503 2. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. In case ten per cent of the total number of bags used during the year have not been returned, the value of the missing bags must be repaid to the Administration of origin. Article 6. Method of Exchange of Parcels. 1. The parcels shall be exchanged, in sacks duly fastened andMethod of exchange of parcels. sealed, by the Offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained, and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Article 7. Billing of Parcels. 1. Ordinary parcels exchanged direct between the two countriesBilling. shall be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels, the total net weight thereof, and the total amount to be credited, while redirected or returned parcels shall be entered individually. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch shall also be indicated on the parcel bills. 2. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on separate parcel bills to show the insurance number and the name of the office of origin, as well as the total net weight thereof. 3. Parcels sent a découvert must be entered separately on the parcel bills. 4. The entry on the bill of any returned or reforwarded parcel must be followed by the word “Returned” or “Reforwarded”, together with the detailed statement of charges which may be additionally collected, in the “Observations” column. 5. Each dispatching office of exchange shall number the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner, commencing each year a fresh series for each office of exchange of destination. The last number of the year shall be shown on the parcel bill of the first dispatch of the following year. 6. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F”, traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. Article 8. Checking of Parcels. 1. The office of exchange which has received a parcel mail shallChecking of parcels. check the parcels and the accompanying bills. If a parcel is missing or any other irregularity is noted, it shall be immediately reported to the dispatching office of exchange by means of a Bulletin of Verification. The report of such a serious irregularity as to1504 involve the responsibility of the respective Administrations shall be accompanied by such vouchers as the strings, wax, or lead seals used for closing the bag which contained the parcels, if they are available. If no report is made by the next mail, it will be assumed that the mail has been received in proper order until the contrary is proved. 2. If a parcel bill is missing a duplicate shall be made out and a copy sent to the dispatching office of exchange from which the dispatch was received. 3. If any parcel which is in the course of transmission is observed to bear evidence of violation or damage, it must have the facts noted on it and be marked with the stamp of the office making the note, or a document drawing attention to the violation or damage must be forwarded with the parcel. Article 9. Undelivered Parcels. 1. Undelivered parcels. The sender of a parcel may request, at the time of mailing, that if the parcel cannot be delivered as addressed it shall be either
(a)treated as abandoned, or
(b)tendered for delivery at a second address in the country of destination, or
(c)returned immediately. If the sender avails himself of this facility, his request must appear on the address side of the parcel and on the relative customs declaration and must be in conformity with or analagous to one of the following forms: “ If not deliverable as addressed_ _ _ _ _ ‘Abandon ’ ”. “ If not deliverable as addressed_ _ _ _ _ ‘Deliver to . . .’ ”. “ If not deliverable as addressed_ _ _ _ _ ‘Return immediately ’ ”. 2. The parcels to be returned as undeliverable to the country of origin shall be marked to show the reason for nondelivery. Article 10. Payments. 1. Payments. For the parcels dispatched by one country to the other, the dispatching Administration shall pay a terminal credit as follows:
(a)For parcels originating in New Zealand addressed to the United States of America, 6 cents per pound computed on the bulk net weight of each dispatch.
(b)For parcels originating in the United States of America addressed to New Zealand, 30 cents per parcel. 2. In the case of parcels originating in New Zealand which are sent to the United States of America for onward dispatch to a possession of the latter country or, in closed mails, to a third country, the Administration of New Zealand shall pay to the Administration of the United States of America as a transit credit 6 cents per pound when only sea service is provided, 10 cents per pound when only land service is provided, and 13 cents per pound when both land and sea service are provided, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. Also, in the case of parcels for the possessions of the United States of America, the Administration of New Zealand shall pay to the Administration of the United States of America the following terminal credits: 1505 For parcels for Alaska, 6 cents per pound computed on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. For parcels for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa and Hawaii, 3 cents per pound computed on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. 3. In the case of parcels originating in the United States of America which are sent to New Zealand for onward dispatch to Tonga, the Administration of the United States of America shall pay to the Administration of New Zealand one shilling four pence for each parcel not exceeding 3 pounds in weight, one shilling eight pence for each parcel over 3 pounds but not exceeding 7 pounds in weight and two shillings for each parcel over 7 pounds and not exceeding 11 pounds in weight. 4. The terminal charges and transit rates above specified may be reduced or increased on three months’ previous notice given by one country to the other. The reduction or increase shall hold good for at least one year. Article 11. Accounting. 1. Each Administration shall prepare quarterly an accountAccounting. showing the sums due for parcels sent by the other Administration. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills and, if any, copies of verification notes relating thereto shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate. 3. The compilation, transmission, verification and acceptance of the accounts must be effected as early as possible and the payment resulting from the balance must be made at the latest before the expiration of three months following the date of the sending of the accounts by the creditor Administration. 4. Payment of the balances due on these accounts between the two Administrations shall be effected by means of drafts on New York or on Wellington, or in any other manner which may from time to time be agreed upon between the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries, the expenses attendant on the payment being at the charge of the indebted administration. Article 12. Miscellaneous Notifications. The Administrations shall communicate to each other a summaryMiscellaneous. of the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two contracting countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. These Regulations shall come into operation on the day on whichEffective date and duration. the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington the 24th day ofSignatures. April 1933, and at Wellington the third day of March 1933 Adam Hamilton *Postmaster General of New Zealand*. [seal] Joseph C. O’Mahoney *Acting Postmaster General of the United States of America*. 1506 Approval.The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement Between the United States of America and New Zealand have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *May 3, 1933*. June 15, 1931 Treaty 49 Stat. 1507 1507 FRIENDSHIP, ETC., TREATY—POLAND. JUNE 15, 1931. *Treaty between the United States of America and Poland of friendship,June 15, 1931. commerce, and consular rights and agreement concerning proof of the origin of imported merchandise effected, by exchange of notes. Signed at Washington, June 15, 1931; ratification advised by the Senate, April 5, 1932; ratified by the President of the United States, April 21, 1932; ratified by Poland, April 20, 1933; ratifications exchanged at Warsaw, June 9, 1933; proclaimed, July 10, 1933.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular RightsTreaty of friendship, commerces and consular rights with Poland.Preamble. between the United States of America and the Republic of Poland was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the fifteenth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one, the original of which treaty, being in the English and Polish languages, is word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaContracting Powers,*Post*, p. 1703. and the Republic of Poland, desirous of strengthening the bond of peace which happily prevails between them, by arrangements designed to promote friendly intercourse between their respective territories through provisions responsive to the spiritual, cultural, economic and commercial aspirations of the peoples thereof, have resolved to conclude a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights and for that purpose have appointed as theirPlenipotentiaries. plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America, Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and The President of the Republic of Poland, Tytus Filipowicz, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of Poland in Washington, who, having communicated to each other their full powers found1508 to be in due form, have agreed upon the following articles; Article I Mutual freedom of residence, religion, business, etc., permitted.The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties shall be permitted to enter, travel and reside in the territories of the other; to exercise liberty of conscience and freedom of worship; to engage in professional, scientific, religious, philanthropic, manufacturing and commercial work of every kind; to carry on every form of commercial activity which Real property.is not forbidden by the local law; to own, erect or lease and occupy appropriate buildings and to lease lands for residential, scientific, religious, philanthropic, manufacturing, commercial and mortuary purposes; to employ agents of their choice; and generally the said nationals shall be permitted, upon submitting themselves to all local laws and regulations duly established, to enjoy all of the foregoing privileges and to do anything incidental to or necessary for the enjoyment of those privileges, Most favored nation treatment.upon the same terms as nationals of the State of residence, except as otherwise provided by laws of either High Contracting Party in force at the time of the signature of this Treaty. In so far as the laws of either High Contracting Party in force at the time of the signature of this Treaty do not permit nationals of the other Party to enjoy any of the foregoing privileges upon the same terms as the nationals of the State of residence, they shall enjoy, on condition of reciprocity, as favorable treatment as nationals of the most favored nation. 1509 The nationals of either HighEquality of taxes, etc. Contracting Party within the territories of the other shall not be subjected to the payment of any internal charges or taxes other or higher than those that are exacted of and paid by its nationals. The nationals of each HighAccess to courts of justice. Contracting Party shall enjoy freedom of access to the courts of justice of the other on conforming to the local laws, as well for the prosecution as for the defense of their rights, in all degrees of jurisdiction established by law. The nationals of each HighProtection of persons and property. Contracting Party shall receive within the territories of the other, upon submitting to conditions imposed upon its nationals, the most constant protection and security for their persons and property, and shall enjoy in this respect that degree of protection that is required by international law. Their property shall not be taken without due process of law and without payment of just compensation. Nothing contained in this TreatyImmigration laws not affected. shall be construed to affect existing statutes of either of the High Contracting Parties in relation to emigration or to immigration or the right of either of the High Contracting Parties to enact such statutes, provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the nationals of either High Contracting Party from entering, traveling and residing in the territories of the other Party in order to carry on international trade or to engage in any commercial activity related to or connected with the conduct of international trade on the same terms as nationals of the most favored nation. Nothing contained in thisProtection of national labor. Treaty is to be considered as interfering with the right of either party1510 to enact or enforce statutes concerning the protection of national labor. Article II Civil liability for injuries, etc.With respect to that form of protection granted by National, State, or Provincial laws establishing civil liability for injuries or for death, and giving to relatives or heirs or dependents of an injured party a right of action or a pecuniary benefit, such relatives or heirs or dependents of the injured party, himself a national of either of the High Contracting Parties and injured within any of the territories of the other, shall, regardless of their alienage or residence outside of the territory where the injury occurred, enjoy the same rights and privileges as are or may be granted to nationals, and under like conditions. Article III Dwellings, places of business, etc., to be respected.The dwellings, warehouses, manufactories, shops, and other places of business, and all premises thereto appertaining of the nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties in the territories of the other, used for any purposes set forth in Article I, shall be respected. It shall not be allowable to make a domiciliary visit to, or search of, any such buildings and premises, or there to examine and inspect books, papers or accounts, except under the conditions and in conformity with the forms prescribed by the laws, ordinances and regulations for nationals. Article IV Period allowed for sale of inherited realty, etc.Where, on the death of any persons holding real or other immovable property or interests1511 therein within the territories of one High Contracting Party, such property or interests therein would, by the laws of the country or by a testamentary disposition, descend or pass to a national of the other High Contracting Party, whether resident or non-resident, were he not disqualified by the laws of the country where such property or interests therein is or are situated, such national shall be allowed a term of three years in which to sell the same, this term to be reasonably prolonged if circumstances render it necessary, and withdraw the proceeds thereof, without restraint or interference, and exempt from any succession, probate or administrative duties or charges other than those which may be imposed in like cases upon the nationals of the country from which such proceeds may be drawn. Nationals of either HighDisposal of personal property. Contracting Party may have full power to dispose of their personal property of every kind within the territories of the other, by testament, donation, or otherwise, and their heirs, legatees and donees, of whatsoever nationality, whether resident or non-resident, shall succeed to such personal property, and may take possession thereof, either by themselves or by others acting for them, and retain or dispose of the same at their pleasure subject to the payment of such duties or charges only as the nationals of the High Contracting Party within whose territories such property may be or belong shall be liable to pay in like cases. Article V The nationals of each of theFreedom of worship, etc. High Contracting Parties in the exercise of the right of freedom of worship, within the territories of the other, as hereinabove provided, may, without annoyance or molestation of any kind by1512 reason of their religious belief or otherwise, conduct services either within their own houses or within any appropriate buildings which they may be at liberty to erect Condition.and maintain in convenient situations, provided their teachings or practices are not contrary to public morals; and they may also be permitted to bury their dead according to their religious customs in suitable and convenient places established and maintained or the purpose subject to the mortuary and sanitary laws and regulations of the place of burial. Article VI Reciprocal freedom of commerce and navigation.Between the territories of the High Contracting Parties there shall be freedom of commerce and navigation. The nationals of each of the High Contracting Parties equally with those of the most favored nation, shall have liberty freely to come with their vessels and cargoes to all places, ports and waters of every kind within the territorial limits of the other which are or may be open to foreign commerce and navigation. Sanitary, etc., measures.Nothing in this Treaty shall be construed to restrict the right of either High Contracting Party to impose on such terms as it may see fit, prohibitions or restrictions designed to protect human, animal, or plant life and health, or regulations for the enforcement Liquor or narcotic traffic.of police or revenue laws, including laws prohibiting or restricting the importation or sale of alcoholic beverages or narcotics. Most favored nation treatment on imports.Each of the High Contracting Parties binds itself unconditionally to impose no higher or other duties or charges, and no condition or prohibition on the importation of any article, the growth, produce, or manufacture of the territories of the other Party than1513 are or shall be imposed on the importation of any like article, the growth, produce or manufacture of any other country. Administrative orders effecting advances in duties or changes in regulations applicable to imports shall not be made operative until the elapse of sufficient time, after promulgation in the usual official manner, to afford reasonable notice of such advances or changes. The foregoing provision does not relate to orders made operative as required by provisions of law or judicial decisions, or to measures for the protection of human, animal or plant life or for the enforcement of police laws. Each of the High ContractingNo discrimination of export charges. Parties also binds itself unconditionally to impose no higher or other charges or other restrictions or prohibitions on goods exported to the territories of the other High Contracting Party than are imposed on goods exported to any other foreign country. Neither High Contracting Party shall establish or maintain restrictions on imports from or exports to the territories of the other Party which are not applied to the import and export of any like article originating in or destined for any other country. Any withdrawal of an import or export restriction which is granted even temporarily by one of the Parties in favor of the articles of a third country shall be applied immediately and unconditionally to like articles originating in or destined for the other Contracting Party. In the event of rations or quotas being established for the importation or exportation of articles restricted or prohibited, each of the High Contracting Parties agrees to grant for the importation from or exportation to the territories of the other Party an equitable1514 share in the allocation of the quantity of restricted goods which may be authorized for importation or exportation. Extension of advantages given any other foreign country.Any advantage concerning charges, duties, formalities and conditions of their application which either High Contracting Party may extend to any article, the growth, produce or manufacture of any other foreign country, shall simultaneously and unconditionally, without request and without compensation be extended to the like article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other High Contracting Party. Equality of trade by vessels of either country.All articles which are or may be legally imported from foreign countries into ports of the United States of America or are or may be legally exported therefrom in vessels of the United States of America, may likewise be imported into these ports or exported therefrom in Polish vessels without being liable to any other or higher duties or charges whatsoever than if such articles were imported or exported in vessels of the United States of America; and, reciprocally, all articles which are or may be legally imported from foreign countries into the ports of Poland or are or may be legally exported therefrom in Polish vessels, may likewise be imported into these ports or exported therefrom in vessels of the United States of America without being liable to any other or higher duties or charges whatsoever than if such articles were imported or exported in Polish vessels. Bounties, drawbacks, etc.In the same manner there shall be perfect reciprocal equality in relation to the flags of the two countries with regard to bounties, drawbacks and other privileges of this nature, of whatever denomination, which may be allowed in the territories of each of the1515 Contracting Parties, on goods imported or exported in national vessels so that such bounties, drawbacks and other privileges shad also and in like manner be allowed on goods imported or exported in vessels of the other country. With respect to the amountMost favored nation treatment as to customs duties. and collection of duties on imports and exports of every kind, each of the two High Contracting Parties binds itself to give to the nationals, vessels and goods of the other the advantage of every favor, privilege or immunity which it shall have accorded to the nationals, vessels and goods of a third state, whether such favored state shall have been accorded such treatment gratuitously or in return for reciprocal compensatory treatment. Every such favor, privilege or immunity which shall hereafter be granted the nationals, vessels or goods of a third State shall simultaneously and unconditionally, without request and without compensation be extended to the other High Contracting Party for the benefit of itself, its nationals, vessels and goods. No distinction shall be made byNo distinction between direct and indirect importations. either High Contracting Party between direct and indirect importations of articles originating m the territories of the other Party from whatever place arriving. In so far as importations into Poland are concerned, the foregoing stipulation applies only in the case of goods which for a part of the way from the place of their origin to the place of their ultimate destination had to be carried across the ocean. Either Contracting Party hasDocumentary proof of origin required. the right to require that articles which are imported from the territories of the other Party and are entitled under the provisions of this Treaty to the benefit of the duties or charges accorded to the most favored nation, must be accompanied by such documentary proof of their origin as may be required in pursuance of the laws1516 and regulations of the country into which they are imported, provided, however, that the requirements imposed for this purpose shall not be such as to constitute in fact a hindrance to indirect trade. The requirements for furnishing such proof of origin shall be agreed upon and made effective by exchanges of notes between the High Contracting Parties. Exceptions.The stipulations of this article shall not extend:
(a)Border traffic. To the treatment which either High Contracting Party shall accord to purely border traffic within a zone not exceeding ten miles (15 kilometers) wide on either side of its customs frontier.
(b)Where special privileges accorded. To the special privileges resulting to States in customs union with either High Contracting Party so long as such special privileges are not accorded to any other State.
(c)United States trade with Cuba. To the treatment which is accorded by the United States of America to the commerce of Cuba Vol. 33, p. 2136.under the provisions of the commercial convention concluded by the United States of America and Cuba on December 11, 1902, or any other commercial convention which hereaf ter may be concluded by the United States of America with Cuba. Such stipulations, With Canal Zone or dependencies.moreover do not extend to the treatment which is accorded to commerce between the United States of America and the Panama Canal Zone or any of the dependencies of the United States of America, or to the commerce of the dependencies of the United States of America with one another under existing and future laws.
(d)Exception to Polish traffic. To the provisional customs regime in force between Polish and German parts of Upper Silesia laid down in the German-Polish Convention signed at Geneva on May 15, 1922. 1517 Article VII The nationals and merchandiseEquality of Internal taxes, etc. of each High Contracting Party within the territories of the other shall receive the same treatment as nationals and merchandise of the country with regard to internal taxes, charges in respect to warehousing and other facilities. Article VIII No duties of tonnage, harbor,Tonnage duties, etc. pilotage, lighthouse, quarantine, or other similar or corresponding duties or charges of whatever denomination, levied in the name or for the profit of the Government, public functionaries, private individuals, corporations or establishments of any kind shall be imposed in the ports of the territories of either country upon the vessels of the other, which shall not equally, under the same conditions be imposed on national vessels. Such equality of treatment shall apply reciprocally to the vessels of the two countries respectively from whatever place they may arrive and whatever may be their place of destination. Article IX For the purposes of thisNationality of private vessels recognized. Treaty, merchant vessels and other privately owned vessels under the flag of either of the High Contracting Parties, and carrying the papers required by its national laws in proof of nationality, shall, both within the territorial waters of the other High Contracting Party and on the high seas, be deemed to be the vessels of the Party whose flag is flown. Article X Merchant vessels and otherDischarging cargoes at open ports. privately owned vessels under the flag of either of the High Contracting Parties shall be permitted to discharge portions of cargoes at any port open to foreign commerce in the territories of the other High Contracting Party, and to proceed with the1518 remaining portions of such cargoes to any other ports of the same territories open to foreign commerce, without paying other or higher tonnage dues or port charges in such cases than would be paid by national vessels in like circumstances, and they shall be permitted to load in like manner at different ports in the same voyage outward, provided, however, Coasting trade exemption.that the coasting trade of the High Contracting Parties is exempt from the provisions of this Article and from the other provisions of this Treaty, and is to be regulated according to the laws of each High Contracting Party in relation thereto. It is agreed, however, that the nationals of either High Contracting Party shall within the territories of the other enjoy with respect to the coasting trade the most favored nation treatment. Fishing and shipbuilding.The provisions of this Treaty relating to the mutual concession of national treatment in matters of navigation do not apply to special privileges reserved by either High Contracting Party for the fishing and shipbuilding industries. Article XI Corporations, etc., organized in either country may conduct business in the other.Limited liability and other corporations and associations, whether or not for pecuniary profit, which have been or may hereafter be organized in accordance with and under the laws, National, State or Provincial, of either High. Contracting Party and maintain a central office within the territories thereof, shall have their juridical status recognized by the other High Contracting Party provided that they pursue no aims within its territories contrary to its law’s. They shall enjoy freedom of access to the courts of law and equity, on conforming to the laws regulating the matter, as well for1519 the prosecution as for the defense of rights in all the degrees of jurisdiction established by law. The right of such corporationsRight to establish branches. and associations of either High Contracting Party so recognized by the other to establish themselves within its territories, establish branch offices and fulfill their functions therein shall depend upon, and be governed solely by the consent of such Party as expressed in its National, State, or Provincial laws and regulations. Article XII. The nationals of either HighNationals of either country may organise corporations, etc., in the other. Contracting Party shall enjoy within the territories of the other, reciprocally and upon compliance with the conditions there imposed, such rights and privileges as have been or may hereafter be accorded the nationals of any other State with respect to the organization of and participation in limited liability and other corporations and associations, for pecuniary profit or otherwise, including the rights of promotion, incorporation, purchase and ownership and sale of shares and the holding of executive or official positions therein. In the exercise of the foregoing rights and with respect to the regulation or procedure concerning the organization or conduct of such corporations or associations, such nationals shall be subjected to no conditions less favorable than those which have been or may hereafter be imposed upon the nationals of the most favored nation. The rights of any of such corporations or associations as may be organized or controlled or participated in by the nationals of either High Contracting Party within the territories of the other to exercise any of their functions therein, shall be governed by the laws and regulations, National, State or Provincial, which are in force or1520 may hereafter be established within the territories of the Party wherein they propose to engage in business. Mining privileges.The nationals of either High Contracting Party, shall, moreover, enjoy within the territories of the other, on condition of reciprocity, and upon compliance with the conditions there imposed, such rights and privileges as may hereafter be accorded the nationals of any other State with respect to the mining of coal, phosphate, oil, oil shale, gas, and sodium on the public domain of the other. It is understood, however, that neither High Contracting Party shall be required by anything in this paragraph to grant any application for any such right or privilege if at the time such application is presented the granting of all similar applications shall have been suspended or discontinued. Article XIII Commercial travelers recognized.Commercial travelers representing manufacturers, merchants and traders domiciled in the territories of either High Contracting Party shall on their entry into and sojourn in the territories of the other Party and on their departure therefrom be accorded the most favored nation treatment in respect of customs and other privileges and of all charges and taxes of whatever denomination applicable to them or to their samples. Identification, etc.If either High Contracting Party shall deem necessary the presentation of an authentic document establishing the identity and authority of commercial travelers representing manufacturers, merchants or traders domiciled in the territories of the other Party in order that such commercial traveler may enjoy in its territories the privileges accorded under this Article, the High Con-1521 tracting Parties will agree by exchange of notes on the form of such document and the authorities or persons by whom it shall be issued. Article XIV There shall be completeFreedom of international transit. freedom of transit through the territories including territorial waters of each High Contracting Party on the most convenient routes open for international transit, by rail, navigable waterway, andPanama Canal, etc., excepted canal, other than the Panama Canal and waterways and canals which constitute international boundaries, to persons, their luggage and goodsTransit provisions. coming from, going to or passing through the territories of the other High Contracting Party, except such persons as may be forbidden admission into its territories, or goods or luggage of which the importation may be prohibited by law. Persons, their luggage and goods in transit shall not be subjected to any transit duty, or to any unnecessary delays or restrictions, or to any discrimination as regards charges, facilities or any other matter. Goods in transit must beCustoms entries, etc. entered and cleared at the proper customhouse, but they shall be exempt from all customs or other similar duties. All charges imposed on transport in transit shall be reasonable, having regard to the conditions of the traffic. Nothing in this Article shallTransit of arms, etc. affect the right of either of the High Contracting Parties to prohibit or restrict the transit of arms, munitions and military equipment in accordance with treaties or conventions that may have been or may hereafter be entered into by either Party with other countries. 1522 Article XV Consular officers.Reception of.Each of the High Contracting Parties agrees to receive from the other, consular officers in those of its ports, places and cities, where it may be convenient and which are open to consular representatives of any foreign country. Enjoyment of rights, etc., accorded most favored nation.Consular officers of each of the High Contracting Parties shall after entering upon their duties, enjoy reciprocally in the territories of the other all the rights, privileges, exemptions and immunities which are enjoyed by officers of the same grade of the most favored nation. As official agents, such officers shall be entitled to the high consideration of all officials, national or local, with whom they have official intercourse in the State which receives them. Exequator to issue.The Government of each of the High Contracting Parties shall furnish free of charge the necessary exequatur of such consular officers of the other as present a regular commission signed by the chief executive of the appointing state and under its great seal; and it shall issue to a subordinate or substitute consular officer duly appointed by an accepted superior consular officer with the approbation of his Government, or by any other competent officer of that Government, such documents as according to the laws of the respective countries shall be requisite for the exercise by the appointee of the consular function. On the exhibition of an exequatur, or other document issued in lieu thereof to such subordinate, such consular officer shall be permitted to enter upon his duties and to enjoy the rights, privileges and immunities granted by this Treaty. 1523 Article XVI Consular officers, nationals ofExemption from arrest, etc. the state by which they are appointed, shall be exempt from arrest except when charged with the commission of offenses locally designated as crimes other than misdemeanors and subjecting the individual guilty thereof to punishment. Such officers shall be exempt from military billetings, and from service of any military or naval, administrative or police character whatsoever. In criminal cases the attendanceTestimony in criminal cases. at court by a consular officer as a witness may be demanded by the prosecution or defence. The demand shall be made with all possible regard for the consular dignity and the duties of the office; and there shall be compliance on the part of the consular officer. Consular officers shall beCivil cases, etc. subject to the jurisdiction of the courts in the State which receives them in civil cases, subject to the proviso, however, that when the officer is a national of the state which appoints him and is engaged in no private occupation for gain, his testimony in cases to which he is not a party shall be taken orally or in writing at his residence or office and with due regard for his convenience. The officer should, however, voluntarily give his testimony at court whenever it is possible to do so without serious interference with his official duties. Article XVII Each of the High ContractingFree entry of office supplies, etc. Parties agrees to permit the entry free of all duty of all furniture, equipment and supplies intended for official use in the consular1524 offices of the other, and to extend to such consular officers of the other and their families and suites as are its nationals, the privilege of entry free of duty of their baggage and all other property intended for their personal use, accompanying the officer to his post; provided, nevertheless, that no article, the importation of which is prohibited by the law of either of the High Contracting Parties, may be brought into its territories. Personal property.Personal property imported by consular officers, their families or suites during the incumbency of the officers shall be accorded the customs privileges and exemptions accorded to consular officers of the most favored nation. Restriction, if consul is in private business.It is understood, however, that the privileges of this Article shall not be extended to consular officers who are engaged in any private occupation for gain in the countries to which they are accredited, save with respect to governmental supplies. Article XVIII Tax exemption.Consular officers, including employees in a consulate, nationals of the State by which they are appointed other than those engaged in private occupations for gain within the State where they exercise their functions, shall be exempt from all taxes, National, State, Provincial and Municipal, levied upon their persons or upon their property, except taxes levied on account of the possession or ownership of immovable property situated in, or income derived from property of any kind situated or belonging within, the territories of the State within which they exercise their functions. All consular officers and employees, nationals of the State appointing them, shall be exempt from the payment of taxes on the salary,1525 fees or wages received by them in compensation for their consular services. The Government of each HighAcquisition of realty, etc. Contracting Party shall have the right to acquire and own land and buildings required for diplomatic or consular premises in the territory of the other High Contracting Party and also to erect buildings in such territory for the purposes stated subject to local building regulations. Lands and buildings situatedExemption, if for governmental use only. in the territories of either High Contracting Party, of which the other High Contracting Party is the legal or equitable owner and which are used exclusively for governmental purposes by that owner, shall be exempt from taxation of every kind, National, State, Provincial and Municipal, other than assessments levied for services or local public improvements by which the premises are benefited. Artykul XIX Consular officers may placeArms and flags at offices, etc. over the outer door of their respective offices the coat of arms of their State with an appropriate inscription designating the official office, and they may place the coat of arms of their State on automobiles employed by them in the exercise of their consular functions. Such officers may also hoist the flag of their country on their offices including those situated in the capitals of the two countries. They may likewise hoist such flag over any boat or vessel employed in the exercise of the consular function. The quarters where consularInviolability of offices and archives. business is conducted and the archives of the consulates shall at all times be inviolable, and under no pretext shall any authorities of any character within the1526 country make any examination or seizure of papers or other property deposited with the archives. Separation, from private papers.When consular officers are engaged in business within the territory of the State where they are exercising their duties, the files and documents of the consulate shall be kept in a place entirely separate from the one where private or business papers are kept. Consular offices shall not be used as places of asylum. No consular officers shall be required to produce official archives in court or testify as to their contents. Recognition of ad interim officers.Upon the death, incapacity, or absence of a consular officer, having no subordinate consular officer at his post, secretaries or chancellors, whose official character may have previously been made known to the Government of the State where the consular function was exercised, may temporarily exercise the consular function of the deceased or incapacitated or absent consular officer; and while so acting shall enjoy all the rights, prerogatives and immunities granted to the incumbent. Article XX Communications with officials for protecting countrymen of consuls.Consular officers, nationals of the State by which they are appointed, may, within their respective consular districts, address the authorities, National, State, Provincial or Municipal, for the purpose of protecting their countrymen in the enjoyment of their rights accruing by treaty or otherwise. Complaint may be made for the infraction of those rights. Failure upon the part of the proper authorities to grant redress or to accord protection may justify interposition through the diplomatic channel, and in the absence of a diplomatic representative, a consul general1527 or the consular officer stationed at the capital may apply directly to the government of the country Article XXI Consular officers, in pursuance,Notarial acts, etc., by consular officers. of the laws of their own country may
(a)take, at any appropriate place within their respective districts, the depositions of any occupants of vessels of their own country, or of any national of, or of any person having permanent residence within the territories of, their own country;
(b)draw up, attest, certify and authenticate unilateral acts,Authentications, etc. translations, deeds, and testamentary dispositions of their countrymen, and also contracts to which a countryman is a party;
(c)authenticate signatures;
(d)draw up, attest, certify and authenticate written instruments of any kind purporting to express or embody the conveyance or encumbrance of property of any kind within the territory of the State by which such officers are appointed, and unilateral acta, deeds, testamentary dispositions and contracts relating to property situated, or business to be transacted, within the territories of the State by which they are appointed. Instruments and documentsEffect as evidence. thus executed and copies and translations thereof, when duly authenticated by the consular officer, under his official seal, shall be received as evidence in the territories of the Contracting Parties as original documents or authenticated copies, as the case may be, and shall have the same force and effect as if drawn by and executed before a notary or other public officer duly authorized in the country by which the consular officer was appointed; provided, always, that such documents shall have been1528 drawn and executed in conformity to the laws and regulations of the country where they are designed to take effect. Authority, in non-support matters.A consular officer of either High Contracting Party shall within his district have the right to act personally or by delegate in all matters concerning claims of non-support of non-resident minor children against a father resident in the district of the consul’s residence and a national of the country represented by the consul, without other authorization, providing that such procedure is not in conflict with local laws. Article XXII Notice of death in one country of a national of the other.In case of the death of a national of either High Contracting Party in the territory of the other without having in the locality of his decease any known heirs or testamentary executors by him appointed, the competent local authorities shall at once inform the nearest consular officer of the State of which the deceased was a national of the fact of the death, in order that necessary information may be forwarded to the parties interested. Provisional holding of intestate property.In case of the death of a national of either of the High Contracting Parties without will or testament, in the territory of the other High Contracting Party, the consular officer of the State of which the deceased was a national and within whose district the deceased made his home at the time of death, shall, so far as the laws of the country permit and pending the appointment of an administrator and until letters of administration have been granted, be deemed qualified to take charge of the property left1529by the decedent for the preservation and protection of the same, Such consular officer shall have the right to be appointed as administrator within the discretion of a tribunal or other agency controlling the administration of estates provided the laws of the place where the estate is administered so permit. In case of the death of aWithout any known heirs.Appointment as administrator. national of either of the High Contracting Parties without will or testament and without any known heirs resident in the country of his decease, the consular officer of the country of which the deceased was a national shall be appointed administrator of the estate of the deceased, provided the regulations of his own Government permit such appointment and provided such appointment is not in conflict with local law and the tribunal having jurisdiction has no special reasons for appointing someone else. Whenever a consular officerStatus of. accepts the office of administrator of the estate of a deceased countryman, he subjects himself as such to the jurisdiction of the tribunal or other agency making the appointment for all necessary purposes to the same extent as a national of the country where he was appointed. Article XXIII A consular officer of either HighRepresentative of non-resident beneficiary. Contracting Party may, if this is not contrary to the local law, appear personally or by delegate on behalf of non-resident beneficiaries, nationals of the country represented by him before the proper authorities administering workmen’s compensation laws and other like statutes, with the same effect as if he held the power of attorney of such beneficiaries to represent them unless such beneficiaries have themselves appeared either in person or by duly authorized representative. 1530 Notice to consul.Written notice of the death of their countrymen entitled to benefit by such laws should, whenever practicable, be given by the authorities administering the law to the appropriate consular officer of the country of which the deceased was a national. Handling funds for non-resident countrymen.A consular officer of either High Contracting Party may on behalf of his non-resident countrymen collect and receipt for their distributive shares derived from estates in process of probate or accruing under the provisions of so-called workmen’s compensation laws or other like statutes provided he remits any funds so received through the appropriate agencies of his Government to the proper distributees. Article XXIV Rights over estates under local jurisdiction.A consular officer of either High Contracting Party shall, within his district, have the right to appear personally or by delegate in all matters concerning the administration and distribution of the estate of a deceased person under the jurisdiction of the local authorities for all such heirs or legatees in said estate, either minors or adults, as may be non-residents and nationals of the country represented by the said consular officer with the same effect as if he held their power of attorney to represent them unless such heirs or legatees themselves have appeared either in person or by duly authorized representative. Article XXV Consular authority over shipping controversies.A consular officer shall have exclusive jurisdiction over controversies arising out of the internal order of private vessels of his country, and shall alone exercise1531 jurisdiction in cases, wherever arising, between officers and crews, pertaining to the enforcement o discipline on board, provided the vessel and the persons charged with wrongdoing shall have entered a port within his consular district. Such an officer shall also have jurisdiction over issues concerning the adjustment of wages and the execution of contracts relating thereto provided the local laws so permit. When an act committed onCrimes on private vessels in territorial waters. board of a private vessel under the flag of the State by which the consular officer has been appointed and within the territorial waters of the State to which he has been appointed constitutes a crime according to the laws of that State, subjecting the person guilty thereof to punishment as a criminal, the consular officer shall not exercise jurisdiction except in so far as he is permitted to do so by the local law. A consular officer may freelyLocal aid to maintain order on shipboard. invoke the assistance of the local police authorities in any matter pertaining to the maintenance of internal order on board of a vessel under the flag of his country within the territorial waters of the State to which he is appointed, and upon such a request the requisite assistance shall be given. A consular officer may appearAppearance before judicial authorities. with the officers and crews of vessels under the flag of his country before the judicial authorities of the State to which he is appointed to render assistance as an interpreter or agent. Article XXVI A consular officer of eitherInspection, etc., of vessels, clearing for ports of consul’s country. High Contracting Party shall have the right to inspect within the ports of the other High Contracting Party within his consular district, the private vessels of any flag destined or about to clear for ports of the country appointing him in order to observe the sanitary conditions and1532 measures taken on board such vessels, and to be enabled thereby to execute intelligently bills of health and other documents required by the laws of his country, and to inform his Government concerning the extent to which its sanitary regulations have been observed at ports of departure by vessels destined to its ports, with a view to facilitating entry of such vessels therein. Article XXVII Salvage of shipwrecked vessels.All proceedings relative to the salvage of vessels of either High Contracting Party wrecked upon the coasts of the other shall be directed by the consular officer of the country to which the vessel belongs and within whose district the wreck may have occurred. Pending the arrival of such officer, who shall be immediately informed of the occurrence, the local authorities shall take all necessary measures for the protection of persons and the preservation of wrecked property. The local authorities shall not otherwise interfere than for the maintenance of order, the protection of the interests of the salvors, if these do not belong to the crews that have been wrecked, and to carry into effect the arrangements made for the entry and exportation of the merchandise saved. It is understood that such merchandise is not to be subjected to any custom house charges, unless it be intended for consumption in the country where the wreck may have taken place. Local intervention limited.The intervention of the local authorities in these different cases shall occasion no expense of any kind, except such as may be caused by the operations of salvage and the preservation of the goods saved, together with such as would be incurred under similar circumstances by vessels of the nation. 1533 Article XXVIII Subject to any limitation orTerritories embraced. exception hereinabove set forth, or hereafter to be agreed upon, the territories of the High Contracting Parties to which the provisions of this Treaty extend shall be understood to comprise all areas of land, water, and air over which the Parties respectivelyCanal Zone excluded. claim and exercise dominion as sovereign thereof, except the Panama Canal Zone. Article XXIX The Polish Government whichReservation by Poland as to the Free City of Danzig.*Post*, p. 1680. is entrusted with the conduct of the foreign affairs of the Free City of Danzig under Article 104 of the Treaty of Versailles and Articles 2 and 6 of the Treaty signed in Paris on November 9, 1920, between Poland and the Free City of Danzig, reserves hereby the right to declare that the Free City of Danzig is a Contracting Party to this Treaty and that it assumes the obligations and acquires the rights laid down therein. This reservation does not relate to those stipulations of the Treaty which the Republic of Poland has accepted with regard to the Free City in accordance with the Treaty rights conferred on Poland. Article XXX The present Treaty shall beRatification. ratified and the ratifications thereof shall be exchanged at Warsaw. The Treaty shall take effect in all its provisions thirty days fromDuration. the date of the exchange of ratifications and shall remain in full force for the term of one year thereafter. If within six months before the expiration of the aforesaid period of one year neither High Contracting Party notifies to the other an intention of modifying by change or omission, any of the provisions of any of the Articles1534 in this Treaty or of terminating it upon the expiration of the aforesaid period, the Treaty shall remain in full force and effect after the aforesaid period and until six months from such a time as either of the High Contracting Parties shall have notified to the other an intention of modifying or terminating the Treaty. Signatures.In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Treaty and have affixed their seals thereto. Done in duplicate, each in the English and Polish languages, both authentic, at Washington, this fifteenth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one. Stany Zjednoczone Ameryki iContracting Powers.*Post*, p. 1703. Rzeczpospolita Polska, pragnąc wzmocnić istniejący szczęşliwie między obu krajami węzeł pokoju zapomocą układów, mających na celu rozwinięcie przyjaznych stosunków między obu swemi terytorjami przez zarządzenia odpowiadające duchowym, kulturalnym, gospodarczym i handlowym dążeniom swej ludnoşci, postanowiły zawrzeć Traktat Przyjaźni, Handlowy i Praw Konsularnych i w tym celu mianowały swymi pełnomocnikami: Plenipotentiaries. Prezydent Stanów Zjednoczonych Ameryki, p. Henry L. Stimson, Sekretarza Stanu Stanów Zjednoczonych Ameryki, i Prezydent Rzeczypospolitej Polskiej, p. Tytusa Filipowicza, Ambasadora Nadzwyczajnego i Pelnomocnego R. P. w Waszyngtonie; którzy, po zakomunikowaniu sobie wzajemnie pelnomocnictw,1508 uznanych za należyte co do formy, zgodzili się na następujące artykuły: Artykul I Mutual freedom of residence, religion, business, etc., permitted.Obywatele każdej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron będą mogli wjeżdżać, podróżować i przebywać na tery torjum drugiej Strony; korzystać z wolności sumienia oraz praktykowania kultu religijnego; wykonywać pracę zawodową, naukową, religijną, filantropijną, przemysłową i handlową wszelkiego rodzaju; prowadzić we wszelkiej formie Real property.działalność handlową nie wzbronioną przez prawo miejscowe; posiadać na własność wznosić lub wynajmować i zajmować odpowiednie budowle, oraz dzierżawić grunty do celów’: mieszkalnych, naukowych, religijnych, filantropijnych, przemysłowych, handlowych i pośmiertnego spoczynku; zatrudniać pracowników według swego wyboru —i wogóle, wyżej wymienieni obywatele będą mogli, przy zastosowaniu się do wszystkich miejscowych praw i przepisów należycie ustanowionych, korzystać z wszelkich wyliczonych wyżej przywilei i wykonywać wszystko, co jest z uprawnieniami temi związane, lub konieczne do korzystania z nich, na tych samych warunkach, co obywatele państwa, w którem zamieszkują, chyba że prawa którejś z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, będące w mocy w chwili podpisania niniejszego Traktatu, zawierają Most favored nation treatment.postanowienia odmienne. Tam gdzie prawa jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, obowiązujące w chwili podpisania niniejszego Traktatu nie pozwalają obywatelom drugiej Strony nu korzystanie z któregoś z wyżej wyliczonych uprawnień na tych samych warunkach co obywatelom Państwa, w którem zamieszkują, będą oni korzystali, pod warunkiem wzajemności z takiego samego traktowania, co obywatele państwa najbardziej uprzywilejowanego. 1509 Obywatele jednej z WysokichEquality of taxes, etc. Umawiających się Stron nie będą podlegali na terytorjum drugiej Strony żadnym innym lub wyższym wewnętrznym opłatom i podatkom, niż ściągane są od własnych obywateli i przez nich opłacane. Obywatele każdej z WysokichAccess to courts of justice. Umawiających się Stron będą mieli swobodny dostęp do sądów drugiej Strony, poddając się miejscowym prawom, a to zarówno w dochodzeniu, jak i obronie swoich praw przed wszystkiemi instancjami sądowemijustanowuonemi przez prawo. Obywatele każdej z WysokichProtection of persons and property. Umawiających się Stron będą mieli na terytorjum drugiej Strony, poddając się warunkom nałożonym na obywateli tejże Strony, jaknajbardziej stałą opiekę i bezpieczeństwo osobiste i ich mienia i będą korzystali pod tym względem z takiego stopnia opieki, jak tego wymaga prawo międzynarodowe. Mienie ich nie może być im odebrane bez właściwego postępowania prawnego i bez zapłaty odpowiedniego odszkodowania. Żadne z postanowieńImmigration laws not affected. niniejszego Traktatu nie może być interpretowane w sposób naruszający istniejące ustawy jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron w odniesieniu do emigracji lub imigracji lub też prawa każdej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron do stanowienia takich ustaw, pod warunkiem jednakże, że nic w ustępie niniejszym nie przeszkodzi obywatelom jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron w wjeżdżaniu, podróżowaniu i zamieszkiwaniu na terytorjum drugiej Strony celem prowadzenia handlu międzynarodowego lub też zajmowania się działalnością handlową odnoszącą się do lub związaną z prowadzeniem handlu międzynarodowego na tych samych warunkach co obywatele państwa najbardziej uprzywilejowanego. Żadne z postanowieńProtection of national labor. niniejszego Traktatu nie może być interpretowane w sensie, który1510 nasuwałby prawo jednej ze Stron do stanowienia i stosowania ustaw odnoszących się do ochrony narodowego rynku pracy. Artykul II Civil liability for injuries, etc.Odnośnie do formy ochrony, zabezpieczonej przez prawo państwowe, stanowe lub prowincjonalne, ustanawiające odpowiedzialność cywilną za obrażenia cielesne lub śmierć i dające krewnym, spadkobiercom lub pozostającym na utrzymaniu strony poszkodowanej prawo do skargi lub odszkodowania pieniężnego, tacy krewni, spadkobiercy lub będący na utrzymaniu strony poszkodowanej, która, mając obywatelstwo jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, została poszkodowana na terytorjum drugiej Strony, będą, bez względu na ich obywatelstwo obce lub przebywanie poza tery torjum na którem obrażenia cielesne miały miejsce, korzystali z tych samych praw i przywilejów, jakie są lub mogą być udzielane obywatelom własnym i na takich samych warunkach. Artykul III Dwellings, places of business, etc., to be respected.Mieszkania, składy towarowe, fabryki, sklepy i inne miejsca wykonywania zawodu wraz ze wszystkiemi przynależnemi pomieszczeniami, należące do obywateli jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron na terytorium drugiej, używane do jakiegokolwiek z celów wymienionych w Artykule I, winny być szanowane. Będzie niedozwolone dokonywanie rewizji domowej, przeszukiwanie budynków i pomieszczeń, ani badanie i sprawdzanie w nich ksiąg, papierów lub rachunków, chyba że odbędzie się to pod warunkami i zgodnie z formami ustanowionemi dla krajowców przez obowiązujące ustawy, rozporządzenia i przepisy. Artykul IV Period allowed for sale of inherited realty, etc.W wypadkach, w których z powodu śmierci osoby, posiadającej realność lub inny majątek1511 nieruchomy, albo udział w nim, na terytorjum jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, majątek ten, lub udział w nim miałby, zgodnie z prawemkrajowem lub na podstawie postanowień testamentowych, przypaść lub przejść na tam zamieszkałego lub niezamieszkałego obywatela drugiej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, jeżeli go tych praw nie pozbawiają ustawy kraju, w którym ten majątek lub udział w nim się znajduje, temu obywatelowi będzie wolno w okresie trzech lat, mogącym być przedłużonym, o ile tego wymagają słuszne powody, zlikwidować go Í wycofać uzyskaną równowartość bez ograniczeń i przeszkód i wolną od wszelkich spadkowych, sądowych i administracyjnych podatków i opłat prócz tych, które w podobnych wypadkach mogą być nałożone na obywatela państwa, z którego ta równowartość ma być wycofana. Obywatele każdej z WysokichDisposal of personal property. Umawiających się Stron będą mieli pełną swobodę rozporządzania swą własnością ruchomą wszelkiego rodzaju na terytorjum drugiej Strony, drogą testamentu darowizny, lub w innej formie, a ich spadkobiercy, legatarjusze lub obdarowani, bez względu na obywatelstwo, zamieszkali lub niezamieszkali w kraju, będą dziedziczyli taką własność ruchomą i mogą objąć ją w posiadanie, sami lub przez osoby, działające w ich imieniu, zatrzymać ją lub rozporządzać nią dowoli, przyczem podlegają uiszczaniu podatków i opłat tylko takich, jakim podlegają w podobnych wypadkach obywatele tej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, na której terytorjum własność ta się znajduje, lub z którem jest związana. Artykul V Obywatele każdej z WysokichFreedom of worship, etc. Umawiających się Stron będą mogli, w wykonaniu swego wyżej zastrzeżonego prawa swobody religijnej, na terytorjum drugiej Strony bez utrudnień i przykrości jakiegokolwiek rodzaju z1512 racji ich wierzeń religijnych lub z innego powodu—odprawiać nabożeństwa w obrębie albo swych własnych domów albo też wszelkich odpowiednich budynków, Condition.które mogą dowolnie wznosić i zachowywać w dogodnych miejscach, o ile ich nauki i obrządki nie są sprzeczne z obyczajnością publiczną; będą oni również mogli grzebać swych umarłych zgodnie z ich zwyczajami religijnemi na dogodnych i dostosowanych miejscach, założonych i zachowywanych w tym celu, przestrzegając ustaw i rozporządzeń cmentarnych i sanitarnych, obowiązujących w miejscu grzebania. Artykul VI Reciprocal freedom of commerce and navigation.Pomiędzy terytoriami Wysokich Umawiających się Stron będzie istniała wolność handlu i żeglugi. Obywatele obu Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, narówni z obywatelami państwa najbardziej uprzywilejowanego, będą mieli swobodę wolnego zawijania ze swemi statkami i ładunkami do wszystkich miejsc, portów i wód wszelkiego rodzaju w obrębie granic terytorjalnych drugiej Strony, które są lub mogą być otwarte Sanitary, etc., measures.dla handlu zagranicznego i żeglugi. Żadne postanowienie niniejszego Traktatu nie może być tłumaczone jako ograniczające prawo którejkolwiek z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron do wprowadzenia na warunkach, jakie Strona ta uzna za stosowne, zakazów i Liquor or narcotic traffic.ograniczeń, mających na celu ochronę życia i zdrowia ludzkiego, zwierzęcego lub roślin, lub rozporządzeń dla wykonania ustaw w dziedzinie porządku publicznego lub dochodów Skarbu, z włączeniem ustaw zabraniających lub ograniczających wwóz lub sprzedaż napojów alkoholowych lub narkotyków. Most favored nation treatment on imports.Każda z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron przyjmie bezwzględnie zobowiązanie nienakładania wyższych lub innych ceł względnie opłat, warunków, zakazów lub ograniczeń przywozu jakichkolwiek artykułów, będących produktami gleby, wytworami lub1513 wyrobami terytorjum drugiej Strony niż te, jakie są lub będą nakładane na wwóz takich samych artykułów, będących produktami gleby, wytworami lub wyrobami jakiegokolwiek innego kraju. Zarządzenia administracyjne wprowadzające podwyższenie ceł lub zmianę obowiązujących przepisów, odnoszących się do importu, nie będą stosowane przed upływem dostatecznego czasu, potrzebnego na słuszne uwiadomienie o takich podwyżkach lub zmianiach, po ich ogłoszeniu w zwykłej drodze urzędowej. Powyższe postanowienie nic dotyczy zarządzeń wprowadzonych na skutek przepisów ustawy lub orzeczeń sądowych, jak również zarządzeń wydanych celem ochrony życia ludzkiego, zwierzęcego lub roślin, a także w dziedzinie porządku publicznego. Każda z WysokichNo discrimination of export charges. Umawiających się Stron również zobowiązuje się bezwzględnie nie nakładać opłat ani innych ograniczeń czy zakazów na towary eksportowane do tervtorjów drugiej Strony wyższych lub innych, niż te, jakie nakładane są na towary eksportowane do jakiegokolwiek innego kraju obcego. Żadna z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron nie wprowadzi ani nie będzie utrzymywała w mocy ograniczeń importu z terytorjum lub eksportu do tery torjum drugiej Strony, które nie są stosowane do importu i eksportu takiego samego artykułu pochodzącego z lub wysyłanego do jakiegokolwiek innego kraju. Wszelkie cofnięcie ograniczeń importowych lub eksportowych przyznane chociażby tymczasowo przez jedną ze Stron na korzyść artykułów trzeciego państwa, będzie niezwłocznie i bezwarunkowo stosowane do takich samych artykułów pochodzących od drugiej Umawiającej się Strony lub do niej wysyłanych. W razie ustanowienia kontyngentów dla importu lub eksportu artykułów ograniczonych lub zakazanych, każda z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron zgadza się1514 przyznać importowi z terytorjum lub eksportowi do terytorjum drugiej Strony słuszny udział w przydziale ilości ograniczonych towarów, które mogą być dozwolone dla importu lub eksportu. Extension of advantages given any other foreign country.Wszelka korzyść, dotycząca opłat, ceł, formalności i warunków ich stosowania, którą jedna z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron mogłaby rozciągnąć na jakikolwiek artykuł, będący produktem gleby, wytworem lub wyrobem każdego innego obcego kraju, będzie równocześnie i bezwarunkowo, bez żądania i bez kompensaty rozciągnięta na takie same artykuły, które są produktami gleby, wytworami lub wyrobami drugiej Wysokiej Umawiającej się Strony. Equality of trade by vessels of either country.Wszelkie artykuły które są lub mogą być legalnie importowane z zagranicy do portów Stanów Zjednoczonych Ameryki, albo też są lub mogą być legalnie eksportowane z nich na statkach Stanów Zjednoczonych Ameryki, będą mogły również być przywożone do tych portów lub wywożone z nich na statkach polskich, nie podlegając jakimkolwiek cłom lub opłatom innym lub wyższym niż gdyby te artykuły były importowane lub eksportowane na statkach Stanów Zjednoczonych Ameryki; i nawzajem, wszelkie artykuły, które są lub mogą być legalnie importowane z zagranicy do portów polskich albo też sa lub mogą być legalnie eksportowane z nich na statkach polskich, będą mogły również być przywożone do tych portów lub wywożone z nich na statkach Stanów Zjednoczonych Ameryki, nie podlegając żadnym cłom i opłatom innym lub wyższym niż gdyby artykuły te były importowane lub eksportowane na statkach polskich. Bounties, drawbacks, etc.W ten sam sposób ma być stosowana zupełna wzajemna równość w stosunku do bandery obu krajów co do premij, zwrotów ceł i innych przywilejów tego rodzaju jakiejkolwiek nazwy, które mogą być przyznane na terytorjum obu Wysokich Uma1515 wiających się Stron, dla towarów, importowanych lub eksportowanych na statkach narodowych, tak, że te premje, zwroty ceł i inne przywileje będą również w podobny sposób przyznawane towarom, importowanym lub eksportowanym na statkach drugiego państwa. Co się tyczy wysokości iMost favored nation treatment as to customs duties. pobierania ceł przywozowych i wywozowych wszelkiego rodzaju, każda z obu Wysokich Umawiających się Stron zobowiązuje się przyznać obywatelom, statkom i towarom drugiej Strony wszelkie udogodnienia, przywileje lub wolności, jakie przyzna obywatelom, statkom i towarom jakiegoś trzeciego państwa, bez względu na to, czy takiemu uprzywilejowanemu państwu takie traktowanie zostanie przyznane darmo, czy wzamian za kompensatę. Każde takie udogodnienie, przywilej lub wolność, które będzie odtąd w przyszłości nadane obywatelom, statkom czy towarom trzeciego państwa, będzie równocześnie i bezwarunkowo, bez żądania i bez kompensaty rozciągnięte na drugą Wysoką Umawiającą się Stronę dla niej samej, jej obywateli, statków i towarów. Żadna z WysokichNo distinction between direct and indirect importations. Umawiających się Stron nie będzie robiła jakiejkolwiek różnicy między bezpośrednim a pośrednim przywozem artykułów pochodzących z terytorjów drugiej Strony, a skądkohviek przychodzących. Powyższe postanowienie, w zastosowaniu do przywozu do Polski, odnosi się jedynie do towarów, które na części drogi z miejsca ich pochodzenia do miejsca ostatecznego przeznaczenia musiały być przewożone poprzez ocean. Każda z WysokichDocumentary proof of origin required. Umawiających się Stron ma prawo wymagać, żeby artykuły, które są przywożone z terytorjum drugiej Strony i które mogą korzystać zgodnie z postanowieniami niniejszego Traktatu z korzyści odnośnie do ceł lub opłat przyznanych państwu najbardziej uprzywilejowanemu, były zaopatrzone w takie same dokumenty stwuerdza1516 jące ich pochodzenie, jalde mogą być wymagane w wykonaniu ustaw i przepisów kraju, do którego są one przywożone, z tem jednak zastrzeżeniem, że żądania postawione w tym celu nie będą tego rodzaju, aby mogły stanowić w rzeczywistości przeszkody dla handlu pośredniego. Wymagania związane z dostarczaniem takich świadectw pochodzenia zostaną ustalone i wprowadzone w życie przez wymianę not między Wysokiemi Umawiającemi się Stronami. Exceptions.Postanowienia niniejszego artykułu nie rozciągaj ą się na: a) Border traffic. traktowanie, które każda z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron przyzna ruchowi pogranicznemu w strefie nieprzekraczającej szerokości 10 mil (15 kilometrów) z każdej strony granicy celnej; b) Where special privileges accorded. specjalne przywileje państw, wynikające z ich unji celnej z jedną z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron dopóty dopóki takie specjalne przywileje nie będą przyznane żadnemu innemu państwu; c) United States trade with Cuba. traktowanie, j akie Stany Zjednoczone Ameryki przyznają handlowi Kuby na zasadzie postanowień Vol. 33, p. 2136.Konwencji Handlowej, zawartej pomiędzy Stanami Zjednoczonemi Ameryki a Kubą, dnia 11 grudnia 1902 r., ani do jakiejkolwiek innej konwencji handlowej, która w przyszłości może być zawarta między Stanami Zjcdnoczonemi Ameryki i Kubą. With Canal Zone or dependencies.Postanowienia takie pozatem nie odnoszą siędo traktowania zapewnionego handlowi Stanów Zjednoczonych Ameryki ze strefą Kanału Panamskiego lub z którąkolwiek posiadłością Stanów Zjednoczonych Ameryki lub handlowi posiadłości StanówZjednoczonych Ameryki między sobą, zgodnie z obecnemi i przyszłemi prawami; d) Exception to Polish traffic. tymczasowy system celny obowiązujący między polskim i niemieckim Górnym śląskiem i ustanowiony polskoniemiecką Konwencją, podpisaną w Genewie 15 maja 1922 r. 1517 Artykul VII Obywatele i towary każdej zEquality of Internal taxes, etc. Wysokich Umawiających się Stron będą korzystali na tery torjum drugiej Strony z tego samego traktowania co krajowcy i towary krajowe, o ile chodzi o podatki wewnętrzne, opłaty za składowe i za inne udogodnienia. Artykul VIII Żadne opłaty tonażowe,Tonnage duties, etc. portowe, za pilotaż, za latarnie morskie i opłaty kwarantannowe lub też żadne podobne lub analogiczne opłaty jakiegokolwiek bądź rodzaju, ściągane w imieniu lub na rzecz Rądu, funkcjonarjuszy publicznych, osób prywatnych, towarzystw lub zakładów jakiegobądź rodzaju, nie będą nakładane w portach terytorjów żadnego z obu krajówna statki drugiego kraju, któreby nie były w równej mierze i w tych samych warunkach nakładane na statki narodowe. To równe traktowanie będzie stosowane z zastrzeżeniem wzajemności do statków obu krajó w bez względu na miejsce, z którego one przybywają i bez względu na miejsce ich przeznaczenia. Artykul IX Dla celów niniejszego TraktatuNationality of private vessels recognized. statki handlowe i inne statki będące własnością prywatną pod banderą jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, posiadające dokumenty, wymagane przez ich ustawy krajowe na dowód swej przynależności państwowej, będą, zarówno w obrębie wód terytorjalnych drugiej Strony, jak i na pełnem morzu, uważane za statki tej Strony, pod której banderą płyną. Artykul X Statki handlowe i inne statkiDischarging cargoes at open ports. będące własnością prywatną pod banderą jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, będą mogły wyładowywać część swych ładunków w każdym porcie, otwartym dla handlu zagranicznego na terytorjach drugiej Wysokiej Umawiającej się Strony i płynąć dalej z1518 resztą tych ładunków do jakichkolwiek innych portów na tych samych terytorjach, otwartych dla handlu zagranicznego, bez uiszczenia innych lub wyższych opłat tonażowych, lub portowych, niż te, które w takich wypadkach były płacone przez statki krajowe w podobnych warunkach i będą tak samo mogły brać ładunek w różnych portach, w czasie tej Coasting trade exemption.samej podróży w kierunku oddalającym się, z tein zastrzeżeniem jednak, że handel przybrzeżny Wysokich Umawiających się Stron jest wyłączony z postanowień niniejszego artykułu i z innych postanowieńniniejszego Traktatu, będzie zaś uregulowany stosownie do odnośnych ustaw każdej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron. Istnieje jednak zgoda co do tego, iż obywatele jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, będą korzystali odnośnie do handlu przybrzeżnego na terytorjum drugiej Strony, z traktowania państwa najbardziej uprzywilejowanego. Fishing and shipbuilding.Postanowienia niniejszego Traktatu, odnoszące się do wzajemnego przywileju narodowego traktowania w sprawach związanych z żeglugą, nie stosują się do specjalnych przywilejów, które obie Wysokie Umawiające się Strony zastrzegają dla przemysłu rybackiego i budowy okrętów. Artykul XI Corporations, etc., organized in either country may conduct business in the other.Spółki o odpowiedzialności ograniczonej, oraz inne spółki i towarzystwa, obliczone lub nieobliczone na zysk, które zostały lub mogą być w przyszłości założone zgodnie z ustawami państwowemi, stanowemi lub prowincjonalnemi jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron i utrzymujące siedzibę główną na jej terytorjum, uznane będą przez drugą Wysoką Umawiającą się Stronę za prawnie istniejące, z zastrzeżeniem jednak, że nie dążą one na jej terytorjum do celów sprzecznych z jej ustawami. Będą one korzystały z wolności dostępu do wszelkich sądów sądzących według prawa lub słu1519 szności, stosując się do praw regulujących tę sprawę, zarówno dla dochodzenia, jak i dla obrony praw we wszystkich instancjach sądowych prawnie ustanowionych. Prawo takich spółek i towarzystwRight to establish branches. jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, w ten sposób uznanych przez drugą Stronę, do osiedlania się na jej terytorjach, zakładania filij i wykonywania swych czynności tamże—będzie uzależnione i uregulowane wyłącznie na podstawie zezwolenia tej Strony, w sposób określony w jej ustawach i przepisach państwowych, stanowych lub prowincjonalnych. Artykul XII Obywatele jednej z WysokichNationals of either country may organise corporations, etc., in the other. Umawiających się Stron będą korzystali na terytorjach drugiej Strony wzajemnie i zgodnie z warunkami tam obowiązuj ącemi, z takich praw i przywilejów, jakie są, lub w przyszłości będą, przyznane obywatelom jakiegokolwiek innego państwa odnośnie do zakładania i uczestniczenia w spółkach o odpowiedzialności ograniczonej i innych spółkach i towarzystwach w celach zarobkowych lub innych, włącznie z prawem inicjowania, rejestrowania, zakupu, posiadania i sprzedaży akcyj oraz piastowania stanowisk kierowniczych lub wykonawczych w tych firmach. Przy wykonywaniu tych praw odnośnie do uregulowania postępowania dotyczącego organizacji lub prowadzenia takich spółek i towarzystw, wspomniani obywatele nie będą podlegali żadnym warunkom, mniej korzystnym, niż te, jakie są lub będą w przyszłości nakładane na obywateli państwa najbardziej uprzywilejowanego. Prawo wszystkich takich spółek i towarzystw, któreby były zorganizowane lub kontrolowane przez obywateli jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron lub w których mieliby udział ci obywatele, na terytorjum drugiej Strony do wykonywania tamże jakichkolwiek swych1520 czynności—będą regulo wane przez ustawy i przepisy państwowe, stanowe lub prowincjonalne, które są w mocy, lub mogłyby być w przyszłości wprowadzone na terytorjach tej Strony, gdzie czynności te mają być wykonywane. Mining privileges.Ponad to obywatele jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron będą korzystali na terytorjum drugiej Strony, z zastrzeżeniem wzajemności i poddając się warunkom tam obowiązującym, z takich praw i przywilejów, jakie mogłyby być w przyszłości przyznane obywatelom jakiegokolwiek innego państwa odnośnie do wydobywania węgla, fosfatu, ropy, oleju skalnego, gazu i sody na terenach państwowych drugiej Strony. Rozumie się jednakże, że żadne z postanowień niniejszego ustępu nie wymaga od Wysokich Umawiających się Stron udzielania pozwoleń na korzystanie z takich praw lub przywilejów, jeżeli w chwili przedłożenia odnośnego podania udzielanie podobnych praw lub przywilejów zostało zawieszone lub zniesione. Artykul XIII Commercial travelers recognized.Komiwojażerowie, reprezentujący wytwórców, kupców i handlarzy, osiadłych na terytorjum jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, będą mieli przy wjeździe na terytorjum drugiej Strony lub w czasie przebywania tam i przy wyjeździe stamtąd, zapewnione traktowanie państwa najbardziej uprzywilejowanego pod względem ceł i innych przywilejów i wszelkich opłat i podatków jakiegokolwiekbądź rodzaju, nałożonych na nich, lub ich próbki. Identification, etc.Jeżeliby Wysokie Układające się Strony lub jedna z nich uznała za potrzebne przedstawienie wierzytelnego dokumentu ustalającego tożsamość i uprawnienia komiwojażerów reprezentujących wytwórców, kupców lub handlarzy osiadłych na terytorjach drugiej strony, celem dania im możności korzystania na jej terytorjach z przywilejów przyznanych w niniejszym artykule—Wy1521 sokie Umawiające się Strony ustalą w drodze wymiany not formę takiego dokumentu oraz urzędy i osoby przez jakie ma być wystawiony. Artykul XIV Będzie miała miejsce zupełna Freedom of international transit,wolność tranzytu przez terytorja z włączeniem wód terytorjalnych każdej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron na najdogodniejszych drogach otwartych dla tranzytu międzynarodowegoPanama Canal, etc., excepted kolejami, żeglownemi drogami wodnemi i kanałami, z wyłączeniem Kanału Panamskiego, oraz dróg wodnych i kanałów, stanowiących granice międzypaństwowe, dla osób, ich bagażu i towarów, przybywających z terytorjów drugiej Wysokiej Umawiającej się Strony, udających się tam, lub przejeżdżających przez nie, z wyłączeniem takich osób, których dopuszczenie na jej terytorja byłoby zabronione, albo towarówTransit provisions. czy bagażu, których przywóz byłby zakazany ustawowo. Osoby przejeżdżające, ich bagaż i towary przewożone tranzytem nie będą podlegały żadnym cłom tranzytowym, ani żadnemu zbędnemu opóźnieniu, lub ograniczeniom i zróżniczkowaniom pod względem opłat, ułatwień lub wszelkich innych okoliczności. Towary w tranzycie winnyCustoms entries, etc. wchodzić i wychodzić przez właściwą komorę cleną, ale wolne będą od wszelkich ceł lub innych podobnych opłat. Wszelkie opłaty, nakładane na transporty znajdujące się w tranzycie, będą umiarkowane i odpowiadające warunkom ruchu. Żadne z postanowieńTransit of arms, etc. niniejszego artykułu nie będzie ograniczało prawa obu Wysokich Umawiających się Stron do zakazywania lub ograniczania tranzytu broni, amunicji i sprzętu wojskowego, zgodnie z traktatami i konwencjami, które są albo mogłyby być w przyszłości zawarte przez którąkolwiek z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron zinnemi państwami. 1522 Artykul XV Consular officers.Reception of.Każda z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron zgadza się przyjmować urzędników konsularnych drugiej Strony w tych swoich portach, miejscowościach i miastach, które nadają się i są otwarte dla przedstawicieli konsularnych jakiegokolwiek obcego państwa. Enjoyment of rights, etc., accorded most favored nation.Urzędnicy konsularni każdej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron będą, po objęciu urzędowania, korzystali na terytorjum drugiej Strony na zasadzie wzajemności ze Wszystkich praw i przywilejów, zwolnień i immunitetów, z jakich korzystają urzędnicy tego samego stopnia paústwa najbardziej uprzywilejowanego. Tacy urzędnicy, jako przedstawiciele urzędowi, będą uprawnieni do wysokiego szacunku wszystkich urzędników państwowych lub komunalnych państwa przyjmującego, z którymi będą utrzymywali stosunki służbowe. Exequator to issue.Rząd każdej z Wysokich Umawiajaęych się Stron będzie udzielał bez opłat potrzebnego exequatur urzędnikom konsularnym drugiej Strony, którzy przedstawiają należyte listy komisyjne, podpisane przez Głowę Państwa kraju wysyłającego i zaopatrzone w wielką pieczęć państwową; nadto wyda on każdemu podwładnemu lub zastępczemu urzędnikowi konsularnemu, należycie mianowanemu przez przyjętego wyższego urzędnika konsularnego, za aprobatą jego Rządu, lub przez innego właściwego urzędnika tego Rządu, takie dokumenty, jakie, zgodnie z prawami odnośnych Państw, wymagane są do wykonywania służby konsularnej przez mianowanego urzędnika. Za okazaniem exequatur’ lub innego dokumentu, wydanego zamiast tegoż, takiemu urzędnikowi niższego stopnia, ten urzędnik konsularny uprawniony będzie do objęcia swego urzędu, oraz korzystania z praw, przywilejów i immunitetów, przyznanych przez Traktat niniejszy. 1523 Artykul XVI Urzędnicy konsularni, będącyExemption from arrest, etc. obywatelami Państwa wysyłającego, nie mogą być aresztowani z wyjątkiem wypadku, gdy zostaną oskarżeni o popełnienie czynów karygodnych, kwalifikowanych przez prawo miejscowe jako przestępstwa, inne aniżeli występki i przekroczenia i pociągające za sobą ukaranie winnego osobnika. Urzędnicy tacy wolni będą od obowiązku dostarczania kwater wojskowych i od służby wojskowej lub morskiej, administracyjnej lub policyjnej wszelkiego rodzaju. W sprawach karnych, stawienieTestimony in criminal cases. się urzędnika konsularnego w charakterze świadka w sądzie może być zażądane zarówno przez stronę oskarżającą, jak i przez obronę. Odnośne wezwanie dokonane być winno z zachowaniem wszelkich możliwych względów dla godności konsularnej i obowiązków urzędu; a urzędnik konsularny winien uczynić zadość takiemu wezwaniu. Urzędnicy konsularni będą wCivil cases, etc. sprawach cywilnych podlegali jurysdykcji sądów Państwa przyjmującego, z tem jednakże zastrzeżeniem, że w wypadku, jeżeli urzędnik jest obywatelem Państwa wysyłającego i nie jest zaangażowany w żadnem prywatnem zajęciu, obliczonem na zysk, to przesłuchanie jego ustne lub pisemne w charakterze świadka w sprawach, w których on nie jest stroną, odbyć się winno w miejscu Jego zamieszkania lub w jego durzę i z należytymi względami dla jego wygody. Urzędnik winien wszakże dobrowolnie zeznawać w sądzie, o ile to tylko jest możliwe bez naruszenia w poważny sposób jego obowiązków służbowych. Artykul XVII Każda z WysokichFree entry of office supplies, etc. Umawiających się Stron zgadza się na wwóz wolny od wszelkich opłat celnych wszelkiego rodzaju mebli, urządzeń i zapasów przeznaczonych na1524 użytek służbowy w biurach konsularnych drugiej Strony; udzieli również urzędnikom konsularnym, ich rodzinom oraz towarzyszącym im osobom, o ile są one obywatelami kraju wysyłającego, przywileju wolnego od cła wwozu ich bagażu i innych przedmiotów służących do ich osobistego użytku, przywożonych ze sobą przez urzędnika, gdy udaje się na swe stanowisko, z warunkiem wszakże, że żaden przedmiot, którego wwóz przez prawo jednej z Personal property.Wysokich Umawiających się Stron jest zakazany, nie może być przvwieziony na jej terytorjum. Mienie osobiste wwożone przez urzędników konsularnych, ich rodziny lub towarzyszące im osoby w czasie pełnienia funkcyj przez danych urzędników, będzie korzystało z przywilejów i zwolnień przyznawanych urzędnikom konsularnym Państwa najbardziej uprzy wilejowanego. Restriction, if consul is in private business.Rozumie się jednak, że przywileje, udzielone w niniejszym artykule, nie będą się rozciągały na urzędników konsularnych, oddających się w państwie przyjmującem jakiemukolwiek prywatnemu zajęciu obliczonemu na zysk, chyba, że chodzi o przedmioty dostarczane im urzędowo. Artykul XVIII Tax exemption.Urzędnicy konsulami, włączając w to i pracowników zatrudnionych w konsulacie, będący obywatelami Państwa wysyłającego, a nie oddający się na terytorjum Państwa., gdzie wykonywują swe czynności, zajęciom prywatnym obliczonym na zysk, wolni będą od wszelkiego rodzaju podatków pań stwowych, stanowych, prowincjonalnych i komunalnych, nałożonych na ich osoby lub mienie, z wyjątkiem podatków, pobieranych z tytułu posiadania przez nich majątku nieruchomego, położonego w granicach tego terytorjum, oraz dochodu, który daje im mienie jakiegokolwiek rodzaju, położone na lub przynależne do terytorjum Państwa, w którem wykony wują swe czynności. Wszyscy urzędnicy i pracownicy1525konsularni, obywatele Państwa wysyłającego, wolni są od płacenia podatków od poborów, nonorarjówi płac, które otrzymują jako wynagrodzenie za swą służbę konsularną. Rząd każdej z WysokichAcquisition of realty, etc. Umawiających się Stron będzie miał prawo nabywać i posiadać na własność grunta i budynki potrzebne na lokale dyplomatyczne i konsularne na terytorjum drugiej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, jakoteż wznosić budynki na tem terytorjum dla wyżej wspomnianych celów z zachowaniem miejscowych przepisów budowlanych. Grunta i budynki, położone naExemption, if for governmental use only. terytorjum jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, których prawnym lub sprawiedliwym właścicielem jest druga Strona, a które są używane przez tego właściciela wyłącznie do celów rządowych, wolne są od wszelkiego rodzaju podatków zarówno państwowych, jak stanowych, krajowych i komunalnych z wyjątkiem opłat pobieranych za usługi lub miejscowe publiczne urządzenia, z których dane objekty korzystają. Artykul XIX Urzędnicy konsularni mająArms and flags at offices, etc. prawo umieszczać nad drzwiami wejściowemi swych biur godła swego Państwa z odpowiednim napisem, oznaczającym lokal urzędowy, i umieszczać godła swego państwa na samochodach używanych przez nich przy wykonywaniu czynności konsularnych. Urzędnicy ci mogą również wywieszać flagę swego Państwa na swych biurach, włączając w to i biura, znajdujące się w stolicach obu Państw. Mogą oni również wywieszać takąż flagę na wszelkiej łodzi lub statku, używanym przy wykony waniu funkcyj konsularnych. Lokal, w którym konsulatInviolability of offices and archives. urzęduje i archiwa konsulatu będą zawsze i w każdym czasie nietykane i pod żadnym pozorem żadna z władz krajowych jakiegokolwiek rodzaju nie może dokonywać1526 żadnego badania lub zajęcia papierów lub innych rzeczy złożonych w archhvach. O ile urzędnicy Separation, from private papers.konsularni trudnią się przedsiębiorstwami prywatnemina terytorjum Państwa, gdzie wykonywrnją swe funkcje, papiery i dokumenty konsulatu winny być przechowywane w miejscu zupełnie oddzielonem od miejsca, gdzie są przechowywane ich papiery prywatne lub dotyczące ich przedsiębiorstwa. Biura Konsulatu nie będą służyły za miejsca azylu. Nie będzie wymagane od żadnego urzędnika konsularnego przedkładanie w sądzie aktów urzędowych lub składanie zeznań o ich treści. Recognition of ad interim officers.W razie śmierci, niezdolności do wykonywania funkcyj, lub nieobecności urzędnika konsularnego, który nie ma na swej placówce podwładnego urzędnika konsularnego, sekretarze lub naczelnicy kanceiarji, jeżeli ich charakter służbowy został przedtem podany do wiadomości Państwu przyjmującemu, mogą wykonywać czasowo funkcje konsularne zmarłego, niezdolnego do pełnienia swych funkcyj lub nieobecnego urzędnika konsularnego; podczas sprawowania tych czynności będą oni korzystali ze wszystkich praw, przywilejów i immunitetów, przyznanych kierownikowi urzędu. Artykul XX Communications with officials for protecting countrymen of consuls.Urzędnicy konsularni, będący obywatelami Państwa wysyłającego, mogą w obrębie swego okręgu konsularnego zwracać się do wladz państwowych, stanowych, krajowych lub komunalnych w celu zapewnienia swoim obywatelom korzystania z praw traktatowych lub nabytych w jakikolwiek inny sposób. W razie naruszenia tych praw mogą oni wnosić zażalenia. O ile właściwe władze nie dały zadośćuczynienia lub nie udzieliły opieki, interwencja dyplomatyczna będzie usprawiedliwiona, a w razie nieobecności przedstawiciela dyplomatycznego, konsul generalny1527 lub urzędnik konsularny, urzędujący w stolicy, zwrócić się może bezpośrednio do Rządu danego kraju. Artykul XXI Urzędnicy konsularni mogą wNotarial acts, etc., by consular officers. wykonaniu praw swego własnego Państwa: a/ przyjmować w każdem nadającem się do tego miejscu w granicach ich okręgu, zeznania wszelkich osób znajdujących się na statkach ich kraju lub jakichkolwiek obywateli ich Państwa albo też osób mających miejsce stałego zamieszkania na terytorjum tegoż Państwa; b/ sporządzać,Authentications, etc. zaświadczać /attest, certify/ i uwierzytelniać jednostronne akty prawne, podpisy, tłumaczenia, dokumenty i rozporządzenia testamentowe swych obywateli, jak również kontrakty, w których obywatel ich Państwa jest jedną z umawiających się stron; c/ uwierzytelniać podpisy; d/ sporządzać; zaświadczać /attest, certify/, i uwierzytelniać dokumenty wszelkiego rodzaju, wyrażające lub zawierające jakiekolwiek przeniesienie lub obciążenie własności wszelkiego rodzaju, znajdującej się na terytorjum Państwa wysyłającego, jakoteż jednostronne akty prawne, dokumenty; rozporządzenia testamentowe i kontrakty, odnoszące się do mienia położonego na terytorjum Państwa wysyłającego, lub do tranzakcji, która ma tam być dokonana. Dokumenty i akty w ten sposób Effect as evidence.sporządzone, jakoteż odpisy z nich i tłumaczenia, jeżeli zostały przez urzędnika konsularnego należycie uwierzytelnione i zaopatrzone jego pieczęcią urzędową, uznawano będą za dokumenty dowodowe na terytorjach Umawiających się Stron i uważane będą za dokumenty oryginalne lub wierzytelne odpisy, stosownie do wypadku, oraz posiadać będą taką samą moc i skutki prawne, jak gdyby były sporządzone i zaświadczone przez notarjusza lub innego urzędnika publicznego odpowiednio upo1528 waznionego w Państwie wysyłającem, zawsze jednakże z zastrzeżeniem, że akty te i dokumenty sporządzone i zaświadczone będą zgodnie z prawami i przepisami Państwa, w którem mają wywołac skutki prawne. Authority, in non-support matters.Urzędnik konsularny każdej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron będzie miał we własnym okręgu prawo występowania osobiście lub przez zastępcę we wszystkich sprawach dotyczących roszczeń o środki do utrzymania, wniesionych przez małoletnie dzieci, niezamieszkałe w kraju przyjmującym przeciw ojcu zamieszkałemu w okręgu danego urzędnika konsularnego będącemu obywatelem państwa wysyłającego bez osobnego do tego pełnomocnictwa z tern jednak zastrzeżeniem, że tego rodzaju postępowanie nie jest sprzecznez prawem miejscowem. Artykul XXII Notice of death in one country of a national of the other.W razie śmierci obywatela jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron na terytorjum drugiej Strony, o ile nie pozostawił on w miejscu zgonu żadnych znanych spadkobierców, ani wykonawców testamentu, przez siebie wyznaczonych, właściwe władze miejscowe zawiadomią niezwłocznie o fakcie jego śmierci najbliższego urzędnika konsularnego Państwa, którego zmarły był obywatelem, aby odpowiednie zawiadomienie przesiane być mogło stronom zainteresowanym. Provisional holding of intestate property.Jeżeli obywatel jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron umrze na terytorjum drugiej Wysokiej Umawiającej się Strony bez pozostawienia ostatniej woli lub testamentu, urzędnik konsularny Państwa, którego obywatelem był zmarły, urzędujący w granicach okręgu, w którym zmarły mieszkał w chwili śmierci, uważany będzie, o ile prawa miejscowe na to pozwalaj ą, do chwili wyznaczenia administratora lub wszczęcia przewodu spadkowego, za powołanego do wzięcia pod swoją opiekę majątku, pozostałego po1529 zmarłym w celu zachowania i ochrony tego majątku; tenże urzędnik konsularny będzie uprawniony do tego ażeby zostać wyznaczonym zarządcą spadku według uznania sądu lub innej władzy, sprawującej nadzór nad zarządem masy spadkowej, o ile na to zezwalają prawa miejscowości, gdzie spadek pozostaje pod zarządem. W wypadku śmierci obywatelaWithout any known heirs.Appointment as administrator. jednej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron bez rozporządzenia na wypadek śmierci względnie testamentu i bez jakichkolwiek znanych spadkobierców zamieszkałych w kraju, gdzie umarł, urzędnik konsularny kraju, którego obywatelem był zmarły, będzie wyznaczony na administratora majątku zmarłego, o ile przepisy własnego jego Rządu zezwalają na to, i o ile taka nominacja nie jest sprzeczna z prawami miejscowemi, a sąd właściwy nie ma specjalnych powodów do wyznaczenia kogo innego. O ile urzędnik konsularnyStatus of. przyjmie obowiązki administratora spadku, pozostałego po zmarłym współobywatelu, poddaje się tem samem w tym charakterze do wszystkich celowych zamierzeń jurysdykcji sądu albo też innego czynnika mianującego, w takim samym zakresie co obywatel kraju przyjmującego. Artykul XXIII Urzędnik konsularny każdej zRepresentative of non-resident beneficiary. Wysokich Umawiaj ącychsię Stron może, o ile to nie jest sprzeczne z prawem miejscowem, stawać osobiście lub przez zastępcę w imieniu beneficjarjuszy obywateli Państwa wysyłającego niezamieszkałych w kraju jego urzędowania przed właściwenu władzami, wykonywującemi ustawy o odszkodowaniu za wypadki przy pracy, lub podobne ustawy, z tym samym skutkiem jak gdyby posiadał pełnomocnictwo od takich beneficjarjuszy, chyba że beneficjarjusze ci stawili się osobiście lub przez prawnie wyznaczonych pełnomocników. 1530 Notice to consul.Zawiadomienie na piśmie o śmierci ich współobywateli, mających prawo do korzyści wynikających z takich ustaw, winno być, skoro tylko to będzie możliwe, wysłane przez odnośne władze do właściwego urzędnika konsularnego kraju, którego obywatelem był zmarły. Handling funds for non-resident countrymen.Urzędnik konsularny każdej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron może w imieniu obywateli Państwa wysyłającego, niezamieszkujących w kraju przyjmującym, kwitować z odbioru ich udziałów, pochodzących z realizacji spadków w drodze postępowania sądowego lub uzyskanych na mocy postanowień Prawa o odszkodowaniu robotników, t. zw. Workmen’s Compensation Laws, lub innych ustaw tego rodzaju, z warunkiem, że przekaże on wszelkie w ten sposób uzyskane fundusze za pośrednictwem właściwych organów swego rządu odnośnym osobom uprawnionym do ich otrzymania. Artykul XXIV Rights over estates under local jurisdiction.Urzędnik konsularny każdej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron będzie miał prawo w swoim okręgu konsularnym stawać, osobiście lub przez zastępcę we wszystkich sprawach, dotyczących zarządu i podziału spadku osoby zmarłej, należących do kompetencji władz miejscowych w imieniu wszystkich spadkobierców lub legatarjuszy, zainteresowanych w danym spadku, tak małoletnich, jak i pełnoletnich tam niezamieszkałych obywateli kraju wysyłającego z tym samym skutkiem prawnym, jak gdyby miał ich pełnomocnictwo do reprezentowania ich, chyba, że dani spadkobiercy lub legatarjusze stawili się osobiście lub przez należycie upoważnionego przedstawiciela. Artykul XXV Consular authority over shipping controversies.Urzędnik konsularny będzie miał wyłączne prawo rozstrzygania sporów, wynikających z regulaminu wewnętrznego statków prywatnych jego kraju; do1531 niego też jedynie należy rozstrzyganie sporów wynikłych pomiędzy oficerami a załogą takich statków, a dotyczących wykonywania na statku dyscypliny, o ile statek i osoby obwinione o popełnienie wykroczenia przybyły do portu, znajdującego się w obrębie jego okręgu konsularnego. Urzędnik taki ma również prawo do rozstrzygania spraw dotyczących uregulowania płac i wykonywania odnośnych kontraktów, o ile prawa miejscowe na to pozwalają. Jeżeh na statku prywatnym,Crimes on private vessels in territorial waters. płynącym pod banderą Państwa wysyłającego urzędnika konsularnego, popełniony zostanie w granicach wód terytorjalnych Państwa przyjmującego czyn, który w myśl ustaw tego Państwa uważany jest za przestępstwo, pociągające za sobą karę dla winnej osoby jako przestępcy, urzędnik konsularny nie będzie korzystał ze wspomnianych uprawnień, chyba, że na to zezwalają prawa miejscowe. Urzędnik konsularny może nie Local aid to maintain order on shipboard.krępując się wzywać pomocy miejscowych władz policyjnych we wszelkich wypadkach, dotyczących utrzymania wewnętrznego porządku na statku, płynącym pod banderą jego kraju, w granicach wód terytorjalnych Państwa przyjmującego, a na takie żądanie potrzebna pomoc winna mu byó udzielona. Urzędnik konsularny możeAppearance before judicial authorities. stawać wraz z oficerami i załogą statków, płynących pod banderą jego Państwa, przed władzami sądowemi Państwa przyjmującego w celu okazania pomocy jako tłumacz lub pośrednik. Artykul XXVI Urzędnik konsularny każdej zInspection, etc., of vessels, clearing for ports of consul’s country. Wysokich Umawiających się Stron będzie miał prawo w portach drugiej Wysokiej Umawiającej się Strony, leżących w obrębie jego okręgu konsularnego, przeprowadzać inspekcje na statkach prywatnych, niezależnie od ich bander, mających się udać lub wyruszających do portów1532 kraju wysyłającego, celem zbadania warunków i zarządzeń sanitarnych, wydanych na tychże okrętach, aby tem samem mieć możność należytego sporządzenia świadectw zdrowotności i innych dokumentów wymaganych przez ustawodawstwo jego kraju oraz informować swój Rząd, w jakiej mierze jego przepisy sanitarne były przestrzegane w portach odjazdowych przez statki udające się do portów jego kraju, a to ze względu na ułatwienie statkom powyższym wjazdu do portu. Artykul XXVII Salvage of shipwrecked vessels.Wszelkiemi czynnościami, odnoszącemi się do ratownictwa statków każdej z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, które rozbiły się u brzegów drugiej, będzie kierowalurzędnik konsularny kraju, do którego dany statek należy i w granicach którego okręgu konsularnego rozbicie statku nastąpiło. Do chwili przybycia takiego urzędnika, który niezwłocznie winien być zawiadomiony o wypadku, władze miejscowe winny podjąć wszelkie potrzebne kroki dla ochrony osób i zabezpieczenia mienia dotkniętego katastrofa. Władze miejscowe będą interwenjowały jedynie w celu utrzymania porządku i zabezpieczenia interesów osób ratujących, o ile one nie należą do załogi statku, który uległ rozbiciu, oraz w celu wykonywania zarządzeń wydanych w sprawie przywozu i wywozu uratowanych towarów. Rozumie się, że towary takie nie podlegają żadnym opłatom celnym, chyba, że są przeznaczone do spożycia w kraju, gdzie nastąpiło rozbicie się statku. Local intervention limited.Interwencja władz miejscowych w tych wypadkach nie będzie pociągała za sobą żadnych kosztów, oprócz tych, które wywołane zostały akcją ratowmiczą i zabezpieczeniem uratowanych towarów, oraz tych, które w podobnych okolicznościach ponosiłyby okręty ich wlasnego kraju. 1533 Article XXVIII Uwzględniając wszelkieTerritories embraced. ograniczenia lub wyjątki, wyżej wymienione, lub mogące być później umówionemi, terytorja Wysokich Umawiających się Stron, na które rozciągają się postanowienia niniejszego Traktatu, będą rozumiane jako obejmujące wszelkie obszary lądu, wody i powietrza, coCanal Zone excluded. do których Strony roszczą sobie prawo i wykonywują władzę suwerenną, z wyjątkiem strefy Kanału Panamskiego. Article XXIX Rząd Polski, któremuReservation by Poland as to the Free City of Danzig.*Post*, p. 1680. powierzone zostało prowadzenie spraw zagranicznych Wolnego Miasta Gdańska w myśl artykułu 104 Traktatu Wersalskiego i artykułów 2 i 6 Konwencji Paryskiej pomiędzy Polską a Wolnem Miastem Gdańskiem z dnia 9 listopada 1920 roku, zastrzega sobie prawo oświadczenia, że Wolne Miasto jest Umawiającą się Stroną w niniejszym Traktacie i że przyjmuje zobowiązania i nabywca prawa, w nim ustalone. Zastrzeżenie powyższe nie odnosi się do tych postanowień niniejszego Traktatu, które Rzeczpospolita Polska w stosunku do Wolnego Miasta Gdańska już przyjęła w wykonaniu swych praw wynikających z odnośnych rak tatów. Article XXX Traktat niniejszy będzieRatification. ratyfikowany, a dokumenty ratyfikacyjne zostaną wymienione w Warszawie. Niniejszy Traktat we wszystkich swychDuration. postanowieniach wejdzie w życie w przeciągu 30 dni od daty wymiany dokumentów ratyfikacyjnych i pozostanie w pełnej mocy na przeciąg jednego roku od daty wejścia w życie. O ile na sześć miesięcy przed upływem wyżej podanego jednorocznego okresu żadna z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron nie zawiadomi drugiej o swym zamiarze zmiany lub wypuszczenia jakiegokolwiek bądź postanowienia które1534 gokolwiek z artykułów niniejszego Traktatu lub o jego rozwiązaniu z chwilą upływu wyżej wymienionego okresu czasu, Traktat pozostanie nadal w mocy po upływie wyżej wymienionego okresu aż do upływu sześciu miesięcy od chwili, w której którakolwiek z Wysokich Umawiających się Stron zawiadomi drugą o swym zamiarze zmiany lub rozwiązania Traktatu. Signatures.Na dowód czego pełnomocnicy obu Stron podpisali niniejszy Traktat i wycisnęli na nim swe pieczęcie. Sporządzono w Waszyngtonie, w dwóch egzemplarzach, oba w języku angielskim i polskim, jednakowo obowiązujących, dnia 15 czerwca tysiąc dziewięćset trzydziestego pierwszego roku. [seal] Henry L Stimson [seal] Tytus Filipowicz Ratifications exchanged. And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Warsaw on the ninth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three; *Ante*, p. 1533. And whereas by the terms of Article XXX thereof the said Treaty shall take effect in all its provisions thirty days from the date of the exchange of ratifications; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this tenth day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. 1535 AGREEMENT CONCERNING PROOF OF THE ORIGIN OF IMPORTEDAgreement concerning proof of origin of imported merchandise.*Ante*, p. 1515. MERCHANDISE EFFECTED BY EXCHANGE OF NOTES PROVIDED FOR IN THE TENTH PARAGRAPH OF ARTICLE VI OF THE TREATY The Secretary of State (Stimson) to the Polish Ambassador (Filipowicz) Department Of State, *Washington, June 15, 1931*. Excellency: I have the honor to communicate to Your Excellency my understanding of the agreement reached regarding the requirements for furnishing proof of the origin of imported merchandise entitled to the benefits of the treaty of friendship, commerce and consular rights signed this day on behalf of the United States of America and Poland. In the event that proof of the origin of imported goods is required by either Party pursuant to the provisions of the tenth paragraph of Article VI of the treaty, it is agreed that
(1)A declaration by the shipper in the country of origin legalized by a consular representative of the country of final destination resident in the country of origin shall be accepted as satisfactory proof of the origin of the goods. As far as certificates of origin for importation into the Polish customs territory are concerned, the above-mentioned shipper’s declaration before legalization by a consular representative of Poland, has to be certified by a competent Chamber of Commerce or similar organization, subject to the exceptions provided for in subparagraph
(a)of paragraph
(3)hereof.
(2)For indirect shipments an acceptable alternative to the certificate of origin obtained in the country of origin as provided in paragraph
(1)shall be proof of origin obtainable in the intermediate country from which the goods are last shipped to the country of final destination. Such proof shall consist of a declaration by the consignor of the goods in the intermediate country before a consular officer of the country of origin resident in the intermediate country, certified by the latter and approved by a consular representative of the country of final destination resident in the intermediate country, it being understood that the consular representatives of the country of origin shall not certify the shipper’s declaration for this purpose unless they are satisfied upon examination of documentary or other evidence that the statements made therein are true.
(3)The attached form of certificate of origin for use in connection with direct shipments from the United States to Poland and the attached form for use in connection with indirect shipments from the United States to Poland through an intermediate country or countries,1536 respectively, conform to the provisions above set forth, it being understood and agreed, however, that
(a)If the circumstances of any particular case render it impracticable for the shipper of the goods to obtain certification on a certificate of origin by a Chamber of Commerce or similar organization, the certificate of origin may be submitted for authentication directly to a Polish consular officer, and the fact that certification by a Chamber of Commerce or similar organization has not been obtained shall not be considered by such consular officer as of itself sufficient ground for refusing to authenticate the document.
(b)If at the time the certificate of origin is made out circumstances render it difficult or inconvenient for shippers to specify on such certificate the name of the vessel on which the goods are to be shipped, the necessities and convenience of shippers shall be taken into account either by waiving this requirement or by making such other provision as the circumstances of the case require.
(c)In exceptional cases in which doubt exists regarding the exact proportion of the value of any given article represented by the costs of the labor and raw material of the United States, or in which such proportion is less than fifty per centum, but the article, in view of the nature and extent of the processes to which it has been subjected, is distinctly an American product, no certification regarding such proportion on a certificate of origin shall be required. Any article in which the raw material or the labor of the United States represents less than fifty per centum of the total value shall, nevertheless, be deemed to be a product of the United States if a like article from any third country representing less than fifty per centum in value the labor and raw material of such third country is deemed to be a product of that country.
(4)In the event that modification of the requirements outlined in the preceding paragraphs is at any time considered desirable from the viewpoint of either Party, it is agreed that its proposals to this end shall be given sympathetic consideration by the other Party. I shall be glad to have your confirmation of the accord thus reached. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Henry L. Stimson Annexes: Form of certificate of origin for use in connection with direct shipments; Form of certificate of origin for use in connection with indirect shipments. His Excellency Mr. Tytus Filipowicz, *Ambassador of Poland*. 1537 [Enclosure 1] Forms. No. No. of the institution executing Certificate of origin, direct shipments. the certificate of origin. Certificate of origin I, (member or manager of the firm or corporation)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (name of individual and title) exporter of the merchandise described below, do solemnly and truly declare that the said merchandise { is the growth of has been finished in the has been manufactured in } the United States of America, and that not less than 50 per cent of the total value of the goods represents the cost of labor and raw material in the United States, and that the said merchandise is correctly described as follows: Port of shipment_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ On steamship_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (name of steamship) Name of shipper_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (indicate whether merchant or manufacturer) Address of shipper_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Consignee in Poland_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (indicate whether merchant or manufacturer) Address of consignee in Poland_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Dated_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Marks and numbers No. of packages or cases Description of the commodities Weight Gross Net Value _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Signature of Exporter Subscribed and sworn to before me this _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ day of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Notary Public certification by chamber of commerce _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a recognized chamber of commerce has examined the manufacturers invoice of shippers affidavit concerning the origin of the merchandise, and according to the best of its knowledge and belief, finds the products named originated in the United States of America. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Signature and seal of the Institution executing the Certificate of Origin) (Certification of competent Polish Consular Officer) 1538 Certificate of origin, indirect shipments. [Enclosure 2] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Place and date CERTIFICATE OF ORIGIN I We (consignor of the goods)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (name of individual or of the firm) exporter(s) of the merchandise described below, do solemnly and truly declare that the said merchandise { is the growth of has been finished in the has been manufactured in } the United States of America, and that not less than 50 per cent of the total value of the goods represents the cost of labor and raw material in the United States, and that the said merchandise is correctly described as follows: Marks and numbers No. of packages or cases Description of the commodities Weight Gross Net Value The above described merchandise is to be shipped per_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Indicate whether on steamship
(name)or by railway) from_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (place of shipment) Consignee in the Polish custom territory_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Address of consignee in the Polish custom territory_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signature of consignor. Certification by the competent consular authority of the U.S.A. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19_ _ _ _ (Place and date) No. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (of the consular representative certifying the certificate of origin) I do hereby certify, that I have examined the documents concerning the merchandise described above by the consignor, and according to my best knowledge and belief, I find the products named originated in the United States of America. Witness my hand and seal of office the day and year aforesaid. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of the United States of America. (Certification by the competent Polish consular representative). 1539 The Polish Ambassador (Filipowicz) to the Secretary of Stale (Stimson)Agreement by Poland. Ambasada Polska W Waszyngtonie No. 2241/31 *June 15, 1931*. Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of this date concerning your understanding of the agreement reached regarding the requirements for furnishing proof of the origin of imported merchandise entitled to the benefits of the treaty of friendship, commerce and consular rights signed this day on behalf of Poland and the United States of America, and to confirm that understanding, as follows: In the event that proof of the origin of imported goods is required by either Party pursuant to the provisions of the tenth paragraph of Article VI of the treaty, it is agreed that
(1)A declaration by the shipper in the country of origin legalized by a consular representative of the country of final destination resident in the country of origin shall be accepted as satisfactory proof of the origin of the goods. As far as certificates of origin for importation into the Polish customs territory are concerned, the above-mentioned shipper’s declaration, before legalization by a consular representative of Poland, has to be certified by a competent Chamber of Commerce or similar organization, subject to the exceptions provided for in subparagraph
(a)of paragraph
(3)hereof.
(2)For indirect shipments an acceptable alternative to the certificate of origin obtained in the country of origin as provided in paragraph
(1)shall be proof of origin obtainable in the intermediate country from which the goods are last shipped to the country of final destination. Such proof shall consist of a declaration by the consignor of the goods in the intermediate country before a consular officer of the country of origin resident in the intermediate country, certified by the latter and approved by a consular representative of the country of final destination resident in the intermediate country, it being understood that the consular representatives of the country of origin shall not certify the shipper’s declaration for this purpose unless they are satisfied upon examination of documentary or other evidence that the statements made therein are true.
(3)The attached form of certificate of origin for use in connection with direct shipments from the United States to Poland and the attached form for use in connection with indirect shipments from the United States to Poland through an intermediate country or countries, respectively, conform to the provisions above set forth, it being understood and agreed, however, that
(a)If the circumstances of any particular case render it impracticable for the shipper of the goods to obtain certification on a certificate of origin by a Chamber of Commerce or similar organization, the certificate of origin may be submitted for authentication directly to a Polish consular officer, and the fact1540 that certification by a Chamber of Commerce or similar organization has not been obtained shall not be considered by such consular officer as of itself sufficient ground for refusing to authenticate the document.
(b)If at the time the certificate of origin is made out circumstances render it difficult or inconvenient for shippers to specify on such certificate the name of the vessel on which the goods are to be shipped, the necessities and convenience of shippers shall be taken into account either by waiving this requirement or by mailing such other provision as the circumstances of the case require.
(c)In exceptional cases in which doubt exists regarding the exact proportion of the value of any given article represented by the costs of the labor and raw material of the United States, or in which such proportion is less than fifty per centum, but the article, in view of the nature and extent of the processes to which it has been subjected, is distinctly an American product, no certification regarding such proportion on a certificate of origin shall be required. Any article in which the raw material or the labor of the United States represents less than fifty per centum of the total value shall, nevertheless, be deemed to be a product of the United States if a like article from any third country representing less than fifty per centum in value the labor and raw material of such third country is deemed to be a product of that country.
(4)In the event that modification of the requirements outlined in the preceding paragraphs is at any time considered desirable from the viewpoint of either Party, it is agreed that its proposals to this end shall be given sympathetic consideration by the other Party. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Tytus Filipowicz The Honorable Henry L. Stimson, *Secretary of State*. 1541 [Enclosure 1]Forms. No. No. of the institution executing Certificate of origin, direct shipments. the certificate of origin. Certificate of origin I, (member or manager of the firm or corporation)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ (name of individual and title) exporter of the merchandise described below, do solemnly and truly declare that the said merchandise { is the growth of has been finished in the has been manufactured in } the United States of America, and that not less than 50 per cent of the total value of the goods represents the cost of labor and raw material in the United States, and that the said merchandise is correctly described as follows: Port of shipment_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ On steamship_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (name of steamship) Name of shipper_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (indicate whether merchant or manufacturer) Address of shipper_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Consignee in Poland_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Address of consignee in Poland_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Dated_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Marks and numbers No. of packages or cases Description of the commodities Weight Gross Net Value _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Signature of Exporter Subscribed and sworn to before me this _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ day of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Notary Public certification by chamber of commerce _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19 _ _ _ _ A recognized chamber of commerce has examined the manufacturers invoice of shippers affidavit concerning the origin of the merchandise, and according to the best of its knowledge and belief, finds the products named originated in the United States of America. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Signature and seal of the Institution executing the Certificate of Origin) (Certification of competent Polish Consular Officer) 1542 Certificate of origin, indirect shipments.[Enclosure 2] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Place and date CERTIFICATE OF ORIGIN I We (consignor of the goods)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (name of individual or of the firm) exporter(s) of the merchandise described below, do solemnly and truly declare that the said merchandise { is the growth of has been finished in the has been manufactured in } the United States of America, and that not less than 50 per cent of the total value of the goods represents the cost of labor and raw material in the United States, and that the said merchandise is correctly described as follows: Marks and numbers No. of packages or cases Description of the commodities Weight Gross Net Value The above described merchandise is to be shipped per_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Indicate whether on steamship
(name)or by railway) from_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (place of shipment) Consignee in the Polish custom territory_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Address of consignee in the Polish custom territory_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signature of consignor. Certification by the competent consular authority of the U.S.A. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 19_ _ _ _ (Place and date) No. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (of the consular representative certifying the certificate of origin) I do hereby certify, that I have examined the documents concerning the merchandise described above by the consignor, and according to my best knowledge and belief, I find the products named originated in the United States of America. Witness my hand and seal of office the day and year aforesaid. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _of the United States of America. (Certification by the competent Polish consular representative). July 13, 1931 Convention 48 Stat. 1543 1543 MULTILATERAL—NARCOTIC DRUGS. JULY 13, 1931. *Multilateral convention and protocol of signature concerning narcoticJuly 13, 1931. drugs, concluded at Geneva, July 13, 1931; ratification advised by the Senate, March 31, 1932; ratified by the President, April 8, 1932; ratification of the United States deposited at Geneva, April 28, 1932; proclaimed, July 10, 1933.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Convention for Limiting the Manufacture and RegulatingNarcotic drugs restriction convention.Preamble. the Distribution of Narcotic Drugs, dated Geneva, July 13, 1931, and left open for signature until December 31, 1931, was signed by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, (with reservations); Germany; Argentine Republic; Austria; Belgium; Bolivia; Brazil; Great Britain and Northern Ireland and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate members of the League of Nations; Canada; India; Chile; Costa Rica; Cuba; Denmark; Free City of Danzig; Dominican Republic; Egypt; Spain; Ethiopia; France (with a reservation); Greece; Guatemala; Hejaz, Nejd and Dependencies; Italy; Japan (with a reservation as recorded in the protocol of signature); Liberia; Lithuania; Luxembourg; Mexico; Monaco; Panama; Paraguay; The Netherlands; Persia; Poland; Portugal; Rumania; San Marino; Siam (with a reservation); Sweden; Switzerland; Czechoslovakia; Uruguay and Venezuela, together with a Protocol of Signature, the original of which Convention and Protocol, being in the English and French languages, are word for word as follows: 1544 CONVENTION POUR LIMITER LA FABRICATION ET RÉGLEMENTER LA DISTRIBUTION DES STUPÉFIANTS Le Président du Reich allemand; le Président des États-Unis d’Amérique; le Président de la République Argentine; le Président fédéral de la République d’Autriche; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges; le Président de la République de Bolivie; le Président de la République des États-Unis du Brésil; Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande et des Dominions britanniques au delà des mers, Empereur des Indes; le Président de la République du Chili; le Président de la République de Costa-Rica; le Président de la République de Cuba; Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark et d’Islande; le Président de la République de Pologne, pour la Ville libre de Dantzig; le Président de la République Dominicaine; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Egypte; le Président du Gouvernement provisoire de la République espagnole; Sa Majesté l’Empereur Roi des Rois d’Ethiopie; le Président de la République française; le Président de la République hellénique; le Président de la République de Guatémala; Sa Majesté le Roi du Hedjaz, du Nedjed et Dépendances; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie; Sa Majesté l’Empereur du Japon; le Président de la République du Libéria; le Président de la République de Lithuanie; Son Altesse Royale la Grande-Duchesse de Luxembourg; le Président des États-Unis du Mexique; Son Altesse Sérénissime le Prince de Monaco; le Président de la République de Panama; le Président de la République du Paraguay; Sa Majesté la Reine des Pays-Bas; Sa Majesté Impériale le Chah de Perse; le Président de la République de Pologne; le Président de la République portugaise; Sa Majesté le Roi de Roumanie; les Capitaines-Régents de la République de Saint-Marin; Sa Majesté le Roi de Siam; Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède; le Conseil fédéral suisse; le président de la république tchécoslovaque; le Président de la République de l’Uruguay; le Président des Etats-Unis de Venezuela, Désirant compléter les dispositions des Conventions internationales de l’opium signées à La Haye le 23 janvier 1912 et à Genève lé 19 février 1925, en rendant effective par voie d’accord international la limitation de la fabrication des stupéfiants aux besoins légitimes du monde pour les usages médicaux et scientifiques, et en réglementant leur distribution, Ont décidé de conclure une Convention à cet effet, et ont désigné pour leurs plénipotentiaires: 1545 CONVENTION FOR LIMITING THE MANUFACTURE AND REGULATING THE DISTRIBUTION OF NARCOTIC DRUGS. The President of the German Reich; the President of theContracting powers. United States of America; the President of the Argentine Republic; the Federal President of the Austrian Republic; His Majesty the King of the Belgians; the President of the Republic of Bolivia; the President of the Republic of the United States of Brazil; His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions Beyond the Seas, Emperor of India; the President of the Republic of Chile; the President of the Republic of Costa Rica; the President of the Republic of Cuba; His Majesty the King of Denmark and Iceland; the President of the Polish Republic, for the Free City of Danzig; the President of the Dominican Republic; His Majesty the King of Egypt; the President of the Provisional Government of the Spanish Republic; His Majesty the Emperor and King of the Kings of Abyssinia; the President of the French Republic; the President of the Hellenic Republic; the President of the Republic of Guatemala; His Majesty the King of Hejaz, Nejd and Dependencies; His Majesty the King of Italy; His Majesty the Emperor of Japan; the President of the Republic of Liberia; the President of the Republic of Lithuania; Her Royal Highness the Grand Duchess of Luxemburg; the President of the United States of Mexico; His Serene Highness the Prince of Monaco; the President of the Republic of Panama; the President of the Republic of Paraguay; Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands; His Imperial Majesty the Shah of Persia; the President of the Polish Republic; the President of the Portuguese Republic; His Majesty the King of Roumania; I Capitani Reggenti of the Republic of San Marino; His Majesty the King of Siam; His Majesty the King of Sweden; the Swiss Federal Council; the President of the Czechoslovak Republic; the President of the Republic of Uruguay; the President of the United States of Venezuela, Desiring to supplement the provisions of the International OpiumPurpose declared.Previous conventions supplemented.Vol. 38, p. 1912. Conventions, signed at The Hague on January 23rd, 1912, and at Geneva on February 19th, 1925, by rendering effective by international agreement the limitation of the manufacture of narcotic drugs to the world’s legitimate requirements for medical and scientific purposes and by regulating their distribution, Have resolved to conclude a Convention for that purpose and havePlenipotentiaries. appointed as their Plenipotentiaries: 1546 *Le Président du Reich, allemand:* M. Werner Freiherr von Rheinbaben, “Staatssekretär z. D.”; Le docteur Waldemar Kahler, Conseiller ministériel au Ministère de l’intérieur du Reich. *Le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique:* M. John K. Caldwell, du Département d’Etat; M. Harry J. Anslinger, Commissaire des stupéfiants; M. Walter Lewis Treadway, M.D., F.A.C.P., Chirurgien général adjoint, Chef du Service de l’Hygiène publique des Etats-Unis, Division de l’Hygiène mentale; M. Sanborn Young, Membre du Sénat de l’Etat de Californie. *Le Président de la République Argentine:* Le docteur Fernando Perez, Ambassadeur extraordinaire et plénipotentiaire près Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie. *Le Président fédéral de la République d’Autriche:* M. Emerich Pflügl, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, Représentant permanent auprès de la Société des Nations; Le docteur Bruno Schultz, Directeur de Police et Conseiller aulique, Membre de la Commission consultative du trafic de l’opium et autres drogues nuisibles. *Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges:* Le docteur F. de Myttenaere, Inspecteur principal des pharmacies à Hal. *Le Président de la République de Bolivie:* Le docteur M. Cuellar, Membre de la Commission consultative du trafic de l’opium et autres drogues nuisibles. *Le Président de la République des Etats-Unis du Brésil:* M. Raul do Rio Branco, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire près le Conseil fédéral suisse. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande et des Dominions britanniques au delà des mers, Empereur des Indes:* Pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord, ainsi que toutes les parties do l’Empire britannique non Membres séparés de la Société des Nations: Sir Malcolm Delevingne, K.C.B., Adjoint permanent au Secrétaire d’Etat, Ministère de l’intérieur. Pour le Dominion du Canada: Le colonel C. H. L. Sharman, C.M.G., C.B.E., Chef de la Division des stupéfiants, Département des Pensions et de l’Hygiène publique; Le docteur Walter A. Riddell, M.A., Ph.D. “Advisory Officer” du Dominion du Canada auprès de la Société des Nations. Pour l’Inde: Le docteur R. P. Paranjpye, Membre du Conseil de l’Inde. *Le Président de la République du Chili:* M. Enrique Gajardo, Membre de la Délégation permanente auprès de la Société des Nations. *Le Président de la République de Costa-Rica:* Le docteur Viriato Figueredo Lora, Consul à Genève. 1547 *The President of the German Reich:*Plenipotentiaries—Continued. M. Werner Freiherr von Rheinbaben, “Staatssekretär z.D.”; Dr. Waldemar Kahler, Ministerial Counsellor at the Ministry of Interior of the Reich. *The President of the United States of America:* Mr. John K. Caldwell, of the Department of State; Mr. Harry J. Anslinger, Commissioner of Narcotics; Mr. Walter Lewis Treadway, M.D., F.A.C.P., Assistant Surgeon-General, United States Public Health, Service Chief, Division of Mental Hygiene; Mr. Sanborn Young, Member of the Senate of the State of California. *The President of the Argentine Republic:* Dr. Fernando Perez, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the King of Italy. *The Federal President of the Austrian Republic:* M. Emerich Pflügl, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, Permanent Representative accredited to the League of Nations; Dr. Bruno Schultz, Police Director and “Conseiller aulique“, Member of the Advisory Committee on Traffic in Opium and Other Dangerous Drugs. *His Majesty the King of Belgium:* Dr. F. de Myttenaere, Principal Inspector of Chemistry at Hal. *The President of the Republic of Bolivia:* Dr. M. Cuellar, Member of the Advisory Committee on Traffic in Opium and Other Dangerous Drugs. *The President of the Republic of the United States of Brazil:* M. Raul do Rio Branco, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the Swiss Federal Council. *His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India:* For Great Britain and Northern Ireland and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate Members of the League of Nations: Sir Malcolm Delevingne, K.C.B., Permanent Deputy-Under-Secretary in the Home Office. For the Dominion of Canada: Colonel C. H. L. Sharman, C.M.G., C.B.E., Chief Narcotic Division, Department of Pensions and National Health; Dr. Walter A. Riddell, M.A., Ph.D., Dominion of Canada Advisory Officer accredited to the League of Nations. For India: Dr. R. P. Paranjpye, Member of the Council of India. *The President of the Republic of Chile:* M. Enrique Gajardo, Member of the Permanent Delegation accredited to the League of Nations. *The President of the Republic of Costa Rica:* Dr. Viriato FigueredoLora, Consul at Geneva. 1548 *Le Président de la République de Cuba:* M. Guillermo de Blanck, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations; Le docteur Benjamin Primelles. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark et d’Islande:* M. Gustav Rasmussen, Chargé d’affaires à Berne. *Le Président de la République de Pologne* (pour la Ville libre de Dantzig): M. François Sokal, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations. *Le Président de la République Dominicaine:* M. Charles Ackermann, Consul général à Genève. *Sa Majesté le Roi d’Egypte:* T. W. Russell pacha, Commandant de la police du Caire et Directeur du Bureau central des informations relatives aux narcotiques. *Le Président du Gouvernement provisoire de la République espagnole:* M. Julio Casares, Chef de section au Ministère des Affaires étrangères. *Sa Majesté l’Empereur Roi des Rois d’Ethiopie:* Le comte Lagarde, duc d’Entotto, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Représentant auprès de la Société des Nations. *Le Président de la République française:* M. Gaston Bourgois, Consul de France. *Le Président de la République hellénique:* M. R. Raphaël, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations. *Le Président de la République de Guatémala:* M. Luis Martïnez Mont, Professeur de psychologie expérimentale aux Ecoles secondaires de l’Etat. *Sa Majesté le Roi du Hedjaz, du Nedjed et Dépendances:* Cheik Hafiz Wahba, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire près Sa Majesté Britannique. *Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie:* M. Stefano Cavazzoni, Sénateur, ancien Ministre du Travail. *Sa Majesté l’Empereur du Japon:* M. Setsuzo Sawada, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Directeur du Bureau du Japon auprès de la Société des Nations; M. Shigeo Ohdachi, Secrétaire au Ministère de l’Intérieur, Chef de la Section administrative. *Le Président de la République de Libéria:* Le docteur Antoine Sottile, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations. *Le Président de la République de Lithuanie:* Le docteur Dovas Zaunius, Ministre des Affaires étrangères. M. Juozas Sakalauskas, Chef de Section au Ministère des Affaires étrangères. 1549 *The President, of the Republic of Cuba:*Plenipotentiaries—Continued. M. Guillermo de Blanck, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, Permanent Delegate accredited to the League of Nations; Dr. Benjamin Primelles. *His Majesty the King of Denmark and Iceland:* M. Gustav Rasmussen, Chargé d’affaires at Berne. *The President of the Polish Republic* (for the Free City of Danzig): M. François Sokal, Minister Plenipotentiary, Permanent Delegate accredited to the League of Nations. *The President of the Dominican Republic:* M. Charles Ackermann, Consul-General at Geneva. *His Majesty the King of Egypt:* T. W. Russell Pasha, Chief of Police of Cairo and Director of the Central Bureau for Information with regard to Narcotics. *The President of the Provisional Government of the Spanish Republic:* M. Julio Casares, Head of Section at the Ministry for Foreign Affairs. *His Majesty the Emperor and King of the Kings of Abyssinia;* Count Lagarde, Duke of Entotto, Minister Plenipotentiary, Representative accredited to the League of Nations. *The President of the French Republic:* M. Gaston Bourgois, Consul of France. *The President of the Hellenic Republic:* M. R. Raphaël, Permanent Delegate accredited to the League of Nations. *The President of the Republic of Guatemala:* M. Luis Martînez Mont, Professor of Experimental Psychology in Secondary Schools of State. *His Majesty the King of Hejaz, Nejd and Dependencies:* Cheik Hafiz Wahba, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Britannic Majesty. *His Majesty the King of Italy:* M. Stefano Cavazzoni, Senator, Former Minister of Labour. *His Majesty the Emperor of Japan:* M. Setsuzo Sawada, Minister Plenipotentiary, Director of the Japanese Bureau accredited to the League of Nations; M. Shigeo Ohdachi, Secretary at the Ministry for Home Affairs, Head of the Administrative Section. *The President of the Republic of Liberia:* Dr. Antoine Sottile, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, Permanent Delegate accredited to the League of Nations. *The President of the Republic of Lithuania:* Dr. Dovas Zaunius, Minister for Foreign Affairs. M. Juozas Sakalauskas, Head of Section at the Ministry for Foreign Affairs. 1550 *Son Altesse Royale la Grande-Duchesse de Luxembourg:* M. Charles Vermaire, Consul à Genève. *Le Président des Etats-Unis du Mexique:* M. Salvador Martínez de Alva, Observateur permanent auprès de la Société des Nations. *Son Altesse Sérénissime le Prince de Monaco:* M. Conrad E. Hentsch, Consul général à Genève. *Le Président de la République de Panama:* Le docteur Ernesto Hoffmann, Consul général à Genève. *Le Président de la République du Paraguay:* Le docteur Ramon V. Caballero de Bedoya, Envoyé extra-ordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire près le Président de la République française, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations. *Sa Majesté la Reine des Pays-Bas:* M. W. G. van Wettum, Conseiller du Gouvernement pour les affaires internationales de l’opium. *Sa Majesté Impériale le Chah de Perse:* M. A. Sepahbody, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire près le Conseil fédéral suisse, Délégué permanent auprès do la Société des Nations. *Le Président de la République de Pologne:* M. Witold Chodzko, ancien Ministre. *Le Président de la République portugaise:* Le docteur Augusto de Vasconcellos, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Directeur général du Secrétariat portugais de la Société des Nations; Le docteur Alexandro Ferraz de Andrade, premier Secrétaire de Légation, Chef de la Chancellerie portugaise auprès de la Société des Nations. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Roumanie:* M. Constantin Antoniade, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire auprès de la Société des Nations. *Les Capitaines-Régents de la République de Saint-Marin:* Le professeur C. E. Ferri, Avocat. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Siam:* Son Altesse Sérénissime le Prince Damras, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire près Sa Majesté Britannique, Représentant permanent auprès de la Société des Nations. *Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède:* M. K. I. Westman, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre pléni-potentiaire près le Conseil fédéral suisse. *Le Conseil fédéral suisse:* M. Paul Dinichert, Ministre plénipotentiaire, Chef de la Division des Affaires étrangères du Département politique fédéral; Le docteur Henri Carrière, Directeur du Service fédéral de l’Hygiène publique. 1551 *Her Royal Highness the Grand-Duchess of Luxemburg:*Plenipotentiaries—Continued. M. Charles Vermaire, Consul at Geneva. *The President of the United States of Mexico:* M. Salvador Martínez de Alva, Permanent Observer accredited to the League of Nations. *His Serene Highness the Prince of Monaco:* M. Conrad E. Hentsch, Consul-General at Geneva. *The President of the Republic of Panama:* Dr. Ernesto Hoffmann, Consul-General at Geneva. *The President of the Republic of Paraguay:* Dr. Ramón V. Caballero de Bedoya, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the President of the French Republic, Permanent Delegate accredited to the League of Nations. *Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands:* M. W. G. van Wettum, Government Adviser for International Opium Questions. *His Imperial Majesty the Shah of Persia:* M. A. Sepahbody, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the Swiss Federal Council, Permanent Delegate accredited to the League of Nations. *The President of the Polish Republic:* M. Witold Chodzko, Former Minister. *The President of the Portuguese Republic:* Dr. Augusto de Vasconcellos, Minister Plenipotentiary, General Director of the Portuguese Secretariat of the League of Nations; Dr. Alexandro Ferraz de Andrade, First Secretary of Legation, Chief of the Portuguese Office accredited to the League of Nations. *His Majesty the King of Roumania:* M. Constantin Antoniade, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary accredited to the League of Nations. *I Capitani Reggenti of the Republic of San Marino:* Professor C. E. Ferri, Advocate. *His Majesty the King of Siam:* His Serene Highness Prince Damras, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Britannic Majesty, Permanent Representative accredited to the League of Nations. *His Majesty the King of Sweden:* M. K. I. Westman, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipo-tentiary to the Swiss Federal Council. *The Swiss Federal Council:* M. Paul Dinichert, Minister Plenipotentiary, Chief of the Division for Foreign Affairs of the Federal Political Department; Dr. Henri Carrière, Director of the Federal Service of Public Health. 1552 *Le Président de la République tchécoslovaque:* M. Zdeněk Fierlinger, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire près le Conseil fédéral suisse, Délégué permanent auprès de la Société des Nations. *Le Président de la République de l’ Uruguay:* Le docteur Alfredo de Castro, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire près le Conseil fédéral suisse. *Le Président des Etats-Unis du Venezuela:* Le docteur L. G. Chacïn-Itriago, Chargé d’affaires à Berne, Membre de P Académie de médecine de Caracas. Lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: Chapitre I.— Définitions. *Article premier*. Sauf indication expresse contraire, les définitions ci-après s’appliquent à toutes les dispositions de la présente Convention: 1. Par “Convention de Genève”, on entend la Convention internationale de Popium signée à Genève le 19 février 1925. 2. Par “Drogues”, on entend les drogues suivantes, qu’elles soient partiellement fabriquées ou entièrement raffinées, *Groupe I*. *Sous-groupe* (a): i) La morphine et ses sels, y compris les préparations faites en partant directement de l’opium brut ou médicinal et contenant plus de 20% de morphine; ii) La diacétylmorphine et les autres esters (éthers-sels) de la morphine et leurs sels; iii) La cocaïne et ses sels, y compris les préparations faites en partant directement de la feuille de coca et contenant plus de 0,1% de cocaïne, tous les esters de Pccgonine et leurs sels; iv) La dihydrooxycodéinone (dont l’eucodal, nom déposé, est un sel), la dihydrocodéinone (dont le dicodide, nom déposé, est un sel), la dihydromorphinone (dont le dilaudide, nom déposé, est un sel), l’acétylodihydrocodéiuone ou l’acétylodéméthylodihydrothébaïne (dont Pacédicone, nom déposé, est un sel), la dihydromorphine (dont le paramorfan, nom déposé, est un sel), leurs esters et les sels de l’une quelconque de ces substances et leurs esters, la N-oxymorphine (génomorplûne, nom déposé), les composés N-oxymorpliiniques, ainsi que les autres composés morphiniques à azote pentavalent. *Sous-groupe* (b): L’ecgonine, la thébaïne et leurs sels, les éthers-oxydes de la morphine, tels que la benzyl morphine, et leurs sels, à l’exception de la méthylmorphine (codéine), de Péthylmorphine et de leurs sels. *Groupe II.* La méthylmorphine (codéine), Péthylmorphine et leurs sels. 1553 *The President of the Czechoslovak Republic:*Plenipotentiaries—Continued. M. Zdeněk Fierlinger, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the Swiss Federal Council, Permanent Delegate accredited to the League of Nations. *The President of the Republic of Uruguay:* Dr. Alfredo de Castro, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the Swiss Federal Council. *The President of the United States of Venezuela:* Dr. L. G. Chacïn-Itriago, Chargé d’Affaires at Berne, Member of the Medical Academy of Caracas. Who, having communicated to one another their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed as follows: Chapter I.— Definitions. Article 1. Except where otherwise expressly indicated, the following definitionsDefinitions. shall apply throughout this Convention: 1. The term “Geneva Convention” shall denote the International“Geneva Convention.” Opium Convention signed at Geneva on February 19th, 1925. 2. The term “the drugs” shall denote the following drugs whether“The drugs.” partly manufactured or completely refined: *Group I.* *Sub-Group*
(i)Morphine and its salts, including preparations made directly from raw or medicinal opium and containing more than 20 per cent of morphine;
(ii)Diacetylmorphine and the other esters of morphine and their salts;
(iii)Cocaine and its salts, including preparations made direct from the coca leaf and containing more than 0.1 per cent of cocaine, all the esters of ecgonine and their salts;
(iv)Dihydrohydrooxycodeinone (of which the substance registered under the name of eucodal is a salt); dihydrocodeinone (of which the substance registered under the name of dicodide is a salt), dihydroinorphinone (of which the substance registered under the name of dilaudide is a salt), acetyldihydrocodeinone or acetyldemethylodihydrothebaine (of which the substance registered under the name of acedicone is a salt); dihydromorphine (of which the substance registered under the name of paramorfan is a salt), their esters and the salts of any of these substances and of their esters, morphine-N-oxide (registered trade name genomorphine), also the morphine-N-oxide derivatives, and the other pentavalent nitrogen morphine derivatives. *Sub-Group* (b): Ecgonine, thebaine and their salts, benzylmorphine and the other ethers of morphine and their salts, except methyhnorphine (codeine), ethylmorphine and their salts. *Group II.* Methyhnorphine (codeine), ethylmorphine and their salts. 1554 Les substances mentionnées dans le présent paragraphe seront considérées comme “drogues”, même lorsqu’elles seront produites par voie synthétique. Les termes “Groupe I” et “Groupe II” désignent respectivement les groupes I et II du présent paragraphe. 3. Par “opium brut”, on entend le suc coagulé spontanément, obtenu des capsules du pavot somnifère (*Papaver somniferum L.*) et n’ayant subi que les manipulations nécessaires à son empaquetage et à son transport, quelle que soit sa teneur en morphine. Par “opium médicinal”, on entend l’opium qui a subi les préparations nécessaires pour son adaptation à l’usage médical, soit en poudre ou granulé, soit en forme de mélange avec des matières neutres, selon les exigences de la pharmacopée. Par “morphine”, on entend le principal alcaloïde de l’opium ayant la formule chimique C17H19O3N. Par “diacétylmorphine”, on entend la diacétylmorphine (diamorphine, héroïne) ayant la formule C21H23O5N (C17H17(C2H3O)2O3N). Par “feuille de coca”, on entend la feuille de *l’Erythroxylon Coca* Lamarck, de l’*Erythroxylon novo-granatense* (Morris) *Hieronymus* et de leurs variétés, de la famille des Erythroxylacées, et la feuille d’autres espèces de ce genre dont la cocaïne pourrait être extraite directement ou obtenue par transformation chimique. Par “cocaïne”, on entend l’éther méthylique de la benzoylecgonine lévogyre ([α]D 20°=−16°4) en solution chloroformique à 20% ayant la formule C17H21O4N. Par “ecgonine”, on entend l’ecgonine lévogyre ([ ] D20°=−45°6) en solution aqueuse à 5%) ayant la formule C9Hl5O3N.H2O, et tous les dérivés de cette ecgonine qui pourraient servir industriellement à sa régénération. Les “drogues” ci-après sont définies par leurs formules chimiques comme suit: Dihydrooxycodéinone C18H21O4N Dihydrocodéinone C18H21O3N Dihydromorphinone C17H19O3N Acétylodihydrocodéinone ou } C20H23O4N (C18H20(C2H3O)O3N) Acétylodéméthylodihydrothébaïne. Dihydromorphine C17H21O3N N-oxymorphine C17H19O4N Thébaïne C19H21O3N Méthylmorphine (codéine) C18H21O3N (C17H18(CH3O)O2N) Ethylmorphine C19H23O3N (C17H18(C2H5O)O2N) Benzylmorphine C24H25O3N (C17H18(C7H7O)O2N) 4. Par “fabrication”, on entend aussi le raffinage. Par “ transformation ”, on entend la transformation d’une “ drogue ” par voie chimique, excepté la transformation des alcaloïdes en leurs sels. Lorsqu’une des “drogues” est transformée en une autre “drogue”, cette opération est considérée comme une transformation par rapport à la première “drogue” et comme une fabrication par rapport à la deuxième. 1555 The substances mentioned in this paragraph shall be consideredSynthetic substances. as drugs even if produced by a synthetic process. The terms “Group I” and “Group II” shall respectively denote“Group I” and “Group II.” Groups I and II of this paragraph. 3. “Raw opium” means the spontaneously coagulated juice obtained“Raw opium.” from the capsules of the *Papaver somniferum L.,* winch has only been submitted to the necessary manipulations for packing and transport, whatever its content of morphine. “Medical opium” means raw opium which has undergone the“Medical opium.” processes necessary to adapt it for medicinal use in accordance with the requirements of the national pharmacopoeia, whether in powder form or granulated or otherwise or mixed with neutral materials. “Morphine” means the principal alkaloid of opium having the“Morphine.” chemical formula C;7H19O3N. “Diacetylmorphine” means diacetylmorphine (diamorphine, heroin)“Diacetylmorphine.” having the formula C21H23O5N (C17M17(C2H3O)2O3N). “Coca leaf” means the leaf of the *Erythroxylon Coca* Lamarck and“Coca leaf.” the *Erythroxylon novogranatense* (Morris) *Hieronymus* and their varieties, belonging to the family of Erythroxylaceæ and the leaf of other species of this genus from which it may be found possible to extract cocaine, either directly or by chemical transformation. “Cocaine” means methyl-benzoyl laevo-ecgonine ([α]D 20°=−16°4)“Cocaine.” in 20 per cent solution of chloroform of which the formula is C17H2lO4N. “Ecgonine” means laevo-ecgonine ([α]D20°=−45°6 in 5 per“Ecgonine.” cent solution of water), of which the formula is C9H15O3N.H2O, and all the derivatives of laevo-ecgonine which might serve industrially for its recovery. The following drugs are defined by their chemical formulæ as set out below: Dihydrohydrooxycodeinone C18H21O4N Dihydrocodeinone C18H21O3N Dihydromorphinone C17H19O3N Acetyldihydrocodeinone or } C20H23O4N (C18H20(C2H3O)O3N) Acetyldemethylodihydrothebaine. Dihydromorphine C17H21O3N Morphine-N-Oxide C17H19O4N Thebaine C19H21O3N Methylmorphine (codeine) C18H21O3N (C17H18(CH3O)O2N) Ethylmorphine C19H23O3N (C17H18(C2H5O)O2N) Benzylmorphine C24H25O3N (C17H18(C7H7O)O2N) 4. The term “manufacture” shall include any process of refining.“Manufacture.” The term “conversion” shall denote the transformation of a drug“Conversion.” by a chemical process, with the exception of the transformation of alkaloids into their salts. When one of the drugs is converted into another of the drugs this operation shall be considered as conversion in relation to the first-mentioned drug and as manufacture in relation to the other. 1556 Par “évaluations”, on entend les évaluations fournies conformément aux articles 2 à 5 de la présente Convention et, sauf indication contraire du contexte, y compris les évaluations supplémentaires. Le terme “stocks de réserve”, dans le cas d’une “drogue” quelconque, désigne les stocks requis i) Pour la consommation intérieure normale du pays ou du territoire où ils sont maintenus, ii) Pour la transformation dans ce pays ou dans ce territoire, et iii) Pour l’exportation. Le terme “stocks d’Etat”, dans le cas d’une “drogue” quelconque, indique les stocks maintenus sous le contrôle de l’Etat, pour l’usage de l’Etat et pour faire face à des circonstances exceptionnelles. Sauf indication contraire du contexte, le mot “exportation” est considéré comme comprenant la réexportation. Chapitre II.— Evaluations. Article 2. 1. Les Hautes Parties contractantes fourniront annuellement au Comité central permanent, institué par le Chapitre VI de la Convention de Genève, pour chaque drogue et pour chacun de leurs territoires auxquels s’applique la présente Convention, des évaluations conformes aux dispositions de l’article 5 de la présente Convention. 2. Lorsqu’une Haute Partie contractante n’aura pas fourni d’évaluations pour l’un quelconque de ses territoires auxquels la présente Convention s’applique, à la date prévue à l’article 5, paragraphe 4, ladite évaluation sera établie dans la mesure du possible par l’organe de contrôle prévu à l’article 5, paragraphe 6. 3. Le Comité central permanent demandera pour les pays ou territoires auxquels la présente Convention ne s’applique pas, des évaluations établies conformément aux stipulations de la présente Convention. Si, pour l’un quelconque de ces pays ou territoires, il n’est pas fourni d’évaluation, l’Organe de contrôle en établira luimême dans la mesure du possible. Article 3. Toute Haute Partie contractante pourra fournir, si c’est nécessaire, pour une année quelconque, et pour l’un quelconque de ses territoires, des évaluations supplémentaires pour ce territoire pour ladite année, en exposant les raisons qui les justifient. Article 4. 1. Toute évaluation fournie conformément aux articles précédents se rapportant à l’une quelconque des “drogues” requises pour la consommation intérieure du pays ou du territoire pour lequel elle est établie, sera fondée uniquement sur les besoins médicaux et scientifiques de ce pays ou de ce territoire. 2. Les Hautes Parties contractantes pourront, en dehors des stocks de réserve, constituer et maintenir des stocks d’Etat. 1557 The term “estimates” shall denote estimates furnished in accordance“Estimates.” with Articles 2 to 5 of this Convention and, unless the context otherwise requires, shall include supplementary estimates. The term “reserve stocks” in relation to any of the drugs shall“Reserve stocks.” denote the stocks required
(i)For the normal domestic consumption of the country or territory in which they are maintained,
(ii)For conversion in that country or territory, and
(iii)For export. The term “Government stocks” in relation to any of the drugs“Government stocks.” shall denote stocks kept under Government control for the use of the Government and to meet exceptional circumstances. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “export” shall be deemed to include re-export. Chapter II.—Estimates. Estimates. Article 2. 1. Each High Contracting Party shall furnish annually, for eachTo be furnished annually. of the drugs in respect of each of his territories to which this Convention applies, to the Permanent Central Board, constituted under Chapter VI of the Geneva Convention, estimates in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 of this Convention. 2. In the event of any High Contracting Party failing to furnish,Party failing to furnish. by the date specified in paragraph 4 of Article 5, an estimate in respect of any of his territories to which this Convention applies, an estimate will, so far as possible, be furnished by the Supervisory Body specified in paragraph 6 of Article 5. 3. The Permanent Central Board shall request estimates forNonsignatories. countries or territories to which this Convention does not apply to be made in accordance with the provisions of this Convention. If for any such country estimates are not furnished, the Supervisory Body shall itself, as far as possible, make the estimate. Article 3. Any High Contracting Party may, if necessary, in any year furnishSupplementaries. in respect of any of his territories supplementary estimates for that territory for that year with an explanation of the circumstances which necessitate such supplementary estimates. Article 4. 1. Every estimate furnished in accordance with the precedingBasis. Articles, so far as it relates to any of the drugs required for domestic consumption in the country or territory in respect of which it is made, shall be based solely on the medical and scientific requirements of that country or territory. 2. The High Contracting Parties may, in addition to reserve stocks,Government stocks. create and maintain Government stocks. 1558 Article 5. 1. Les évaluations prévues aux articles 2 à 4 de la présente Convention devront être établies selon le modèle qui sera prescrit de temps à autre par le Comité central permanent et communiqué par les soins de ce Comité à tous les Membres de la Société des Nations et aux Etats non membres mentionnés à l’article 27. 2. Pour chacune des “drogues”, soit sous la forme d’alcaloïdes ou sels ou de préparations d’alcaloïdes ou sels, pour chaque année et pour chaque pays ou territoire, les évaluations devront indiquer: *a*) La quantité nécessaire pour être utilisée comme telle pour les besoins médicaux et scientifiques, y compris la quantité requise pour la fabrication des préparations pour l’exportation desquelles les autorisations d’exportation ne sont pas requises, que ces préparations soient destinées à la consommation intérieure ou à. l’exportation; *b*) La quantité nécessaire aux fins de transformation, tant pour la consommation intérieure que pour l’exportation; *c*) Les stocks de réserve que l’on désire maintenir; *d*) La quantité requise pour l’établissement et le maintien des stocks d’Etat, ainsi qu’il est prévu à l’article 4. Par total des évaluations pour chaque pays ou territoire, on entend la somme des quantités spécifiées sous les alinéas *a)* et *b)* du présent paragraphe augmentée des quantités qui peuvent être nécessaires pour porter les stocks des réserves et les stocks d’Etat au niveau désiré, ou déduction faite de toute quantité dont ces stocks pourraient dépasser ce niveau. Il ne sera tenu compte, toutefois, de ces augmentations ou de ces diminutions que pour autant que les Hautes Parties contractantes intéressées auront fait parvenir en temps utile au Comité central permanent les évaluations nécessaires. 3. Chaque évaluation sera accompagnée d’un exposé de la méthode employée pour calculer les différentes quantités qui y seront inscrites. Si les quantités calculées comportent une marge tenant compte des fluctuations possibles de la demande, l’évaluation devra préciser le montant de la marge ainsi prévue. Il est entendu que, dans le cas de l’une quelconque des “ drogues” qui sont ou peuvent être comprises dans le groupe II, il peut être nécessaire de laisser une marge plus large que pour les autres “drogues”. 4. Toutes les évaluations devront parvenir au Comité central permanent au plus tard le 1er août de l’année qui précédera celle pour laquelle l’évaluation aura été établie. 5. Les évaluations supplémentaires devront être adressées au Comité central permanent dès leur établissement. 6. Les évaluations seront examinées par un Organe de contrôle. La Commission consultative du trafic de l’opium et autres drogues nuisibles de la Société des Nations, le Comité central permanent, le Comité d’hygiène de la Société des Nations et l’Office international d’Hygiène publique auront le droit de désigner chacun un membre de cet Organe. Le Secrétariat de l’Organe de contrôle sera assuré par le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations en s’assurant la collaboration étroite du Comité central. 1559 Article 5. 1. Each estimate provided for in Articles 2 to 4 of this ConventionPrescribed form, etc. shall be in the form from time to time prescribed by the Permanent Central Board and communicated by the Board to all the Members of the League of Nations and to the non-member States mentioned in Article 27. 2. Every estimate shall show for each country or territory for eachComponents to be specified. year in respect of each of the drugs whether in the form of alkaloid or salts or of preparations of the alkaloids or salts: (*a*) The quantity necessary for use as such for medical and scientific needs, including the quantity required for the manufacture of preparations for the export of which export authorisations are not required, whether such preparations are intended for domestic consumption or for export; (*b*) The quantity necessary for the purpose of conversion, whether for domestic consumption or for export; (*c*) The amount of the reserve stocks which it is desired to maintain: (*d*) The quantity required for the establishment and maintenance of any Government stocks as provided for in Article 4. The total of the estimates for each country or territory shall consist of the sum of the amounts specified under (*a*) and (*b*) of this paragraph with the addition of any amounts which may be necessary to bring the reserve stocks and the Government stocks up to the desired level, or after deduction of any amounts by which those stocks may exceed that level. These additions or deductions shall, however, not be taken into account except in so far as the High Contracting Parties concerned shall have forwarded in due course the necessary estimates to the Permanent Central Board. 3. Every estimate shall be accompanied by a statement explainingMethod of calculation. the method by which the several amounts shown in it have been calculated. If these amounts are calculated so as to include a margin allowing for possible fluctuations in demand, the estimates must indicate the extent of the margin so included. It is understood that in the case of any of the drugs which are or may be included in Group II, a wider margin may be necessary than in the case of the other drugs. 4. Every estimate shall reach the Permanent Central Board notTime for submitting estimate. later than August 1st in the year preceding that in respect of which the estimate is made. 5. Supplementary estimates shall be sent to the Permanent CentralSupplementary estimates. Board immediately on their completion. 6. The estimates will be examined by a Supervisory Body. TheExamination, etc. Advisory Committee on the Traffic in Opium and other Dangerous Drugs of the League of Nations, the Permanent Central Board, the Health Committee of the League of Nations and the Office international d’Hygiène publique shall each have the right to appoint one member of this Body. The Secretariat of the Supervisory Body shall be provided by the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who will ensure close collaboration with the Permanent Central Board. 1560 Pour tout pays ou territoire pour lequel une évaluation aura été fournie, l’Organe de contrôle pourra demander, sauf en ce qui concerne les besoins de l’Etat, toute indication ou précision supplémentaire qu’il jugera nécessaire, soit pour compléter l’évaluation; soit pour expliquer les indications qui y figurent; à la suite des renseignements ainsi recueillis, il pourra modifier les évaluations avec le consentement de l’Etat intéressé. Dans le cas de l’une quelconque des “drogues” qui sont ou peuvent être comprises dans le groupe II, une déclaration sommaire sera suffisante. 7. Après avoir examiné, conformément au paragraphe 6 ci-dessus, les évaluations fournies et après avoir fixé, conformément à l’article 2, les évaluations pour les pays ou territoires pour lesquels il n’en aura pas été fourni, l’Organe de contrôle adressera, par l’entremise du Secrétaire général et au plus tard le 1er novembre de chaque année, à tous les Membres de la Société des Nations et aux Etats non membres mentionnés à l’article 27 un état contenant les évaluations pour chaque pays ou territoire; cet état sera accompagné, pour autant que l’Organe de contrôle le jugera nécessaire, d’un exposé des explications fournies ou demandées, conformément au paragraphe 6 ci-dessus, et de toutes observations que l’Organe de contrôle tiendrait à présenter relativement à toute évaluation, explication ou demande d’explication. 8. Toute évaluation supplémentaire communiquée au Comité central permanent au cours de l’année doit être traitée sans délai par l’Organe de contrôle suivant la procédure spécifiée aux paragraphes 6 et 7 ci-dessus. Chapitre III.— Limitation de la fabrication. Article 6. 1. Il ne sera fabriqué dans aucun pays ou territoire, au cours d’une année quelconque, de quantité d’une “drogue” quelconque supérieure au total des quantités suivantes: *a*) La quantité requise, dans les limites des évaluations pour ce pays ou ce territoire, pour cette année, pour être utilisée comme telle pour ses besoins médicaux et scientifiques, y compris la quantité requise pour la fabrication des préparations pour l’exportation desquelles les autorisations d’exportation ne sont pas requises, que ces préparations soient destinées à la consommation intérieure ou à l’exportation; *b*) La quantité requise dans les limites des évaluations pour ce pays ou ce territoire, pour cette année, aux fins de transformation, tant pour la consommation intérieure que pour l’exportation; *c*) La quantité qui pourra être requise par ce pays ou ce terri-toire, pour l’exécution, au cours de l’année, des commandes desti-nées à l’exportation et effectuées conformément aux dispositions de la présente Convention; 1561 The Supervisory Body may require any further information or details, except as regards requirements for Government purposes, which it may consider necessary, in respect of any country or territory on behalf of which an estimate has been furnished in order to make the estimate complete or to explain any statement made therein, and may, with the consent of the Government concerned, amend any estimate in accordance with any information or details so obtained, It is understood that in the case of any of the drugs which are or may be included in Group II a summary statement shall be sufficient. 7. After examination by the Supervisory Body as provided inExamination and determination. paragraph 6 above of the estimates furnished, and after the determination by that Body as provided in Article 2 of the estimates for each country or territory on behalf of which no estimates have been furnished, the Supervisory Body shall forward, not later than November 1st in each year, through the intermediary of the Secretary-General, to all the Members of the League of Nations and non-member States referred to in Article 27, a statement containing the estimates for each country or territory, and, so far as the Supervisory Body may consider necessary, an account of any explanations given or required in accordance with paragraph 6 above, and any observations which the Supervisory Body may desire to make in respect of any such estimate or explanation, or request for an explanation. 8. Every supplementary estimate sent to the Permanent CentralSupplementary estimates. Board in the course of the year shall be dealt with without delay by the Supervisory Body in accordance with the procedure specified in paragraphs 6 and 7 above. Chapter III.— Limitation of Manufacture. Article 6. 1. There shall not be manufactured in any country or territory inLimitation of manufacture. any one year a quantity of any of the drugs greater than the total of the following quantities: (*a*) The quantity required within the limits of the estimates for that country or territory for that year for use as such for its medical and scientific needs including the quantity required for the manufacture of preparations for the export of which export authorisations are not required, whether such preparations are intended for domestic consumption or for export; (*b*) The quantity required within the limits of the estimates for that country or territory for that year for conversion, whether for domestic consumption or for export; (*c*) Such quantity as may be required by that country or territory for the execution during the year of orders for export in accordance with the provisions of this Convention; 1562 *d*) La quantité éventuellement requise par ce pays ou territoire pour maintenir les stocks de réserve au niveau spécifié dans les évaluations de l’année envisagée; *e*) La quantité éventuellement requise pour maintenir les stocks d’Etat au niveau spécifié dans les évaluations de l’année envisagée. 2. Il est entendu que si, à la fin d’une année, une Haute Partie contractante constate que la quantité fabriquée dépasse le total des quantités spécifiées ci-dessus, compte tenu des déductions prévues à l’article 7, premier alinéa, cet excédent sera déduit de la quantité qui doit être fabriquée au cours de l’année suivante. En transmettant leurs statistiques annuelles au Comité central permanent, les Hautes Parties contractantes donneront les raisons de ce dépassement. Article 7. Pour chaque “drogue”, il sera déduit de la quantité dont la fabrication est autorisée, conformément à l’article 6, au cours d’une année quelconque, dans un pays ou territoire quelconque: i) Toute quantité de la “drogue” importée, y compris ce qui aurait été retourné et déduction faite de ce qui aurait été réexporté; ii) Toute quantité de ladite “drogue” saisie et utilisée comme telle pour la consommation intérieure ou la transformation. S’il est impossible d’effectuer pendant l'exercice en cours l’une des déductions susmentionnées, toute quantité demeurant en excédent à a fin de l’exercice sera déduite des évaluations de l’année suivante. Article 8. La quantité d’une “drogue” quelconque, importée ou fabriquée dans un pays ou territoire aux fins de transformation, conformément aux évaluations de ce pays ou de ce territoire, devra être utilisée, si possible, en totalité à cet effet pendant la période visée par l’évaluation. Toutefois, s’il est impossible d’utiliser ainsi la quantité totale dans la période en question, la fraction demeurant inutilisée à la fin de l’année sera déduite des évaluations de l’année suivante pour ce pays ou ce territoire. Article 9. Si, au moment où toutes les dispositions de la présente Convention deviendront applicables, les stocks d’une “drogue” existant à ce moment dans un pays ou territoire dépassent le montant des stocks de réserve de cette “drogue” que ce pays ou territoire désire maintenir, conformément à ses évaluations, cet excédent sera déduit de la quantité qui, normalement, pourrait être fabriquée ou importée, selon le cas, au cours de l’année, conformément aux dispositions de la présente Convention. Si cette procédure n’est pas appliquée, le gouvernement prendra en charge les stocks en excédent existant au moment où toutes les 1563 (*d*) The quantity, if any, required by that country or territory for the purpose of maintaining the reserve stocks at the level specified in the estimates for that year; (*e*) The quantity, if any, required for the purpose of main-taining the Government stocks at the level specified in the estimates for that year. 2. It is understood that, if at the end of any year, any High ContractingExcess remaining to be deducted. Party finds that the amount manufactured exceeds the total of the amounts specified above, less any deductions made under Article 7, paragraph 1, such excess shall be deducted from the amount to be manufactured during the following year. In forwarding their annual statistics to the Permanent Central Board, the High Contracting Parties shall give the reasons for any such excess. Article 7. There shall be deducted from the total quantity of each drug permittedDeductions. under Article 6 to be manufactured in any country or territory during any one year:
(i)Any amounts of that drug imported including any returned deliveries of the drug, less quantities re-exported.
(ii)Any amounts of the drug seized and utilised as such for domestic consumption or for conversion. If it should be impossible to make any of the above deductions during the course of the current year, any amounts remaining in excess at the end of the year shall be deducted from the estimates for the following year. Article 8. The full amount of any of the drugs imported into or manufacturedImports tor conversion purposes. in any country or territory for the purpose of conversion in accordance with the estimates for that country or territory shall, if possible, be utilised for that purpose within the period for which the estimate applies. In the event, however, of it being impossible to utilise the full amount for that purpose within the period in question, the portion remaining unused at the end of the year shall be deducted from the estimates for that country or territory for the following year. Article 9. If at the moment when all the provisions of the Convention shallRestriction on existing stock. have come into force, the then existing stocks of any of the drugs in any country or territory exceeds the amount of the reserve stocks of that drug, which, according to the estimates for that country or territory, it is desired to maintain, such excess shall be deducted from the quantity which, during the year, could ordinarily be imported or manufactured as the case may be under the provisions of this Convention. Alternatively, the excess stocks existing at the moment when all the provisions of the Convention shall have come into force shall be 1564 dispositions de la présente Convention deviendront applicables. Le gouvernement n’en délivrera, à certains intervalles, que les quantités qui peuvent être délivrées, conformément à la Convention. Toutes les quantités ainsi délivrées au cours de l’année seront déduites de la quantité totale destinée à être fabriquée ou importée, selon le cas, au cours de cette même année. Chapitre IV.— Interdictions et restrictions. Article 10. 1. Les Hautes Parties contractantes interdiront l’exportation de leurs territoires de la diacétylmorphine et de ses sels, ainsi que des préparations contenant de la diacétylmorphine ou ses sels. 2. Toutefois, sur demande émanant du gouvernement d’un pays où la diacétylmorphine n’est pas fabriquée, toute Haute Partie contractante pourra autoriser l’exportation à destination de ce pays des quantités de diacétylmorphine, de ses sels et des préparations contenant de la diacétylmorphine ou ses sels, qui sont nécessaires pour les besoins médicaux et scientifiques de ce pays, à la condition que cette demande soit accompagnée d’un certificat d’importation et soit adressée à l’administration officielle indiquée dans le certificat. 3. Toutes les quantités ainsi importées seront distribuées par le gouvernement du pays importateur et sous sa responsabilité. Article 11. 1. Le commerce et la fabrication commercial de tout produit dérivé de l’un des alcaloïdes phénanthrènes de l’opium ou des alcaloïdes ecgoniniques de la feuille de coca, qui ne sera pas utilisé à la date de ce jour pour des besoins médicaux ou scientifiques, ne pourront être permis dans un pays ou territoire quelconque que si la valeur médicale ou scientifique de ce produit a été constatée d'une manière jugée probante par le gouvernement intéressé. Dans ce cas, à moins que le gouvernement ne décide que le produit en question n’est pas susceptible d’engendrer la toxicomanie ou d’être converti en un produit susceptible d’engendrer la toxicomanie, les quantités dont la fabrication est autorisée ne devront pas, dans l’attente des décisions mentionnées ci-après, dépasser le total des besoins intérieurs du pays ou du territoire pour des fins médicales et scientifiques et la quantité nécessaire pour satisfaire aux commandes d’exportation, et les dispositions de la présente Convention seront appliquées audit produit. 2. La Haute Partie contractante qui autorisera le commerce ou la fabrication commerciale d’un de ces produits en avisera immédiatement le Secrétaire général do la Société des Nations, qui communiquera cette notification aux autres Hautes Parties contractantes et au Comité d’hygiène de la Société. 3. Le Comité d’hygiène, après avoir soumis la question au Comité permanent de l’Office international d’hygiène publique, décidera si le produit dont il s’agit peut engendrer la toxicomanie (et doit être assimilé de ce fait aux “drogues” mentionnées dans le sous-groupe *a*) 1565 taken possession of by the Government and released from time to time in such quantities only as may be in conformity with the present Convention. Any quantities so released during any year shall be deducted from the total amount to be manufactured or imported as the case may be during that year. Chapter IV.— Prohibitions and Restrictions.Prohibitions and restrictions. Article 10. 1. The High Contracting Parties shall prohibit the export fromExports of diacetylmorphine. their territories of diacetylmorphine, its salts, and preparations containing diacetylmorphine, or its salts. 2. Nevertheless, on the receipt of a request from the Government of any country in which diacetylmorphine is not manufactured, any High Contracting Party may authorise the export to that country of such quantities of diacetylmorphine, its salts, and preparations containing diacetylmorphine or its salts, as are necessary for the medical and scientific needs of that country, provided that the request is accompanied by an import certificate and is consigned to the Government Department indicated in the certificate. 3. Any quantities so imported shall be distributed by and on theImports. responsibility of the Government of the importing country. Article 11. 1. No trade in or manufacture for trade of any product obtainedRegulation of traffic, etc., in. from any of the phenanthrene alkaloids of opium or from the ecgonine alkaloids of the coca leaf, not in use on this day’s date for medical or scientific purposes shall take place in any country or territory unless and until it has been ascertained to the satisfaction of the Government concerned that the product in question is of medical or scientific value. In this case (unless the Government determines that such product is not capable of producing addiction or of conversion into a product capable of producing addiction) the quantities permitted to be manufactured, pending the decision hereinafter referred to, shall not exceed the total of the domestic requirements of the country or territory for medical and scientific needs, and the quantity required for export orders and the provisions of this Convention shall apply. 2. Any High Contracting Party permitting trade in or manufacture for trade of any such product to be commenced shall immediately send a notification to that effect to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who shall advise the other High Contracting Parties and the Health Committee of the League. 3. The Health Committee will thereupon, after consulting the Permanent Committee of the Office international d’Hygiène publique, decide whether the product in question is capable of producing addiction (and is in consequence assimilable to the drugs mentioned in sub- 1566 du groupe I), ou s’il peut être transformé en une de ces mêmes drogues (et être, de ce fait, assimilé aux “drogues” mentionnées dans le sous-groupe *b*) du groupe I ou dans le groupe II). 4. Si le Comité d’hygiène décide que, sans être une “drogue” susceptible d’engendrer la toxicomanie, le produit dont il s’agit peut être transformé en une telle “drogue”, la question de savoir si ladite “drogue ” rentre dans le sous-groupe *b*) du groupe I ou dans le groupe II sera soumise pour décision à un Comité de trois experts qualifiés pour en examiner les aspects scientifiques et techniques. Deux de ces experts seront désignés respectivement par le gouvernement intéressé et par la Commission consultative de l’opium; le troisième sera désigné par les deux précités. 5. Toute décision prise conformément aux deux paragraphes précédents sera portée à la connaissance du Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations, qui la communiquera à tous les Membres de la Société et aux Etats non membres mentionnés à l’article 27. 6. S’il résulte de ces décisions que le produit en question peut engendrer la toxicomanie ou peut être transformé en une “drogue” susceptible de l’engendrer, les Hautes Parties contractantes, dès la réception de la communication du Secrétaire général, soumettront ladite “drogue” au régime prévu par la présente Convention, suivant qu’elle sera comprise dans le groupe I ou dans le groupe II. 7. Sur la demande de toute Haute Partie contractante adressée au Secrétaire général, toute décision de cette nature pourra être revisée à la lumière de l’expérience acquise et conformément à la procédure indiquée ci-dessus. Article 12. 1. L’importation ou l’exportation d’une “drogue” quelconque, en provenance ou à destination du territoire d’une Haute Partie contractante, ne pourront être effectuées que conformément aux dispositions de la présente Convention. 2. Les importations d’une “drogue” quelconque, dans un pays ou territoire quelconque et pour une année quelconque, ne pourront excéder le total des évaluations définies à l’article 5 et de la quantité exportée de ce pays ou territoire pendant la même année, déduction faite de la quantité fabriquée dans le pays ou territoire pendant la même année. Chapitre V.— Contrôle. Article 13. 1. *a*) Les Hautes Parties contractantes appliqueront à toutes les “drogues” du groupe I les dispositions de la Convention de Genève, dont celle-ci prévoit l’application aux substances spécifiées à son article 4 (ou des dispositions équivalentes). Les Hautes Parties contractantes appliqueront aussi ces dispositions aux préparations de la morphine et cocaïne visées à cet article 4 et à toutes les préparations des autres “drogues” du groupe I, sauf les préparations qui peuvent être soustraites au régime delà Convention de Genève, conformément à l’article 8 de cette Convention. 1567 group (*a*) of Group I), or whether it is convertible into such a drug (and is in consequence assimilable to the drugs mentioned in sub-group (*b*) of Group I or in Group II). 4. In the event of the Health Committee deciding that the product is not itself a drug capable of producing addiction, but is convertible into such a drug, the question whether the drug in question shall fall under sub-group
(ft)of Group I or under Group II shall be referred for decision to a body of three experts competent to deal with the scientific and technical aspects of the matter, of whom one member shall be selected by the Government concerned, one by the Opium Advisory Committee of the League, and the third by the two members so selected. 5. Any decisions arrived at in accordance with the two preceding paragraphs shall be notified to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who will communicate it to all the Members of the League and to the non-member States mentioned in Article 27. 6. If the decisions are to the effect that the product in question is capable of producing addiction or is convertible into a drug capable of producing addiction, the High Contracting Parties will, upon receipt of the communication from the Secretary-General, apply to the drug the appropriate régime laid down in the present Convention according as to whether it falls under Group I or under Group II. 7. Any such decisions may be revised, in accordance with the foregoing procedure, in the light of further experience, on an application addressed by any High Contracting Party to the Secretary-General. Article 12. 1. No import of any of the drugs into the territories of any HighImport and export restrictions. Contracting Party or export from those territories shall take place except in accordance with the provisions of this Convention. 2. The imports in any one year into any country or territory of any of the drugs shall not exceed the total of the estimates as defined in Article 5 and of the amount exported from that country or territory during the year, less the amount manufactured in that country or territory in that year. Chapter V.— Control.Control. Article 13. 1. (*a*) The High Contracting Parties shall apply to all the drugs inProvisions of Geneva Convention to apply. Group I the provisions of the Geneva Convention which are thereby applied to substances specified in its fourth Article (or provisions in conformity therewith). The High Contracting Parties shall also apply these provisions to preparations made from morphine and cocaine and covered by Article 4 of the Geneva Convention and to all other preparations made from the other drugs in Group I except such preparations as may be exempted from the provisions of the Geneva Convention under its eighth Article. 1568 *b*) Les Hautes Parties contractantes appliqueront aux solutions ou dilutions de morphine ou de cocaïne, ou de leurs sels, dans une substance inerte, liquide ou solide, et contenant 0,2% ou moins de morphine ou 0,1% ou moins de cocaïne, le même traitement qu’aux préparations contenant un pourcentage plus élevé. 2. Les Hautes Parties contractantes appliqueront aux “drogues” qui sont ou qui peuvent être comprises dans le groupe II les dispositions suivantes de la Convention de Genève ou des dispositions équivalentes: *a*) Les dispositions des articles 6 et 7, en tant qu’elles s’appliquent à la fabrication, à l’importation, à l’exportation et au commerce de gros de ces “drogues”; *b*) Les dispositions du chapitre V, sauf en ce qui concerne les compositions qui contiennent l’une de ces “ drogues ” et qui se prêtent à une application thérapeutique normale; *c*) Les dispositions des alinéas 1*b*), *c*) et *e*) et de l’alinéa 2 de l’article 22, étant entendu: i) Que les statistiques des importations et des exportations pourront être envoyées annuellement et non trimestriellement, et ii) Que l’alinéa l*b*) et l’alinéa 2 de l’article 22 ne seront pas applicables aux préparations qui contiennent ces “drogues”. Article 14. 1. Les gouvernements qui auront délivré une autorisation d’exportation, à destination de pays ou de territoires auxquels ne s’appliquent ni la présente Convention ni la Convention de Genève, pour une “drogue” qui est ou pourra être comprise dans le groupe I en aviseront immédiatement le Comité central permanent. Il est entendu que si les demandes d’exportation s’élèvent à. 5 kilogrammes ou davantage, l’autorisation ne sera pas délivrée avant que le gouvernement soit assuré auprès du Comité central permanent que l'exportation ne provoquera pas un dépassement des évaluations pour le pays ou territoire importateur. Si le Comité central permanent fait savoir qu’il y aura un dépassement, le gouvernement n’autorisera pas l’exportation de la quantité qui provoquerait ce dépassement. 2. S’il ressort des relevés des importations et des exportations adressés au Comité central permanent ou des notifications faites à ce Comité, conformément au paragraphe précédent, que la quantité exportée ou dont l’exportation a été autorisée à destination d’un pays ou territoire quelconque dépasse le total des évaluations définies à l’article 5 pour ce pays ou ce territoire, pour cette année, augmenté de ses exportations constatées, le Comité en avisera immédiatement toutes les Hautes Parties contractantes. Celles-ci ne pourront plus autoriser, pendant l’année en question, aucune nouvelle exportation à destination dudit pays ou territoire, sauf i) Dans le cas où une évaluation supplémentaire sera fournie, en ce qui concerne à la fois toute quantité importée en excédent et la quantité supplémentaire requise, ou ii) Dans les cas exceptionnels où l’exportation est, de l’avis du gouvernement du pays exportateur, essentielle aux intérêts de l’humanité ou au traitement des malades. 1569 (*b*). The High Contracting Parties shall treat solutions or dilutions of morphine or cocaine or their salts in an inert substance, liquid or solid, which contain 0.2 per cent or less of morphine or 0.1 per cent or less of cocaine in the same way as preparations containing more than these percentages. 2. The High Contracting Parties shall apply to the drugs which are or may be included in Group II the following provisions of the Geneva Convention (or provisions in conformity therewith): (*a*) The provisions of Articles 6 and 7 in so far as they relate to the manufacture, import, export and wholesale trade in those drugs; (*b*) The provisions of Chapter V, except as regards compounds containing any of these drugs which are adapted to a normal therapeutic use; (*c*) The provisions of paragraphs 1 (*b*), (*c*) and (*e*) and paragraph 2 of Article 22, provided:
(i)That the statistics of import and export may be sent annually instead of quarterly, and
(ii)That paragraph 1 (*b*) and paragraph 2 of Article 22 shall not apply to preparations containing any of these drugs. Article 14. 1. Any Government which has issued an authorisation for theLicense to export to nonparticipatlng countries. export of any of the drugs which are or may be included in Group I to any country or territory to which neither this Convention nor the Geneva Convention applies shall immediately notify the Permanent Central Board of the issue of the authorisation; provided that, if the request for export amounts to 5 kilogrammes or more, the authorisation shall not be issued until the Government has ascertained from the Permanent Central Board that the export will not cause the estimates for the importing country or territory to be exceeded. If the Permanent Central Board sends a notification that such an excess would bo caused, the Government will not authorise the export of any amount which would have that effect. 2. If it appears from the import and export returns made to the Permanent Central Board or from the notifications made to the Board in pursuance of the preceding paragraph that the quantity exported or authorised to be exported to any country or territory exceeds the total of the estimates for that country or territory as defined in Article 5, with the addition of the amounts shown to have been exported, the Board shall immediately notify the fact to all the High Contracting Parties, who will not, during the currency of the year in question, authorise any new exports to that country except:
(i)In the event of a supplementary estimate being furnished for that country in respect both of any quantity over-imported and of the additional quantity required; or
(ii)In exceptional cases where the export in the opinion of the Government of the exporting country is essential in the interests of humanity or for the treatment of the sick. 1570 3. Le Comité central permanent préparera chaque année un état indiquant pour chaque pays ou territoire et pour l’année précédente: *a*) Les évaluations de chaque “drogue”; *b*) La quantité de chaque “drogue” consommée; *c*) La quantité de chaque “drogue” fabriquée; *d*) La quantité de chaque “drogue” transformée; *e*) La quantité de chaque “drogue” importée; *f*) La quantité de chaque “drogue” exportée; *g*) La quantité de chaque “drogue” employée à la confection des préparations pour l’exportation desquelles les autorisations dexportation ne sont pas requises. S’il résulte dudit état que l’une des Hautes Parties contractantes a ou peut avoir manqué aux obligations prévues par la présente Convention, le Comité sera en droit de lui demander des explications par l’entremise du Secrétatire général de la Société des Nations, et la procédure prévue par les paragraphes 2 à 7 de l’article 24 de la Convention de Genève sera applicable. Le Comité publiera, le plus tôt possible, l’état visé ci-dessus, et, à moins qu’il ne le juge pas nécessaire, un résumé des explications données ou demandées conformément à l’alinéa précédent, ainsi que toutes observations qu’il tiendrait à faire concernant ces explications ou demandes d’explications. En publiant les statistiques et autres informations qu’il reçoit en vertu de la présente Convention, le Comité central permanent aura soin de ne faire figurer dans ces publications aucune indication susceptible de favoriser les opérations des spéculateurs ou de porter préjudice au commerce légitime d’une quelconque des Hautes Parties contractantes. Chapitre VI.— Dispositions administratives. Article 15. Les Hautes Parties contractantes prendront toutes les mesures législatives ou autres nécessaires pour donner effet dans leurs territoires aux dispositions de la présente Convention. Les Hautes Parties contractantes établiront, si elles ne l’ont déjà fait, une administration spéciale ayant pour mission: *a*) D’appliquer les prescriptions de la présente Convention; *b*) De réglementer, surveiller et contrôler le commerce des “drogues”; *c*) D’organiser la lutte contre la toxicomanie, en prenant toutes les mesures utiles pour en empêcher le développement et pour combattre le trafic illicite. Article 16. 1. Chacune des Hautes Parties contractantes exercera une surveillance rigoureuse sur: *a*) Les quantités de matières premières et de “drogues” manufacturées qui se trouvent en la possession de chaque fabricans aux fins de fabrication ou de transformation de chacune de cet “drogues” ou à toutes autres fins utiles; 1571 3. The Permanent Central Board shall each year prepare a state ment showing, in respect of each country or territory for the preceding year:
(a)The estimates in respect of each drug; (*b*) The amount of each drug consumed; (*c*) The amount of each drug manufactured; (*d*) The amount of each drug converted; (*e*) The amount of each drug imported; (*f*) The amount of each drug exported; (*g*) The amount of each drug used for the compounding of preparations, exports of which do not require export authorisations. If such statement indicates that any High Contracting Party has or may have failed to carry out his obligations under this Convention, the Board shall have the right to ask for explanations, through the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, from that High Contracting Party, and the procedure specified in paragraphs 2 to 7 of Article 24 of the Geneva Convention shall apply in any such case. The Board shall, as soon as possible thereafter, publish the statement above mentioned together with an account, unless it thinks it unnecessary, of any explanations given or required in accordance with the preceding paragraph and any observations which the Board may desire to make in respect of any such explanation or request for an explanation. The Permanent Central Board shall take all necessary measures to ensure that the statistics and other information which it receives under this Convention shall not be made public in such a manner as to facilitate the operations of speculators or to injure the legitimate commerce of any High Contracting Party. Chapter VI.— Administrative Provisions.Administrative provisions. Article 15. The High Contracting Parties shall take all necessary legislative orLaws, etc., to be enacted. other measures in order to give effect within their territories to the provisions of this Convention. The High Contracting Parties shall, if they have not already done so, create a special administration for the purpose of: (*a*) Applying the provisions of the present Convention; (*b*) Regulating, supervising and controlling the trade in the drugs; (*c*) Organising the campaign against drug addiction, by taking all useful steps to prevent its development and to suppress the illicit traffic. Article 16. 1. Each High Contracting Party shall exercise a strict supervisionSupervision by each Power. over: (*a*) The amounts of raw material and manufactured drugs in the possession of each manufacturer for the purpose of the manufacture or conversion of any of the drugs or otherwise; 1572 *b*) Les quantités de “drogues” (ou de préparations contenant ces drogues) produites; *c*) La manière dont il est disposé des “drogues” et prépara-tions ainsi produites, notamment leur distribution au commerce, à la sortie de la fabrique. 2. Les Hautes Parties contractantes ne permettront pas l’accumulation entre les mains d’un fabricant quelconque de quantités de matières premières dépassant les quantités requises pour le fonctionnement économique de l’entreprise, en tenant compte des conditions du marché. Les quantités de matières premières en la possession de tout fabricant, à un moment quelconque, ne dépasseront pas les quantités nécessaires pour les besoins de la fabrication pendant le semestre suivant, à moins que le gouvernement, après enquête, n’estime que des conditions exceptionnelles justifient l’accumulation de quantités additionnelles, mais, en aucun cas, les quantités totales qui pourront être accumulées ainsi ne devront dépasser l’approvisionnement d’une année. Article 17. Chacune des Hautes Parties contractantes astreindra chaque fabricant établi sur ses territoires à fournir des rapports trimestriels indiquant: *a*) Les quantités de matières premières et de chaque “drogue” qu’il a reçues dans sa fabrique, ainsi que les quantités de “drogues” ou de tout autre produit, quel qu’il soit, fabriqué avec chacune de ces substances. En signalant les quantités de matières premières ainsi reçues par lui, le fabricant indiquera la proportion de morphine, de cocaïne ou d’ecgonine contenue dans celles-ci ou qui peut en être retirée—proportion qui sera déterminée par une méthode prescrite par le gouvernement et dans des conditions que le gouvernement considère comme satisfaisantes; *b*) Les quantités, soit de matières premières, soit de produits manufacturés à l’aide de ces matières, qui ont été utilisées au cours du trimestre; *c*) Les quantités restant en stock à. la fin du trimestre. Chacune des Hautes Parties contractantes astreindra chaque négociant en gros établi sur ses territoires à fournir, à la fin de chaque année, un rapport spécifiant pour chaque “drogue” la quantité de cette “drogue” contenue dans les préparations exportées ou importées au cours de l’année et pour l’exportation ou l’importation desquelles il n’est pas requis d’autorisation. Article 18. Chacune des Hautes Parties contractantes s’engage à ce que toutes les “drogues” du groupe I qu’elle saisira dans le trafic illicite soient détruites ou transformées en substances non stupéfiantes ou réservées à l’usage médical ou scientifique, soit par le gouvernement, soit sous son contrôle, une fois que ces “ drogues ” ne sont plus nécessaires pour la procédure judiciaire ou toute autre action de la part des autorités de l’Etat. Dans tous les cas, la diacétylmorphine devra être détruite ou transformée. 1573 (*b*) The quantities of the drugs or preparations containing the drugs produced; (*c*) The disposal of the drugs and preparations so produced with especial reference to deliveries from the factories. 2. No High Contracting Party shall allow the accumulation in the possession of any manufacturer of quantities of raw materials in excess of those required for the economic conduct of business, having regard to the prevailing market conditions. The amounts of raw material in the possession of any manufacturer at any one time shall not exceed the amounts required by that manufacturer for manufacture during the ensuing six months, unless the Government, after due investigation, considers that exceptional conditions warrant the accumulation of additional amounts, but in no case shall the total quantities which may be accumulated exceed one year’s supply. Article 17. Each High Contracting Party shall require each manufacturerQuarterly reports required of each manufacturer. within his territories to submit quarterly reports stating; (*a*) The amount of raw materials and of each of the drugs received into the factory by such manufacturer and the quantities of the drugs, or any other products whatever, produced from each of these substances. In reporting the amounts of raw materials so received, the manufacturer shall state the proportion of morphine, cocaine or ecgonine contained in or producible therefrom as determined by a method prescribed by the Government and under conditions considered satisfactory by the Government; (*b*) The quantities of either the raw material or the products manufactured therefrom which were disposed of during the quarter; (*c*) The quantities remaining in stock at the end of the quarter. Each High Contracting Party shall require each wholesaler within his territories to make at the close of each year a report stating, in respect of each of the drugs, the amount of that drug contained in preparations, exported or imported during the year, for the export or import of which authorisations are not required. Article 18. Each High Contracting Party undertakes that any of the drugs inSeizures in illicit traffic. Group I which are seized by him in the illicit traffic shall be destroyed or converted into non-narcotic substances or appropriated for medical or scientific use, either by the Government or under its control, when these are no longer required for judicial proceedings or other action on the part of the authorities of the State. In all cases diacetylmorphine shall either be destroyed or converted. 1574 Article 19. Les Hautes Parties contractantes exigeront que les étiquettes sous lesquelles est mise en vente une “drogue” quelconque ou une préparation contenant cette “drogue” indiquent le pourcentage de celle-ci. Elles devront aussi en indiquer le nom de la manière prévue par la législation nationale Chapitre VII.— Dispositions générales. Article 20. 1. Toute Haute Partie contractante dans l’un quelconque des territoires de laquelle une “drogue” quelconque sera fabriquée ou transformée au moment de l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention ou qui, à ce moment ou ultérieurement, se proposera d’autoriser sur son territoire cette fabrication ou transformation, enverra une notification au Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations en indiquant si la fabrication ou la transformation est destinée aux besoins intérieurs seulement ou également à l’exportation, et à quelle époque cette fabrication ou transformation commencera; elle spécifiera également les “drogues” qui doivent être fabriquées ou transformées, ainsi que le nom et l’adresse des personnes ou des maisons autorisées. 2. Au cas où la fabrication ou la transformation de l’une quelconque des “drogues” cesserait sur son territoire, la Haute Partie contractante enverra une notification à cet effet au Secrétaire général en indiquant la date et le lieu où cette fabrication ou transformation a cessé ou cessera et en spécifiant les “drogues” visées, les personnes ou maisons visées, ainsi que leur nom et leur adresse. 3. Les renseignements fournis conformément aux paragraphes 1 et 2 seront communiqués par le Secrétaire général aux Hautes Parties contractantes. Article 21. Les Hautes Parties contractantes se communiqueront par l’entremise du Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations les lois et règlements promulgués pour donner effet à la présente Convention, et lui transmettront un rapport annuel relatif au fonctionnement de la Convention sur leurs territoires, conformément à un formulaire établi par la Commission consultative du trafic de l’opium et autres “drogues” nuisibles. Article 22. Les Hautes Parties contractantes feront figurer dans les statistiques annuelles fournies par elles au Comité central permanent les quantités de chacune des “drogues” employées par les fabricants et grossistes pour la confection de préparations, destinées à la consommation intérieure ou à l’exportation, pour l’exportation desquelles les autorisations ne sont pas requises. Les Hautes Parties contractantes feront également figurer dans leurs statistiques un résumé des relevés établis par les fabricants, conformément à l’article 17. 1575 *Article 19*. The High Contracting Parties will require that the labels underMarking labels. which any of the drugs, or preparations containing those drugs, are offered for sale, shall show the percentage of the drugs. These labels shall also indicate the name of the drugs as provided for in the national legislation. Chapter VII.— General Provisions.General provisions. *Article 20*. 1. Every High Contracting Party in any of whose territories anyInformation to be furnished the League of Nations. of the drugs is being manufactured or converted, at the time when this Convention comes into force, or in which he proposes either at that time or subsequently to authorise such manufacture or conversion, shall notify the Secretary-General of the League of Nations indicating whether the manufacture or conversion is for domestic needs only or also for export, the date on which such manufacture or conversion will begin, and the drugs to be manufactured or converted as well as the names and addresses of persons or firms authorised. 2. In the event of the manufacture or conversion of any of the drugs ceasing in the territory of any High Contracting Party, he shall notify the Secretary-General to that effect, indicating the place and date at which such manufacture or conversion has ceased or will cease and specifying the drugs affected, as well as the names and addresses of persons or firms concerned. 3. The information furnished under this Article shall be communicatedTransmission of, to signatories. by the Secretary-General to the High Contracting Parties. *Article 21*. The High Contracting Parties shall communicate to one anotherMutual communication of laws, etc. through the Secretary-General of the League of Nations the laws and regulations promulgated in order to give effect to the present Convention, and shall forward to the Secretary-General an annual report on the working of the Convention in their territories, in accordance with a form drawn up by the Advisory Committee on Traffic in Opium and Other Dangerous Drugs. *Article 22*. The High Contracting Parties shall include in the annual statisticsReports, to include drugs used in compounds. furnished by them to the Permanent Central Board the amounts of any of the drugs used by manufacturers and wholesalers for the compounding of preparations whether for domestic consumption or for export for the export of which export authorisations are not required. The High Contracting Parties shall also include a summary of theSummary of returns.*Ante*, p. 1573. returns made by the manufacturers in pursuance of Article 17. 1576 *Article 23*. Les Hautes Parties contractantes se communiqueront par 1’entremise du Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations, dans un délai aussi bref que possible, des renseignements sur tout cas de trafic illicite découvert par elles et qui pourra présenter de l’importance, soit en raison des quantités de “drogues” en cause, soit en raison des indications que ce cas pourra fournir sur les sources qui alimentent en “drogues” le trafic illicite ou les méthodes employées par les trafiquants illicites. Ces renseignements indiqueront, dans toute la mesure possible: *a*.) La nature et la quantité des “drogues” en cause; *b*.) L’origine des “drogues”, les marques et étiquettes; *c*.) Les points de passage où les “drogues” ont été détournées dans le trafic illicite; *d*.) Le lieu d’où les “ drogues ” ont été expédiées et les noms des expéditeurs, agents d’expédition ou commissionnaires, les méthodes de consignation et les noms et adresses des destinataires s’ils sont connus. *e*.) Les méthodes employées et routes suivies par les contrebandiers et éventuellement les noms des navires qui ont servi au transport; *f*.) Les mesures prises par les gouvernements en ce qui concerne les personnes impliquées (et, en particulier, celles qui posséderaient des autorisations ou des licences), ainsi que les sanctions appliquées; *g*.) Tous autres renseignements qui pourraient aider à la suppression du trafic illicite. *Article 24*. La présente Convention complétera les Conventions de La Haye de 1912 et de Genève de 1925 dans les rapports entre les Hautes Parties contractantes liées par l’une au moins de ces dernières Conventions. *Article 25*. S’il s’élève entre les Hautes Parties contractantes un différend quelconque relatif à l’interprétation ou à l’application de la présente Convention, et si ce différend n’a pu être résolu de façon satisfaisante par voie diplomatique, il sera réglé conformément aux dispositions en vigueur entre les Parties concernant le règlement des différends internationaux. Au cas où de telles dispositions n’existeraient pas entre les Parties au différend, elles le soumettront à une procédure arbitrale ou judiciaire. A défaut d’un accord sur le choix d’un autre tribunal, elles soumettront le différend, à la requête de l’une d’elles, à la Cour permanente de Justice internationale, si elles sont toutes parties au Protocole du 16 décembre 1920, relatif au Statut de ladite Cour, et, si elles n’y sont pas toutes parties, à un tribunal d’arbitrage, constitué conformément à la Convention de La Haye du 18 octobre 1907, pour le règlement pacifique des conflits internationaux. 1577 *Article 23*. The High Contracting Parties will communicate to each other’Illicit traffic particulars through the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, as soon as possible, particulars of each case of illicit traffic discovered by them which may be of importance either because of the quantities involved or because of the light thrown on the sources from which drugs are obtained for the illicit traffic or the methods employed by illicit traffickers. The particulars given shall indicate as far as possible: (*a*.) The kind and quantity of drugs involved; (*b*.) The origin of the drugs, their marks and labels; (*c*.) The points at which the drugs were diverted into the illicit traffic; (*d*.) The place from which the drugs were despatched, and the names of shipping or forwarding agents or consignors; the methods of consignment and the name and address of consignees, if known; (*e*.) The methods and routes used by smugglers and names of ships, if any, in which the drugs have been shipped; (*f*.) The action taken by the Government in regard to the persons involved, particularly those possessing authorisations or licences and the penalties imposed. (*g*.) Any other information which would assist in the suppression of illicit traffic. *Article 24*. The present Convention shall supplement the Hague ConventionPresent convention supplementary to previous conventions.Vol. 38, p. 1912. of 1912 and the Geneva Convention of 1925 in the relations between the High Contracting Parties bound by at least one of these latter Conventions. *Article 25*. If there should arise between the High Contracting Parties a disputeSettlement of disputes. of any kind relating to the interpretation or application of the present Convention and if such dispute cannot be satisfactorily settled by diplomacy, it shall be settled in accordance with any applicable agreements in force between the Parties providing for the settlement of international disputes. In case there is no such agreement in force between the Parties, the dispute shall be referred to arbitration or judicial settlement. In the absence of agreement on the choice of another tribunal, the dispute shall, at the request of any one of the Parties, be referred to the Permanent Court of International Justice, if all the Parties to the dispute are Parties to the Protocol of December 16th, 1920, relating to the Statute of that Court, and, if any of the Parties to the dispute is not a Party to the Protocol of December 16th, 1920, to an arbitralVol. 36, p. 2221. tribunal constituted in accordance with the Hague Convention of October 18th, 1907, for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes. 1578 *Article 26*. Toute Haute Partie contractante pourra déclarer, au moment de la signature, de la ratification ou de l’adhésion, qu’en acceptant la présente Convention, elle n’assume aucune obligation pour l'ensemble ou une partie de ses colonies, protectorats, territoires d’outre-mer ou territoires placés sous sa souveraineté ou sous son mandat, et la présente Convention ne s’appliquera pas aux territoires mentionnés dans cette déclaration. Toute Haute Partie contractante pourra ultérieurement donner, à tout moment, avis au Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations qu’elle désire que la présente Convention s’applique à l’ensemble ou à une partie de ses territoires qui auront fait l’objet d’une déclaration aux termes de l’alinéa précédent, et la présente Convention s’appliquera à tous les territoires mentionnés dans cet avis, comme dans le cas d’un pays ratifiant la Convention ou y adhérant. Chacune des Hautes Parties contractantes pourra déclarer à tout moment, après l’expiration de la période de cinq ans prévue à l’article 32, qu’elle désire que la présente Convention cesse de s’appliquer à l’ensemble ou à une partie de ses colonies, protectorats, territoires d’outre-mer ou territoires placés sous sa souveraineté ou sous son mandat, et la Convention cessera de s’appliquer aux territoires mentionnés dans cette déclaration, comme s’il s’agissait d’une dénonciation faite conformément aux dispositions de l’article 32. Le Secrétaire général communiquera à tous les Membres de la Société, ainsi qu’aux Etats non membres mentionnés à l’article 27, toutes les déclarations et tous les avis reçus aux termes du présent article. *Article 27*. La présente Convention, dont les textes français et anglais feront également foi, portera la date de ce jour et sera, jusqu'au 31 décembre 1931, ouverte à la signature au nom de tout Membre de la Société des Nations ou de tout Etat non membre qui s’est fait représenter à la Conférence qui a élaboré la présente Convention, ou auquel le Conseil de la Société des Nations aura communiqué copie de la présente Convention à cet effet. *Article 28*. La présente Convention sera ratifiée. Les instruments de ratification seront transmis au Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations, qui en notifiera le dépôt à tous les Membres de la Société ainsi qu’aux Etats non membres visés à l’article précédent. *Article 29*. A dater du 1er janvier 1932, tout Membre de la Société des Nations et tout Etat non membre visé à l’article 27 pourra adhérer à la présente Convention. 1579 *Article 26*. Any High Contracting Party may, at the time of signature, ratification,Obligations of signatories over colonies, etc. or accession, declare that, in accepting the present Convention, he does not assume any obligation in respect of all or any of his colonies, protectorates and overseas territories or territories under suzerainty or mandate, and the present Convention shall not apply to any territories named in such declaration. Any High Contracting Party may give notice to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations at any time subsequently that he desires that the Convention shall apply to all or any of his territories which have been made the subject of a declaration under the preceding paragraph, and the Convention shall apply to all territories named in such notice in the same manner as in the case of a country ratifying or acceding to the Convention. Any High Contracting Party may, at any time after the expiration of the five-years period mentioned in Article 32, declare that he desires that the present Convention shall cease to apply to all or any of his colonies, protectorates and overseas territories or territories under suzerainty or mandate, and the Convention shall cease to apply to the territories named in such declaration as if it were a denunciation under the provisions of Article 32. The Secretary-General shall communicate to all the Members of the League and to the non-member States mentioned in Article 27, all declarations and notices received in virtue of this Article. *Article 27*. The present Convention, of which the French and English textsDate; open for signature until December 31, 1931. shall both be authoritative, shall bear this day’s date, and shall, until December 31st, 1931, be open for signature on behalf of any Member of the League of Nations, or of any non-member State which was represented at the Conference which drew up this Convention, or to which the Council of the League of Nations shall have communicated a copy of the Convention for this purpose. *Article 28*. The present Convention shall be ratified. The instruments ofRatification. ratification shall be transmitted to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who shall notify their receipt to all Members of the League and to the non-member States referred to in the preceding Article. *Article 29*. As from January 1st, 1932, the present Convention may be accededAccession of nonsignatory powers. to on behalf of any Member of the League of Nations or any non-member State mentioned in Article 27. 1580 Les instruments d’adhésion seront transmis au Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations, qui en notifiera le dépôt à tous les Membres de la Société ainsi qu’aux Etats non membres visés audit article. *Article 30*. La présente Convention entrera en vigueur quatre-vingt-dix jours après que le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations aura reçu les ratifications ou les adhésions de vingt-cinq Membres de la Société des Nations ou Etats non membres, y compris quatre Etats parmi les suivants: Allemagne, Etats-Unis d’Amérique, France, Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord, Japon, Pays-Bas, Suisse, Turquie. Les dispositions autres que les articles 2 à 5 ne deviendront toutefois applicable que le 1er janvier de la première année pour laquelle les évaluations seront fournies, conformément aux articles 2 à 5. *Article 31*. Les ratifications ou adhésions déposées après la date de l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention prendront effet à l’expiration d’un délai de quatre-vingt-dix jours à partir du jour de leur réception par le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations. *Article 32*. A l’expiration d’un délai de cinq ans à partir de l’entrée en vigueur de la présente Convention, celle-ci pourra être dénoncée par un instrument écrit déposé auprès du Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations. Cette dénonciation, si elle est reçue par le Secrétaire général le 1er juillet d’une année quelconque ou antérieurement à cette date, prendra effet le 1er janvier de l’année suivante, et, si elle est reçue après le 1er juillet, elle prendra effet comme si elle avait été reçue le 1er juillet de l’année suivante ou antérieurement à cette date. Chaque dénonciation ne sera opérante que pour le Membre de la Société des Nations ou l’Etat non membre au nom duquel elle aura été déposée. Le Secrétaire général notifiera à tous les Membres de la Société et aux Etats non membres mentionnés à l’article 27 les dénonciations ainsi reçues. Si, par suite de dénonciations simultanées ou successives, le nombre des Membres de la Société des Nations et des Etats non membres qui sont liés par la présente Convention se trouve ramené à moins de vingt-cinq, la Convention cessera d’être en vigueur à partir de la date à laquelle la dernière de ces dénonciations prendra effet, conformément aux dispositions du présent article. 1581 The instruments of accession shall be transmitted to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who shall notify their receipt to all the Members of the League and to the non-member States mentioned in that Article. *Article 30*. The present Convention shall come into force ninety days afterEffective dates. the Secretary-General of the League of Nations has received the ratifications or accessions of twenty-five Members of the League of Nations or non-member States, including any four of the following: France, Germany, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Japan, Netherlands, Switzerland, Turkey, and the United States of America. Provided always that the provisions of the Convention other than Articles 2 to 5 shall only be applicable from the first of January in the first year in respect of which estimates are furnished in conformity with Articles 2 to 5. *Article 31*. Ratifications or accessions received after the date of the coming intoRatifications received after Convention in force. force of this Convention shall take effect as from the expiration of the period of ninety days from the date of their receipt by the Secretary-General of the League of Nations. *Article 32*. After the expiration of five years from the date of the coming intoDenunciation. force of this Convention, the Convention may be denounced by an instrument in writing, deposited with the Secretary-General of the League of Nations. The denunciation, if received by the Secretary-General on or before the first day of July in any year, shall take effect on the first day of January in the succeeding year, and, if received after the first day of July, shall take effect as if it had been received on or before the first day of July in the succeeding year. Each denunciation shall operate only as regards the Member of the League or non-member State on whose behalf it has been deposited. The Secretary-General shall notify all the Members of the League and the non-member States mentioned in Article 27 of any denunciations received. If, as a result of simultaneous or successive denunciations, the number of Members of the League and non-member States bound by the present Convention is reduced to less than twenty-five, the Convention shall cease to be in force as from the date on which the last of such denunciations shall take effect in accordance with the provisions of this Article. 1582 *Article 33*. Une demande de revision de la présente Convention pourra être formulée en tout temps par tout Membre de la Société des Nations ou Etat non membre lié par la Convention, par voie de notification adressée au Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations. Cette notification sera communiquée par le Secrétaire général à tous les autres Membres de la Société des Nations et Etats non membres ainsi liés, et, si elle est appuyée par un tiers au moins d’entre elles, les Hautes Parties contractantes s’engagent à se réunir en une conférence aux fins de revision de la Convention. *Article 34*. La présente Convention sera enregistrée par le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations le jour de l'entrée en vigueur de la Convention. 1583 *Article 33*. A request for the revision of the present Convention may at anyRequest for revision. time be made by any Member of the League of Nations or non-member State bound by this Convention by means of a notice addressed to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations. Such notice shall be communicated by the Secretary-General to the other Members of the League of Nations or non-member States bound by this Convention, and, if endorsed by not less than one-third of them, the High Contracting Parties agree to meet for the purpose of revising the Convention. *Article 34*. The present Convention shall be registered by the Secretary-GeneralRegistry, on entry into force. of the League of Nations on the day of its entry into force. 1584 Signatures. En foi de quoi les plénipotentiaires susmentionnés ont signé la présente Convention. Fait à Genève, le treize juillet mil neuf cent trente et un, en un seul exemplaire, qui sera déposé dans les archives du Secrétariat de la Société des Nations, et dont les copies certifiées conformes seront remises à tous les Membres de la Société des Nations et aux Etats non membres mentionnés à l’article 27. 1584 Signatures. In faith whereof the above-mentioned Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention. Done at Geneva the thirteenth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one, in a single copy, which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Secretariat of the League of Nations, and certified true copies of which shall be delivered to all the Members of the League and to the non-member States referred to in Article 27. ALLEMAGNE GERMANY Freiherr von Rheinbaben Dr. Kahler Reservation by the United States of America.ÉTATS-UNIS D’AMÉRIQUE Reservation by the United States of America.UNITED STATES OF AMERICA John K. Caldwell Harry J. Ansliger Walter Lewis Treadway. Sanborn Young. 1. The Government of the United States of America reserves the right to impose, for purpose of internal control and control of import into and export from territory under its jurisdiction, of opium, coca leaves, all of their derivatives and similar substances produced by synthetic process, measures stricter than the provisions of the Convention. 2. The Government of the United States of America reserves the right to impose, for purposes of controlling transit through its territories of raw opium, coca leaves, all of their derivatives and similar substances produced by synthetic process, measures by which the production of an import permit issued by the country of destination may be made a condition precedent to the granting of permission for transit through its territory. 3. The Government of the United States of America finds it impracticable to undertake to send statistics of import and export to the Permanent Central Opium Board short of sixty days after the close of the three-months’ period to which such statistics refer. 4. The Government of the United States of America finds it impracticable to undertake to state separately amounts of drugs purchased or imported for Government purposes. 5. Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America formally declare that the signing of the Convention for Limiting the Manufacture and Regulating the Distribution of Narcotic Drugs by them on the part of the United States of America on this date is not to be construed to mean that the Government of the United States of America recognises a regime or entity which signs or accedes to the Convention as the Government of a country when that regime or entity is not recognised by the Government of the United States of America as the Government of that country. 6. The plenipotentiaries of the United States of America further declare that the participation of the United States of America in the Convention for limiting the manufacture of and regulating the distribution of narcotic drugs, signed on this date, does not involve any contractual obligation on the part of the United States of America to a country represented by a regime or entity which the Government of the United States of America does not recognise as the Government1585 of that country until such country has a Government recognised by the Government of the United States of America.11Traduction par le Secrétariat de la Société des Nations.
(1)Le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique se réserve le droit d’appliquer, en vue de l’exercice d’un contrôle intérieur et d’un contrôle des importations et des exportations d’opium, de feuilles de coca et de tous leurs dérivés, et de produits synthétiques analogues, effectués par les territoires placés sous sa juridiction, des mesures plus strictes que les dispositions de la Convention.
(2)Le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique se réserve le droit d’appliquer, en vue de l’exercice d’un contrôle sur le transit à travers ses territoires de l’opium brut, des feuilles de coca, de tous leurs dérivés et des produits synthétiques analogues, des mesures en vertu desquelles l’octroi d’une autorisation de transit à travers son territoire pourra être subordonné à la production d’un permis d’importation délivré par le pays de destination.
(3)Le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ne voit pas la possibilité de s’engage à envoyer au Comité central permanent de l’opium des statistiques des importations et des exportations avant un délai de soixante jours à dater de la fin de la période de trois mois à laquelle se rapportent ces statistiques.
(4)Le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ne voit pas la possibilité de s’engager à indiquer séparément les quantités de stupéfiants achetées ou importées pour les besoins de l’Etat.
(5)Les plénipotentiaires des Etats-Unis d’Amérique déclarent formellement que le fait qu’ils ont signé ce jour, pour le compte des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, la Convention pour la limitation de la fabrication et la réglementation de la distribution des stupéfiants, ne doit pas être interprété comme signifiant que le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique reconnaît un régime ou une entité qui signe la Convention ou y accède comme constituant le gouvernement d’un pays, lorsque ce régime ou cette entité n’est pas reconnue par le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique comme constituant le gouvernement de ce pays.
(6)Les plénipotentiaires des Etats-Unis d’Amérique déclarent, en outre, que la participation des Etats-Unis d’Amérique à la Convention pour la limitation de la fabrication et la réglementation de la distribution des stupéfiants, signée ce jour, n’implique aucune obligation contractuelle de la part des Etats-Unis d’Amérique à l’égard d’un pays représenté par un régime ou une entité que le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ne reconnaît pas comme constituant le gouvernement de ce pays, tant que ce pays n’a pas un gouvernement reconnu par le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique. J. K. C. H. J. A. W. L. T. S. Y. RÉPUBLIQUE ARGENTINESignatures—Contd. ARGENTINE REPUBLICSignatures—Contd. *Ad referendum.* Fernando Perez AUTRICHE AUSTRIA E. Pflügl Dr Bruno Schultz BELGIQUE BELGIUM Dr F. de Myttenaere BOLIVIE BOLIVIA M. Cuellar BRÉSIL BRAZIL Raul do Rio Branco GRANDE-BRETAGNE ET IRLANDE DU NORD GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND ainsi que toutes parties de l’Empire britannique non Membres séparés de la Société des Nations and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate Members of the League of Nations. Malcolm Delevingne CANADA CANADA C. H. L. Sharman W. A. Riddell 1586 Signatures—Contd.INDE Signatures—Contd.INDIA R. P. Paranjpye CHILI CHILE Enrique J. Gajardo V. COSTA-RICA COSTA RICA Viriato Figueredo Lora. CUBA CUBA G. de Blanck Dr B. Primelles DANEMARK DENMARK Gustav Rasmussen VILLE LIBRE DE DANTZIG FREE CITY OF DANZIG F. Sokal RÉPUBLIQUE DOMINICAINE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Ch. Ackermann ÉGYPTE EGYPT T. W. Russell ESPAGNE SPAIN Julio Casares ÉTHIOPIE ABYSSINIA Cte Lagarde duc d’Entotto Reservation by France.FRANCE Reservation by France.FRANCE Le Gouvernement français fait toutes ses réserves en ce qui concerne les colonies, protectorats et pays sous mandat dépendant de son autorité, sur la possibilité de produire régulièrement dans le délai strictement imparti les statistiques trimestrielles visées par l’article 13.11 *Translation by the Secretarial of the League of Nations:* The French Government makes every reservation, with regard to the Colonies, Protectorates and Mandated Territories under its authority, as to the possibility of regularly producing the quarterly statistics referred to in Article 13 within the strict time-limit laid down. G. Bourgois GRÈCE GREECE R. Raphaël GUATÉMALA GUATEMALA Luis Martínez Mont. HEDJAZ, NEDJED ET DÉPENDANCES HEJAZ, NEJD AND DEPENDENCIES Hafiz Wahba ITALIE ITALY Cavazzoni Stefano JAPON JAPAN S. Sawada S. Ohdachi LIBÉRIA LIBERIA Dr A. Sottile Sous réserve de ratification du Sénat de la République de Libéria.22 *Traduction par le Secrétariat de la Société des Nations.* Subject to ratification by the Senate of the Republic of Liberia. 1587 LUXEMBOURGSignatures—Contd. LUXEMBURGSignatures—Contd. Ch. G. Vermaire MEXIQUE MEXICO S. Martínez de Alva MONACO MONACO C. Hentsch. PANAMA PANAMA Dr Ernesto Hoffmann. PARAGUAY PARAGUAY R. V. Caballero de Bedoya PAYS-BAS THE NETHERLANDS v. Wettum PERSE PERSIA A. Sepahbody POLOGNE POLAND Chodźko PORTUGAL PORTUGAL Augusto de Vasconcellos A. M. Ferraz de Andrade ROUMANIE ROUMANIA C. Antoniade SAINT-MARIN SAN MARINO Ferri Charles Emile SIAMReservation by Siam. SIAMReservation by Siam. Damras As our Harmful Habit-forming Drugs Law goes beyond the provisions of the Geneva Convention and the present Convention on certain points, my Government reserves the right to apply our existing law.11 *Traduction par le Secrétariat de la Société des Nations.* Etant donné que la loi siamoise relative aux drogues donnant lieu à une toxicomanie va plus loin que la Convention de Genève et que la présente Convention, en ce qui concerne certains points, mon gouvernement se réserve le droit d'appliquer la loi en question. SUÈDE SWEDEN K. I. Westman SUISSE SWITZERLAND Paul Dinichert Dr H. Carrière TCHÉCOSLOVAQUIE CZECHOSLOVAKIA Zd. Fierlinger URUGUAY URUGUAY Alfredo de Castro VENEZUELA VENEZUELA *Ad referendum* L. G. Chacín Itriago Copie certifiée conforme. Certified true copy. Pour le Secrétaire général: For the Secretary-General: J. A Buero *Conseiller juridique du Secrétariat.* *Legal Adviser of the Secretariat.* 1588 PROTOCOLE DE SIGNATURE I. En signant la Convention pour limiter la fabrication et réglementer la distribution des stupéfiants en date de ce jour, les Plénipotentiaires soussignés, dûment autorisés à cet effet, et au nom de leurs gouvernements respectifs, déclarent être convenus de ce qui suit: Si, à la date du 13 juillet 1933, ladite Convention n’est pas entrée en vigueur conformément aux dispositions de l’article 30, le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations soumettra la situation au Conseil de la Société des Nations, qui pourra, soit convoquer une nouvelle conférence de tous les Membres de la Société des Nations et Etats non membres au nom desquels la Convention aura été signée ou des ratifications ou des adhésions auront été déposées, en vue d’examiner la situation, soit prendre les mesures qu’il considérerait comme nécessaires. Le gouvernement de chaque Membre de la Société des Nations ou Etat non membre signataire ou adhérent s’engage à se faire représenter à toute conférence ainsi convoquée. II. Le Gouvernement du Japon a fait la réserve exprimée ci-dessous, qui est acceptée par les autres Hautes Parties contractantes: La morphine brute produite au cours de la fabrication de l’opium à fumer dans la fabrique du Gouvernement général de Formose et tenue en stock par ce gouvernement, ne sera pas soumise aux mesures de limitation prévues à la présente Convention. Il ne sera retiré de temps à autre de ces stocks de morphine brute que les quantités qui pourront être requises pour la fabrication de la morphine raffinée dans les fabriques munies d’une licence par le Gouvernement japonais conformément aux dispositions de la présente Convention. 1589 PROTOCOL OF SIGNATUREProtocol of signature. I. When signing the Convention for limiting the manufacture and regulating the distribution of narcotic drugs dated this day, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, duly authorised to that effect and in the name of their respective Governments, declare to have agreed as follows: If, on July 13th, 1933, the said Convention is not in force in accordanceAction, if signatures not obtained.*Ante*, p. 1581. with the provisions of Article 30, the Secretary-General of the League of Nations shall bring the situation to the attention of the Council of the League of Nations, which may either convene a new Conference of all the Members of the League and non-member States on whose behalf the Convention has been signed or ratifications or accessions deposited, to consider the situation, or take such measures as it considers necessary. The Government of every signatory or acceding Member of the League of Nations or non-member State undertakes to be present at any Conference so convened. II. The Japanese Government made the following reservation,Reservation by Japan. which is accepted by the other High Contracting Parties: Crude morphine resulting from the manufacture of prepared opium in the factory of the Government-General of Formosa and held in stock by that Government shall not be subjected to the limitation measures provided for in this Convention. Such stocks of crude morphine will only be released from time to time in such quantities as may be required for the manufacture of refined morphine in factories licensed by the Japanese Government in accordance with the provisions of the present Convention. 1590 En foi de quoi lea soussignés ont apposé leur signature au bas du présent protocole. Fait à Genève, le treize juillet mil neuf cent trente et un, en simple expédition qui sera déposée dans les archives du Secrétariat de la Société des Nations; copie conforme en sera transmise à tous les Membres de la Société des Nations et à tous les Etats non membres représentés à la Conférence. 1590 In faith whereof the undersigned have affixed their signatures to this Protocol. Done at Geneva, the thirteenth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-one, in a single copy, which will remain deposited in the archives of the Secretariat of the League of Nations; certified true copies will be transmitted to all Members of the League of Nations and to all non-member States represented at the Conference. Signatures.ALLEMAGNE Signatures.GERMANY Freiherr von Rheinbaben Dr. Kahler ÉTATS-UNIS D’AMÉRIQUE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA John K. Caldwell. Harry J. Ansliger Walter Lewis Treadway. Sanborn Young. RÉPUBLIQUE ARGENTINE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC *Ad referendum.* Fernando Perez. AUTRICHE AUSTRIA Dr E. Pflügl Dr Bruno Schultz BELGIQUE BELGIUM Dr F. de Myttenaere BOLIVIE BOLIVIA M. Cuellar BRÉSIL BRAZIL Raul do Rio Branco GRANDE-BRETAGNE ET IRLANDE DU NORD GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND ainsi que toutes parties de l’Empire britannique non Membres séparés de la Société des Nations. and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate Members of the League of Nations. Malcolm Delevingne CANADA CANADA C. H. L. Sharman. W. A. Riddell INDE INDIA R. P. Paranjpye 1591 CHILISignatures—Contd. CHILESignatures—Contd. Enrique J. Gajardo V. COSTA-RICA COSTA RICA Viriato Figueredo Lora. CUBA CUBA G. de Blanck Dr B. Primelles. DANEMARK DENMARK Gustav Rasmussen. VILLE LIBRE DE DANTZIG FREE CITY OF DANZIG F. Sokal RÉPUBLIQUE DOMINICAINE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Ch. Ackermann EGYPTE EGYPT T. W. Russell ESPAGNE SPAIN Julio Casares ÉTHIOPIE ABYSSINIA Cte Lagarde duc d’Entotto FRANCE FRANCE G. Bourgois GRÈCE GREECE R. Raphaël GUATÉMALA GUATEMALA Luis Martínez Mont. HEDJAZ, NEDJED ET DÉPENDANCES HEJAZ, NEJD AND DEPENDENCIES Hafiz Wahba ITALIE ITALY Cavazzoni Stefano JAPON JAPAN S. Sawada S. Ohdachi LITHUANIE LITHUANIA J. Sakalauskas LUXEMBOURG LUXEMBURG Ch. G. Vermaire MEXIQUE MEXICO S. Martínez de Alva MONACO MONACO C. Hentsch. 1592 Signatures—Contd.PANAMA Signatures—Contd.PANAMA Dr Ernesto Hoffmann. PARAGUAY PARAGUAY R. V. Caballero de Bedoya PAYS-BAS THE NETHERLANDS My signature is subject to the reserve made by me on § 2 of Article 22 in the morning meeting of July 12th, 1931.11 *Traduction du Secrétariat de la Société des Nations:* Ma signature est subordonnée à la réserve faite par moi relativement au paragraphe 2 de l’article 22, à la séance du matin du 12 juillet 1931. v. Wettum PERSE PERSIA A. Sepahbody POLOGNE POLAND Chodźko PORTUGAL PORTUGAL Augusto de Vasconcellos A. M. Ferraz de Andrade ROUMANIE ROUMANIA C. Antoniade. SAINT-MARIN SAN MARINO Ferri Charles Emile SIAM SIAM Damras SUÈDE SWEDEN K. J. Westman SUISSE SWITZERLAND Paul Dinichert Dr H. Carrière URUGUAY URUGUAY Alfredo de Castro VENEZUELA VENEZUELA *Ad referendum* L. G. Chacín Itriago Copie certifiée conforme. Certified true copy. Pour le Secrétaire général: For the Secretary-General: J. A Buero *Conseiller juridique du Secrétariat.* *Legal Adviser of the Secretariat.* 1593 And whereas the ratifications or accessions required under ArticleRatifications, etc.*Ante*, p. 1581. 30 of the said convention for the entry into force thereof, including the ratification by the United States of America, were received by the Secretary General of the League of Nations on or before April 10, 1933,11 The following ratifications and accessions were received by the Secretary General of the League of Nations on or before Apr. 10, 1933: *Ratifications*.—United States of America, Belgium, Canada, Chile, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Egypt, France, Germany, Great Britain, India, Italy, Lithuania, Mexico, Monaco, Persia, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and Uruguay. *Accessions*.— Brazil, Bulgaria, El Salvador, Hungary, Nicaragua, Peru, Sudan, and Turkey. Other ratifications and accessions were received by the Secretary General as follows: *Ratifications*.—Czechoslovakia, Apr. 12, 1933; Free City of Danzig, Apr. 18, 1933; Guatemala, May 1, 1933; the Netherlands (including the Netherland Indies, Surinam, and Curaçao), May 22, 1933; Poland, Apr. 11, 1933; Rumania, Apr. 11, 1933; and San Marino, June 12, 1933. *Accessions*.—Haiti, May 4, 1933, and the Irish Free State, Apr. 11, 1933. and that fact was notified to the Government of the United States of America by the Secretary General, the said convention under the terms of the said article, entered into force on the ninetieth day after April 10, 1933, namely, on July 9, 1933. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof, subject to the reservations declared by the Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America at the time of signature of the said Convention, and included in the instrument of ratification thereof by the United States of America. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this tenth day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State.* July 14, 1933 August 1, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1594 1594 POSTAL AGREEMENT—HELLENIC REPUBLIC. July 14, 1933.⁄August 1, 1933. *Parcel post agreement between the United States of America and the Hellenic Republic with regulations of execution. Signed at Athens, July 14, 1933; at Washington, August 1, 1933; approved by the President, August 8, 1933.* Arrangement entre la République Hellénique et les États-Unis d’Amérique concernant l’Echange des Colis Posteaux Parcel post agreement with the Hellenie Republic.Preamble. Les soussignés, munis des pleins-pouvoirs de leurs Gouvernements respectifs ont, d’un commun accord et sous réserve de ratification par l’autorité supérieure compétente, arrêté l’Arrangement suivant: Article I Objet de l’Arrangement.Object. 1. Territory embraced. Entre les États-Unis d’Amérique (y compris l’Alaska, Puerto Rico, les Iles Vierges, Guam, Samoa et Hawaï), d’une part, et la République Hellénique, d’autre part, il peut être échangé, sous a dénomination de colis postaux, Maximum weight of parcels.des envois jusqu’à concurrence de 22 livres (10 kilogrammes), et des dimensions maxima suivantes: Size. Longueur maximum de 4 pieds (120 cm.), à condition que les colis de plus de 42 pouces (105 cm.), mais ne dépassant pas 44 pouces (110 cm.) de longueur, n’excèdent pas 24 pouces (60 cm.) de pourtour; les colis de plus de 44 pouces (110 cm.), mais ne dépassant pas 46 pouces (115 cm.) de longueur, n’excèdent pas 20 pouces (50 cm.) de pourtour; les colis dépassant 46 pouces (115 cm.), jusqu’à 4 pieds (120 cm.) de longueur, n’excèdent pas 16 pouces (40 cm.) de pourtour; les colis jusqu’à 3½ pieds (105 cm.) de longueur n’excèdent pas 6 pieds de longueur et pourtour ensemble. 1595 2. Les limites de poids et de dimensions précitées peuvent être modifiées d’un commun accord par voie de correspondance. Article II Colis en TransitTransit parcels. 1. Chaque Administration garantitRights guaranteed. la liberté de transit sur son territoire, dans les relations avec les pays avec lesquels elle entretient un échange de colis, pour tout colis originaire ou à destination de l’autre Administration contractante. 2. Les Administrations se notifientNotice. la nomenclature des pays à destination desquels elles acceptent des colis en transit. 3. Pour être acceptés au transit,Other requirements. les colis doivent être conformes aux prescriptions du pays intermédiaire. Article III Affranchissement. Taxes.Postage, etc. 1. L’Administration du paysCollecting, from sender. d’origine est autorisée à percevoir sur l’expéditeur de chaque colis, suivant les prescriptions en vigueur dans son service, les taxes de transport, les taxes à la valeur, ainsi que les droits pour les avis de réception et les recherches. 2. Les taxes et droits prévus auPrepayment. Paragraphe 1 doivent être payés d’avance, sauf en cas de réexpédition ou de renvoi des colis. 3. Il ne peut être perçu aucunRestriction. droit et aucune taxe autres que ceux prévus par le présent Arrangement ou par son Règlement d’Exécution. Article IV Conditionnement des Colis.Preparing parcels. Chaque colis doit être emballéPacking requirements. d’une manière qui répond à la durée du transport et qui préserve le contenu, ainsi qu’il est prescrit par le Règlement d’Exécution. 1596 Article V Interdictions. 1. Prohibitions. Il est interdit d’insérer dans les colis postaux: a) Letters, etc. des communications ou des notes ayant le caractère de lettres. Il est cependant permis d’insérer dans l’envoi la facture ouverte réduite à ses énonciations constitutives, de même qu’une simple copie de l’adresse du colis, avec mention de l’adresse de l’expéditeur. b) Article with different address. un objet portant une adresse autre que celle du destinataire de l’envoi; c) Live animals. des animaux vivants, à l’exception des sangsues; d) Nonadmissible. des objets dont l’admission est interdite par les lois ou règlements de douane ou autres de l'un ou l’autre des pays; e) Explosives. des matières explosibles ou inflammables, et, d’une manière générale, des objets dont le transport est dangereux; y compris les objets qui, par leur nature ou par leur emballage, peuvent constituer une source de danger pour les employés de la poste, ou salir ou endommager des autres colis. f) Obscene, etc., articles. Les objets obscènes ou immoraux. 2. Erroneously handled, etc. Si des colis tombant sous l’une de ces interdictions ont été admis à. tort à l’expédition, l’Administration qui en fait la constatation les traite suivant sa législation et ses règlements intérieures. Les matières explosives ou inflammables, ainsi que les documents, portraits, ou autres objets portant atteinte aux bonnes moeurs du public, peuvent être détruites sur place par l’Administration qui les a trouvées dans les courriers. Parcel containing a letter. Le fait qu’un colis continent une lettre ou une communication ayant le caractère d’une lettre ne peut en aucun cas entraîner le retour à l’expéditeur d’un colis. La lettre est toutefois taxée en vue de la perception du destinataire de l’affranchissement dû, selon le tarif régulier. 1597 3. Les deux Administrations seList of prohibited articles to be published. communiquent, au moyen de la “Liste des Objets Interdits” publiée par le Bureau International de l’Union Postale Universelle, la nomenclature de tous les objets interdits. Toutefois, elles n’assument de ce chef aucune responsabilité envers les organes de la douane ou de la police ou envers l’expéditeur. Article VI. *Assurance.*Insurance. Les colis peuvent être assurés Maximum amount.jusqu’au montant de 500 francs-or ou l’équivalent en monnaie du pays d’origine. Cependant, les Chefs des Administrations Postales des deux pays contractants peuvent, d’un commun accord, augmenter ou diminuer ce montant maximum d’assurance. Un colis ne peut donner lieu au Limitation.payement d’une indemnité supérieure à la valeur réelle de son contenu, mais il est loisible de l’assurer pour une partie de cette valeur seulement. Article VII. *Responsabilité. Indemnité.*Responsibility, etc. 1. Les Administrations Postales No indemnity for loss of ordinary parcel.des deux pays contractants ne seront pas responsables de la perte, de l’abstraction ou du dommage d’un colis ordinaire; mais l’une ou l’autre des Administrations est libre de payer indemnité pour la perte, l’abstraction ou le dommage qui ait eu lieu dans son service, sans recours contre l’autre Administration. Sauf dans les cas mentionnés Allowances to sender.au paragraphe suivant, les Administrations sont responsables de la perte des colis assurés déposés dans l’un des deux pays contractants pour être livrés dans l’autre, et pour la perte, l’abstraction ou le dommage de leur contenu ou une partie de tel contenu. L’expéditeur ou un autre ayantdroit a le droit, de ce chef, à une indemnité qui corresponde au montant réel de la perte, de l’abstraction ou du dommage. Le montant Basis.de l’indemnité est calculé sur la1598 ase de la valeur réelle (le prix courant, ou, à son défaut, la valeur ordinaire appréciée) au lieu et à l’époque où le colis a été accepté au transport; pourvu que l’indemnité ne puisse en aucun Restriction.cas être supérieure à la somme pour laquelle le colis a été assuré, sur laquelle la taxe à la valeur a été perçue, ni au maximum de 100 dollars (500 francs-or). Postage reimbursement on lost parcel.Dans le cas où l’indemnité est payable pour la perte d’un colis ou pour la destruction ou abstraction de son contenu entier, l’expéditeur a le droit à la restitution des taxes postales, sur demande. Toutefois, les droits d’assurance ne sont remboursés dans aucun cas. Parcel originating in a country not a party hereto.Sauf arrangement spécial contraire entre les pays intéressés, aucune indemnité ne sera payée par l’un ou l’autre des pays pour la perte de colis assurés en transit originaires d’un pays qui ne participe pas à cet Arrangement, à destination de l’un des deux pays contractants. Parcels forwarded to a third country.Lorsqu’un colis avec valeur déclarée provenant d’un pays et destiné à être remis dans l’autre pays est réexpédié de là sur un tiers pays ou y est renvoyé à la demande de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire, l’ayantdroit à l’indemnité, en cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie survenue subséquemment à la réexpédition ou au renvoi du colis par le pays de l’adresse primitive, ne peut prétendre, le cas échéant, qu’à l’indemnité que consent à verser ou—suivant l’entente intervenue entre les pays intéressés directement à la réexpédition ou au renvoi—que doit payer le pays où le fait s’est produit. Chacun des deux pays signataires du présent Arrangement qui réexpédie à tort Responsibility for error.un colis avec valeur déclarée sur un tiers pays, est responsable envers l’expéditeur dans la même mesure que le pays d’origine, donc dans les limites du présent Arrangement. 1599 2. Les Administrations sont dégagées Release in certain cases.de toute responsabilité:
(a)En cas de colis dont les destinataires Unconditional acceptance.ont pris livraison sans réserves.
(b)En cas de perte ou d’avarie Loss, etc., through force majeure.due à la force majeure; bien que chacune des Administrations puisse, de son gré et sans recours contre l’autre Administration, payer indemnité pour la perte ou l’avarie due à la force majeure, même si l’Administration du pays dans le service duquel la perte ou l’avarie a eu lieu reconnait que le dommage a été causé par la force majeure.
(c)Lorsqu’elles ne sont pas à Destruction of official documents.même de se rendre compte des colis à la suite de la destruction des documents officiels due à la force majeure.
(d)Lorsque le dommage s’est Damage through fault of sender, addressee, etc.produit par la faute ou la négligence de l’expéditeur, du destinataire, ou du représentant de l’un ou l’autre, ou lorsqu’il est dû à la nature de l’envoi.
(e)Pour les colis qui contiennent Prohibited articles.des objets interdits.
(f)Au cas où l’expéditeur d’un Declared above real value.colis assuré, avec intention frauduleuse, déclare le contenu avec une valeur supérieure à sa valeur réelle; cette règle ne porte préjudice à aucun poursuit judiciaire nécessité par la législation du pays d’origine.
(g)Pour les colis saisis par la Seized, because of false declaration.douane à la suite d’une fausse déclaration de leur contenu.
(h)Lorsqu’une réclamation ou No claim made within a year.une application d’indemnité n’a pas été présentée par le réclamant ou son agent dans la période d’un an à compter du lendemain du dépôt du colis assuré.
(i)Pour les colis qui contiennent Matter of no intrinsic value, etc.des objets sans valeur intrinsèque ou des objets périssables, ou des objets qui ne remplissaient pas les stipulations de cet Arrangement, ou qui n’avaient pas été mis à la poste de la manière prescrite; mais le pays responsable de la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie pourra payer indemnité du chef de tels colis sans recours contre l’autre Administration. 1600 3. Indirect loss, etc. Il n’est pas payé d’indem nité pour les dommages indirects ou les bénéfices non réalisés résultant de la perte, de la spoliation, de l’avarie, de la nonlivraison, de la remise à une fausse adresse ou du retard d’un colis assuré expédié d’après les conditions du présent Arrangement. 4. Indemnity payment. Le payement de l’indemnité pour un colis assuré sera effectué à l’ayantdroit aussitôt que possible, et au plus tard dans le délai d’un an à compter du lendemain du jour où la réclamation est présentée. Deferred in exceptional cases.Toutefois, l’Administration postale payeuse peut exceptionnellement différer le payement de l’indemnité pour une période plus longue que celle stipulée si, à l’expiration dudit délai, elle n’a pu établir le sort de l’objet dont il s’agit ni la responsabilité encourue. 5. Payment by country of origin if country of destination delays 9 months. Sauf les cas où le payement est exceptionellement différé en conformité avec le deuxième alinéa du paragraphe précédent, l’Administration postale qui se charge du payement de la compensation est autorisée à payer ’indemnité pour le compte de ’Office qui, ayant été dûment notifié de la demande d’indemnité, a laissé s’écouler neuf mois sans donner de solution à l’affaire. 6. Country responsible. L’obligation de payer l’indemnité incombe à l’Administration postale dont dépend le bureau d’origine, pourvu qu’au cas où l’indemnité est payée au destinataire selon le premier alinéa du paragraphe 1, elle incombe à l’Administration postale de destination. Repayment.L’Administration payeuse se réserve le droit de soumettre une demande de remboursement à l’Administration responsable. Par le fait du payement de l’indemnité, et jusqu’à concurrence du montant de telle indemnité, l’Administration responsable est subrogée dans les droits de la personne qui l’à reçue, pour1601 tout recours éventuel, soit contre le destinataire, soit contre l’expéditeur ou contre des tiers. Cependant, si des colis considérés comme perdus sont retrouvés, totalement ou partiellement, la personne à qui l’indemnité a été payée sera ad visée qu’elle peut reprendre possession de l’envoi contre restitution du montant de l’indemnité qui lui a été payée. 7. Jusqu’à preuve du contraire, Responsibility upon receiving country unable to show disposition.la responsabilité pour un colis assuré incombe à l’Administration qui, ayant reçu le colis sans formuler de réserves et étant mis en possession de tous les moyens réglementaires d’investigation, ne peut établir le sort du colis. 8. Lorsque la perte, la spoliation Dispatching office responsible if loss discovered by receiving office.ou l’avarie d’un colis avec valeur déclarée est constatée lors de l’ouverture du récipient par le bureau d’échange réceptionnaire et a été signalée régulièrement au bureau d’échange expéditeur, la responsabilité incombe à l’Administration dont dépend ce dernier bureau, à moins qu’il ne soit prouvé que le fait s’est accompli sur le territoire de l’Administration réceptionnaire. 9. Si la perte, la spoliation ou Loss, etc., in transit.l’avarie s’est produite en cours de transport sans qu’il soit possible d’établir sur le territoire ou dans le service de quel pays le fait s’est accompli, les Offices en cause supportent le dommage par parts égales. 10. Le pays responsable de la perte, de la Repayment to country paying.spoliation ou de l’avarie et pour le compte duquel le payement est effectué, est tenu de rembourser le montant de l’indemnité au pays ayant effectué le payement. Ce remboursement Time limitations.doit avoir lieu sans retard et, au plus tard, dans le délai de 9 mois après notification du payement. 11. Ces remboursements au No expense to creditor.pays créditeur doivent être effectués sans frais pour cet Office, soit par mandat de poste, soit par traite, en monnaie ayant cours1602 dans le pays créditeur ou par tout autre procédé à convenir mutuellement par voie de correspondance. 12. Gold basis. Le remboursement des indemnités doit s’effectuer sur la base de la monnaie-or. 13. Transit insured parcels. Sauf entente contraire entre les pays intéressés, entente qui peut intervenir par voie de correspondance, aucune indemnité ne sera payée pour la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie de colis avec valeur déclarée en transit, c’estàdire pour des colis avec valeur déclarée originaires de l’un des deux pays contractants à destination de pays ne participant pas au présent Arrangement, ou pour des colis originaires d’un pays ne participant pas à cet Arrangement à destination de l’un des deux pays contractants. 14. Defects in packing, etc. L’expéditeur est responsable des défectuosités de remballage et de l’insuffisance de la fermeture et des cachets des colis avec valeur déclarée. D’autre part, les deux Administrations sont dégagées de toute responsabilité en cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie causée par des défectuosités non remarquées au moment du dépôt. Article VIII *Certificat de Dépôt. Récépissés.*Certificate of mailing.Furnished sender on request. Sur demande, l’expéditeur d’un colis ordinaire peut obtenir un certificat au moment du dépôt du colis. Chaque pays a le droit de percevoir une taxe raisonnable pour tel certificat. Receipt.L’expéditeur d’un colis avec valeur déclarée recevra, sans charge, au moment de dépôt, un récépissé y relatif. Article IX Return receipts and inquiries.Ais de Réception et Feuilles de Recherches. 1. Fee. L’expéditeur d’un colis avec valeur déclarée peut obtenir un avis de réception contre payement du droit prévu dans le pays d’orgine, et dans les conditions établies par le Règlement. 1603 2. Un droit, queInquiry charges. l’Administration d’origine fixe à sa convenance, peut être perçu pour toute réclamation présentée après l’expédition soit d’un colis ordinaire, soit d’un colis avec valeur déclarée, à moins que l’expéditeur n’ait déjà acquitté le droit spécial pour un avis de réception. Le pays d’origine a égalementIrregularity corrections. la faculté de percevoir un droit lorsqu’il s’agit de redresser une irrégularité qui n’est pas imputable à la poste. Article X Retrait et modification d’adresse. L’expéditeur d’un colis peut leReturn and change of address. faire retirer du service ou en faire modifier l’adresse tant que cet envoi n’a pas été remis au destinataire. Les demandes de retrait ou de modification d’adresse sont soumises aux prescriptions en vigueur dans le service intérieur des deux Administrations contractantes. Elles doivent être transmises à l’Administration centrale ou à tels autres bureaux qui pourraient être désignés par voie de correspondance. Article XI Droits de Douane. 1. Les colis sont soumis àDuties imposed by country of destination. toutes les prescriptions et dispositions douanières en vigueur dans le pays de destination. Les droits exigibles de ce chef sont perçus sur le destinataire lors de la remise du colis, suivant le règlement des douanes. 2. Les Administrations peuventPrepayment arrangements. s’entendre spécialement par voie de correspondance pour l’échange de colis avec bulletin d’affranchissement. Article XII Annulations des Droits de Douane. Si les formalités exigées parCancellation, if returned or redirected. l’autorité douanière ont été remplies, les droits de douane proprement dits sont annulés, dans la République Hellénique et aux1604Etats-Unis d’Amérique, sur les colis renvoyés à l’origine ou réexpédiés sur un tiers pays. Article XIII Droits de dédouanement, de factage et de magasinage. 1. Customs clearance, delivery and storage charges. L’Administration du pays de destination peut percevoir sur le destinataire, pour l’accomplissement des formalités en douane et la remise à domicile, un droit qui ne peut excéder 20 cents (100 centimes-or) par colis, ainsi qu’un droit supplémentaire jusqu’à concurrence de 10 cents (50 centimes-or) par colis pour chaque nouvelle présentation, lorsque la première présentation est restée infructueuse. 2. Chaque Administration est autorisée à percevoir un droit de magasinage convenable pour les colis adressés “Poste Restante” ou pour ceux qui ne sont pas retirés dans le délai qu’elle a fixé. Ce droit ne peut toutefois excéder 1 dollar (5 francs-or) par colis. Article XIV Missent parcels.Colis envoyés en fausse direction. Provisions for ordinary parcels.Les colis ordinaires envoyés en fausse direction sont réexpédiés sur leur véritable destination par la voie la plus directe dont peut disposer l’Administration réexpéditrice. Ils ne peuvent pas être frappés de droits de douane Insured mail.ou autres par cette Administration. Les colis avec valeur déclarée envoyés en fausse direction ne peuvent être réexpédiés que comme tels sur leur destination. En cas d’impossibilité, ils sont renvoyés à l’origine. Refund, if parcel returned.Lorsque la réexpédition entraîne le retour du colis au bureau d’origine, l’Administration réexjéditrice rembourse audit bureau es bonifications reçues et signale l’erreur par un Bulletin de Vérification. Reforwarding to a third country.Quand la réexpédition entraîne l’acheminement d’un colis à un pays tiers, et si le montant crédité à l’Administration réexpédi1605trice est insuffisant pour couvrir les frais de la réexpédition qu’elle doit payer, l’Administration réexpéditrice alloue à l’Administration sur laquelle elle réexpédie le colis les bonifications qui sont dues à celleci; ensuite elle recouvre le montant de l’insuffisance en le réclamant du bureau d'échange duquel le colis en fausse direction a été reçu. La raison de cette réclamation est notifiée audit bureau d’échange au moyen d’un bulletin de verification. Article XV Réexpédition. 1. Un colis peut être réexpédiéRedirection allowed. à la suite du changement d’adresse du destinataire dans le pays de destination, sur la demande soit de l’expéditeur soit du destinataire. La réexpédition d’un colis dansAdditional charges. l’intérieur d’un des pays contractants donne lieu à la perception des taxes supplémentaires prévues par l’Administration de ce pays. Il en est de même, le cas échéant, en ce qui concerne la remise de ce colis à une autre personne au lieu de destination primitif. Ces taxes no seront pas annullées, même au cas où le colis est renvoyé à l’origine ou réexpédié sur un autre pays. 2. Si un colis doit être réexpédié sur un des deux pays signataires du présent Arrangement, il est passible des nouvelles taxes de transport, et, le cas échéant, de la taxe à la valeur, à moins que ces taxes n’aient pas été payées d’avance. Les nouveaux droits sont perçus sur le destinataire par l’Administration qui effectue la remise. Les colis avec valeur déclarée doivent être réexpédiés comme tels. 3. Sur demande de l’expéditeurForwarding, etc., to another country. ou du destinataire, les colis peuvent aussi être réexpédiés sur un autre pays ou y être renvoyés. Les colis avec valeur déclarée ne peuvent cependant être réexpédiés ou renvoyés que commeForbidden, if so instructed. tels. Les expéditeurs peuvent1606revêtir les colis de la mention “Ne pas réexpédier sur un tiers pays.” Dans ce cas, les colis ne doivent être réexpédiés sur aucun autre pays. En cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie d’un colis avec valeur déclarée réexpédié *Ante*, p. 1597.sur un tiers pays ou renvoyé par ce pays, l’indemnité est déterminée exclusivement d'après les dispositions de l’Article VII, Paragraphe 1, 5ième alinéa, du présent Arrangement. Article XVI. *Non-Livraison.*Nondelivery. 1. Provisions governing. Les colis tombés en rebut, renvoyés à l’expéditeur, sont passibles des nouveaux frais de transport, ainsi que, le cas échéant, de la taxe à la valeur, et sont renvoyés comme colis de la même catégorie qu’à l’aller. Les taxes sont exigibles de l’expéditeur et perçues par l’Administration qui lui rend les colis. 2. Requests allowed. Au moment du dépôt, l’expéditeur peut demander, pour le cas de nonremise:
(a)que le colis lui soit immédiatement renvoyé,
(b)qu’il soit considéré comme abandonné,
(c)qu’il soit remis à une autre personne dans le pays de destination. Marks. Si l’expéditeur use de cette faculté, il doit revêtir le colis et le bulletin d’expédition d’une des mentions suivantes: “En cas de nonremise, le coEs doit être renvoyé immédiatement”; “En cas de nonremise, le colis doit être considéré comme abandonné”; “En cas de nonremise, le coEs doit être délivré à _”. Aucune mention autre que celles prévues cidessus n’est admise. 3. Time for returning undeliverable parcels. Sauf disposition contraire, les colis tombés en rebut sont renvoyés à l’origine sans avis préalable 30 jours après leur arrivée au bureau de destination. Les colis que le destinataire refuse d’accepter doivent être renvoyés im1607 mediatément. Dans tous les cas, le motif de la nonremise doit être indiqué sur le colis ainsi que sur le bulletin d’expédition. 4. Les colis sujets à détérioration ou à corruption peuvent être vendus immédiatement, même en route, à l’aller ou au retour, sans avis préalable, et sans formalité judiciaire, au profit de qui de droit. Si, pour une cause quelconque, la vente est impossible, les objets détériorés ou corrompus sont détruits. La vente ou la destruction donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal qui est envoyé à 1’Administration d’origine. 5. Les colis tombés en rebut dont l’expéditeur a fait abandon, peuvent, à l’expiration du délai de 30 jours, être vendus au profit de l’Administration du pays de destination. Toutefois, s’il s’agit d’un colis avec valeur déclarée, il est dressé un procès-verbal qui doit être envoyé à l’Administration du pays d’origine. De même, l’Administration du pays d’origine doit être avisée, lorsqu’un colis avec valeur déclarée tombé en rebut, n’est pas renvoyé à l’origine. 6. Les stipulations de l’Article XVII, Paragraphe 3, s’appliqueront à un colis qui est retourné à la suite de nonlivraison. Article XVII *Bonification des taxes.*Charges. 1. Pour chaque colis échangéExchange credits. entre les pays contractants, l’Office expéditeur bonifie à l’Office destinataire les quotes-parts revenant à ce dernier, et indiquées*Post*, p. 1618. dans le Règlement d’exécution. 2. Les sommes à bonifier pourTransit credits. un colis en transit, c’estàdire à destination soit d’une possession, soit d’un tiers pays, sont indiquées de même dans le Règlement d’exécution. 3. En cas de réexpédition ouReforwarding, etc. retour à l’origine d’un colis, si des nouvelles taxes d’affranchissement, et, s’il s’agit de colis assurés,1608 des nouveaux droits d'assurance, sont perçus par l’Office réexpéditeur, le colis est traité comme s’il avait originé dans ce pays. Autrement, l’Office réex- péditcur recouvre de l’autre Office la quote-part qui lui est due, c’estàdire, suivant le cas:
(a)les taxes prescrites par le paragraphe 1 cidessus;
(b)les taxes de réexpédition ou retour. Parcels to a third country. En cas de réexpédition ou retour à un tiers pays, les frais totaux, à savoir, celles des taxes mentionées sous
(a)et
(b)cidessus qui sont applicables, suivront le colis, mais au cas où le pays tiers intéressé refuse d’assumer les frais parce qu’ils ne peuvent être perçus du destinataire ou de l’expéditeur, suivant le cas, ou pour une autre raison quelconque, ils seront portés de nouveau à la charge du pays d’origine. Au cas d’un colis renvoyé ou réexpédié en transit à travers de l’une Administration sur l’autre, l’Administration intermédiaire pourra exiger aussi la somme qui lui est due pour tout autre service territorial ou maritime effectué, ainsi que tous montants dûs a une autre ou des autres Administrations quelconques qui sont intéressées. Article XVIII *Colis-Avion.* Air parcels. Les Chefs des Administrations Postales des deux pays contractants ont le droit de fixer, d’un commun accord, la surtaxe aérienne et les autres conditions, au cas où les colis sont transportés par voie aérienne. Article XIX *Suspension Temporaire du Service.* Temporary suspension of service. Lorsque des circonstances extraordinaires justifient la mesure, l’une ou l’autre des Administrations peut suspendre le service des colis postaux temporairement et d’une manière générale ou partielle, pourvu qu’elle1609 en donne immédiatement avis à l’autre Administration, au besoin par télégraphe. Article XX *Dispositions non prévues par le Présent Arrangement.*Matters not provided for. 1. À moins qu’elles ne soientApplication of other conventions. réglées par le présent Arrangement toutes les questions concernant les demandes de retrait ou de renvoi des colis, et l’établissement et le renvoi des avis de réception et le règlement des demandes d’indemnité pour les colis assurés, seront traitées suivantVol. 46, p. 2523. les dispositions de la Convention postale universelle et de son Règlement d’exécution, en tant que cellesci sont applicables et ne sont pas contraires à celles qui précèdent. Si le cas n’est prévu nulle part, la législation interne des EtatsUnis d’Amérique ou de la République Hellénique, ou les décisions prises par l’un ou l’autre des pays, sont applicables dans le pays respectif. 2. Les détails relatifs à l’applicationFurther provisions authorized. du présent Arrangement seront fixés par les deux Administrations dans un Règlement d’exécution dont les dispositions pourront être modifiées ou complétées d’un commun accord par voie de correspondance. Un même accord par voie de correspondance pourra intervenir en vue de l’échange de colis contre remboursement. 3. Les deux Administrations seExchange of regulations, etc. notifient mutuellement leurs lois, ordonnances et tarifs concernant l’échange des colis postaux, ainsi que toutes les modifications de taxes qui y seraient introduites dans la suite. Article XXI *Durée de l’Arrangement.*Duration of Agreement. 1. Le présent Arrangement,Prior agreement abrogated.Vol. 38, p. 1744, repealed. qui remplace et abroge celui signé à Athènes, le 28 Mai/10 Juin et à Washington, le 8 Juillet, 1913, entrera en vigueur après avoirEffective date. été ratifié par les parties contractantes. 1610 Provisional application. Toutefois, il est loisible aux deux Administrations de l’appliquer provisoirement dès le 1er Juin, 1933. 2. Duration. Il déployera ses effets aussi longtemps qu’il n’aura pas été dénoncé 6 mois à l’avance par l’une ou l’autre des deux Administrations. Insured parcel restriction. Chacune des deux Administrations est autorisée à supprimer totalement ou partiellement le service des colis avec valeur déclarée ou à le restreindre à quelques bureaux, si des motifs spéciaux nécessitaient cette mesure et sous la réserve d’en informer préalablement l’autre Administration. Le cas échéant, la notification doit en être faite par la voie la plus rapide. Signatures. Fait en double expédition et signé à Washington, le 1er Août, et à Athénes, le 14 Juillet 1933. *Le Directeur Général des Postes, Télégraphes et Téléphones de la République Hellénique.* [seal] C Theofanopoulos Agreement between the Hellenic Republic and the United States of America concerning the Exchange of Parcel Post Parcel post agreement with the Hellenic Republic.Preamble. The undersigned, provided with full powers by their respective Governments, have, by common consent and subject to ratification by the competent superior authorities, drawn up the following Agreement: Article I Object.Object of the Agreement. 1. Territory embraced. Between the United States of America (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii), on one hand, and the Hellenic Republic, on the other hand, there may be exchanged under the Maximum weight of parcels.denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the weight limit of 22 pounds (10 kilograms), and the following maximum dimensions: Size.Greatest length 4 feet (120 cm.), on condition that parcels over 42 inches (105 cm.) but not over 44 inches (110 cm.) long do not exceed 24 inches (60 cm.) in girth; that parcels over 44 inches (110 cm.) but not over 46 inches (115 cm.) long do not exceed 20 inches (50 cm.) in girth; that parcels over 46 inches (115 cm.) but not over 4 feet (120 cm.) long do not exceed 16 inches (40 cm.) in girth; and that parcels up to 3½ feet (105 cm.) in length do not exceed 6 feet (180 cm.) in length and girth combined. 1595 2. The above-mentioned weight limits and maximum dimensions may be changed by an agreement made by correspondence. Article II Transit ParcelsTransit parcels. 1. Each Administration guaranteesRights guaranteed. liberty of transit over its territory, in relations with countries with which it maintains an exchange of parcels, for every parcel originating in or destined for the other contracting Administration. 2. The Administrations notifyNotice.each other as to the countries of destination for which they accept parcels in transit. 3. To be accepted in transit,Other requirements. parcels must be in conformity with the provisions of the intermediate country. Article III Postage and Fees.>Postage, etc. 1. The Administration of theCollecting, from sender. country of origin is authorized to collect from the sender of each parcel, in accordance with the provisions in force in its service, the postage charges and insurance fees, as well as the fees for return receipts and inquiries. 2. The charges and fees providedPrepayment. for in Section 1 must be paid in advance, save in case of reforwarding or return of parcels. 3. No fee or postage chargeRestriction. other than those provided for by the present Agreement or its Regulations of Execution may be collected. Article IV Preparation off Parcels.Preparing parcels. Every parcel shall be packed in Packing requirements.a manner adequate for the length of the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the Regulations of Execution. 1596 Article V Prohibitions. 1. Prohibitions.It is forbidden to inclose in parcels: a) Letters, etc. Communications or notes having the character of letters. It is permissible, however, to enclose in the parcel the open invoice reduced to its essential features, as well as a simple copy of the address of the parcel with mention of the address of the sender. b) Article with different address. An article bearing an address other than that of the addressee of the parcel. c) Live animals. Live annuals, except leeches. d) Nonadmissible. Articles whose admission is forbidden by the customs or other laws or regulations of either country. e) Explosives.Explosive or inflammable articles, and, in general, all articles whose transportation is dangerous, including articles which from their nature or packing may be a source of danger to postal employees, or may soil or damage other parcels. f) Obscene, etc., articles. Obscene or immoral articles. 2. Erroneously handled, etc., If parcels coming under one of these prohibitions have been wrongly accepted for mailing, the Administration detecting them treats them in accordance with its domestic laws and regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures or other articles injurious to public morals, may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the mails. Parcel containing a letter.The fact that a parcel contains a letter or a communication having the nature of a letter may not in any case entail the return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for the collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. 1597 3. The two Administrations adviseList of prohibited articles to be published. each other, by means of the List of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they do not assume, on that account, any responsibility toward the customs or police authorities or the sender. Article VI. *Insurance.*Insurance. Parcels may be insured up toMaximum amount. the amount of 500 gold francs or its equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. However, the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease this maximum amount of insurance. A parcel cannot give rise to theLimitation. payment of an indemnity higher than the actual value of its contents, but it is permissible to insure it for only part of that value. Article VII. *Responsibility. Indemnity.*Responsibility, etc, 1. The Postal AdministrationsNo indemnity for loss of ordinary parcel. of the two contracting countries will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction or damage of an ordinary parcel; but either Administration is at liberty to pay indemnity for the loss, abstraction or damage which may occur in its service, without recourse to the other Administration. Except in the cases mentioned Allowance to sender. in the Section following, the Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction of or damage to their contents, or a part thereof. The sender, or other rightful claimant, is entitled on this account to an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction or damage. TheBasis. amount of indemnity is calcu-1598lated on the basis of the actual value (current price, or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value) at the place where and the time when the parcel was accepted for mailing, Restriction.provided in any case that the indemnity may not be greater than the amount for which the parcel was insured, and on which the insurance fee has been collected or the maximum amount of $100.00 (500 gold francs). Postage reimbursement on lost parcel.In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to the return of the postal charges, if claimed. However, the insurance fees are not in any case returned. Parcel originating in a country not a party hereto.In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the countries involved, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss of transit insured parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries. Parcels forwarded to a third country.When an insured parcel originating in one country and destined to be delivered in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country, at the request of the sender or of the addressee, the party entitled to the indemnity in case of loss, rifling or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such a case, only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obligated to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or Responsibility for error.return. Either of the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. 1599 2. The Administrations are reRelease in certain cases.lieved of all responsibility.
(a)In case of parcels of whichUnconditional acceptance. the addressee has accepted delivery without reservation.
(b)In case of loss or damageLoss, etc., through force majeure. through force majeure (causes beyond control) although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure.
(c)When they are unable toDestruction of official documents. account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure.
(d)When the damage has beenDamage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. caused by the fault or negligence of the sender or the addressee or the representative of either, or when it is due to the nature of the article.
(e)For parcels which containProhibited articles. prohibited articles.
(f)In case the sender of an inDeclared above real value.sured parcel, with intent to defraud, shall declare the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings.
(g)For parcels seized by theSeized, because of false declaration. customs because of false declaration of contents.
(h)When no inquiry or applicaNo claim made within a year.tion for indemnity has been made by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel.
(i)For parcels which containMatter of no intrinsic value, etc. matter of no intrinsic value or perishable matter or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement or which were not posted in the manner prescribed, but the country responsible for the loss, rilling or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. 1600 3. Inderect loss, etc. No indemnity is paid for indirect damages or loss of profits resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, non-delivery, misdelivery or delay of an insured parcel dispatched in accordance with the conditions of the present Agreement. 4. Indemnity payment. The payment of compensation for an insured parcel shall be made to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. Deferred in exceptional cases.However, the paying Postal Administration may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 5. Payment by country of origin if country of destination delays 9 months. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes the payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Office, which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. 6. Country responsible. The obligation of paying the indemnity shall rest with the Postal Administration to which the mailing office is subordinate, provided that in cases where the indemnity is paid to the addressee in accordance with the second paragraph of Section 1, it shall rest with the Postal Administration of destination. Repayment.The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. By the fact of the payment of the indemnity, and up to the amount of such indemnity, the responsible Administration is subrogated to the rights of the person who has received the indem-1601nity for all eventual recourse against either the addressee, the sender, or third parties. However, if parcels considered as lost are subsequently found again, in whole or in part, the person to whom the indemnity has been paid will be informed that he may regain possession of the recovered article by repaying the amount of the indemnity which has been paid to him. 7. Until the contrary is proved,Responsibility upon receiving country unable to show disposition. responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parce’ without making any reservations, and being put in possession of all the regulation means of investigation, can not establish the disposal of the parcel. 8. When the loss, rifling orDispatching office responsible if loss discovered by receiving office. damage of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls on the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless it be proved that the irregularity occurred on the territory of the receiving Administration. 9. If the loss, rifling or damageLoss, etc., in transit. has taken place in the course of transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of which country the act took place, the Offices involved bear the loss in equal shares. 10. The country responsible forRepayment to country paying. the loss, rifling or damage, and on whose account the payment is effected, is bound to repay the amount of the indemnity to the country which has effected the payment. This reimbursementTime limitation. must take place without delay, and at the latest within the period of 9 months after notification of payment. 11. These repayments to theNo expense to creditor. creditor country must be made without expense for that Office, by money order or draft, in money valid in the creditor country or1602in any other way to be agreed upon mutually by correspondence. 12. Gold basis. The reimbursement of the indemnities must be effected on the basis of gold money. 13. Transit insured parcels. Barring contrary agreement between the countries concerned, which agreement may be made by correspondence, no indemnity will be paid for the loss, rifling or damage of an insured parcel in transit, i.e., for insured parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for countries not participating in the present Agreement, or for parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries. 14. Deflects in packing, etc. The sender is responsible for defects in the packing and insufficiency in the closing and the seals of insured parcels. Moreover, the two Administrations are released from all responsibility in case of loss, rifling or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. Article VIII *Certificate of Mailing. Receipts.*Certificate of mailing.Furnished sender on request On request, the sender of an ordinary parcel may obtain a certificate at the time of mailing the parcel. Each country has the right to collect a reasonable fee therefor. Receipt.The sender of an insured parcel receives without charge, at the time of posting, a receipt for his parcel. Article IX Return receipts and inquiries.Return Receipts and Inquiries. 1. Fee. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain a return receipt upon payment of the fee provided for in the country of origin, and under the conditions laid down in the Regulations. 1603 2. A charge, which theInquiry charges. Administration of origin fixes at its convenience, may be collected for every inquiry presented after mailing an ordinary or insured parcel, unless the sender has already paid the special fee for a return receipt. The country of origin also hasIrregularity corrections. the option of collecting a fee when it is a question of correcting an irregularity which is not the fault of the postal service. Article X Return and Change of Address. The sender of a parcel may haveReturn and change of address. it returned or have its address changed provided that it has not been delivered to the addressee. The requests for return or change of address are subject to the provisions in force in the domestic service of the two contracting Administrations. They must be sent to the Central Administration, or to such other offices as may be designated by way of correspondence. Article XI Customs Duties. 1. The parcels are subject toDuties imposed by country of destination. all customs laws and regulations in force in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel, in accordance with the customs regulations. 2. The Administrations mayPrepayment arrangements. come to a special agreement, by way of correspondence, for the exchange of parcels with prepayment bulletins. Article XII Cancellation of Customs Duties. If the formalities required byCancellation, if returned or redirected. the customs authorities have been fulfilled, the customs duties properly so-called are canceled, in the Hellenic Republic and the United1604States of America, on parcels returned to origin or reforwarded to a third country. Article XIII Customs-Clearance, Delivery and Storage Charges. 1. Customs clearance, delivery and storage charges. The Administration of the country of destination may collect from the addressee, for the fulfillment of customs formalities and delivery at his residence, a charge not exceeding 20 cents (100 gold centimes) per parcel, as well as a supplementary charge of 10 cents (50 gold centimes) per parcel for each new presentation when the first presentation has been unsuccessful. 2. Each Administration is authorized to collect a suitable storage charge for parcels addressed “Poste Restante” or which are not withdrawn within the period which it has fixed. This charge may not, however, exceed I dollar (5 gold francs) per parcel. Article XIV Missent parcels.Missent Parcels. Provisions for ordinary parcels.Ordinary parcels when missent are reforwarded to their true destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration. They must not be charged with customs or other charges by that Insured mail.Administration. Insured parcels, when missent, may not be reforwarded to their destination except as such. If this is impossible, they are returned to origin. Refund, if parcel returned.When the reforwarding involves the return of the parcel to the office of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a Bulletin of Verification. Reforwarding to a third country.When the reforwarding involves the dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting1605Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration allows to the Administration to which it forwards the parcel the credits due it; it then recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a Bulletin of Verification. Article XV Reforwarding. 1. A parcel may be redirectedRedirection allowed. in consequence of the addressee’s change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. The reforwarding of a parcelAdditional charges. within one of the contracting countries gives rise to the collection of the supplementary charges provided for by the Administration of that country. The same is true, if occasion arises, in regard to the delivery of such parcel to another person at the original place of destination. These charges shall not be cancelled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or reforwarded to another country. 2. If a parcel must be reforwarded to one of the two countries signatory to the present Agreement, it is liable to new postage charges, and, if occasion arises, new insurance fees, unless such charges and fees have been paid in advance. The new fees are collected from the addressee by the Administration effecting the delivery. Insured parcels must be reforwarded as such. 3. At the request of the senderForwarding, etc., to another country. or addressee, parcels may also be reforwarded or returned to another country. Insured parcels may not, however, be reforwarded or returned except as such. The senders may mark theForbidden, if so instructed. parcels: “Do not forward to a1606third country”. In that case, the parcels must not be reforwarded to any other country. In case of loss, rifling or damage of an insured parcel reforwarded to another country or returned by that country, the indemnity is *Ante*, p. 1597.decided upon exclusively in accordance with the provisions of Article VII, Section 1, 5th paragraph. Article XVI. *Non–Delivery.*Nondelivery. 1. Provisions governing. Undeliverable parcels returned to the sender are liable to new postage charges as well as insurance fees if necessary, and are returned as parcels of the same class in which they were received. The charges are collectible from the sender, and are collected by the Administration delivering the parcels to him. 2. Requests allowed. At the time of mailing, the sender may request, in the event of non-delivery:
(a)that the parcel be returned to him immediately,
(b)that it be considered as abandoned; or,
(c)that it be delivered to another person in the country of destination. Marks. If the sender makes use of this option, he must mark the parcel and the dispatch note with one of the following notes: “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be returned immediately ”, “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be considered as abandoned”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be delivered to _ _ _”. No note other than those provided for above is permitted. 3. Time for returning undeliverable parcels. Barring contrary instructions, undeEverable parcels are returned to origin, without previous notification, 30 days after their arrival at the office of destination. Parcels which the addressee refuses to accept shall be1607 returned immediately. In all cases, the reason for non-delivery must be indicated on the parcel and on the dispatch note. 4. Parcels liable to deterioration or corruption may be sold immediately, even enroute on the outward or return voyage, without previous notice and without judicial formality, for the profit of the rightful party. If, for any reason, sale is impossible, the deteriorated or corrupted articles are destroyed. The sale or destruction gives rise to the making of a report which is sent to the Administration of origin. 5. Undeliverable parcels which the sender has abandoned may, at the expiration of a 30-day period, be sold for the profit of the Administration of the country of destination. However, in the case of an insured parcel, a report is made up, which must be sent to the Administration of the country of origin. Likewise, the Administration of the country of origin must be advised when an insured parcel which is undeliverable is not returned to origin. 6. The provisions of Article XVII, Section 3 shall be applied to a parcel which is returned in consequence of non-delivery. Article XVII *Charges.*Charges. 1. For each parcel exchangedExchange credits. between the contracting countries, the dispatching Office credits to the Office of destination the quotas due to the latter, and indicated*Post*, p. 1618. in the Regulations of Execution. 2. The sums to be paid for aTransit credits. parcel in transit, i.e., destined either for a possession or for a third country, are likewise indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 3. In case of reforwarding orReforwarding, etc. return to origin of a parcel, if new postage and new insurance fees (in the case of insured par-1608cels) are collected by the redispatching Office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching Office recovers from the other Office the quota due to it, namely, as the case may be:
(a)the charges prescribed by Section 1 above;
(b)the charges for reforwarding or return. Parcels to a third country. In case of reforwarding or return to a third country, the accrued charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in
(a)and
(b)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel, but in the case that the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. In the case of a parcel returned or reforwarded in transit through one the of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. Article XVIII *Air Parcels.* Air parcels. The Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by the air routes. Article XIX *Temporary Suspension of Service.* Temporary suspension of service. In extraordinary circumstances such as will justify the measure, either Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel post service, either entirely or partially, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by1609 telegraph, to the other Administration. Article XX *Matters not Provided for in the Present Agreement.*Matters not provided for. 1. Unless they are providedApplication of other conventions. for in the present Agreement, all questions concerning requests for recall or return of parcels and the obtaining and disposition of return receipts and settlement of indemnity claims in connection with insured parcels shall be treated in accordance with theVol. 46, p. 2523. provisions of the Universal Postal Convention and its Regulations of Execution, insofar as they are applicable and are not contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States of America or of the Hellenic Republic, or the decisions made by one country or the other, are applicable in the respective country. 2. The details relative to theFurther provisions authorized. application of the present Agreement will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. A similar agreement through correspondence may be made with a view to the exchange of C.O.D. parcels. 3. The two Administrations notifyExchange of regulations, etc. each other mutually of their laws, ordinances and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. Article XXI *Duration of the Agreement.*Duration of Agreement. 1. The present Agreement,Prior agreement abrogated.Vol. 38, p. 1744, repealed. which replaces and abrogates that signed at Athens, May 28/June 10 and at Washington, July 8, 1913, will enter into force after havingEffective date. been ratified by the contracting parties. 1610 Provisional application. However, it is permissible for the two Administrations to apply it provisionally from June 1, 1933. 2. Duration. It shall remain in effect as long as it has not been terminated six months in advance by one or the other of the two Administrations. Insured parcel restriction. Each of the two Administrations is authorized to discontinue, totally or partially, the service of insured parcels or to restrict it to certain offices, if special reasons make that measure necessary, on the condition that the other Administration is so advised in advance. If need be, the notification thereof must be by the most rapid means. Signatures. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the first day of August and at Athens, the 14th day of July, 1933. [seal] James A Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America.* Approved by the President.The foregoing Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and the Hellenic Republic has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* Washington, *August 8, 1933*. 1611 Règlement d’ExécutionRegulations of Execution. de l’Arrangement concernant l’Echangedes Colis Postauxconclu entrela République Helléniqueetles Etats-Unis d’Amérique. Article 1 *Conditionnement des Colis.* 1. Le nom et l’adresse de l’expéditeurPreparation of parcels. et du destinataire doivent être écrits d’une façon lisible et exacte, si possible sur le colis même ou sur une étiquette fixée solidement à l’envoi. Il est recommandé d’insérer un double de l’adresse dans chaque colis, surtout lorsque l’usage d’une étiquette volante est rendu nécessaire par le conditionnement ou par la forme de l’envoi. Les colis dont l’adresse de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire consiste en initiales seulement ne sont pas admis, exception faite des désignations commerciales (raisons sociales) composées d’initiales. Les adresses au crayon no sont pas admises. Sont toutefois acceptées les adresses écrites au crayon-encre, sur un fond préalablement mouillé. 2. Les colis contenant des espèces monnayées, de l’or ou de l’argent en barres, des pierreries ou autres matières précieuses doivent toujours être expédiés avec déclaration de valeur. Lorsqu’un colis contenant des objets de l’espèce est expédié sans déclaration de valeur, l’office postal qui remarque l’erreur en premier lieu est tenu de le traiter comme colis avec valeur déclarée et d’après les dispositions de son pays. 3. Chaque colis doit être emballé de manière que le contenu soit préservé pendant toute la durée du transport, et de façon1612 à empêcher le contenu d’endommager des autres colis ou envois, ou blesser les agents postaux. L’emballage doit protéger le contenu suffisamment afin que les traces soient faciles à découvrir en cas de spoliation. Les colis avec valeur déclarée doivent être scellés par des cachets à la cire, par des plombs ou par un autre moyen équivalent. Pour les colis ordinaires, un ficelage soigneux suffit comme moyen de fermeture, mais ils peuvent aussi être scellés. Comme mesure de sécurité, chaque Administration peut exiger qu’une empreinte ou marque spéciale de l’expéditeur figure sur les plombs ou cachets de fermetdes colure is avec valeur déclarée. L’Administration des douanes du pays de destination est autotorisée à ouvrir les colis. A cet effet, les cachets ou toute autre fermeture peuvent être brisés ou rompus. Les envois ouverts par la douane doivent être refermés et, en outre, scellés d’office, si l’expéditeur les avait scellés. 4. Pour les colis avec valeur déclarée, le montant de la valeur déclarée doit figurer sur le colis, exprimé dans la monnaie du pays d’origine, en caractères latins. Ce montant doit être converti en francs-or par l’expéditeur ou par le bureau d’origine, et le résultat de la conversion est ajouté audessous de l’indication originale. Le montant de la valeur assurée doit aussi être indiqué sur le bulletin d’expédition. 5. Chaque colis avec valeur déclaré doit porter du côté de l’adresse un numéro (insurance number) et l’indication “insured ” ou “valeur déclarée ”. Le même numéro d’assurance et la même annotation doivent également figurer sur le bulletin d’expédition. 6. Les étiquettes ou timbresposte apposés sur les colis avec valeur déclarée doivent être espacés afin qu’ils ne puissent servir à cacher des lésions de l’emballage. Ils ne doivent pas, non plus, être repliés sur deux faces de l’emballage, de manière à couvrir la bordure. 1613 7. Les liquides et les corps facilement liquéfiable doivent être expédiés dans un double récipient. Entre le premier (bouteille, flacon, boîte, etc.) et le second (boîte en métal, en bois résistant, en fibre de solide qualité ou récipient de résistance équivalente), une espace doit être laissée qui sera remplie de sciure, de son ou de toute autre matière spongieuse, en quantité suffisante pour absorber tout le liquide en cas de bris du récipient. 8. Les poudres et les matières colorantes en poudre doivent être emballées dans de fortes boîtes en fer-blanc ou autre métal, qui, après avoir été soudées, seront placées à leur tour dans des emballages extérieurs résistants de manière à exclure tout endommagement d’autres envois. Article 2. Déclarations en douane et Bulletins d’expédition. 1. L’expéditeur doit préparerCustoms declarations, etc. une déclaration en douane et un bulletin d’expédition pour chaque colis expédié de l’un ou l’autre pays, sur des formules spéciales fournies à cet effet par le pays d’origine. La déclaration en douane doit fournir une description générale du colis, une liste exacte et détaillée de son contenu et de sa valeur, la date de sa mise à la poste, le poids réel, le nom et adresse de l’expéditeur, et le nom et l’adresse du destinataire; et elle sera attachée solidement au colis. Le bulletin d’expédition doit indiquer le bureau d’origine, le nom et l’adresse de l’expéditeur, le nombre de déclarations en douane, le poids du colis, le port payé, le nom et l’adresse du destinataire, et le bureau de destination; et il sera attaché solidement au colis. Toutefois, par exception à ce qui précède, lorsque plus d’un colis non assuré est déposé simultanément par le même expéditeur à l’adresse du même destinataire,1614 l’expéditeur ne doit nécessairement préparer qu’une déclaration en douane et un bulletin d’expédition pour chaque lot de trois colis au maximum originaires de la République Hellénique; ou deux déclarations en douane et un bulletin d’expédition pour chaque lot de trois colis au maximum originaires des Etats-Unis d’Amérique. Telles déclarations en douane et tels bulletins d’expédition doivent indiquer, outre es détails prévus aux deux alinéas précédents, le nombre total de colis constituant le lot entier; et ils seront attachés solidement à l’un des colis. Dans de tels cas, chaque colis d’un groupe doit être numéroté 1, 2 ou 3, à titre de numéros d’identification; et lorsque plus de trois colis sont envoyés simultanément chaque groupe est désignée par une lettre (a, b, c, etc.); pour exemple, lorsqu’il y a deux groupes de trois colis chacune, les colis doivent être marqués “a-1 ”, “a-2 ” et “a-3 ”; et “b-1 ”, “b-2 ” et “b-3 ”. 2. Les Administrations n’acceptent aucune responsabilité pour l’exactitude des déclarations en douane ni des bulletins d’expédition. Article 3 Avis de réception. 1. Return receipts. Quant à un colis pour lequel un avis de recéption est demandé, le bureau d’origine fait figurer sur le colis les lettres ou les mots “A. R.”, ou “Avis de réception”. Le bureau d’origine, ou un autre bureau quelconque désigné par l’Adminîstration expéditrice, doit remplir une formule d’avis de réception et l’attacher au colis. Si la formule ne parvient pas au bureau de destination, celui-ci prépare un duplicata. 2. Le bureau de destination, après avoir dûment rempli la formule d’avis de réception, la renvoie en franchise de port à l’adresse de l’expéditeur du colis. 3. Lorsque l’expéditeur demande un avis de réception postérieurement au dépôt du colis, le bureau d’origine remplie régu1615 lièrement une formule d’avis de réception tout en y attachant une formule de réclamation pourvue des détails relatifs à l’expédition du colis, et la transmet au bureau de destination du colis. En cas de livraison régulière du colis, le bureau de destination retire la formule de réclamation, et l’avis de réception est traité de la manière prescrite au paragraphe précédent. Ahticle 4 Récipients. 1. Chaque AdministrationReceptacles. pourvoit à l’acquisition des sacs nécessaires pour l’expédition de ses colis. Chaque sac doit être marqué de façon à indiquer le nom du bureau ou du pays auquel il appartient. Les sacs vides doivent être renvoyés au pays d’origine par le prochain courrier. 2. Il y a lieu d’indiquer sur la feuille de route tant le nombre de sacs utilisés pour la confection de la dépêche que celui des sacs vides en retour. À l’aide de ces indications, chaque Administration exerce un contrôle sur la rentrée des récipients qui lui appartiennent. Au cas où ce contrôle démontrerait que le 10% du nombre total des sacs utilisés pendant une année n’a pas été renvoyé, la valeur des sacs manquants doit être remboursée à l’office expéditeur. Article 5 Échange des colis. 1. Les colis sont échangés dansExchange of parcels. des sacs clos au moyen de cachets ou de plombs, entre les bureaux désignés par les Administrations. Ils sont transmis au pays de destination aux frais du pays d’origine et de la manière qui convient à ce dernier. Le poids de chaque sac ne doit pas dépasser 40 kilogrammes. 2. Les colis assurés seront compris dans des sacs à part de ceux1616 dans lesquels les colis ordinaires sont insérés, et les étiquettes des sacs qui contiennent les colis assurés doivent être marquées avec tels symboles distinctifs qui seraient adoptés de temps en temps. Article 6 Inscription des colis. 1. Billing. Il doit être établi des feuilles de route distinctes pour les colis ordinaires, d’une part, et pour les colis avec valeur déclarée, d’autre part. Les feuilles de route sont établies en double exemplaire. L’originale est expédié par la poste aux lettres, tandis que le duplicata est inséré dans l’un des sacs. Le sac renfermant la feuille de route est désigné par la lettre “F” tracée d’une manière apparente sur l’étiquette. 2. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche à destination de la République Hellénique sont inscrits en bloc sur les feuilles de route, mais par catégories d’envois jusqu’à 1 kilogramme, de 1 à 5 kilogrammes, et de 5 à 10 kilogrammes. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche à destination des EtatsUnis d’Amérique sont inscrits sur les feuilles de route par la seule mention du nombre total des colis et de leur poids net total. 3. Les colis avec valeur déclarée sont inscrits isolément sur les feuilles de route, avec indication du numéro (insurance number) et du nom du bureau d’origine. Pour les cobs avec valeur déclarée à destination de la République Hellénique, les feuilles de route doivent porter aussi l’indication de la coupure de poids à laquelle les colis appartiennent. Pour les colis avec valeur déclarée à destination des EtatsUnis d’Amérique, les feuilles de route doivent porter, en outre, l’indication du poids net total des colis. 1617 4. Les colis transmis à dé-couvert doivent être inscrits séparément sur les feuilles de route. 5. Les colis retournés ou réex-pédiés doivent être inscrits isolé-ment sur les feuilles de route et être suivis du mot “Retourné” ou “Réexpédié”, selon le cas. Une indication de frais dus pour ces colis doit figurer dans la colonne “ Observations ”, 6. Le nombre total des sacs compris dans chaque dépêche doit aussi figurer sur les feuilles de route. 7. Chaque bureau d’échange expéditeur numérote les feuilles de route à l’angle gauche supé-rieur d’après une série annuelle. Le dernier numéro de l’année précédente doit être mentionné sur la première feuille de la nouvelle année. 8. La mode exacte d’avis des colis ou des récipients les con-tenant expédiés par l’une des Administrations en transit par l’autre, ainsi que tous les détails en connexion avec la manière d’avis de tels colis ou récipients non prévus par cet Arrangement, sera réglée d’un commun accord E>ar voie de correspondance entre es deux Administrations. Article 7 Vérification par les bureaux d’échange. 1. Â la réception d’une dépêche,Verification. le bureau d’échange destinataire procède à sa vérification. Les inscriptions sur la feuille de route doivent être vérifiées exactement. Chaque erreur ou omission doit être portée immédiatement à la connaissance du bureau d’échange expéditeur au moyen d’un bulletin de vérification. Une dépêche est considérée comme ayant été trouvée en ordre à tous égards, lorsqu’il n’est pas dressé de bulletin de vérification. Si l’on constate une erreur ou une irrégularité à la réception d’une dépêche, toutes les pièces pouvant servir de preuves à 1618l’appui en vue de recherches ultérieures ou de l’examen de demandes d’indemnité doivent être conservées. 2. Le bureau d’échange expéditeur auquel un bulletin de vérification est envoyé doit le renvoyer après l’avoir examiné et y apporté ses observations éventuelles. Ce bulletin est alors annexé aux feuilles de route des colis auxquelles il se rapporte. Les corrections apportées à une feuille de route qui ne sont pas appuyées par des documents sont considérées comme nulles et non avenues. 3. Si nécessaire, le bureau d’échange expéditeur peut de même être avisé par télégramme, aux frais de l’Office expéditeur de tel télégramme. 4. En cas de manque d’une feuille de route, il en est établi un duplicata dont une copie est envoyée au bureau d’échange expéditeur de la dépêche. 5. Le bureau d’échange qui reçoit d’un bureau correspondant un colis qui se trouve endommagé ou insuffisamment emballé doit réexpédier tel colis après remballage s’il est nécessaire, tout en préservant l’emballage original autant que possible. Si le dommage est tel que le contenu du colis aurait pu être soustrait, le bureau doit d’abord ouvrir le colis d’office et en vérifier le contenu. Dans l’un ou l’autre cas, le poids du colis sera vérifié avant et après le remballage, et indiqué sur l’emballage du colis même. Cette indication sera suivi par la note “Remballé à ...(Repacked at ...)” ainsi que la signature des agents ayant effectué tel remballage. Article 8 Bonification des quotes-parts. 1. Payments. Les quotes-parts terminales à bonifier par l’Office expéditeur à l’Office destinataire, en vertu de *Ante*, p. 1607.l’Article XVII, paragraphe 1, de l’Arrangement, sont les suivantes; 1619 *I*. Par la République Hellénique aux États-Unis d’Amérique:By the Hellenic Republic. 70 centimes-or par kilogramme, sur la base du poids net en bloc (bulk net weight) de chaque dépêche. Cette taxe s’applique aussi aux colis à destination de l’Alaska. Elle est réduite à 35 centimes-or par kilogramme pour les colis à destination de Puerto Rico, des Iles Vierges, de Guam, de Samoa, et de Hawaï. *II*. Par les États-Unis d’Amérique à la République Hellénique:By the United Statea of America. Taxe par colis: Jusqu’à 1 kg 60 cm. or Au delà de 1 kg. jusqu’à 5 kg 1.75 fr. or Au delà de 5 kg. jusqu’à 10 kg 2.75 “ “ En outre, pour les colis assurés expédiés de l’un des pays sur l’autre, il sera bonifié une quote-part terminale d’assurance de 10 centimes-or par colis. 2. Les quotes-parts à bonifier pour les colis expédiés par une Administration à l’autre, un vue de leur transmission ultérieure à une possession ou à un pays tiers, seront fixées par l’Administration intermédiaire. 3. Les taxes terminales et de transit susmentionées peuvent être réduites ou majorées, moyennant avertissement donné trois mois à l’avance par l’un pays à l’autre. La réduction ou majoration sera valable pour un an au moins. Article 9 Décompte. 1. À la fin de chaque trimestre,Accounting. chaque Administration établit un compte sur la base des feuilles de route. 2. Ces comptes, accompagnés des feuilles de route et, le cas échéant, des copies des bulletins de vérification s’y rapportant, doivent être soumis à l’examen de l’Administration correspondante dans le courant du mois qui suit le trimestre auquel ils se rapportent. 1620 3. La récapitulation, l’envoi, l’examen et l’acceptation de ces comptes ne doivent pas être retardés et le règlement du solde aura lieu, au plus tard, à l’expiration du trimestre suivant. 4. Le solde résultant de la balance des comptes entre les deux Administrations est payé par traite à vue, tirée sur New York ou par un autre moyen convenu réciproquement par voie de correspondance. Les frais de paiement sont à la charge de l’Administration débitrice. Article 10 Notifications Diverses. Miscellaneous notifications.Les Administrations se communiqueront mutuellement un résumé des dispositions de leurs lois ou règlements applicables aux colis échangés entre les deux pays contractants, ainsi que tous les autres détails nécessaires pour l’exécution de l’échange des colis. Le présent Règlement sera exé-cutoire à partir du jour de la mise en vigueur de l’Arrangement concernant l’Êchange dos Colis Postaux, et aura la même durée que cet Arrangement. Fait en double expédition et signé à Washington, le 1er Août, et à Athènes, le 14 Juillet 1933. *Le Directeur Général des Postes, Télégraphes et Téléphones de la République Hellénique.* C. Theofanopoulos 1611 Regulations of ExecutionRegulations of Execution. for the Agreement concerning the Exchangeof Parcel Postconcluded betweenthe Hellenic Republicandthe United States of America. Article 1 *Preparation of Parcels.* 1. The name and address of the sender and of thePreparation of parcels. addressee must be written, legibly and correctly, if possible on the parcel itself, or on a label affixed securely to the parcel. It is recommended that a duplicate of the address be inserted in every parcel, especially when the use of a tag is rendered necessary by the packing or form of the parcel. Parcels on which the name of the sender or of the addressee is indicated merely by initials are not admitted, except in the case of commercial designations (trade names) composed of initials. Addresses in pencil are not admitted. However, addresses written in indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface are accepted. 2. Parcels containing coins, gold or silver in bars, precious stones, or other precious articles, must always be sent insured. When a parcel containing coin, gold or silver in bars, precious stones or other precious articles is sent uninsured through error, the post office first discovering it is bound to treat it as an insured parcel, and in accordance with the legislation of its country. 3. Each parcel must be packed in such a manner that the contents are protected over the whole route, and in such a way as to1612 prevent the contents from damaging other parcels or objects or injuring postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. Insured parcels must be sealed with wax or lead or by some equivalent means. For ordinary parcels, careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing, but they may also be sealed. As a protective measure, either Administration may require that a special imprint or mark of the sender appear on the wax or lead seals closing insured parcels. The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels. To that end, the seals or any other fastenings may be broken. Parcels opened by the customs must be refastened and also officially sealed, if the sender has sealed them. 4. For insured parcels, the amount of insured value must appear on the parcel in the currency of the country of origin and in Roman letters. This amount must be converted into gold francs by the sender or by the office of origin, and the result of the conversion is added below the original indication. The amount of the insured value must also be indicated on the dispatch note. 5. Each insured parcel must bear on the address side an insurance number and the notation “Insured ” or “Valeur declaree ”. The same insurance number and notation must also be shown on the dispatch note. 6. The labels or postage stamps affixed to insured parcels must be spaced so that they cannot serve to conceal injuries to the packing. Neither must they be folded over two faces of the wrapping so as to cover the edge. 1613 7. Liquids and easily liquefiable substances must be sent in a double receptacle. Between the first (bottle, flask, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, or strong carton of fiberboard, or receptacle of equal strength), there must be left a space to be filled with sawdust, bran or other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid in case that the receptacle is broken. 8. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in strong boxes of tin or other metal, which, after soldering, must be placed in turn in substantial outer covers in such a way as to avoid all damage to other articles. Article 2. Customs Declarations and Dispatch Notes. 1. The sender shall prepare oneCustoms declarations, etc. customs declaration and one dispatch note for each parcel sent from either country, upon special forms provided for the purpose by the country of origin. The customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date, of mailing, actual weight, the sender’s name and address and the name and address of the addressee, and shall be securely attached to the parcel. The dispatch note shall show the office of mailing, the name and address of the sender, the number of customs declarations, the weight of the parcel, the postage paid, the name and address of the addressee, and the office of destination and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, when more than one uninsured parcel is mailed simultaneously by the same sender to the same addressee at the same1614 address, the sender need prepare only one customs declaration and one dispatch note for each lot of not more than three parcels sent from the Hellenic Republic and two customs declarations and one dispatch note in the case of each lot of not more than three parcels sent from the United States of America, which customs declarations and dispatch notes shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding two paragraphs, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment, and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. In such case, each parcel in a group must be numbered 1, 2 or 3, as identification numbers, and when more than 3 parcels are sent at the same time each group is indicated by a letter (a, b, c, etc.); for example, when there are 2 groups of 3 parcels each, the parcels shall be marked “a-1 ”, “a-2 ” and “a-3 ” and “b-1 ”, “b-2 ” and “b-3 ”. 2. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations or dispatch notes. Article 3 Return Receipts. 1. Return receipts.As to a parcel for which a return receipt is asked, the office of origin places on the parcel the letters or words “A. R.” or “Avis de reception”. The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form and attach it to the parcel. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having duly filled out the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been mailed, the office of origin duly fills out a return receipt1615 form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing Section. Article 4 Receptacles. 1. Each Administration providesReceptacles. itself with the necessary sacks for the exchange of its parcels. Each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. The empty sacks must be returned to the country of origin by the next mail. 2. It is necessary to indicate in the parcel bill both the number of sacks used for the preparation of the dispatch and the number of empty sacks returned. With the aid of these indications, each Administration exercises a control over the return of the receptacles belonging to it. In case that this control shows that 10% of the total number of sacks used during a year have not been returned, the value of the missing sacks must be repaid to the dispatching office. Article 5 Exchange of Parcels. 1. The parcels are exchangedExchange of parcels. in sacks closed by means of wax or lead seals, between the offices designated by the Administrations. They are transmitted to the country of destination at the expense of the country of origin and in a manner convenient to the latter. The weight of each sack must not exceed 40 kilograms. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from1616 those in which ordinary parcels are contained, and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Article 6 *Billing of Parcels*. 1. Billing. Separate parcel bills must be prepared for the ordinary parcels on the one hand, and for the insured parcels on the other hand. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to the Hellenique Republic are to be entered on the parcel bills in bulk, but by classes of parcels up to 1 kilogram, from 1 to 5 kilograms, and from 5 to 10 kilograms. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to the United States of America are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. 3. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on the parcel bills to show the insurance number and the name of the office of origin. In the case of insured parcels for the Hellenic Republic, the parcel bills must also show the indication of the division of weight to which the parcel belongs. In the case of insured parcels for the United States of America, the parcel bills must also show the total net weight of the parcels. 1617 4. Parcels sent a découvert must be entered separately on the parcel bills. 5. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually on the parcel bills and be followed by the word “ Returned ” or “ Redirected ”, as the case may be. A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “ Observations ” column. 6. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 7. Each dispatching exchange office numbers the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner in accordance with an annual series. The last number of the preceding year must be mentioned on the first bill of the following year. 8. The exact method of advising parcels or the receptacles containing them sent by one Administration in transit through the other together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Agreement, shall be settled by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Administrations. Article 7. Verification by the Exchange Office. 1. Upon the receipt of a dispatch,Verification. the exchange office of estination proceeds to verify it. The entries in the parcel bill must be verified exactly. Each error or omission must be brought immediately to the knowledge of the dispatching exchange office by means of a bulletin of verification. A dispatch is considered as having been found in order in all regards when no bulletin of verification is made up. If an error or irregularity is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations, or for exam1618ination of requests for indemnity, must be kept. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. That bulletin is then attached to the parcel bills of the parcels to which it relates. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 3. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be ad-vised by telegram, at the expense of the Office sending such telegram. 4. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 5. The office of exchange which receives from a corresponding office a parcel which is damaged or insufficiently packed must re-dispatch such parcel after repacking, if necessary, preserving the original packing as far as possible. If the damage is such that the contents of the parcel may have been abstracted, the office must first officially open the parcel and verify its contents. In either case, the weight of the parcel will be verified before and after repacking, and indicated on the wrapper of the parcel itself. That indication will be followed by the note “Remballé à ...(Repacked at ...)”, and the signature of the agents who have effected such repacking. Article 8 Payments. 1. Payments. The terminal quotas to be credited by the dispatching Office to the Office of destination, by *Ante*, p. 1607.virtue of Article XVII, Section 1, of the Agreement, are the following: 1619 *I*. By the Hellenic Republic to the United States of America:By the Hellenic Republic. 70 gold centimes per kilogram, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. This rate applies also to parcels for Alaska. The rate is reduced to 35 gold centimes per kilogram for parcels for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii. *II*. By the United States of America to the Hellenic Republic.By the United States of America. Rate per parcel: Up to 1 kg 60 gold cm. krom 1 up to 5 kg 1.75 “ fr. From 5 up to 10 kg 2.75 “ fr. In addition, in the case of insured parcels sent from either country to the other, there shall be paid a terminal insurance credit of 10 centimes gold per parcel. 2. The quotas to be credited for parcels dispatched by one Administration to the other for subsequent transmission to a possession or to a third country will be fixed by the intermediate Administration. 3. The terminal charges and transit rates above specified may be reduced or increased on three months’ previous notice given by one country to the other. The reduction or increase shall hold good for at least one year. Article 9 Accounting. 1. At the end of each quarter,Accounting. each Administration makes up an account on the basis of the parcel bills. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills, and, if any, copies of verification notes relating thereto shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate. 1620 3. The recapitulation, transmission, examination and acceptance of these accounts must not be delayed, and the payment of the balance shall take place, at the latest, at the expiration of the following quarter. 4. The balance resulting from the adjustment of the accounts between the two Administrations is paid by a sight draft drawn on New York, or by some other means mutually agreed upon by correspondence. The expenses of payment are chargeable to the debtor Administration. Article 10 Miscellaneous Notifications. Miscellaneous notifications.The Administrations shall communicate to each other a summary of the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two contracting countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. These Regulations shall come into operation on the day on which the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the first day of August and at Athens, the 14th day of July, 1933. [seal] James A Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. Approval of Regulations.The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and the Hellenic Republic have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, 1 have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *August 8, 1933*. February 1, 1933 Convention 48 Stat. 1621 1621 RECTIFICATION OF THE RIO GRANDE—MEXICO. FEB. 1, 1933. *Convention between the United States of America and Mexico for the February 1, 1933.Rectification of the Rio Grande. Signed at Mexico City, February 1, 1933; ratification advised by the Senate of the United States, with amendment, April 25, 1933; ratified by the President of the United States, October 20, 1938; ratified by Mexico, October 6, 1933; ratifications exchanged at Washington, November 10, 1933; proclaimed by the President of the United States, November 13, 1933; and exchanges of notes.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a convention between the United States of America andRectification of the Rio Grande. the United Mexican States for the rectification of the Rio Grande in the El Paso-Juarez Valley was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the city of Mexico on the first day of February, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three, the original of which convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is, as amended by the Senate of the United States of America, word for word as follows: CONVENTION BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE UNITED MEXICAN STATES FOR THE RECTIFICATION OF THE RIO GRANDE (RIO BRAVO DEL NORTE) IN THE EL PASO-JUAREZ VALLEY. The United States of AmericaContracting Powers. and the United Mexican States having-taken into consideration the studies and engineering plans carried on by the International Boundary Commission, and specially directed to relieve the towns and agricultural lands located within the El Paso-Juarez Valley from flood dangers, and securing at the same time the stabilization of the international boundary line, which, owing to the present meandering nature of the river it has not been possible to hold within the mean line of its channel; and fully conscious of the great importance involved in this matter, both from a local point of view as well as from a good international understanding, have resolved to undertake, in common agreement and cooperation, the necessary works as pro-1622vided in Minute 129 (dated July 31, 1930) of the International Boundary Commission, approved by the two Governments in the manner provided by treaty; and in order to give legal and final form to the project, have named as their plenipotentiaries: Plenipotentiaries.The President of the United States of America, J. Reuben Clark, Jr., Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to Mexico; and The President of the United Mexican States, Doctor José Manuel Puig Cassauranc, Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs; Exchange of full powers.Who, after having communicated their respective full powers and having found them in due and proper form, have agreed on the following articles: I. Agreement of Governments to carry out works.The Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Mexican States have agreed to carry out *Post*, p. 1628.the Rio Grande rectification works provided for in Minute 129 of the International Boundary Commission and annexes thereto, approved by both Governments, in that part of the river beginning at the point of intersection of the present river channel with the located line as shown in map, exhibit No. 2 of Minute 129 of said Commission (said intersection being south of Monument 15 of the boundary polygon of Córdoba Island) and ending at Box Canyon. Application of terms.The terms of this Convention and of Minute 129 shall apply exclusively to river rectification within the limits above set out. Study of future regulations of international Boundary Commission.The two Governments shall study such further minutes and regulations as may be submitted 1623by the International Boundary Commission and, finding them acceptable, shall approve same in order to carry out the material execution of the works in accordance with the terms of this Convention. The works shall be begun after this Convention becomes effective. II. For the execution of the worksProcedure for execution of works. there shall be followed the procedure outlined in the technical study of the project. The works shall be begun and shall be carried on primarily from the lower end, but at the same time and for reasons of necessity works may be carried on in the upper sections of the valley. III. In consideration of the differenceProration of costs. existing in the benefits derived by each of the contracting countries by the rectification works, the proratable cost of the works will be defrayed by both Governments in the proportion ofPercentages.eighty-eight per cent (88%) by the United States of America and of twelve per cent (12%) by the United Mexican States. IV. The direction and inspectionDirection and inspection of works. of the works shall be under the International Boundary Commission, each Government employing for the construction of that portion of the work it undertakes, the agency that in accordance with its administrative organization should carry on the work. V. The International BoundarySurveys. Commission shall survey the ground to be used as the right of way to be occupied by the rectified channel, as well as the parts to be cut from both sides of said channel. Within thirty days after 1624a cut has been made, it shall mark the boundaries on the ground, there being a strict superficial compensation in total of the areas taken from each country. Once the corresponding maps have been prepared, the Commission shall eliminate these areas from the Vol. 24, p. 1012.provisions of Article II of the Convention of November 12, 1884, in similar manner to that adopted in the Convention of March 20, 1905 for the elimination of bancos. VI. Establishment of international boundary line.For the sole purpose of equalizing areas, the axis of the rectified channel shall be the international boundary line. The parcels of land that, as a result of these cuts or of merely taking the new axis of the channel as the boundary line, shall remain on the American side of the axis of the rectified channel shall be the territory and property of the United States of America, and the territory and property of the United Mexican States those on the opposite side, each Government mutually surrendering in favor of the other the acquired rights over such parcels. In the completed rectified river channel—both in its normal and constructed sections—and in any completed portion thereof, the permanent international boundary shall be the middle of the deepest channel of the river within such rectified river channel. VII. Ownership of lands.Lands within the rectified channel, as well as those which, upon segregation, pass from the territory of one country to that of the other, shall be acquired in full ownership by the Government in whose territory said lands are at the present time; and the lands passing as provided in Article V hereof, from one country to the 1625other, shall pass to each Government respectively in absolute sovereignty and ownership, and without encumbrance of any kind, and without private national titles. VIII. The construction of works shallProperty and jurisdictional rights. not confer on the contracting parties any property rights in or any jurisdiction over the territory of the other. The completed work shall constitute part of the territory and shall be the property of the country within which it lies. Each Government shall respectively secure title, control, and jurisdiction of its half of the flood channel, from the axis of that channel to the outer edge of the acquired right of way on its own side, as this channel is described and mapped in the International Boundary Commission Minute number 129, and the maps, plans, and specifications attached thereto, which Minute, maps, plans,*Post*, p. 1628. and specifications are attached hereto and made a part of this Convention. Each Government shall permanently retain full title, control, and jurisdiction of that part of the flood channel constructed as described, from the deepest channel of the running water in the rectified channel to the outer edge of such acquired right of way. IX. Construction shall be suspendedSuspension of construction. upon request of either Government, if it be proved that the works are being constructed outside of the conditions herein stipulated or fixed in the approved plan. X. In the event there be presentedAdjustment of claims. private or national claims for the construction or maintenance of 1626the rectified channel, or for causes connected with the works of rectification, each Government shall assume and adjust such claims as arise within its own territory. XI. Maintenance of rectified channel.The International Boundary Commission is charged hereafter with the maintenance and preservation of the rectified channel. To this end the Commission shall submit, for the approval of both Governments, the regulations that should be issued to make effective said maintenance. XII. Exemption of materials, etc., from import duties.Both Governments bind themselves to exempt from import duties all materials, implements, equipment, and supplies intended for the works, and passing from one country to the other. XIII. Languages of Convention.The present Convention is drawn up both in the English and Spanish languages. XIV. Ratification.The present Convention shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties in accordance with their respective laws, and the ratifications shall be exchanged in the Effective date.City of Washington as soon as possible. This Convention will come into force from the date of the exchange of ratifications. In witness whereof the Plenipotentiaries mentioned above have signed this Convention and have affixed their respective seals. Done in duplicate at the City of Mexico this first day of February one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three. CONVENCION ENTRE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMERICA Y LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS PARA LA RECTIFICACION DEL RIO GRANDE (BRAVO DEL NORTE) EN EL VALLE DE EL PASO-JUAREZ. Los Estados Unidos de AméricaContracting Powers. y los Estados Unidos Mexicanos habiendo tomado en consideración los estudios y proyectos de carácter técnico llevados a cabo por la Comisión Internacional de Límites, encaminados especialmente a librar a las poblaciones y a las tierras laborables, situadas dentro del Valle de El Paso-Juárez, de los peligros de inundación, logrando al mismo tiempo la estabilización de la línea divisoria internacional, que dada la actual naturaleza divagante del Río, no ha sido posible conservar dentro de la linea media del cauce del mismo; y penetrados de la gran importancia que tanto desde el punto de vista del interés local, como de la buena inteligencia internacional, reviste este asunto, han resuelto ejecutar, de común acuerdo y cooperación, 1622las obras necesarias como se detallan en el Acta número 129 de 31 de julio de 1930 de la Comisión Internacional de Límites, aprobada por los dos Gobiernos en la manera prevista por los Tratados; y para dar forma legal y definitiva a dicho proyecto han decidido celebrar esta Convención, nombrando al efecto a sus respectivos plenipotenciarios: Plenipotentiaries.El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América al señor J. Reuben Clark, Jr., su Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario en México y El Presidente de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos al señor Doctor José Manuel Puig Cassauranc, Secretario de Relaciones Exteriores. Exchange of full powers.Quienes, después de haberse mostrado sus respectivos plenos poderes, y encontrándolos en buena y debida forma, han convenido en los artículos siguientes: I. Agreement of Governments to carry out works.El Gobierno de ios Estados Unidos de América y el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos han convenido en ejecutar las *Post*, p. 1628.obras de rectificación del Río Grande (Bravo del Norte) previstas en el Acta número 129 de la Comisión Internacional de Límites y el informe anexo, que ha sido aprobada por ambos Gobiernos, en el tramo que comienza en el punto de intersección del cauce actual del Río con el trazo del proyecto tal como aparece en el mapa anexo No. 2, Acta 129 de dicha Comisión, (intersección que queda al Sur del Monumento No. 15 del polígono limítrofe de la Isla de Córdova), y termina en el Box Canyon (Cañón de Cajoncitos.) Application of terms.Los términos de esta Convención y del Acta 129 se aplicarán exclusivamente a la rectificación del río dentro del tramo arriba descrito. Study of future regulations of international Boundary Commission.Los dos Gobiernos estudiarán cualesquiera otras actas y disposiciones propuestas por la Comisió1623 Internacional de Límites, y en el caso de estar conformes las aprobarán, a fin de llevar a cabo la ejecución material de las obras de acuerdo con los términos de esta Convención. Las obras deberán iniciarse en cuanto entre en vigor la presente Convención. II. Para la ejecución de las obrasProcedure for execution of works. se seguirá el procedimiento fijado en el estudio técnico del proyecto. Las obras comenzarán y serán llevadas a cabo en primer lugar en el extremo inferior, podiendo a la vez ejecutarse obras en tramos superiores del Valle por razones de emergencia. III. En atención a la diferenciaProration of costs. que existe entre los beneficios reportados con las obras de rectificación por cada uno de los países contratantes, el costo a repartir a pro rata de las mismas será expensado por ambos Gobiernos enPercentages. a proporción de 88%—ochenta y ocho por ciento—por los Estados Unidos de América y 12%—doce por ciento—por los Estados Unidos Mexicanos. IV. La dirección e inspección de lasDirection and inspection of works. obras estarán a cargo de la Comisión Internacional de Límites, empleando cada Gobierno para la ejecución de la parte que le corresponda de las mismas, el órgano que de acuerdo con su régimen administrativo, deba ejecutarlas. V. La Comisión Internacional deSurveys. Límites levantará los planos de las porciones de terreno que ocupe el derecho de vía por donde deba pasar el cauce rectificado, así como los de las que deban segregarse en ambos lados de este1624 cauce. Dentro de un plazo de treinta días a contar de la consumación de cada corte, deslindará su área en el terreno, debiendo existir estricta compensación superficial en el total de áreas segregadas de cada país. Preparados los planos respectivos, la Vol. 24, p. 1012.Comisión declarará eliminadas estas fracciones de los efectos del artículo 2o. de la Convención de 12 de noviembre de 1884, en forma análoga a la adoptada por la Convención de 20 de Marzo de 1905 para la eliminación de bancos. VI. Establishment of international boundary line.Unicamente con el objeto de compensar las áreas traspasadas, el eje del cauce rectificado, será considerado como la línea divisoria internacional. Las porciones de tierra que como resultado de los cortes o simplemente de la adopción del eje del canal como línea divisoria, queden del lado americano, serán territorio y propiedad de los Estados Unidos de América, y territorio y propiedad de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos las del lado opuesto, renunciando recíprocamente cada Gobierno a favor del otro los derechos adquiridos sobre dichas porciones de tierra. En el cauce ya rectificado del río—tanto en los tramos normales como en los construidos— y en cualquier parte de dicho cauce que haya sido terminado, la línea divisoria internacional permanente será el centro del cauce más profundo del río dentro de dicho cauce rectificado del río. VII. Ownership of lands.Los terrenos que ocupe el cauce rectificado, así como los que al ser segregados pasen del territorio de un país al del otro, deberán ser adquiridos en pleno dominio por el Gobierno en cuyo territorio se encuentren en la actualidad dichos terrenos; de acuerdo con lo previsto en el artículo V de esta Convención, 1625los terrenos que pasen de un país al otro, lo harán a cada Gobierno respectivamente en absoluta soberanía y propiedad, sin gravamen de ningún género, y sin títulos de propiedad privada nacionales. VIII. La construcción de las obras noProperty and jurisdictional rights. confiere a las partes contratantes derecho de propiedad ni jurisdicción en territorio de la otra. La obra construida constituirá parte del territorio y propiedad de la nación en que está ubicada. Cada Gobierno, respectivamente, obtendrá el título, el control y la jurisdicción de la mitad del cauce mayor del Río que le corresponde desde el eje de tal cauce al límite exterior del derecho de vía que haya adquirido en su propio lado, tal como el cauce es descrito y delineado en el Acta 129 de la Comisión Internacional*Post*, p. 1628. de Límites y en los planos, proyectos y especificaciones adjuntos a ella; acta, planos, proyectos y especificaciones que se anexan a esta Convención y forman parte de ella. Cada Gobierno conservará permanentemente el título completo, el control y la jurisdicción de la parte del cauce mayor construido, tal como se ha descrito, y comprendida entre el eje del cauce más profundo del agua corriente en el cauce rectificado al límite exterior del derecho de vía adquirido. IX. Las obras se suspenderán aSuspension of construction. petición de cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos, si se comprueba que se están ejecutando fuera de las condiciones estipuladas o de las que establece el proyecto aprobado. X. En caso de presentarse reclamacionesAdjustment of claims. privadas o nacionales por la construcción o conserva-1626cion del cauce rectificado, o por causas que tengan conexión con las obras de rectificación, cada Gobierno tomará a su cargo para su estimación y arreglo, las que se originen dentro de su propio territorio. XI. Maintenance of rectified channel.Queda encomendada en lo futuro a la Comisión Internacional de Límites la conservación de la integridad del cauce rectificado, debiendo someter dicha Comisión, a este efecto, a la aprobación de ambos Gobiernos, los Reglamentos que deben expedirse para hacer efectiva esta conservación. XII. Exemption of materials, etc., from import duties.Ambos Gobiernos se comprometen a eximir del pago de derechos de importación a los materiales, implementos, equipo y provisiones destinados a las obras, y transladados de un país a otro. XIII. Languages of Convention.La presente Convención está redactada en cada una de las lenguas inglesa y española. XIV. Ratification.La presente Convención será ratificada por las Altas Partes Contratantes de acuerdo con sus leyes respectivas, canjeándose las ratificaciones en la ciudad de Effective date.Washington tan pronto como sea posible. Esta Convención entrará en vigor desde la fecha del canje de ratificaciones. En testimonio de lo cual los plenipotenciarios arriba mencionados han firmado esta Convención fijando sus sellos respectivos. Hecho por duplicado en la ciudad de México al primer día del mes de febrero de mil novecientos treinta y tres. Signatures. [seal] J. Reuben Clark Jr. [seal] Puig 1627 ANNEXES Minute 129 of the International Boundary Commission dated july 31 1930, and annexes thereto, referred to in article I of this Convention. ANEXOS Acta 129 de la Comisión Internacional de Límites de 31 de julio de 1930 e informe anexo a que se refiere el artículo I de esta Convención. 1628 Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission.international boundary commission united states and mexico. Mexico City July 31, 1930. MINUTE NO. 129. Subject: Report on Rio Grande Rectification. The Commission met in the conference room at the Department of Foreign Relations, Mexico City, at ten o’clock a.m. July 31, 1930, in accordance with Minute No. 128, to complete its action in reporting and recommending a plan for Rio Grande rectification.
(1)Each section of the International Boundary Commission has been requested by the Foreign Relations Department of its Government to study and develop an international plan for the removal of the flood menace of the Rio Grande from the El Paso-Juarez Valley. Studies and investigations have now reached the point where it is possible to report to the two Governments a definite plan with estimates of cost; and the following is the report of the International Boundary Commissioners, together with a joint report prepared by the consulting engineers and technical advisers. Minute No. 111 of the Joint Commission, dated December 21, 1928, outlined in a general way the necessities for international action and gave a general description of the areas involved, a preliminary summary of the proposed plan and recommended proceeding with the development of the final details of the plans and estimates. During the past few months a most important step taken by the Commission consisted in rendering decisions determining the national jurisdiction and dominion of a number of 1629banco cases in the area underMinute No. 120 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. consideration.
(2)The plan prepared and developed by the Joint Commission is attached hereto as an exhibit to this minute. In transmitting it to the two Governments 1 So in original.the Commissioners offer it as being both practical and feasible as an engineering and economic project. In general the plan consists of straightening the present river channel, effecting decrease in length from one hundred fifty-five
(155)miles to eighty-eight
(88)miles, and confining this channel between two parallel levees. In addition to this channel the plan includes the construction of a flood retention dam at the only available site, twenty-two
(22)miles below Elephant Butte on the Rio Grande, creating reservoir storage of one hundred thousand (100,000) acre feet. Careful studies based on actual past flood performance show the advantage of reducing the flood flow reaching El Paso-Juarez by storage in the proposed reservoir. The reduction in flood flow thru the El Paso-Juarez Valley accomplished by such storage of flood waters effects a saving of a quarter of a million dollars in the works required thru the valley by decreasing the size of the channel and reducing the area required for right-of-way, and amount of yardage in levees.
(3)The meandering and uncontrolled Rio Grande below El Paso-Juarez has in recent years become a very serious menace to adjacent lands on both sides. Authorities of both countries have unsuccessfully attempted the protection of the improvements in the El Paso-Juarez Valley and the two cities. Considering the fu-1630Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.tility of providing adequate and proper protection on the present meandering river location, the two affected communities have expended the limit of a reasonable and justifiable amount in local flood protection works. A proper and sound plan for accomplishing desired results lies in a coordinated international project.
(4)Existing treaties provide for the center of the Rio Grande, except in isolated cases, being the International Boundary line. The present river channel, with excessive length, was produced by natural conditions which no longer exist. Increase in settlement, cultivation and values justify both Governments in considering means of removing the flood menace and providing an adequate flood channel.
(5)Actual field surveys were continued in the location on the ground of a rectified channel subject, of course, to some later slight modification, but generally sufficiently definite to permit estimates of right-of-way and construction costs. With office and field location of this channel line which generally follows and straightens the present meandering river, it has been possible to estimate acreages and values of the relatively small areas that would be detached from one country and attached to the other—so balanced in area that neither country would gain nor lose national territory.
(6)At the present time the bed of the Rio Grande between El Paso and Juarez is at a higher elevation than some of the streets and other properties of the two cities. Accumulations of sedi-1631ment are continuing to aggravateMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. this situation, and until proper grades and hydraulic conditions are introduced by artificial works, there are no means for carrying off these deposits which are encroaching upon the carrying capacity of the channel. The consensus of opinion of engineers who have studied the situation is that the correction lies in the plan proposed of straightening and confining the channel. One of the principal requirements to permit such artificial rectification is the equitable adjustment of the areas which would be necessarily detached from one side of the river and attached to the other in the straightening process. The plan evolved, of having each Government acquire the private titles to these equal areas for later exchange, provides a feasible solution. These areas to be acquired are generally seeped and water-logged, and so shaped and situated as to be unsusceptible of proper irrigation and drainage.
(7)The benefits to be derived from the straightened and rectified channel plans are mutual to the two Governments in affording flood protection and in permitting cultivation, improvement and settlement of even larger areas adjoining the Rio Grande than are now possible under the meandering river conditions. It is of utmost importance that the Governments own and control the flood channel in order that private encroachments be definitely prevented and eliminated. Such ownership and control will also be of great assistance in the enforcement of national immigration and customs laws of both countries.
(8)In giving consideration to the determination of proper and justifiable proration of costs between the two countries, conditions other than gross and irrigated areas are necessarily in1632Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. cluded. Economic features and values in the two countries are distinct and different. While the use of areas may be entirely proper in a distribution of costs for irrigation development, this unit of proration for an international flood control plan is unsuitable and produces serious irregularities. The Commission has taken into consideration the benefits that each country would receive according to the areas and their values to be protected rather than the benefits each would receive on the sole acreage basis. On the American side of the valley there are about fifty-three thousand (53,000) acres of land under the Rio Grande Federal Irrigation Project with water rights assured; the greater part of which is in full cultivation, and about seventeen thousand (17,000) acres in the lower portion of the valley below the project limits which are irrigated with project surplus water. The total irrigated area is seventy thousand (70,000) acres. This area is served with irrigation and drainage works, and first-class roads. Finance companies facilitate the financing of the production and distribution of agricultural products.
(9)On the Mexican side of the valley there are about thirty-five thousand (35,000) acres of land in cultivation, of which twenty thousand (20,000) acres have assured water rights under the Rio Grande Federal Irrigation Project, provided for by the Water Treaty of 1906. Practically no drainage works have been constructed and the irrigation works are largely insufficient. The productiveness of the lands on the Mexican side is under these circumstances much less than the corresponding lands on the north side of the river, and there are large areas with insignificant or no production. No 1633major road improvements exist,Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission— Contd. and the finance companies organized to serve Mexican farmers are very limited in number and resources. The industrial plants and means for handling agricultural products are in very small proportion when compared with those in the valley in the United States.
(10)The estimated value of agricultural investments in the American part of the valley, according to figures assembled by the Bureau of Reclamation, including purchase of land and its preparation, farm improvements, equipment and live stock, is seventeen million dollars ($17,000,000) or thirty-four million gold pesos. The value of agricultural improvements on the Mexican side as estimated by Engineer Salvador Arroyo, Chief of the Flood Protection Work, is five million four hundred thousand ($5,400,000) gold pesos. Comparing these agricultural values in one part of the valley with those in the other it is seen that the Mexican side represents thirteen per cent of the total and the American eighty-seven per cent. Valley lands on either side of the river without water rights and assured irrigation service have very nominal value as compared with the lands obtaining water service from project sources; a comparison of such areas on this basis results in twenty-seven per cent for Mexico and seventy-three per cent for the United States.
(11)As the cities and suburbs of El Paso and Juarez not only are included in the flood protection plan, but either directly or indirectly would receive a large part of the benefits of the rectification of the channel, the Commission has considered the proration of values which each city bears to the other and giving proper weights to various percentages, believes the justifiable proration to be twelve
(12)per cent1634Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. for Mexico and eighty-eight
(88)per cent for the United States.
(12)With reference to the estimates (exhibit number five of the engineers’ report) the grand total of six million one hundred six thousand five hundred dollars ($6,106,500) includes certain items in which the Commissioners concur as being non-proratable and properly and practically chargeable to each Government separately. These are: rights-of-way four hundred twelve thousand five hundred dollars ($412,500), for purchase of private channel rights above Cordova seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000), segregated tracts two hundred sixty-six thousand dollars ($266,000), changes in irrigation works two hundred twenty-five thousand dollars ($225,000). The total of these items, with twenty per cent overhead and contingencies is one million one hundred seventy-four thousand two hundred dollars ($1,174,200). This amount subtracted from the grand total leaves a proratable total of four million nine hundred thirty-two thousand three hundred dollars ($4,932,300). Using twelve per cent (12%) and eighty eight per cent (88%) as the basis of proration Mexico’s share of the cost of the project would be five hundred ninety-one thousand eight hundred seventy-six dollars ($591,876) and that of the United States four million three hundred forty thousand four hundred twenty-four dollars ($4,340,424).
(13)On the basis that this report and the engineers’ statement have been prepared and submitted with the view of generally straightening the present river location between the International Dam above El Paso-Juarez and the Box Canyon below Fort Quitman, the question of using the present river at Fabens or following the boundary route on the south of the San Elizario area is left for later determination. From the data 1635at hand, apparently there is argumentMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. in favor of both routes. Following either the present river or the boundary line route requires adjustment of detached areas, and the proposed channel below this section can be so located as to compensate for any inequalities of such areas.
(14)The following are the recommendations of the Commission:
(a)The Commissioners recommend that the two Governments approve the plan for river rectification as outlined in the attached engineering report, including the feature of the flood retention dam, the general straightening of the present river location and the establishment of a flood channel which generally will follow and straighten the present river from International Dam to the Box Canyon below Fort Quitman.
(b)That both countries in view of the serious situation proceed to an agreement, without delay, which will carry into effect the engineering and construction features as outlined in the attached report.
(c)That the International Boundary Commission be authorized to prepare detail plans, and to direct and supervise the construction and all other engineering operations, utilizing such established governmental agencies as each government may deem proper.
(d)That each section of the International Boundary Commission be authorized to acquire for its country the necessary rights-of-way and detached areas located within its territorial limits, thru the proper governmental agencies. 1636
(e)Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. That agreement between the two Governments provide for the exchange of one-half of the area required for right-of-way and the total area of detached tracts of each country.
(f)That the total proratable cost of four million nine hundred thirty two thousand three hundred dollars ($4,932,300) be divided between Mexico and the United States on the basis of twelve per cent (12%) and eighty-eight per cent (88%) respectively, and that each Government provide annually such required appropriations as will complete the work in four or five years.
(g)That the agreement between the two countries provide for the jurisdiction of the International Boundary Commission over all matters concerning the rectified channel.
(h)That this Commission be authorized to adopt such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary to the end that the preservation of the rectified channel may be perpetuated.
(i)That each country hold the other immune from all private or national claims arising from the construction and maintenance of the rectified channel or any other cause whatsoever in connection with this project. Respectfully submitted. The Commission adjourned to meet again at the call of either of the Commissioners. (Sgd.) L. M. Lawson *Commissioner for the United States*. (Sgd.) Gustavo P. Serrano *Commissioner for Mexico*. (Sgd.) Mervin B. Moore *Acting Secretary of the United States Section*. (Sgd.) José Hernández Ojeda. *Secretary of the Mexican Section*. 1637 joint report of consulting engineers rio grande rectification el paso-juarez valley.Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission— Contd. Mexico, D.F. July 16, 1930. I.–INTRODUCTION. 1.–*Outline of Proposed Plan*.
(a)It is proposed to reduce materially the flood flow at El Paso-Juarez by the construction of a detention dam with a one hundred thousand (100,000) acre foot-(123,350,000 cubic meter) reservoir at Caballo, and to control this flood flow thru the El Paso-Juarez Valley in a shortened channel by the construction of parallel levees. The proposed artificial channel will follow and rectify, in a general way, the present river from Land Monument Number One to the Box Canyon below Fort Quitman, and is so located as to segregate the same area from each country.
(b)The general engineering features of the project involve: the reduction of river length from one hundred fifty-five
(155)miles (247 kilometers) to eighty-eight
(88)miles (141 kilometers); the establishment between levees of a floodway five hundred ninety
(590)feet (180 meters) wide with a capacity of eleven thousand (11,000) second feet (314 cubic meters per second); and the increasing of the gradient from a slope of .00035 (1.82 feet per mile) to a slope of .00061 (3.20 feet per mile). The levees require the placement of eight million nine hundred eighty-five thousand (8,985,000) cubic yards (6,870,000 cubic meters) of earth, their average height being 7.5 feet (2.25 meters). Four million seven hundred seventy-five thousand (4,775,000) cubic yards (3,650,000 cubic meters) of earth 1638Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.are required to be excavated to provide artificial channel. The areas required for right-of-way for this channel are four thousand seventy-five (4,075) acres (1650 hectares) from the United States and also four thousand seventy-five (4,075) acres (1650 hectares) from Mexico.
(c)The tentative proposed location of the rectified channel segregates three thousand four hundred sixty
(3460)acres (1400 hectares) from the United States and also three thousand four hundred sixty
(3460)acres (1400 hectares) from Mexico.
(d)The estimated cost of the project, including Caballo Dam, is about six million (6,000,000) dollars.
(e)This project will eliminate the flood menace throughout the El Paso-Juarez Valley in both the United States and Mexico, will prevent channel changes and detachment of areas from one country to the other, and will permit the reclaiming of low-lying areas. 2.–*Present Conditions*.
(a)The Rio Grande forms generally the International Boundary between the United States and Mexico from Land Monument Number One to the Box Canyon below Fort Quitman in the El Paso-Juarez Valley, and is a meandering stream subject to changes, creating detached areas from one country to the other.
(b)The gross area of valley land in both the The United States and Mexico, between El Paso-Juarez and the Box Canyon, is one hundred sixty-five, thousand (165,000) acres (66,000 hectares) of which ninety six thousand (96,000) acres (38,400 hectares) are in the United States and sixty-nine thousand (69,000) acres (27,600 hectares are in Mexico. Estimated values existing in the cities of El Paso and Juarez and their valleys, including irrigation and drainage works and improved roads, are in excess of one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000). 1639
(c)Notwithstanding tha 1 So in original. factMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. that the present total amount of sediment annually carried thru this valley by the Rio Grande is only a very small percentage of that carried previous to the construction of the Elephant Butte Dam, the absence of the former large scouring floods has resulted in the silting up of the river channel to a point where rainfall discharges from arroyos entering the river between Elephant Butte and El Paso-Juarez menace the improved and developed properties of both cities and valley lands. Only large floods of destructive proportions are capable of eroding accumulations of sediment as they now occur in the meandering channel.
(d)The Mexican Department of Communications and Public Works and the city and county of El Paso have expended in the last few years over seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000) to protect the cities of El Paso-Juarez and the Valley lands from floods. These works consist largely of levees built along the banks of the meandering channel, and require constant strengthening and repair on account of the raising of the river bed. A more substantial and effective plan must be adopted to secure permanent and efficient protection. II.–DETAIL REPORT. Since the joint preliminary report, dated December 1928, was submitted to the Commission, location surveys covering the entire length1 So in original. of river from the cities of El Paso and Juarez to Quitman Canyon have been completed. These surveys have furnished additional data, and form in a large measure the basis for the report which follows. 1640 1.–Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.description.
(a)The Rio Grande is a sediment bearing stream and as such is constantly building up its bed, and would from this cause, in time of flood, change its channel to a lower location where it would again start building up its bed and repeat, the cycle at some future flood stage. This phase of changing channel has been largely prevented thru El Paso-Juarez Valley by the construction of artificial works, such as railroad and road grades, canal and drain banks, and in late years, levees. Under these conditions the river bed has been continuously elevated, The Elephant Butte Dam was completed in the year 1916, and as a result of its function of providing an irrigation supply during years of low run-off, it stores the floods, which previous to its construction had passed on down the river. The action of these floods was to scour out the river channel, partly by carrying deposits on thru the valleys and partly by making deposits upon the valley floor whenever bank overflow stage was reached. The absence, since the completion of Elephant Butte Dam, of large scouring floods has changed the characteristics of the river channel thru the El Paso-Juarez Valley. Although large floods have been controlled behind the Elephant Butte Dani, smaller floods from the run-off area lying between Elephant Butte and El Paso-Juarez are of annual occurrence. These usually occur during the rainy season, that is, in August and September, and are generally flashy in character, the peak lasting only a few hours, and would pass harmlessly thru the valley were it not for the elevated bed. 1641
(b)With the first release ofMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. clear water from Elephant Butte, a limited scouring of the river channel began immediately below the dam. The clear water picked up the finer particles of silt and sand and earned them downstream. This effect has reached some forty miles (64 kilometers) below Elephant Butte, and might eventually reach El Paso-Juarez and degrade the river thru the El Paso-Juarez Valley, were it not for the annual increment of sand, gravel and silt brought into the river channel from the many side arroyos which debouch into the stream along its course between the dam and El Paso-Juarez. Even this annual increment of sand might be carried on were it not for the need of diverting the flow onto lands for irrigation. Three diversions are made above El Paso, one each at Percha, the Leasburg, and the Mesilla Dams. The main diversions in the El Paso Valley are at the International Dam, where lands of both countries are served, and at the Riverside and Tornillo headings, where supplementary diversions to American lands are made. At each of these diversions sand skimming and canal sluicing devices are used so that a great percentage of the sand and silt is returned to the river bed, while a great percentage of the water is diverted for the irrigation of the lands. This process continuously returns the sand to the river bed while also continuously depleting the volume, and hence the carrying capacity. 2.–caballo dam and reservoir
(a)The uncontrolled drainage areas which lie between Elephant Butte and El Paso-Juarez total about eight thousand (8,000) square miles (20,700 square kilometers). Large parts of this area 1642Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.have dead drainage with no direct outlet into the Rio Grande, About two thousand three hundred
(2300)square miles (6,000 square kilometers) drain directly into the river, of which some one thousand two hundred
(1200)square miles (3100 square kilometers) are above and would be controlled by a dam constructed at the Caballo site.
(b)This damsite is located in Sierra County, New Mexico on the Rio Grande about twenty-two
(22)miles (35 kilometers) below Elephant Butte Dam. Studies of the Caballo Dam and the resulting reservoir have been made by the Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, United States Government, in conjunction with the proposed water Sower development at Elephant Butte. These studies were begun in the year 1924 and included the surveying of the site, the testing of the foundation, the design and cost estimates of structures of various heights, and the effect on water supply and flood control. Two reports were written by the United States Bureau of Reclamation engineers, covering this dam and related features, one dated December 15, 1924, and the other April 1925. 3.–river discharge at el paso-juarez
(a)Floods at El Paso-Juarez occurring since the completion of Elephant Butte Dam have been built up from the run-off of the area between Elephant Butte and El Paso-Juarez, supplemented by the concurrent irrigation discharge from the reservoir. There is a possibility that such floods would be increased at such times when the reservoir was full and water passing over the spillway. 1643 4.–probable spill at elephant butte dam.Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.
(a)An estimate of the probable spill at Elephant Butte Dam has been made from a study of the spills as shown in the report of the Denver office of the Bureau of Reclamation, dated March 10, 1928 and entitled “Review of Quinton, Code and Hill Reports on Elephant Butte Power Development of July 2, 1927 and September 30, 1927”. This review sets up the following assumptions: 1.–Irrigation storage is to be carried to elevation 4401, leaving six feet (1.83 meters), or the elevation 4407, for flood control storage. This six feet (1.83 meters) will store two hundred thirty-nine thousand (239,000) acre feet (294,806,000 cubic meters). Additional flood control storage of about one hundred thousand (100,000) acre feet (123,350,000 cubic meters) is available to elevation 4410, at which height a discharge of about four thousand five hundred (4,500) second feet (128 cubic meters per second) will be passing over the spillway crest. 2.–Irrigation demand is to be limited to seven hundred thousand (700,000) acre feet (863,450,000 cubic meters) annually when on June 30th of any year the reservoir content is less than one million five hundred thousand (1.500,000) acre feet (1.850,250,000 cubic meters). Irrigation demand is to be limited to seven hundred eighty-seven thousand (787,000) acre feet (970,764,000 cubic meters) annually when on June 30th of any year the reservoir content is more than one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) acre feet (1,850,250,000 cubic meters). 3.–Reservoir capacity depletion thru silt deposit is at the average rate of twenty thousand (20,000) acre feet (26,670,000 cubic meters) per year. 1644 4.–Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. San Marcial, New Mexico inflow records are corrected for changed conditions above. 5.–The cycle of inflow, with the corrections, will repeat using the year 1898 as equal to 1930; the reservoir was full on January 1, 1898, and the irrigation storage capacity had been depleted by silt inflow to two million one hundred thousand (2.100,000) acre feet, (2,580,350,000 cubic meters) on that date.
(b)These assumed conditions required the theoretical use of flood storage in the years 1930, 1937, 1944, 1948, 1953, 1954, and 1956, with the maximum requirements coming in 1956. If a flow of four thousand five hundred
(4500)second feet (128 cubic meters per second) was started in 1956 at the time the water reached elevation 4401 or the limit of irrigation storage a flow over the spillway of 4500 second feet (128 cubic meters) would have been just reached at the end of the flood. This condition occurs but once in the assumed cycle of thirty years and spill has not been necessary during the fifteen years of actual reservoir operation 1915–1930. Therefore, it seems safe to assume that the probable spill from Elephant Butte Dam will not at any time be more than six thousand (6,000) second feet (171 cubic meters per second). 5.–probable floods at el paso-juarez.
(a)The largest flood at El Paso-Juarez since the building of Elephant Butte Dam occurred1 So in original. on September 1, 1925 when a peak of thirteen thousand five hundred 1645(13,500) second feet (382 cubicMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. meters per second) passed the gaging station at Courchesne. This flood resulted from heavy rainfall in the Black Range between Elephant Butte and Leasburg, on top of a flow of two thousand
(2000)second feet (57 cubic meters per second) already released from the reservoir. If a spill of six thousand
(6000)second feet (170 cubic meters per second) was occurring1 So in original. at the time of this flood, a peak of about eighteen thousand (18,000) second feet (510 cubic meters per second) would have occurred at El Paso-Juarez. If the Caballo Dam and reservoir had been available at the time of this flood, and if the six thousand
(6000)second feet (170 cubic meters per second of spill was occurring at Elephant Butte, prior information of rain on the tributaries would have permitted the closing of the Caballo gates before the flow of the tributaries could have reached the Rio Grande, and the resulting peak at El Paso-Juarez could have been reduced to between ten thousand (10,000) and eleven thousand (11,000) second feet (283 and 314 cubic meters per second). The Caballo reservoir, by controlling one-half of the direct drainage area, and by acting as a temporary check on the spills from Elephant Butte Dam will reduce by almost one-half the probable peak at El Paso-Juarez. 6.–drainage area in el paso-juarez valley. *At El Paso-Juarez*
(a)The Arroyo Colorado empties into the river immediately above the city of Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexico. This arroyo has been estimated to have had a peak flood of some three thousand (3,000) second feet (85 cubic 1646Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.meters per second). Other smaller arroyos empty into the river directly above the International Dam. Their drainage areas are small, and their discharge, together with that of the Arroyo Colorado, cannot increase the peak floods in the Rio Grande except in the improbable event of their occurrence simultaneously with the peak flow past El Paso-Juarez. Additional freeboard has been allowed in the design to take care of this improbable occurrence. *Below El Paso-Juarez*
(b)Practically no direct discharge of side drainage occurs below El Paso-Juarez until the Arroyo Alamo in Hudspeth County is reached. Below this point three large arroyos and many small ones empty directly into the river. The total drainage area on the American side between the Arroyo Alamo and Quitman Canyon is six hundred eighty
(680)square miles (1760 square kilometers), of which four hundred ninety
(490)square miles (1270 square kilometers) have direct discharge into the river and one hundred ninety
(190)square miles (490 square kilometers) are indirectly discharged into the river. The drainage area on the Mexican side is considerably less, although, due to the absence of maps, little detail knowledge is available. However, no arroyos empty directly into the river from the south until considerably below the town of McNary, Texas, and observations of the arroyo channels below this point show that their drainage areas are probably limited and their discharges small.
(c)The three largest arroyos on the American side are: the Alamo, with a drainage area of one hundred forty-five
(145)square miles (375 square kilometers); the Diablo, with a drainage area of sixty-two
(62)square miles (160 square kilometers); and the Guayuco, with a drainage 1647area of one hundred sixty-fiveMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.
(165)square miles (427 square kilometers). The Alamo and the Guayuco have been known to discharge in excess of five thousand (5,000) second feet (142 cubic meters per second), and hearsay information gives probable peaks of twice that amount. If such flows should occur at the time the peak of a flood from upper river sources was passing, doubtless the designed channel would be over-taxed. Some additional safety has been provided by increasing the freeboard a short distance above and below these arroyos. However, as these arroyos empty into the river channel well below most of the area to be protected, it will be uneconomical to make any large expenditures against unlikely possibilities.
(d)The discharge from these arroyos must be taken into the channel and the location has been made at some distance from the present arroyo mouths to permit, in a measure, the deposit of detritus before the flows reach the channel. 7.–the river above el paso-juarez
(a)The distance by the river between Elephant Butte and El Paso-Juarez is about one hundred fifty
(150)miles (241 kilometers), and the valley axial distance is about one hundred twenty
(120)miles (193 kilometers). Immediately below the dam the river passes thru fifteen miles (24 kilometers) of canyon where the fall varies from .00037 (1.94 feet per mile) to .00080 (4.26 feet per mile) then thru the Palomas Valley for thirteen miles (21 kilometers) with a fall of .00080 (4.26 feet per mile), then thru three miles (5 kilometers) of canyon where the Caballo damsite is located, then thru the Rincon Valley, the first seven miles (11 kilometers) of which have an average fall of .00074 (3.93 feet per mile), and 1648Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.the last fourteen miles (22 kilometers) a fall of .00064 (3.40 feet per mile). The river then traverses seven miles (11 kilometers) known as the Selden Canyon, where the average fall is .00064 (3.4 feet per mile), and then reaches the Leasburg Dam which is at the head of the Mesilla Valley. From Leasburg Dam to Mesilla Dam, a distance of twenty four miles (39 kilometers), the river has a fall of .00073 (3.84 feet per mile). From Mesilla Dam to Canutillo Bridge, a distance of twenty-eight miles (45 kilometers) the river has a fall of .00070 (3.67 feet per mile), and from the Canutillo Bridge to the International Dam, some nineteen miles (30 kilometers) the river has a fall of .00048 (2.53 feet per mile).
(b)As previously stated, the effect of the release of clear water from Elephant Butte Dam has been to degrade the river bed in the upper reaches immediately below the dam, and to build it up thru the El Paso-Juarez Valley. There is necessarily a stretch of river between these two actions which is quiescent, where neither degradation nor building up is going on. Studies of river sections indicate that the river bed thru the lower Mesilla Valley rests in this state. 8.–the river below el paso-juarez
(a)The length of the channel of the river between El Paso-Juarez and the Quitman Canyon is about one hundred fifty1 So in original.-five
(155)miles (250 kilometers) while the length measured along the valley axis is eighty-five
(85)miles (137 Kilometers). The fall of the river is about .00034 (1,82 feet per mile) while the fall of the valley is .00061 (3.20 feet per mile). It is thus seen that if the alignment of the river can be straightened a fall of approximately .00061 (3.2 feet per mile) 1649can be obtained. It will be notedMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. that this fall is in excess of that in the last stretch of the Mesilla Valley, or between Canutillo Bridge and the International Dam, where a fall of .00048 (2.53 feet per mile) was indicated and that this fall of .00061 (3.2 feet per mile) is somewhat under that of .00070 (3.67 feet per mile) for the upper part of the Mesilla Valley. If the lower stretch of the river in the Mesilla Valley is in equilibrium, that is, shows neither scour nor fill, with a gradient of .00048 (2.53 feet per mile) the river thru the El Paso-Juarez Valley must have a greater gradient to reach the same state of equilibrium since the quantities of water normally carried are greatly reduced at the International Dam III.–PROPOSED PLAN
(a)The treatment to be given the river thru the valley to increase the fall from .00034 (1.82 feet per mile) to .00061 (3.2 feet per mile), in order to accelerate the velocity and to let the current of the river carry along the burden of sand and sediment, which has caused the rapid river bottom rising, so marked since the construction of the Elephant Butte Dam, consists of a. general straightening following the present channel of the river wherever possible, and cutting across the bends where necessary to decrease length. Along each side of the new channel, and also along each side of the present river where followed, levees will be built of sufficient height and far enough apart to pass the floods. The channel thus created will always be kept clear of brush and other obstructions which might retard the flow. In the alignment, duo consideration has been given to the general principle of the compensation of the artificially segregated areas, in order to equalize 1650Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.the areas which will be cut from one country with those which will be cut from the other.
(b)This treatment brings about the result that the right-of-way to be acquired by each nation will balance practically in area. In general, the water-way proposed will consist of a normal channel of similar size and capacity to the present river bed, with levees set back with a total distance of about five hundred ninety
(590)feet (180 meters) between them. Levees will be wide enough on top to permit travel for inspection and repair. The alignment has been so chosen as to avoid as far as possible all highly improved and cultivated areas, but at many places this was impracticable due to the meanderings of the river channel.
(c)The above plan of shortening the river by cut-offs is feasible in this case because Elephant Butte Dam, in conjunction with the proposed Caballo Dam and reservoir, will give practically complete control of the floods. Consequently the river thru the El Paso-Juarez Valley will take on more the nature of a large central drain or canal than a river. IV.–BASIS OF ESTIMATE. 1.–*Cost of Caballo Reservoir*
(a)The cost of the Caballo Dam, including the purchase of the lands to be submerged, has been estimated by the Bureau of Reclamation at about one million two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($1,250,000) for the one hundred thousand (100,000) acre feet (123,350,000 cubic meters) capacity.
(b)The volume of water passing the Caballo Damsite during the flood of September 1925 was in the neighborhood of twenty-five thousand (25,000) acre feet (30,837,000 cubic meters). Storage in excess of this amount must be 1651provided to take care of possibleMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. larger floods and silt depletion. Provision must also be made to store the probable spill from Elephant Butte during times of flood run-off below the dam. Fifty thousand (50,000) acre feet (61,675,000 cubic meters) are allowed for this item and would probably store three or four days’ spill. This would permit the floods entering below Caballo to have receded.
(c)Of the total proposed storage of one hundred thousand (100,000) acre feet (123.350,000 cubic meters) approximately fifty thousand (50,000) acre feet (61,675,000 cubic meters) are allowed for flood storage and silt depletion, and fifty thousand (50,000) acre feet (61,675,000 cubic meters) for the control of spill from Elephant Butte. 2.–*Segregated Tracts*.
(a)In order that neither nation shall sacrifice national area, it is required that the total land to be segregated or cut off from one country shall equal that to be segregated or cut off from the other. On the attached maps these tracts and their total areas have been shown. Fifty-nine
(59)separate tracts will be cut from Mexico and sixty-five
(65)separate tracts will be cut from the United States. Their areas vary from 0.10 hectares (.25 acre) to 151 hectares (377 acres). The approximate total area to be cut from Mexico is one thousand four hundred
(1400)hectares (3460 acres) and the approximate total area to be cut from the United States is one thousand four hundred
(1400)hectares (3460 acres). 3.–*San ELizario Island*.
(a)Two alternate routes for the location of the rectified channel along the San Elizario Island are shown on Exhibit No. 2. One 1652Minute No, 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.route follows in a general way the present river while the other follows in a general way the present boundary. The two routes are almost identical in length, and have practically the same gradient and grade elevation.
(b)The river route, by following the present river, is located entirely in the United States and passes thru areas largely undrained and uncultivated, while the boundary route passes largely thru highly cultivated and valuable areas. Therefore the costs of rights-of-way will be less with the river route and no areas will be segregated in the sense of changed national jurisdiction. The alignment possible with the boundary route is considerably better than that of the river route, especially at the lower end of the Island, where a sharp curve is necessary if the river route is used.
(c)The boundary route makes more feasible the carrying thru of irrigation and drainage works needed by Mexico, as the present boundary in places is located practically against the toe of the mesa. On the other hand, the abandonment of the river requires the building in the United States of a feeder canal to reestablish water deliveries to the Tornillo Canal system.
(d)The boundary route is estimated to cost about seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000) more than the river route, due largely to the higher value of the lands required for the right-of-way and the segregated areas, and to the disestablishment of some of the irrigation and drainage works now constructed in the United States of America with the river in its present location. The equalizing of all the segregated tracts and the estimate submitted herewith both are based on following the boundary route along the San Elizario Island. 1653 V.–GENERAL.Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission— Contd. 1.–*Velocities*.
(a)The requirements of the project indicate two important limiting velocities; namely, that the maximum velocity in the flood channel at full flow must not entail expensive bank protection, and that the minimum velocity in the normal flow channel must be high enough to carry the annual increment of sand and silt to prevent channel upbuilding.
(b)The increase in average gradient, which is from .00035 to .00061, or from 1.82 feet per mile to 3.2 feet per mile, and which is brought about by the shortening in the river length, will produce velocities of from five to six feet (1.52 to 1.83 meters) per second at full flow, depending on the cross section and the gradient of the particular section considered.
(c)These velocities can be safely carried in the channel designed for this project where the alignment is reasonably straight and the cross section relatively wide.
(d)The data on normal flow indicates that the low water channel will have a velocity of around three feet (0.91 meters) per second. Experience on the Rio Grande Irrigation Project, in the sluicing of canals in the design of sand skimming devices, has shown that such velocities are capable of carrying the usual sand and silt borne by the Rio Grande. 2.–*Coefficient of Roughness*.
(a)The value of “ n ” in Kutter’s Formula adopted for use on this project is n =.025 for the normal flow channel and n =.030 for the flood channel. These values follow closely those determined on the Miami Conservancy District at Dayton, Ohio, taking such tests as are believed to nearly duplicate the conditions to be encountered on this project. On one particular determination where the channel was covered with weeds, and the flow was 1654Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.around twenty-three thousand (23,000) second feet (6520 cubic meters per second) the value of “n” was determined to be .0298, whereas the values for the same channel when free from weeds varied from .023 to .0255. 3.–*Cross-sections*
(a)The cross-sections adopted as best suited to the requirements of the project are shown on the attached Exhibit No. 3. It will be noted that two cross-sections are shown. These are identical except in the placement of the normal flow channel. The one to be used from El Paso-Juarez to the lower end of the San Elizario Island places the normal flow channel in the center while the one to be used from the lower end of the San Elizario Island to the mouth of Quitman Canyon places the normal flow channel adjacent to the left levee. This different treatment of the two sections of the river is required because, in the upper part, the land passed thru in the making of cut-offs is generally low ground lying from only slightly above the proposed river grade to, in some cases, slightly below the proposed grade. Thru this section the amount of material to be excavated from the proposed new channel is small and can be wasted adjacent to the normal flow channel without seriously decreasing flood channel capacities. Throughout the lower section deeper cuts are encountered and spoiling into the flood channel is impracticable. This changed condition is met by placing the normal channel adjacent to the left levee where the material excavated can be placed to form the left levee or can be wasted beyond the flood channel.
(b)The proposed cross-section has levees spaced 180 meters (590 feet) apart with levee heights of 1655about 2.2 meters (7.2 feet). InMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. actual construction levee heights will vary from nothing, where bench lands are encountered, to four and a half meters (15 feet) where the old river channel is crossed. The levee section proposed has a five meter (16.4 feet) crown with side slopes of two to one. This will permit the use of the top as a road for inspection and repair.
(c)The normal flow channel is designed with a bottom width of twenty meters (66 feet) as this channel width seems to best fit the present channel width of the river. Side slopes are 1:1 except throughout the lower section where 2:1 slope is proposed on the side adjacent to the left levee.
(d)Gradients vary from .00045 (2.38 feet per mile) to .0008 (4.26 feet per mile) and the levee heights have been changed to conform, always adding 0.6 meters (2 feet) as freeboard.
(e)The estimated capacity below the 0.6 meters (2 feet) free-board varies from ten thousand seven hundred (10,700) second feet (3,030 cubic meters per second) to eleven thousand five hundred (11,500) second feet (3,260 cubic meters per second). 4.–*Right-of-way*.
(a)The total right-of-way required is eight thousand one hundred sixty (8,160) acres (3,300 hectares). This is equally divided between the two countries to Mexico four thousand eighty (4,080) acres (1650 hectares) and to the United States four thousand eighty (4,080) acres (1650 hectares). In addition to the land actually occupied by the works, a strip fifteen meters (49 feet) wide outside the land tow of each levee has been included for use in levee maintenance or possible future levee widening. 1656 5.–Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. *Clearing*.
(a)The area to be cleared is estimated as seventy per cent of the total area required for the right-of-way. A part of the right-of-way is now cleared and in cultivation, and in addition a considerable part is now occupied by the present river. Unit cost is sixty-two dollars fifty cents per hectare, or about twenty-five dollars per acre. The work to be done consists of brush cutting, some grubbing, and the plowing of the area between the borrow pits and the normal channel. 6.–*Earthwork*.
(a)All earthwork of both channel excavation and levee embankment is planned to be accomplished by machine methods, and the unit cost used in the estimates is eighteen cents per cubic meter which is about that developed on similar work in that locality. The machines best suited to the work are draglines equipped with one hundred foot booms, with buckets from two to three cubic yards in capacity, although on a great part of the levee work smaller equipment can be used economically. Proper provision has been made in the unit cost for full machine upkeep and depreciation, and for the hazards of the work such as untimely high water, soft and marshy ground and unusable soft material.
(b)It is planned to secure material for the levee embankment from the channel excavation in building the left levee from the lower end of San Elizario Island to the mouth of Quitman Canyon. At practically all the other locations the material will be secured from discontinuous borrow pits located on the channel side of the levees. Practically no material will require a second handling. 1657 7.–*Work near El Paso-Juarez*.Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.
(a)The item of one hundred twenty five thousand dollars (125,000) covers contemplated work on the section of river between International Dam and Cordova Island, and includes the extension and straightening of the present levees, the removal of existing obstructions, and purchase of title to all lands lying on the channel side of the present levees. 8.–*Changes in Canals and Drains*.
(a)The sum of two hundred twenty five thousand dollars ($225,000) is carried in the estimate to cover the cost of rebuilding all constructed irrigation and drainage works where they will be interfered with by the proposed river work. This work will include the rearrangement of the irrigation systems on both sides of the river, especially in the area below Monument No. 1 of San Elizario Island, and changed drain outlets on the United States side in the same area. The sum of seventy-five thousand dollars has been allocated to Mexico and one hundred fifty thousand dollars to the United States. 9.–*Bridges*.
(a)Present bridges will either have to be lengthened or moved, depending on how they fit with the new plan and probably several more bridges will have to be built. The estimate of the amount of this item is three hundred thousand dollars. ($300,000). 10.–*Grade Controls*.
(a)Because the effects of the introduction of steeper gradients in the river channel are problematical, and considerable scour may develop, and because the irrigation supply must be diverted at certain places, there has been set up in the estimate 1658Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.an amount of dollars 675.000 to meet the cost of grade control structures. This amount is deemed sufficient to build ten such structures. The immediate construction of three or four is contemplated—located at such places as the need of irrigation diversion dictates. The others will be built if their need becomes apparent. 11.–*Engineering, Contingencies and Overhead*.
(a)An allowance of twenty per cent has been added to cover the cost of the above item. A relatively low engineering cost should result, due to the magnitude of the quantities involved. Contingencies are not serious, as the flow of the river is largely controlled by Elephant Butte Dam, and no long-lasting floods are probable. Overhead should be no higher than on other similar work. VI.–COST WITHOUT CABALLO DAM.
(a)During December 1928, a report was made on the probable floods at El Paso-Juarez, with and without, the additional flood control of a retention reservoir at Caballo. The data then available indicated a maximum flood of eight thousand (8.000) second feet (226 cubic meters per second) with the Caballo Dam, and a maximum flood of eighteen thousand second feet (510 cubic meters per second) without the Caballo Dam. Since that time additional data has been acquired, and restudies have shown that the assumed maximum flood with the Caballo Dam should be eleven thousand second feet (314 cubic meters per second), and that the assumed maximum flood without the Caballo Dam should be twenty thousand second feet (576 cubic meters per second). 1659
(b)In adopting a design forMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. the twenty thousand second feet (576 cubic meters per second) channel it was found necessary to increase the distance between levees from one hundred eighty meters (590 feet) to two hundred ninety meters (950 feet) for the upper part of the valley, or from El Paso-Juarez to Alamo Arroyo. For the lower part, or from Alamo Arroyo to the end it was found necessary to increase the size of the excavated channel from twenty meter (66 foot) base to a thirty meter (99 foot) base, and to raise the levees one meter (3.3 feet).
(c)Estimates show that the works required from Land Monument No. 1 to the mouth of the canyon below Fort Quitman will cost about one million five hundred thousand dollars more when designed for the twenty thousand second foot (576 cubic meters per second) channel than when designed for the eleven thousand second foot (314 cubic meters per second) channel. The principal items of difference are the increase in rights-of-way required due to the widening between levees in the upper part, or from El Paso-Juarez to the Alamo Arroyo; the increase in earthwork, due principally to the larger cross-section needed thru the deep cuts below the Alamo Arroyo, and to the lengthening of the grade control structures and the bridges. There is also an increase in the amount of clearing necessary.
(d)The additional area required for rights-of-way is about eight hundred hectares (2,000 acres) and will cost one hundred thousand dollars. The additional earthwork required is about four million one hundred fifty thousand cubic meters (5,424,000 cubic yards) which at eighteen cents per cubic meter amounts to seven hundred forty-seven thousand1660Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. dollars. The lengthening of grade control structures and bridges will cost an additional three hundred fifty thousand dollars. The additional clearing required will cost thirty-five thousand dollars. The total of the above items is one million two hundred thirty-two thousand dollars which, when increased by twenty per cent allowed for engineering, overhead and contingencies, makes a total additional cost of one million four hundred eighty thousand dollars.
(e)Therefore, the cost ($1,250,000) of the Caballo Dam is more than offset by the economies made possible in the works from Land Monument No. 1 to the mouth of Quitman Canyon. Indeed, a saving of two hundred fifty thousand dollars is achieved. This saving is in addition to a reduction of 800 hectares (2,000 acres) in the land used for the channel which would be otherwise irredeemably lost for cultivation, and to an unknown amount annually saved in less expensive maintenance. VII. RECOMMENDATIONS. The following recommendations are respectfully submitted:
(a)That the rectified channel be constructed as described and outlined in this report and the attached exhibits.
(b)That a flood detention dam, with a reservoir of not less than one hundred thousand acre feet (123,350.000 cubic meters) capacity be built at Caballo, New Mexico.
(c)That the areas to be detached from each country be brought into balance by such shifting of the river location as the Commission may decide.
(d)That the areas to be detached and those required for right-of-way be acquired by each nation so that all private rights to these lands be extinguished. 1661
(e)That the balanced detachedMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. tracts and the acquired rights-of-way be exchanged between the two nations so that each nation will have jurisdiction to the center of the rectified channel where it forms the boundary line.
(f)That the International Boundary Commission have full control over the work during its construction, and over its maintenance when completed. VIII. EXHIBITS. Five exhibits are attached, as follows: exhibit No. 1.– River Gradients. This shows graphically the present river gradients between Elephant Butte and Quitman Canyon, and the proposed new gradient which the river shortening will bring about. exhibit No. 2.– Location Map. This is a map of the El Paso-Juarez Valley on which is shown the located line and the segregated areas in color and in numerical table. Two routes are shown at the San Elizario Island, one following generally the present river, and the other following generally the present boundary. exhibit No. 3– Typical Cross-Sections. This exhibit graphically illustrates the cross-sections proposed for use, and gives the theoretical hydraulic functions. exhibit No. 4.– Drainage Areas. This exhibit indicates in colors and in figures the drainage area controlled by Elephant Butte Dam, and that to be controlled by the Caballo Dam. exhibit No. 5.– Estimate of Cost. 1662 IX.–Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. In the preparation of this report the Consulting Engineers have been assisted by the technical advisers, Messrs. W. E. Robertson, Chairman of the El Paso Chamber of Commerce River Rectification Committee, and Salvador Arroyo, Chief Engineer of the Juarez Flood Control Commission; and have made use of the wealth of data contained in previous reports on this problem. Acknowledgment is made to the various engineers and agencies who collected this data and made the following reports: 1.–“Report on Rio Grande Rectification”, by Special Committee of Engineers, El Paso Chapter, American Association of Engineers, June 5, 1922. 2.–“Report of Conditions of the Rio Grande on the Rio Grande Project”, by; L. M. Lawson, Engineer, United States Department of the Interior, March 10, 1925. 3.–“Channel Improvement of the Rio Grande below El Paso”, by Salvador Arroyo, Mexican Federal Civil Engineer, March 1925. 4.–“ Statement to the United States and Mexican Governments and the International Boundary Commission on Rectification of a Portion of the Rio Grande, Juarez and El Paso Valleys”, by Salvador Arroyo and L. M. Lawson, April 25, 1925. 5.–“Joint Report on the Preceding Report” (No. 4), by Armando Santacruz, Jr. and Randolph E. Fishbum, Consulting Engineers of the International Boundary Commission, May 12, 1925. 1663 6.–“Effect of Rio Grande StorageMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. on River Erosion and Deposition”, by L. M. Lawson, Project Superintendent, United States Bureau of Reclamation, El Paso, Texas, May 1928. 7.–“The Present Regimen of the Upper Rio Grande and the Problem the River has Created in the El Paso-Juarez Valley”, by Salvador Arroyo, Chief Engineer of Juarez Flood Control Commission, May 1928. 8.–“Statement Regarding Rectification of the Rio Grande ”, by J. L. Savage, Designing Engineer, United States Bureau of Reclamation, November 28, 1928. 9.–“Report on Preliminary Estimates, Rectification of the Rio Grande El Paso-Juarez to Quitman Canyon ”, by Salvador Arroyo and C. M. Ainsworth, December 1928. 10.–“ Proposed Rectification of the Rio Grande from El Paso-Juarez to Quitman Canyon”, by R. M. Priest, Superintendent of the Yuma Project, United States Bureau of Reclamation, May 2, 1929. Respectfully submitted, July 16, 1930. (Sgd.) C. M. Ainsworth *Consulting Engineer United States Section*. (Sgd.) Armando Santacruz *Consulting Engineer, Mexican Section*. To the Honorable Commissioners, International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico. 1628 Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission.comision internacional de limites entre mexico y los estados unidos México, D.F. 31 de julio de 1930. ACTA NUMERO 129. Asunto: Informe sobre Rectificación del Río Bravo. La Comisión se reunió en la Sala de Conferencias de la Secretaría de Relaciones Exteriores en la Ciudad de México, a las 10 horas del día 31 de julio de 1930, de acuerdo con lo convenido en el Acta No. 128, para formalizar por medio de esta Acta su informe y recomendaciones a los dos Gobiernos sobre el proyecto de Rectificación del Río Bravo.
(1)Cada una de las Secciones de la Comisión Internacional de Límites ha recibido instrucciones de la Secretaría de Relaciones Exteriores de su respectivo Gobierno para estudiar y preparar un proyecto de carácter internacional a fin de conjurar el peligro de inundación por aguas del Río Bravo, que se cierne sobre el Valle de Juárez-El Paso. Los estudios y las investigaciones han llegado a un punto tal que permiten presentar a los dos Gobiernos un proyecto definido y un presupuesto de costos, y a continuación aparece el Informe de los Comisionados de la Comisión Internacional de Límites, acompañado de un informe común preparado por los Ingenieros Consultores y los Asesores Técnicos. En el Acta No. 111 de la Comisión Unida, de fecha 21 de Diciembre de 1928 se delineó, en términos generales, la necesidad de tomar medidas de carácter internacional y se hizo una descripción general de los terrenos afectados y un resumen preliminar del proyecto y se recomendó que se elaborara éste hasta sus detalles finales y costos. Durante los últimos meses la Comisión ha dado un 1629paso muy importante al dictar susMinute No. 120 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. decisiones determinando el dominio y jurisdicción nacionales correspondientes a varios bancos en la zona de que se trata.
(2)El proyecto elaborado por la Comisión Unida va agregado como un anexo a la presente Acta, y al enviarlo a los dos Gobiernos, los Comisionados lo presentan como un proyecto viable y práctico desde los puntos de vista económico y de ingeniería. En términos generales, el proyecto consiste en enderezar el cauce actual del Río y disminuir su longitud de 247 kilómetros (155 millas) a 141 kilómetros (88 millas), y confinar este cauce entre dos diques paralelos. El proyecto comprende, además de este cauce, la construcción de una Presa de retención de avenidas en el único lugar adecuado, que queda sobre el Río Grande a 35 kilómetros (22 millas) abajo de la Presa del Elefante, para formar un vaso de almacenamiento de 123.350,000 metros cúbicos (100.000 acres pies). El estudio cuidadoso de las crecientes e inundaciones pasadas aconseja la conveniencia de disminuir el gasto de creciente que llegue a Juarez-El Paso mediante el almacenamiento que se propone. La reducción en el gasto de crecientes en el Valle de El Paso-Juárez que se obtiene mediante este almacenamiento se traduce en un ahorro de cerca de $250,000.00 dólares en las obras en el Valle, pues permite disminuir las dimensiones del cauce, la extensión necesaria para el derecho de vía y el volumen de terracerías de los diques.
(3)El Río Bravo, por la falta de control y por su carácter divagante abajo de Juárez-El Paso, ha llegado a constituir en los últimos años una seria amenaza para los terrenos ribereños en ambos lados. Las autoridades de ambos Países han tratado de proteger las mejoras materiales que existen en ambas ciudades y en el1630Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. Valle, sin conseguirlo, y ambas comunidades han gastado una suma que consideran como el máximo razonable y justificado en obras de defensa de carácter local, pues reconocen la futilidad de pretender dar protección adecuada y completa siguiendo el actual cauce divagante del Río. Para alcanzar el resultado deseado la solución más adecuada requiere un programa coordinado de carácter internacional.
(4)De acuerdo con los Tratados en vigor, la Línea Divisoria Internacional es el centro del Río Bravo, con excepción de algunos casos aislados. La longitud excesiva del cauce actual del Río se produjo por condiciones naturales que ya no existen. Los aumentos en la población, en el cultivo y en el valor de la propiedad, justifican que ambos Gobiernos busquen los medios de conjurar el peligro de inundación y de crear un cauce adecuado para las crecientes.
(5)Se han continuado los trabajos en el campo para la localización sobre el terreno de un cauce rectificado que, como es natural, podrá ser modificada ligeramente, pero que en general está suficientemente definida para poder hacer estimaciones de costos de derecho de vía y de construcción. Estos trabajos de campo y de gabinete han tenido por objeto hacer una localización del cauce proyectado, que en general sigue y rectifica el actual cauce divagante del Río, y han permitido hacer estimaciones de las áreas y de los valores de las parcelas (relativamente pequeñas) que resultarán segregadas de un País y adheridas al otro. La localización se ha hecho de modo que sean iguales las áreas de las parcelas cortadas de cada País, a fin de que ninguno pierda ni gane territorio.
(6)En la actualidad el lecho del Río Bravo frente a las Ciudades de Juárez y El Paso está más alto que algunas de las calles y edificios de dichas poblaciones. La acumulación continua de1631azolve sigue agravando la situación,Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. y no es posible lograr el acarreo de estos depósitos que reducen notablemente la capacidad del cauce, sino hasta que se modifiquen las condiciones hidráulicas y Jas pendientes en forma adecuada, mediante obras arificiales. En opinión general de los Ingenieros que han estudiado el problema, la solución consiste en rectificar y canalizar el cauce, que es lo que se propone hacer. Uno de los requisitos principales para realizar esta rectificación artificial es el de hacer un ajuste equitativo sobre las parcelas que forzosamente tienen que segregaras de un lado del Río y pasaras al otro lado al hacer la rectificación. Esto se logra mediante la adquisición por cada Gobierno de los títulos de propiedad particular sobre los terrenos por segregar, que son iguales en extensión, y que se canjearán al hacer las obras. Estas parcelas son terrenos ensalitrados y pantanosos, y por su forma y situación no pueden regarse ni drenarse debidamente.
(7)Ambos Países se beneficiarán por las ventajas que resultarán al rectificar y canalizar el Río, pues así se defiende la región de las inundaciones, se aumentan las extensiones cultivadas, las mejoras materiales y las posibilidades de colonización en las orillas del Río, lo que no es posible en las actuales condiciones divagantes de la comente. Es de capital importancia que los Gobiernos sean dueños del cauce mayor del Río y tengan control sobro él a fin de evitar definitivamente su obstrucción u ocupación por intereses privados. Siendo los Gobiernos dueños del cauce, se facilitará la vigilancia de la frontera y el cumplimiento de las leyes aduanales y de migración de ambos Países.
(8)Al analizar la forma de repartir los costos entre los dos Países en condiciones equitativas hay que tomar en cuenta forzosamente, además de las extensiones brutas de terrenos y de las ex-1632Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.tensiones regadas, algunas otras circunstancias. Las condiciones económicas y el valor de la propiedad son muy diferentes en los dos Países. Si bien es cierto que en la distribución del costo de un sistema de irrigación sería adecuado tomar como base las extensiones de terreno, si se adoptara esta misma base para el reparto del costo del proyecto internacional de obras de defensa se llegaría a conclusiones injustificadas e inaceptables. La Comisión ha tomado en cuenta al estimar los beneficios que cada País recibiría no solamente la proporción entre las superficies de los terrenos protegidos en cada margen sino el verdadero valor de ellos. En el lado americano del Valle hay 21.200 hectáras (53.000 acres) con derechos de agua asegurados dentro del Sistema Federal de Irrigación “Río Grande”, estando la mayor parte de esta extensión bajo cultivo; hay también 6.800 hectáras (17.000 acres) en la región inferior del Valle, y fuera de los límites del Sistema, que se riegan con las aguas sobrantes del mismo. El área total regada es de 28.000 hectáras 170.000 acres), que tienen obras de riego y de drenaje y caminos de primera clase. Existen además Compa-ñías Refaccionarias que facilitan la producción agrícola y la distribución de los productos.
(9)En el lado mexicano del Valle hay aproximadamente 14.000 hectáras (35.000 acres) bajo cultivo, de las cuales 8.000 hectáras (20.000 acres) tienen derechos de agua seguros en el Sistema de Irrigación Federal “Río Grande ”, según el Tratado de Aguas de 1906. Prácticamente no existen obras de drenaje y las de riego son inadecuadas. En estas circunstancias, la productividad de las tierras del lado mexicano es muy inferior a la correspondiente a las tierras de la margen Norte del Río, y hay grandes extensiones en que la producción es prácticamente nula. No existen buenos caminos y las Compañías Refaccionadoras1633 organizadas para servir a losMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission— Contd. agricultores mexicanos son en número limitado y de escasos recursos. Las plantas industriales y los medios para la distribución de los productos agrícolas son inferiores a los que hay del lado de los Estados Unidos en este Valle.
(10)De acuerdo con los datos recopilados por el “Bureau of Reclamation”, se estima en $17,000.000.00 de dólares ($34.000.000.00 de pesos oro nacional) el valor de las inversiones agrícolas en la parte americana del Valle, incluyendo precio de la tierra, su preparación, las mejoras materiales y edificios de los ranchos, los implementtos y semovientes. El valor de las inversiones agrícolas en el lado mexicano es de $5.400.000 oro nacional según el avalúo hecho por el Ingeniero Salvador Arroyo, Jefe de la Comisión de Obras de Defensa contra Inundaciones. Si se comparan las inversiones agrícolas en un lado del Valle con las del otro, puedo verse que el lado mexicano representa el 13% del total, y el lado americano el 87%. Los terrenos en cada lado del Río que no tienen derechos de agua asegurados ni servicio de riego permanente, tienen un valor insignificante comparados con los terrenos que se surten de agua del Sistema de Riego, y al comparar las extensiones correspondientes a terrenos de esta categoría, resulta el 27% de ellos en México y el 73% en los Estados Unidos.
(11)Puesto que las ciudades y los suburbios de Juárez y El Paso, además de quedar cubiertos por el Proyecto de Obras de Defensa contra las Inundaciones, reciben directa o indirectamente una gran parto de los beneficios de la rectificación del cauce, la Comisión ha tomado en cuenta los valores relativos de una y otra ciudad, y después de asignar a los varios porcentajes los pesos debidos, considera que el reparto equita-1634Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.tivo de los costos puede hacerse a razón de 12% para México y 88% para los Estados Unidos.
(12)En cuanto al presupuesto contenido en el anexo No. 5 del informe de los Ingenieros, los Comisionados juzgan que del total de $6.106,500.00 dólares, algunos gastos no deben repartirse a “ prorata ”, sino cargarse a cada Gobierno separadamente, por razones de conveniencia práctica. Estas partidas son: Derecho de vía $412,500.00 dólares; compra de propiedades particulares dentro del cauce del Río arriba de Córdova $75.000.00 dólares; terrenos segregados, $266.000.00 dólares y cambios en las obras de riego, $225.000.00 dólares. El total de estas partidas, aumentado en un 20% por gastos de administración e imprevistos, es de $1.174,200.00 dólares, que, deducido del gran total, arroja un total de $4.932,300.00 dólares que repartido en la proporción de 12% y de 88%, resulta que correspondería a México como participación en este proyecto, la cantidad de $591.876.00 dólares y a los Estados Unidos $4.340,424.00 dólares.
(13)Partiendo de la base de que el presente informe y el estudio de los Ingenieros se han preparado y se presentan con la idea de rectificar en general el cauce actual del Río entre la Presa Internacional arriba de Juárez-El Paso y el Cañón de Cajoncitos abajo de Fort Quitman, se ha dejado para decidirse en el futuro la elección entre los dos trazos en la Isla de San Elizario, es decir, si debe seguirse el cauce actual del Río que pasa por Fabens o si debe llevarse por1635 el actual Límite InternacionalMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. al Sur de la Isla. Con los datos de que se dispone hay razones en apoyo de cada uno de los trazos. Ya sea que se siga el trazo por el cauce actual del Río o el trazo por el Límite Internacional, es requisito esencial que se igual en las áreas segregadas, y con este objeto puede desalojarse el trazo proyectado abajo de la Isla de manera que haya compensación en dichas áreas.
(14)recomendaciones.—A continuación constan las recomendaciones de la Comisión: (a).–Los Comisionados recomiendan que los dos Gobiernos aprueben el proyecto de Rectificación del Río descrito en el informe de los Ingenieros que se acompaña, y que comprende la construcción de una Presa de retención, la rectificación general del cauce actual del Río y la creación de un cauce mayor o de avenidas que, en general, siga y rectifique el Río actual desde la Presa Internacional hasta el Cañón de Cajoncitos abajo de Fort Quitman. (b).–Que en vista de la seriedad de la situación, ambos países celebren sin demora un arreglo para ejecutar el proyecto de ingeniería y de construcción descrito en el informe adjunto. (c).–Que se autorice a la Comisión Internacional de Límites para preparar los planos de detalle, y para dirigir e inspeccionar la construcción y todas las otras operaciones de ingeniería, utilizando las dependencias que cada Gobierno juzgue adecuadas. (d).–Que se autorice a cada una de las Secciones de la Comisión Internacional de Límites para que, por los conductos debidos, adquiera dentro de su propio territorio y a nombre de su País los terrenos necesarios para el derecho de vía y porciones segregadas. 1636 (e).–Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.Que el arreglo entre los dos Gobiernos estipule el canje entre los dos Países de la mitad del terreno ocupado por el derecho de vía y el de la totalidad de las parcelas segregadas de cada País. (f).–Que el costo por repartir a “prorata” del proyecto, que es en total de $4.932,300.00 dólares se distribuya entre México y los Estados Unidos en la proporción de doce por ciento y ochenta y ocho por ciento respectivamente, y que cada Gobierno proporcione cada año fondos suficientes para completar los trabajos en cuatro o cinco años. (g).–Que el arreglo entre los dos Países otorgue jurisdicción a la Comisión Internacional de Límites sobre todos los asuntos relativos al cauce rectificado. (h).–Que la Comisión quede autorizada para promulgar reglas y reglamentos adecuados y necesarios para la conservación a perpetuidad del cauce rectificado. (i).–Que cada País otorgue indemnidad al otro contra toda reclamación privada o nacional que pueda resultar por la construcción y conservación del cauce rectificado, o por cualesquiera otras causas relacionadas con este proyecto. Con todo respeto. Se levantó la sesión para volver a reunirse a llamado de cualquiera de los Comisionados.
(F)Gustavo P. Serrano. *Comisionado de México*.
(F)L. M. Lawson. *Comisionado de los Estados Unidos*.
(F)José Hernández Ojeda. *Secretario de la Sección Mexicana*.
(F)Mervin B. Moore. *Secretario Auxiliar de la Sección de los Estados Unidos*. 1637 informe comun de los ingenieros consultores sobre el proyecto de rectificacion del rio bravo, en el valle de juarez-el paso.Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission— Contd. México, D.F., Julio 16 de 1930. I.–INTRODUCCION. 1.–*BOSQUEJO DEL PLAN PROPUESTO*.
(a)Se propone disminuir de manera considerable el gasto de inundación en el Valle de Juarez-El Paso, construyendo al efecto una presa de retención de avenidas, con un vaso de 123.350,000 metros cúbicos (100,000 acres pies) de capacidad en Caballo, y confinar este gasto de crecientes a través del Valle de Juarez-El Paso en un cauce artificial, por medio de la construcción de diques paralelos. El cauce artificial en proyecto seguirá y rectificará, de manera general, el cauce actual del Río desde el monumento Número 1 de la línea divisoria terrestre hasta el cañón de Cajoncitos abajo de Fort Quitman y quedará localizado de manera de segregar la misma área de cada uno de los dos países.
(b)Las principales características técnicas de este proyecto son: la reducción de la longitud del Río de 247 kilómetros (155 millas) a 141 kilómetros (88 millas); la formación de un cauce de crecientes de 180 metros de ancho (590 pies) con capacidad para 314 metros cúbicos (11.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo, mediante la construcción de diques paralelos; el incremento de la pendiente del Río de 0.00035 (1.82 pies por milla) a 0.00061 (3.20 pies por milla). La formación de los diques requiere la colocación de 6.870.000 metros cúbicos (8.985.000 yardas cúbicas) de tierra, siendo su altura media de 2.25 metros (7.5 pies). La formación del cauce artificial exige la exacavación de 3.650,000 metros cúbicos (4.775,000 yardas cúbicas) de tierra. Para el derecho de vía de este cauce, son necesarias 1638Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. 1650 hectáras (4075 acres) en México y 1650 hectares
(4075)cuatro mil setenta y cinco acres en Estados Unidos.
(c)La localización proyectada para el cauce rectificado corta 1400 hectáras (3.460 acres) de México y también 1400 hectáras (3460 acres) de Estados Unidos.
(d)El costo del proyecto, incluyendo la presa en Caballo, es aproximadamente de Dls- 6.000.000.00.
(e)Este proyecto suprimirá la amenaza de inundaciones en el Valle de Juárez-El Paso, tanto en México como en Estados Unidos; evitará cambios de cauce y segregación de terrenos de un país al otro; y permitirá ganar para el cultivo muchas de las tierras bajas ribereñas. 2.–*Condiciones Actuales.*
(a)El Río Bravo (Grande) forma, en general, el Límite Internacional entre México y los Estados Unidos desde el monumento Número 1 al Cañón de Cajoncitos abajo de Fort Quitman en el Valle de Juárez-El Paso; es una corriente divagante cuyos cambios de cauce segregan terre nos de un país a otro.
(b)El área total de terrenos en las vegas, tanto en México como en Estados Unidos, entre Juárez-El Paso y el Cañón de Cajoncitos es de 66,000 hectáras (165,000 acres), de las cuales 38,400 hectáras (96,000 acres) están en Estados Unidos y 27,600 hectáras (69,000 acres) están en México. El valor en que se estiman las ciudades de Juárez y El Paso y sus Valles, incluyendo las obras de riego, de drenaje y caminos, excede de Dls. 100.000.000.00. 1639
(c)A pesar de que la cantidadMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. total de sedimento que al año acarrea actualmente el Río Bravo en este Valle, es sólo un tanto por ciento pequeño de la que acarreaba antes de la construcción de la Presa del Elefante, la carencia de fuertes crecientes de carácter erosivo ha determinado el depósito de sedimentos en el cauce del Río a un grado tal que las avenidas producidas por las lluvias en las cuencas de los arroyos que desembocan en el Río entre la Presa del Elefante y Juárez-El Paso, constituyen una amenaza para ambas ciudades, así como para las mejoras y terrenos en ambas márgenes. La erosión y arrastre de los sedimentos acumulados actualmente en el cauce divagante del Río, es posible solamente por grandes crecientes de carácter destructivo.
(d)Tanto la Secretaría de Comunicaciones y Obras Públicas de México como la Ciudad y el Condado de El Paso, han gastado en unos cuantos años más de Dls. 750.000.00 para proteger contra inundaciones las ciudades de Juárez y El Paso, así como sus respectivos Valles. Estas obras de protección consisten en su mayor parte de diques construidos siguiendo las márgenes del cauce divagante, los cuales deben ser continuamente reforzados y reparados como consecuencia del ascenso del cauce del Río; siendo necesario adoptar un programa de trabajos coordinado y eficaz a fin de lograr una protección efectiva y permanente. II.–INFORME DETALLADO. Después de que fué sometido a la Comisión el informe preliminar unido fechado en diciembre de 1928, se han efectuado los trabajos de localización del tramo del Río comprendido entre las Ciudades de Juárez-El Paso y el Cañón de Cajoncitos. Estos trabajos han proporcionado datos topográficos adicionales que, en gran parte, sirven de base al presente informe. 1640 1.–Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.descripcion.
(a)El Rio Bravo (Grande), es una corriente de carácter sedimentario y por lo tanto sobre-eleva continuamente su lecho, lo que da lugar a que en épocas de crecientes cambie de cauce pasando a localizaciones más bajas, donde vuelve a sobre-elevar su lecho, repitiéndose indefinidamente este proceso. Esta fase de cambios de cauce, ha sido en gran parte prevenida, a través del Valle de Juárez-El Paso, por la construcción de obras artificiales como terraplenes de ferrocarriles y de caminos, bordos de canales de riego y drenaje y, en los últimos años, diques de protección contra inundaciones. En estas circunstancias el lecho del Río ha continuado sobre-elevándose. La Presa del Elefante terminada el año de 1916, al llenar su objeto, que consiste en asegurar una dotación permanente para el riego de terrenos durante los años de poca precipitación, almacena las crecientes que, antes de su construcción, pasaban Río abajo. El efecto de estas crecientes era socavar el cauce del Río, arrastrando parte de los azolves y depositando otra parte sobre los terrenos adyacentes al desbordarse la corriente. La carencia de fuertes crecientes erosivas después de la terminación de la Presa del Elefante, marcó el cambio del régimen de la corriente en el Valle de Juárez-El Paso. A pesar de que las grandes avenidas se almacenan en el vaso del Elefante, anualmente ocurren crecientes más pequeñas que provienen de la cuenca tributaria del Río entre el Elefante y Juárez-El Paso. Estas últimas crecientes se presentan durante la estación de lluvias, generalmente en los meses de agosto y septiembre; son repentinas y de poca duración y pasarían a través del Valle sin causar daños si no fuese por la posición elevada del cauce del Río con respecto a los terrenos adyacentes. 1641
(b)Al salir por primera vezMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. de la Presa del Elefante una corriente de agua limpia se inició una socavación restringida del cauce del Río inmediatamente abajo de la Presa. El agua limpia arrastró consigo las partículas más finas de arena y sedimento. Este efecto se ha hecho sentir aproximadamente hasta a 64 kilómetros (40 millas) abajo de la Presa del Elefante y quizás hubiera llegado hasta Juárez y socavado el Río a través del Vallo de Juárez-El Paso, si no fuese por el incremento anual de arena, grava y sedimento descargado en el Río por los numerosos arroyos que desembocan en el tramo de su recorrido entre el Elefante y Juárez-El Paso. Quizás hubiese sido posible el acarreo de este incremento de arena, si no existiese la necesidad de derivar para riego una parte del gasto de estiaje. Aguas arriba de El Paso se hacen tres derivaciones, en cada una de las Presas de Percha, Leasburg y Mesilla. Las principales derivaciones en el Valle de Juárez-El Paso, se hacen: en la Presa Internacional, para regar terrenos en ambos países; y en las bocatomas de los canales Riverside y Tornillo para completar el riego de terrenos en Territorio Americano. En las obras de toma de los canales, en cada una de estas derivaciones, se usan dispositivos para desarenarlas y limpiarlas volviéndose al Río una gran parte de la arena y limo depositados en ellas, a la vez que un volumen considerable de agua se deriva para riego de terrenos. Este proceso continuamente devuelve la arena al lecho del Río y disminuye continuamente el gasto de estiaje y, por lo tanto, la capacidad de transporte de la corriente. 2.–presa y vaso de caballo.
(a)La superficie no controlada de la cuenca del Río entre el Elefante y Juárez-El Paso, tiene aproximadamente 20.700 kilómetros cuadrados (8.000 millas cuadradas). Una gran parte de 1642Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.esta área la forman cuencas cerradas que carecen de salida directa al Río Bravo (Grande).—De los 6000 kilómetros cuadrados (2300 millas cuadradas) que aproximadamente son tributarios directos del Río, 3.100 kilómetros cuadrados (1.200 millas cuadradas), quedan arriba del lugar denominado Caballo y el escurrímiento de esta última área podría controlarse por una presa que se construyera en dicho sitio.
(b)La boquilla de “Caballo” está en el Río Grande, en el Condado de Sierra, del Estado de Nuevo México, aproximadamente a 35 kilómetros (22 millas) abajo de la Presa del Elefante. Como parte del estudio del proyecto de desarrollo de fuerza motriz en la Presa del Elefante, el “Bureau of Reclamation ”, dependiente del Departamento del Interior de los Estados Unidos, hizo los estudios de la Presa y Vaso de Caballo. Estos estudios se iniciaron el año de 1924 e incluyeron los trabajos de topografía del vaso, los experimentos del terreno de cimentación, y proyectos y presupuestos para estructuras de diversas alturas, considerando sus efectos sobre el abastecimiento de agua y retención de la misma para fines de protección contra inundaciones. Los Ingenieros de la Oficina del “Reclamation” prepararon dos informes acerca del proyecto de esta Presa, fechados, uno el 15 de diciembre de 1924 y el otro en abril de 1925. 3.–gastos del rio en juarez-el paso
(a)Las crecientes que han pasado enfrente de Juárez-El paso, después de la construcción de la Presa del Elefante, han provenido de precipitaciones en la cuenca tributaria del Río Grande entre el Elefante y El Paso, que se han sumado a la dotación para riego que proviene del vaso del Elefante. Estas crecientes hubieran sido mayores si el receptáculo se hubiera encontrado lleno y el agua estuviera derramándose por el Vertedor de Demasías. 1643 4.–probables demasias de la presa elefante.Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.
(a)En un estudio hecho por la Oficina de Denver del “Bureau of Reclamation” fechado el 10 de marzo de 1928 y titulado “Review of Quinton, Code and Hill Reports on Elephant Power Development of July 2, 1927 and September 30, 1927” se hace la estimación de las probables Demasías de la Presa del Elefante. Este estudio establece los siguientes supuestos: 1.–El almacenamiento para riego debe limitarse hasta la cota 4401, dejando 1.83 Mts. (6 pies), o hasta la cota 4407, para almacenamiento de protección contra inundaciones. En esta altura de 1.83 Mts. (6 pies) se almacenará un volumen de 294.806,000 metros cúbicos (239,000 acres pies). Puede obtenerse un almacenamiento adicional para protección contra inundaciones con volumen aproximado de 123.350,000 metros cúbicos (100,000 acres pies) hasta la cota 4410, altura a a cual escurrirá sobre la Cresta del Vertedor de Demasías un gasto de 128 metros cúbicos por segundo (4500 pies cúbicos por segundo). 2.–El volumen necesario para cubrir las necesidades del riego debe limitarse a 863.450,000 metros cúbicos (700,000 acres pies) anualmente, cuando el contenido del receptáculo el 30 de junio de un año cualquiera sea menor de 1.850,250,000 metros cúbicos, (1 500,000 acres pies). El volumen para riego debe limitarse a 970.764,000 metros cúbicos (787,000 acres pies) anuales, cuando el contenido del receptáculo el 30 de junio de un año cualquiera, exceda de 1.850.250,000 metros cúbicos (1.500,000 acres pies). 3.–La diminución de la capacidad del vaso por azolve se estima a razón de 24.670,000 metros cúbicos (20,000 acres pies) al año. 1644 4.–Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.Los registros de gastos de entrada en San Marcial, Nuevo México, han sido corregidos de acuerdo con el cambio de las condiciones arriba de este punto. 5.–El ciclo de gasto de entrada, con sus correciones, se repetirá considerando el año de 1898 igual al de 1930; considerando el vaso lleno en el primero de enero de 1898, y su capacidad de almacenamiento en esa fecha, reducida por causa del azolve, a 2.580.350,000 metros cúbicos (2.100,000 acres pies).
(b)Estas condiciones que se han supuesto, exigieron el uso teórico del almacenamiento de protección contra inundaciones, en los años de 1930, 1937, 1944, 1948, 1953, 1954 y 1956, correspondiendo las exigencias máximas al año de 1956. En este año de 1956 el máximo de demasías al final de una creciente cualquiera no excederá de 128 metros cúbicos (4500 pies cúbicos) por segundo, siempre que desde que el almacenamiento para riegos egue a su altura máxima, cota 4401, se deje salir por las compuertas de la Presa un gasto de 128 metros cúbicos (4500 pies) por segundo y éste se regule hasta suprimirlo cuando el derrame por el vertedor de demasías llegue a su máximo de 128 metros cúbicos (4.500 pies) cúbicos por segundo. Esto no ocurre sino una vez en el cielo de 30 años considerado; y durante los 15 años de funcionamiento del vaso, de 1915 a 1930, no ha habido derrames por el vertedor de demasías. En consecuencia, se cree quedar del lado de la seguridad, suponiendo un gasto probable de Demasías de la Presa del Elefante de 170 metros cúbicos (6.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo. 5.–gasto probable de crecientes frente de juarez-el paso.
(a)La mayor creciente frente a Juárez-El Paso, después de la construcción de la Presa del Elefante, se presentó el lo. de Septiembre de 1925, habiendo alcan-1645zado un gasto máximo de 382Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. metros cúbicos (13.500 pies cúbicos) por segundo en la Estación de Aforos de Courchesne. Esta creciente fué el resultado de fuertes precipitaciones en la región de “Black Range” entre el Elefante y Leasburg que llegaron al Río cuando éste llevaba un gasto de 57 metros cúbicos (2000 pies cúbicos) por segundo que habían salido del vaso del Elefante. Si al llegar esta creciente hubiese estado pasando por el vertedor de demasías de la Presa un gasto de 170 metros cúbicos (6.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo, la creciente frente a Juárez-El Paso habría llegado a un máximo de 510 metros cúbicos (18.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo. Si en la época de esta creciente hubieran existido la presa y el vaso de Caballo, y si a la vez hubiesen estado derramando los 170 metros cúbicos (6.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo de Demasías de la Presa del Elefante, el aviso previo de lluvias sobre los arroyos tributarios, habría permitido cerrar las compuertas en Caballo antes de que la creciente de los arroyos llegara al Río Grande; lo que habría permitido reducir el máximo de creciente en Juárez-El Paso hasta un gasto entre 283 y 314 metros cúbicos (10.000 y 11.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo. Como el vaso de Caballo controlará la mitad del área directamente tributaria del Río Grande abajo del Elefante, al retener temporalmente el volumen de Demasías de dicha Presa del Elefante, reducirá casi a la mitad el máximo de crecientes frente a Juárez-El Paso. 6.–area tributaria del rio en el valle de juarez-el paso.
(a)*Frente a Juárez-El Paso*. El Arroyo Colorado desemboca en el Río inmediatamente arriba de Ciudad Juárez, Chihuahua, México. Se considera que las crecientes de este arroyo han llegado a 85 metros cúbicos (3.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo. Hay 1646Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.otros pequeños arroyos que desembocan en el Río inmediatamente aguas arriba de la Presa Internacional. Sus áreas de drenaje son pequeñas y sus gastos, unidos al del Arroyo Colorado, no pueden aumentar el máximo de crecientes del Río Bravo, sino en el caso improbable de que se presenten simultáneamente con la cresta de las crecientes en frente de Juárez-El Paso. Para tomar en consideración esta simultaneidad poco probable, se ha dado una sobre-elevación de seguridad a la corona de los bordos.
(b)*Abajo de Juárez-El Paso*. Puede decirse que no hay ningún desagüe de arroyos abajo de Juárez-El Paso, sino hasta llegar al Arroyo del Alamo en el Condado de Hudspeth. Abajo de este punto desembocan directamente en el Río tres arroyos grandes y otros muchos pequeños. El área total de drenaje en el lado Americano entre el Arroyo del Alamo y el Cañón de Quitman, es de 1760 kilómetros cuadrados (680 millas cuadradas), de los cuales 1270 kilómetros cuadrados (490 millas cuadradas), descargan directamente en el Río y 490 kilómetros (190 millas) cuadrados descargan indirectamente en la corriente. El área de drenaje en el lado Mexicano es mucho menor, sin que se conozca en detalle por la carencia de planos de esta región. Sin embargo, no hay arroyos que, del Sur, entren directamente al Río, sino hasta muy abajo de la población de McNary, Texas, podiendo deducirse de la inspección de los cauces de los arroyos abajo de este lugar, que sus áreas de drenaje son probablemente limitadas y sus gastos pequeños.
(c)Los tres arroyos más grandes en el lado Americano, son: el del Alamo, con una área de drenaje de 375 kilómetros cuadrados (145 millas cuadradas); el del Diablo, con una área de drenaje de 160 kilómetros cuadrados (62 millas cuadradas); y el del Guayuco, con una área de drenaje de1647427 kilómetros cuadrados (165Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. millas cuadradas). Se sabe que los gastos de los arroyos del Alamo y del Guayuco han excedido de 142 metros cúbicos (5000 pies cúbicos) por segundo y se dice que el máximo puede ser del doble. Si estas crecientes ocurrieran al pasar la cresta de la avenida proveniente de la parte alta del Río, el canal proyectado indudablemente resultaría sobrecargado. Se ha previsto un margen de seguridad adicional, sobre elevando la corona de los bordos en cortos tramos inmediatamente arriba y abajo de estos arroyos. Sin embargo, puesto que los arroyos de que se trata desembocan en el Río bastante abajo de la mayor parte del área por proteger, se considera anti-económico hacer una fuerte erogación para precaverse contra estas contingencias poco probables.
(d)Como la corriente de estos arroyos debe admitirse dentro del cauce del Río, éste se ha localizado a alguna distancia de la desembocadura actual de los arroyos, a fin de permitir en cierto modo el depósito de detritus antes de que la corriente de dichos arroyos llegue al cauce del Río. 7.–el rio arriba de juarez-el paso.
(a)La distancia entre la Presa del Elefante y Juárez-El Paso es de cerca de 241 kilómetros (150 millas) a lo largo del Río, mientras que la distancia por el eje de los Valles es de 193 kilómetros (120 millas). Inmediatamente abajo de la Presa, el Río pasa por un cañón de 24 kilómetros (15 millas) de longitud, con una pendiente que varía entre 0.00037 y 0.00080 (de 1.94 a 4.26 pies por milla); recorre después el Valle de Palomas, con un desarrollo de 21 kilómetros (13 millas) y una pendiente de 0.00080 (4.26 pies por milla); sigue por un cañón de 5 kilómetros de longitud (3 millas) en el que está situada la Boquilla de Caballo; y pasa el Valle de Rincón, en el que la pendiente es de 0.00074, (3.93 pies por milla) 1648Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.en los primeros once kilómetros (7 millas) y de 0.00064 (3.40 pies por milla) en los últimos 22 kilómetros (14 millas). El Río atraviesa en seguida el cañón Selden de 11 kilómetros de longitud (7 millas) con una pendiente media de 0.00064 (3.40 pies por milla) y llega a la presa de Leasburg, situada en la parte alta del Valle de Mesilla. Desde la Presa de Leasburg hasta la de Mesilla, el Río tiene 39 kilómetros de longitud (24 millas) con una pendiente de 0.00073 (3.84 pies por milla). Desde la Presa de Mesilla hasta el Puente de Canutillo, la longitud del Río es de 45 kilómetros (28 millas) con una pendiente de 0.00070 (3.67 pies por milla), y desde el Puente de Canutillo hasta la Presa Internacional, la longitud es de 30 kilómetros (19 millas) y la pendiente de 0.00048 (2.53 pies por milla).
(b)Como se ha dicho antes, el efecto de la salida de agua clara de la Presa del Elefante ha sido el de socavar el lecho del Río en la región inmediatamente abajo de la Presa, y azolvarlo en el Valle de Juarez-El Paso. Debe existir forzosamente un tramo del Río en el que estas dos acciones se equilibran, y en el que, por lo tanto, no se verifica ni socavación ni azolve. Estas condiciones existen en la parte baja del Valle de Mesilla, según lo demuestra el estudio de las secciones del Río. 8.–el rio abajo de juarez-el paso.
(a)La longitud aproximada del cauce del Río entre. Juárez-El Paso y el cañón de Quitman es de 250 kilómetros (155 millas), mientras que la distancia medida a lo largo del eje del Valle es de 137 kilómetros (85 millas). La pendiente del Río es aproximadamente de 0.00034 (1.82 pies por milla), en tanto que la pendiente del Valle, es de 0.00061 (3.20 pies por milla). Por lo tanto se ve que si se endereza el alineamiento del Río, puede obtenerse una pendiente aproximada de 0.00061, 1649(3.20 pies por milla). Esta pendienteMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. es mayor que la del tramo inferior del Valle de Mesilla y que la del tramo entre el Puente de Canutillo y la Presa Internacional, puesto que la pendiente en este ultimo tramo es de 0.00048 (2.53 pies por milla); en cambio, dicha pendiente de 0.00061 (3.20 pies por milla) es ligeramente inferior a la pendiente del tramo superior del Valle de Mesilla, que es de 0.00070 (3.67 pies por milla). Ahora bien, si con una pendiente de 0.00048 (2.53 pies por milla) el Río está en equilibrio en el tramo inferior de] Valle de Mesilla, puesto que no hay ni socavación ni azolve, debe darse al Río mayor pendiente en el Valle de Juárez-El Paso para llegar a alcanzar el mismo estado de equilibrio, ya que la cantidad de agua que escurre normalmente se reduce mucho en la Presa Internacional. III.–PROYECTO
(a)A fin de aumentar la pendiente del Río en el Valle de Juárez-El Paso de 0.00034 (1.82 pies por milla) a 0.00061 (3.20 pies por milla) y acelerar la velocidad de la corriente de modo que ésta pueda acarrear el azolve que ha determinado el ascenso rápido del fondo del Río, tan marcado desde la construcción de la Presa del Elefante, se proyecta modificar el Río enderezándolo en lo general, siguiendo el cauce actual en donde sea posible, y cortando las vueltas cuando sea necesario, a fin de disminuir la longitud. A cada lado del cauce nuevo y a los lados del cauce actual del Río en donde se siga éste, se construirán diques de altura suficiente y a distancia conveniente para permitir el paso de las avenidas. El cauce así formado se conservará siempre libre de yerbas y obstrucciones que pudieran retardar el escurrimiento. Al hacer el trazo se ha atendido como principio fundamental a igualar las áreas que se segreguen artificialmente, a fin de que la extensión total que 1650Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.se corte de un país, sea igual a la que se corte del otro.
(b)El trazo hecho de acuerdo con este principio, dá lugar a que las zonas de derecho de vía que debe adquirir cada nación sean prácticamente iguales en extensión. En términos generales, el cauce artificial proyectado consistirá de un cauce de estiaje de dimensiones y capacidad semejantes a las del actual lecho menor del Río y de un cauce mayor limitado en ambos lados por diques distantes como 180 metros (590 pies) uno de otro. Estos diques tendrán un ancho en corona bastante para permitir el tráfico para fines de inspección y reparación. El trazo se ha hecho procurando, en lo posible, no cruzar terrenos cultivados o con mejoras; pero en algunos lugares ésto ha sido impracticable debido a las sinuosidades del Río.
(c)El proyecto de acortamiento del Río por cortes artificiales es factible porque el efecto combinado de las Presas del Elefante y de Caballo, será el de controlar casi por completo las crecientes, y en consecuencia el Río adquirirá más bien los carácteres de un gran canal central en el Valle de Juárez-El Paso. IV.–BASES PARA EL PRESUPUESTO 1.–*Costo de la Presa de Caballo*.
(a)El costo de la Presa de Caballo, incluyendo la adquisición de los terrenos que resulten inundados, ha sido estimado por el “Bureau of Reclamation” en cerca de un millón doscientos cincuenta mil dólares para un almacenamiento de 123.350,000 metros cúbicos (100.000 acres pies).
(b)El volumen de agua que pasó por el sitio de la Presa de Caballo durante la creciente de Septiembre de 1925 fué alrededor de 30.837,000 metros cúbicos (25.000 acres pies). El vaso debe tener capacidad mayor, pa-1651ra recibir azolves y crecientesMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. más grandes que pueden ocurrir. Debe también preverse una capacidad suficiente para retener las demasías probables de la Presa del Elefante durante la época de crecientes abajo de la Presa, habiéndose destinado a este fin un volumen de 61.675,000 metros cúbicos (50.000 acres pies), que corresponde al derrame de la Presa del Elefante durante tres o cuatro días. De esta manera se dará tiempo a que bajen las crecientes abajo de Caballo, antes de que sea necesario dejar salir agua de esta Presa.
(c)Del almacenamiento total proyectado de 123.350,000 metros cúbicos (100.000 acres pies), la mitad aproximadamente, o sean 61.675,000 metros cúbicos (50.000 acres pies) se destinan al almacenamiento de aguas de creciente y al azolve, y la otra mitad, o sean 61.675,000 metros cúbicos (50.000 acres pies) al control de las demasías del Elefante. 2.–*Terrenos por Segregar*.
(a)A fin de que ninguno de los dos países sufra pérdida de territorio Nacional, se ha establecido como requisito fundamental que la extensión total de terreno que se segregue de un país sea igual a la que se segregue del otro. En los planos adjuntos aparecen estos terrenos por segregar y sus áreas totales, figurando 59 parcelas que deberán segregares de México y 65 parcelas por segregar de los Estados Unidos, con áreas variables desde 0.10 hectáreas (0.25 acres) hasta 151 hectáreas (377 acres). La extensión total aproximada que se segregará de México es de 1400 hectáras (3460 acres) y la extensión total aproximada que se segregará de los Estados Unidos es también de 1400 hectáras (3460 acres). 3.–*Isla de San Elizario*.
(a)En el anexo No. 2 aparecen a lo largo de la Isla de San Elizario dos trazos para el cauce rectificado, de los cuales uno 1652Minute No, 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.sigue en general, el cauce actual del Río, y el otro el actual Límite Internacional. Los dos trazos son prácticamente de las mismas longitud, pendiente y elevación.
(b)Como el trazo por el Río sigue el cauce actual de la corriente, queda enteramente en los Estados Unidos y atraviesa terrenos en su mayor parte incultos y sin drenaje, mientras que el trazo por el Límite Internacional cruza terrenos cultivados y valiosos. Por lo tanto, el costo del derecho de vía será menor si se sigue el trazo por el Río, y no habrá cambios de jurisdicción nacional en los terrenos por segregar. El trazo por el Límite Internacional es notablemente mejor que el trazo por el Río, principalmente en el extremo inferior de la Isla, en donde se requiere una curva pronunciada en caso de seguir el trazo por el Río.
(c)El trazo por el Límite Internacional facilita la ejecución de obras de riego y de drenaje necesarias para México, pues el actual Límite Internacional en varios lugares toca el pie de las lomas. Por otra parte, el abandono del Río, exige la construcción en territorio de Estados Unidos, de un canal para abastecer de agua el actual sistema del canal de Tornillo.
(d)El trazo por el Límite Internacional costará como 75.000 dólares más que el trazo por el Río, principalmente por el mayor valor de los terrenos destinados a derecho de vía y de las parcelas por segregar, y por la inutilización de algunas obras de riego y de drenaje que actualmente existen en esta zona de los Estados Unidos. En el proyecto que se presenta, la compensación de las áreas por segregar y el costo de las obras están estudiados para el trazo por el Límite Internacional en la Isla de San Elizario. 1653 V.–GENERAL.Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission— Contd. 1.–*Velocidades*.
(a)Las necesidades del proyecto establecen los siguientes límites de velocidad: La velocidad máxima en el cauce mayor a plena capacidad no debe motivar trabajos costosos de protección de los diques, y la velocidad mínima en el cauce de estiaje debe ser suficiente para acarrear el incremento anual de azolve a fin de evitar la elevación del cauce.
(b)El aumento de pendiente media de 0.00035 a 0.00061 (de 1.82 a 3.20 pies por milla), que se obtendrá mediante el acortamiento de la longitud del Río, producirá velocidades a plena capacidad entre 1.52 y 1.83 metros por segundo (5 y 6 pies por segundo), de acuerdo con la sección transversal y la pendiente en el lugar que se considere.
(c)Estas velocidades máximas pueden alcanzarse sin peligro en el cauce que se ha proyectado, en vista de que el trazo está constituido por numerosos tramos rectos y las secciones transversales son relativamente anchas.
(d)Los cálculos hechos para el gasto de estiaje indican que la velocidad en el cauce menor será alrededor de 0.91 metros por segundo (3.0 pies por segundo). Por experiencia se ha visto en el Sistema de Irrigación del Río Grande que esta velocidad tiene capacidad bastante para acarrear los sedimentos que comunmente lleve el Río Bravo. 2.–*Coeficiente de Rugosidad.*
(a)En los cálculos se han adoptado como valores de “n ” en la fórmula de Kutter, para el cauce de estiaje n-0.025 y para el cauce mayor n-0.030. Estos valores son semejantes a ios que so determinaron experimentalmente en el Distrito de Miami, en Dayton, Ohio, para aquellos casos en que las condiciones eran casi las mismas que las del actual proyecto. En uno de los experimentos, estando el cauce cubierto de yerbas, y siendo el gasto de 1654Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.cerca de 652 metros cúbicos por segundo (23.000 pies cúbicos por segundo), se obtuvo para “n” el valor de 0.0298, y en el mismo cauce en el tramo en que se encontraba libre de vegetación, los valores de “n” variaron de 0.023 a 0.0255. 3.–*Secciones Transversales*.
(a)Las secciones transversales adoptadas como más adecuadas para las exigencias de este proyecto, se muestran en el anexo No. 3. Podrá observarse que aparecen dos secciones transversales que difieren sólo en la posición del cauce de estiaje. En a Sección para el tramo comprendido entre Juárez-El Paso y el extremo inferior de la Isla de San Elizario, el cauce de estiaje está colocado en el centro, mientras que en la sección correspondiente al tramo comprendido entre el extremo inferior de la Isla de San Elizario y la entrada del Cañón de Quitman, el cauce de estiaje queda situado junto al dique del lado izquierdo. Esta diferencia en las secciones obedece a que en la parte superior, el terreno en que se harán los cortes es en general bajo, queda un poco más alto que la plantilla del cauce proyectado, y en algunos casos ligeramente más abajo. En este tramo el volumen de material que deberá excavarse para formar el cauce menor proyectado, es relativamente pequeño y puede depositarse a los lados del cauce de estiaje sin que por ellos disminuya seriamente la capacidad del cauce mayor. En cambio, en el tramo inferior los cortes son más profundos y no puede hacerse dentro del cauce mayor el depósito del material excavado, por lo que se ha pensado colocar el cauce de estiaje adyacente al dique izquierdo y poder así aprovechar el material excavado en la construcción de este dique o moverlo hasta afuera del cauce mayor.
(b)En las secciones transversales proyectadas, los diques distan 180 metros (590 pies) y su 1655altura media es de 2.25 metrosMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. (7.2 pies). En la práctica, las alturas de los diques variarán desde cero, en donde haya terreno alto, hasta 4.5 metros (Í5 pies) en los cruzamientos del cauce viejo del Rio. Según el proyecto, la sección de los diques tiene 5 metros en la corona (16.4 pies), con taludes de dos por uno. En estas condiciones se podrán usar las coronas como camino para fines de inspección y reparación.
(c)El cauce de estiaje proyectado tiene un ancho en el fondo de 20 metros (66 pies), que es el que parece concordar mejor con el del cauce actual del Río. Los taludes son de uno por uno, y solamente en el tramo inferior se proyecta un talud de dos por uno en el lado adyacente al dique izquierdo.
(d)Las pendientes varían desde 0.00045 hasta 0.00080 (2.37 a 4.26 pies por milla) y las alturas de los diques se han ajustado a la pendiente del cauce, aumentando siempre una altura de 0.60 metros (2 pies) como margen de seguridad.
(e)La capacidad calculada para el cauce hasta una altura de 0.60 metros (2 pies) abajo de la corona de los diques, varía entre 3030 y 3260 metros cúbicos por segundo (10.700 y 11.500 pies cúbicos por segundo). 4.–*Derecho de Vía*.
(a)La extensión total necesaria de terreno para derecho de vía es de 3.300 hectáras (8160 acres), repartida por mitad entre los dos países, correspondiendo a México 1650 hectáras (4080 acres) y a los Estados Unidos 1650 hectáras (4080 acres). El derecho de vía incluye, además del terreno ocupado por las obras, una faja de 15 metros (49 pies) de ancho contada desde el pie del talud del lado de tierra de cada dique, y que se destina a la conservación o a la ampliación futura de los diques. 1656 5.–Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.*Desmonte*.
(a)Se estima necesario desmontar el 70 por ciento de la extensión total del derecho de vía, pues parte de esa faja está actualmente en cultivo y otra parte considerable está ocupada por el cauce actual del Río. Se ha calculado un costo de 62.50 dólares por hectára (25 dólares por acre) para este trabajo, que consistirá en cortar las yerbas desenraizar y arar la parte comprendida entre las zanjas de préstamo y el canal de estiaje. 6.–*Terracerías*.
(a)Todo el trabajo de terracerías, tanto el correspondiente a la excavación del cauce, como a los terraplenes de los diques, se hará empleando excavadoras; habiéndose aceptado un costo unitario en el presupuesto, de 18 centavos de dólar por metro cúbico, costo análogo al obtenido en trabajos semejantes en la localidad. Las máquinas más adecuadas para el trabajo serán palas o dragas mecánicas provistas de plumas de cien pies de longitud y cucharones de dos a tres yardas cúbicas de capacidad, aunque en algunas partes de los diques puede usarse con economía equipo más chico. Al fijar el precio unitario se han incluido partidas correspondientes a reparaciones, depreciación de maquinaria y circunstancias imprevistas, como crecientes extemporáneas, terreno flojo y pantanoso, y material escurridizo e inútil.
(b)En el tramo comprendido desde el extremo inferior de la Isla de San Elizario hasta la entrada del cañón de Quitman, se proyecta emplear el material de excavación del cauce para construir el dique izquierdo. En todos los demás casos, el material se tomará de zanjas de préstamo interrumpidas situadas del lado del Río de los diques. En la práctica no será necesario el doble traspaleo del material. 1657 7.–*Obras cerca de Juárez-El Paso*.Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.
(a)En el presupuesto figura una partida de 125.000 dólares destinada a las obras que se consideran necesarias en el tramo del Río comprendido entre la Presa Internacional y el Corte de Córdova, tales como la prolongación y el refuerzo de los diques actuales y la remoción de las obstrucciones existentes y a la adquisición del título de propiedad sobre todos los terrenos particulares que ahora quedan dentro del cauce entre los diques. 8.–*Cambios en los Canales y en los Drenes.*
(a)En el presupuesto aparece la suma de 225.000 dólares para cubrir los gastos de reconstrucción de las obras de riego y drenaje ahora existentes que resulten afectadas con los trabajos de rectificación proyectados. Estas obras incluyen la readaptación de los sistemas de riego en ambos lados del Río, especialmente en la región abajo del monumento No. 1 de la Isla de San Elizario, y los cambios de desagües de los drenes en el lado Americano en la misma región. Se ha asignado a México la suma de 75.000 dólares y a los Estados Unidos 150.000 dólares. 9.–*Puentes.*
(a)Será necesario alargar o cambiar de sitio varios de los Puentes existentes para adaptarlos al nuevo cauce y además será tal vez necesario construir varios puentes nuevos. Para estos objetos se ha incluido una partida de 300.000 dólares. 10.–*Estructuras de Control de la Pendiente.*
(a)Teniendo en cuenta que los efectos del aumento de pendiente del cauce del río no pueden precisarse de antemano, y que pudieran ocurrir socavaciones; y considerando también que debe derivarse agua para riego en determinados lugares, se ha hecho 1658Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. figurar en el presupuesto la suma de 675.000 dólares destinada a la construcción de estructuras que permitan controlar la pendiente, estimándose que dicha suma es suficiente para construir hasta diez estructuras. Porlo pronto se proyecta la construcción inmediata de tres o cuatro estructuras de control en aquellos lugares en que sea necesario derivar agua para riego; las demás se construirán si así lo exigen las necesidades. 11.–*Dirección Técnica, Administración e Imprevistos.*
(a)Por estos conceptos se ha aumentado al costo de las obras el 20%. Los gastos por concepto de dirección técnica serán bajos, debido a la magnitud de las obras. Las contingencias no serán muy serias, dado que el Río está regularizado por la Presa del Elefante y no es probable que ocurran crecientes de larga duración. Los gastos de administración no serán mayores que en obras semejantes. VI.–COSTO SIN LA PRESA DE CABALLO.
(a)En diciembre de 1928 se hizo un estudio comparativo de gastos de crecientes probables frente a Juárez-El Paso considerando dos casos: lo. Que se construyera el vaso de retención de Caballo y 2o. Que no se construyera este vaso. Los datos entonces disponibles indicaban que en caso de construirse la Presa de Caballo el gasto máximo de crecientes podría ser de 226 metros cúbicos (8.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo; y que en caso de no construirse esa presa el gasto máximo de crecientes podría ser de 510 metros cúbicos (18.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo . Datos recogidos posteriormente y estudios más recientes, han aconsej ado tomar como gastos máximos de crecientes, los de 314 metros cúbicos (11.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo, con la presa de Caballo y 576 metros cúbicos (20.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo, sin la presa de Caballo. 1659
(b)Al hacer los estudios delMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. proyecto para un cauce de 576 metros cúbicos (20.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo, se vió la necesidad de aumentar la distancia entre los diques de 180 metros (590 pies) a 290 metros (950 pies), en la parte alta del Valle comprendida entre Juárez-El Paso y el Arroyo del Alamo. En la parte inferior, es decir, desde el Arroyo del Alamo hasta el final, fue necesario aumentar el ancho del fondo del canal por exceder de 20 metros (66 pies) a 30 metros (99 pies) y aumentar en un metro (3.3 pies) la altura de los diques.
(c)Estimaciones comparativas de costo, hacen ver que las obras necesarias en el tramo desde el monumento número uno de la línea terrestre hasta la entrada del cañón abajo de Fort Quitman implicaría un costo excedente como de 1.500,000 dólares cuando se proveyera un cauce de 576 metros cúbicos (20.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo, sobre el costo correspondiente a un cauce de 314 metros cúbicos (11.000 pies cúbicos) por segundo. Esta diferencia se debe principalmente ai aumento en la superficie del terreno destinado a derecho de vía, debido a la mayor distancia entre los diques, en la parte alta, entre Juárez-El Paso y el arroyo El Alamo; al aumento en el volumen de terracerías, debido principalmente a la mayor sección transversal requerida en los cortes profundos abajo del Arroyo del Alamo; y a la mayor longitud de los puentes y de las estructuras de control de la pendiente. También se aumenta el área por desmontar.
(d)El área adicional para derecho de vía es como de 800 hectáras (2000 acres), con un costo de 100.000 dólares. El volumen adicional de terracerías se estima en 4.150,000 metros cúbicos (5.424,000 yardas cúbicas), que, a razón de 0.18 dólares por metro cúbico importaría 747.000 dólares. El aumento de longitud de las estructuras de 1660Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.control de la pendiente y de los puentes importaría la suma adicional de 350,000 dólares. Por concepto de desmontes se aumentarían 35.000 dólares. El total de las cantidades anteriores es de 1.232.000 dólares, y si a esta cantidad se agrega el 20% por concepto de dirección, administración e imprevistos, el costo total adicional sería de 1.480.000 dólares.
(e)Así pues, se ve que el costo de la Presa de Caballo, que es de 1.250,000 dólares, resulta ampliamente compensado por las economías que pueden hacerse en las obras entre el Monumento No. 1 de la línea terrestre y la entrada del Cañón de Quitman, lográndose un ahorro de 250.000 dólares. Además de este ahorro, se disminuye en 800 hectáras (2000 acres) la extensión de terreno que, por formar parte del cauce, resultaría irremisiblemente perdida para el cultivo y a la vez se ahorra por concepto de gastos de conservación una cantidad anual cuyo monto no puede precisarse. VII. RECOMENDACIONES. Con todo respeto se hacen las siguientes recomendaciones:
(a)Que se construya el cauce rectificado de acuerdo con los lineamientos establecidos en este informe y en sus anexos.
(b)Que se construya una presa de retención con un vaso de capacidad no menor de 123.350,000 Mts. cúbicos (100.000 acres pies) en Caballo, Nuevo México, E. U. A.
(c)Que se igualen las áreas por segregar de cada país modificando el trazo del cauce proyectado, en la forma que la Comisión estime conveniente.
(d)Que cada país adquiera la parte que le corresponda de los terrenos—por segregar y de los necesarios para derecho de vía, a fin de extinguir los derechos de propiedad particular sobre dichos terrenos. 1661
(e)Que ambos países cambienMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. entre sí las áreas iguales de terrenos segregados, así como la parte respectiva de los terrenos adquiridos para derecho de vía, a fin de que cada país tenga, en el futuro, jurisdicción hasta el centro del cauce rectificado en donde éste constituya el Límite Internacional.
(f)Que la Comisión Internacional de Límites tenga a su cargo los trabajos de construcción de las obras y la conservación de ellas una vez terminadas. VIII. ANEXOS. Se acompañan los cinco anexos siguientes: anexo numero 1.– Perfiles del Río. Muestra gráficamente el perfil actual del Río entre la Presa del Elefante y el Cañón de Quitman y el perfil que se obtendrá al hacer la rectificación del Río. anexo numero 2.– Plano de localización. En un plano general del Valle de Juárez-El Paso se ha mostrado el trazo preliminar indicándose en colores y en una tabla numérica los terrenos por segregar. En la Isla de San Elizario se muestran dos trazos, uno que sigue en general el cauce actual del Río y otro que sigue en general el actual Límite Internacional. anexo numero 3.– Secciones Transversales tipos. En este anexo aparecen gráficamente las secciones transversales proyectadas, con sus características hidráulicas. anexo numero 4.–Cuencas de drenaje. En este anexo se han indicado con colores y con cifras numéricas las cuencas de drenaje controladas por la presa del Elefante y por la proyectada Presa de Caballo. anexo numero 5.–Presupuesto. 1662 IX.–Minute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd.COLABORACION.
(a)En la preparación de este informe colaboraron con los Ingenieros Consultores de la Comisión, los Asesores Técnicos, Señores, Ingenieros Salvador Arroyo, Jefe de la Comisión de Obras de Defensa del Río Bravo en Juárez, Chih., y W. E. Robertson, Presidente del Comité de Rectificación del Río de la Cámara de Comercio de El Paso; habiéndose aprovechado los datos valiosos contenidos en informes previamente formulados sobre este problema por diversos ingenieros y Oficinas, principalmente los siguientes: 1.–“Informe sobre la Rectificación del Río Bravo”, por el Comité especial de Ingenieros del Capítulo de El Paso de la Asociación Americana de Ingenieros. 5 de junio de 1922. 2.–“Informe sobre las condiciones del Río Bravo en el Sistema de Irrigación Río Grande”, por L. M. Lawson, Ingeniero del Departamento del Interior de los Estados Unidos. 10 de marzo de 1925. 3.–“Mejoramiento del cauce del Río Bravo abajo de El Paso” por el Ingeniero Salvador Arroyo, del Gobierno de México. Marzo de 1925. 4.–“Memoria presentada a los Gobiernos de México y de los Estados Unidos y a la Comisión Internacional de Límites relativa a la rectificación de un tramo del Río Bravo en el Valle de Juárez-El Paso”, por los Ingenieros Salvador Arroyo y L. M. Lawson. 25 de abril de 1925. 5.–Informe común sobre la "Memoria” anterior, por los señores Randolph E. Fishburn y Armando Santacruz Jr., Ingenieros Consultores de la Comisión Internacional de Límites. 12 de mayo de 1925. 1663 6.–“Efectos del almacenamientoMinute No. 129 of International Boundary Commission—Contd. de las aguas del Rio Grande sobre la erosión y el azolve de la corriente”, por el Ingeniero L. M. Lawson, Superintendente del Sistema, Oficina de Irrigación de los Estados Unidos. El Paso, Texas. Mayo de 1928. 7.–“El régimen actual del Alto Río Grande y el problema a que ha dado lugar en el valle de Juárez-El Paso ”, por el Ingeniero Salvador Arroyo, Jefe de la Comisión de Obras de Defensa del Río Bravo en C. Juárez, Chih. Mayo de 1928. 8.–“Informe sobre la rectificación del Río Grande” por J. L. Savage, Ingeniero Proyectista en Jefe del “Bureau of Reclamation ” de los Estados Unidos. 28 de noviembre de 1928. 9.–“Informe sobre presupuestos preliminares para la rectificación del Río Bravo de Juárez-El Paso al cañón de Quitman”, por los Ingenieros Salvador Arroyo y C. M. Ainsworth, Diciembre de 1928. 10.–“Proyecto de rectificación del Río Bravo entre Juárez-El Paso y el Cañón de Quitman”, por el Ingeniero R. M. Priest, Superintendente del Sistema de Yuma del “Bureau of Reclamation” delos Estados Unidos. 2. de Mayo de 1929. Con todo respeto. México, D.F., julio 16 de 1930. (Fdo.) Armando Santacruz *Ingeniero Consultor-de la Sección Mexicana*. (Fdo.) C. M. Ainsworth *Ingeniero Consultor de la Sección de Estados Unidos*. A los Honorables Comisionados de la Comisión Internacional de Límites entre México y los Estados Unidos. presentes. 1664 EXHIBIT NO. 5 river rectification—el paso-juares to quitman canyon estimate of 11,000 second foot channel Mexico, D.F., July 16, 1930. Right-of-Way Mexico: 1650 hectares at $50 (Dollars) $82, 500 (4080 acres at $20 “ ) United States: 1650 hectares at $200 “ 330, 000 $412, 500 (4080 acres at $81 “ ) Segregated Tracts Mexico: 1400 hectares at $40 (Dollars) 56, 000 (3460 acres at $16 “ ) United States: 1400 hectares at $150 “ 210, 000 266, 000 (3460 acres at $60 “ ) Earthwork 3,650,000 cu.mtr. excavation at $0.18 657, 000 (4,775,000 cu.yd. at $0.138) 6,870,000 cu.mtr. embankment at $0.18 1, 236, 600 1, 893, 600 (8,985,000 cu. yd. at $0.138) Clearing 2,400 hectares at $62.50 (6,000 acres at $25.30) 150, 000 Miscellaneous Work above Cordova: Mexico 25, 000 United States 100, 000 Changes in Irrigation Works: Mexico 75, 000 United States 150, 000 Grade Controls
(6)675, 000 Bridges
(6)300, 000 1, 325, 000 Sub-Total $4, 047, 100 20% engineering, overhead and contingencies 809, 400 total $4, 856, 500 Caballo Dam—100,000 acre foot reservoir 1, 250,000 grand total $6, 106, 500 (Dollars) Note: The smaller unit price of the segregated tracts as compared with the rights-of-way is predicated on the resale value of those segregated 1665 ANEXO NO. 5. proyecto de rectificacion del cauce del rio bravo entre juarez-el paso y el cañón de quitman. presupuesto para un cauce artificial de 314 mts. cubicos (11.000 pies) por segundo. derecho de via México: Dólares 1650 hectaras a Dls. 50. (4080 acres a Dls. 20) $82, 500 Estados Unidos. 1650 hectaras a Dls. 200 (4080 acres a Dls. 81) “330. 000 $412, 500 areas segregadas México: 1400 hectaras a Dls. 40. (3460 acres a Dls. 16) $56. 000 Estados Unidos. 1400 hectaras a Dls. 150 (3460 acres a Dls. 60) “210. 000 $266. 000 terracerias. 3.650.000 Mts. Cúbs.de excavación a Dls. 0.18. $657. 000 (4.775.000 yds.cúbs. a Dls. 0.138) 6.870.000 Mts. Cúbs. en diques a -- Dls. 0.18. 1. 236. 600 1, 893. 600 (8.985.000 yds.cúbs. a Dls. 0.138) desmonte del derecho de via. 2.400. hectaras a Dls. 62.50 (6.000. acres a Dls. 25.30) 150. 000 varios. Trabajos arriba del Corte de Córdova. México 25. 000 Estados Unidos 100.000 modificaciones en las obras de riego y drenaje. México 75. 000 Estados Unidos 150. 000 Estructuras para controlar la pendiente
(10)675. 000 Puentes
(6)300. 000 1, 325. 000 sub total. $4. 047. 100 Gastos de Dirección, Administración e Imprevistos, 20% del subtotal “809. 400 total $4. 856. 500 presa en caballo. Vaso con capacidad de 123.350.000 Mts. cúbicos (100.000 acres pies) $1. 250. 000 gran total $6. 106. 500 nota: Los valores unitarios menores de los terrenos segregados, en comparación con los que figuran para el derecho de vía, provienen de que se ha supuesto que puede recobrarse una parte del valor de loe terrenos segregados, por venta de los mismos después de hechas las obras 1666 And whereas the said convention, as amended by the Senate of the United States of America, has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the tenth day of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof, as amended, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this thirteenth day of November in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-three and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. 1667 EXCHANGES OF NOTES BETWEEN THE AMERICAN AMBASSADOR AT MEXICO CITY AND THE MEXICAN MINISTER FOR FOREIGN AFFAIRS The Mexican Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Puig)to the American Ambassador (Clark) *1o. de febrero de 1933*. secretario de relaciones exteriores mexico Estimado señor Embajador: Al proceder a la firma de la Convención relativa a la rectificación del cauce del Río Bravo del Norte, en el valle de Juárez-El Paso, ha quedado entendido entre ambos Gobiernos, que los documentos anexos a la Convención, según lo dispuesto en el Artículo VIII de la misma, son copias del Acta No. 129, de 31 de julio de 1930, de la Comisión Internacional de Límites, así como del informe, mapas, planos y especificaciones anexas a dicha Acta, y que en el caso de que hubiere alguna diferencia entre las copias citadas anexas a la Convención y sus originales, los originales serán los que rijan. Sin otro particular, me repito de usted como siempre su afectísimo, atento y seguro servidor. Puig Señor J. Reuben Clark, Jr., *Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos de América*. *Presente*. [Translation] *February 1, 1933*. minister for foreign affiars mexico Dear Mr. Ambassador: In proceeding to the signature of the Convention relative to the rectification of the river channel of the Rio Grande in the El Paso-Juárez valley, it is understood by both Governments that the documents annexed to the Convention, as provided in Article VIII thereof, are copies of Minute 129 of July 31, 1930 of the International Boundary Commission, and of the report, maps, plans, and specifications annexed to said Minute, and that in case any difference exists between such copies so annexed to the Convention and their originals, the originals shall control. 1668 There being nothing further to discuss, I again subscribe myself, as always, your affectionate, devoted, and faithful servant. Puig Mr. J. Reuben Clark, Jr., *Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary, of the United States of America*. *Mexico*. ————— The American Ambassador (Clark) to the Mexican Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Puig)Embassy of the United States of America, México, *February 1, 1933*. My dear Mr. Minister: Referring to your note of even date, in which you set out that in proceeding to the signature of the Convention providing for the rectification of the river channel of the Rio Grande in the El Paso-Juárez valley, it is understood that the documents attached to the Convention, as provided in Article VIII thereof, are copies of Minute 129 (July 31, 1930) of the International Boundary Commission, and of the report, maps, plans, and specifications attached to that Minute, and that in case any difference exists between such copies so attached to the Convention and their originals, the originals shall control, I beg hereby to confirm such understanding. Please accept, Mr. Minister, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. J. Reuben Clark, Jr. His Excellency Señor Doctor Don José M. Puig Casauranc *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Mexico.* ————— The Mexican Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Puig)to the American Ambassador (Daniels) secretaria de relaciones exteriores estados unidos mexicanos mexico México, *8 de septiembre de 1933.* Señor Embajador: Para facilitar el pronto canje de ratificaciones de la Convención firmada entre México y los Estados Unidos para la rectificación del Río Bravo (Río Grande) en el Valle de Juárez, de fecha lo. de febrero de 1933, y a fin de establecer con claridad la inteligencia de ambos Gobiernos por lo que respecta a la cuestión de derecho y uso de aguas 1669del Rio Bravo (Río Grande), en el tramo que comprende dicha Convención, los dos Gobiernos declaran por este cambio de notas que el espíritu y términos de la Convención de febrero lo. de 1933 no alteran las disposiciones de las Convenciones actualmente vigentes respecto a la utilización de agua del Río Bravo (Río Grande) y que, en consecuencia, estos asuntos permanecen sin ser afectados de modo alguno y exactamente en el mismo status que existía antes de que la Convención de lo. de febrero de 1933 fuera celebrada. Aprovecho la oportunidad para renovar a Vuestra Excelencia las seguridades de mi más alta consideración. Puig Excelentísimo señor Josephus Daniels, *Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos de América*. *Presente*. [Translation] ministry for foreign affairs united mexican states mexico Mexico, *September 8, 1933*. Mr. Ambassador: In order to facilitate the early exchange of ratifications of the Convention signed between Mexico and the United States for the rectification of the Rio Bravo (Rio Grande) in the Juarez Valley, dated February 1, 1933, and in order to establish clearly the understanding of both Governments with respect to the question of rights and use of waters of the Rio Bravo (Rio Grande) along the stretch covered by said Convention, the two Governments declare through this exchange of notes that the spirit and terms of the Convention of February 1, 1933, do not alter the provisions of Conventions now in force as regards the utilization of water from the Rio Bravo (Rio Grande) and that, consequently, these matters remain entirely unaffected and in exactly the same status as existed before the Convention of February 1, 1933, was concluded. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my high consideration. Puig His Excellency Mr. Josephus Daniels, *Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United States of America*, *Mexico*. 1670 The American Ambassador (Daniels) to the Mexican Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Puig)No. 187 Embassy of the United States of America, Mexico, *September 8, 1933*. Excellency: In order to facilitate the early exchange of ratifications of the Convention signed between Mexico and the United States for the rectification of the Rio Grande (Rio Bravo) in the Juárez Valley, dated February 1, 1933, and in order to establish clearly the understanding of both Governments with respect to the question of rights and use of waters of the Rio Grande (Rio Bravo) along the stretch covered by said Convention, the two Governments declare through this exchange of notes that the spirit and terms of the Convention of February 1, 1933, do not alter the provisions of Conventions now in force as regards the utilization of water from the Rio Grande (Rio Bravo) and that, consequently, these matters remain entirely unaffected and in exactly the same status as existed before the Convention of February 1, 1933, was concluded. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest and most distinguished consideration. Josephus Daniels. His Excellency Señor Doctor Don José Manuel Puig Casauranc, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Mexico*. October 13, 1933 November 11, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1671 1671 POSTAL AGREEMENT—DENMARK. October 13, 1933.⁄November 11, 1933. *Agreement between the United States of America and Denmark forOctober 13, 1933.November 11, 1933. collect-on-delivery parcel-post service. Signed at Copenhagen, October 13, 1933, at Washington, November 11, 1933; approved by the President, November 17, 1933.* Agreement between the United States of America and Denmark for Collect-on-Delivery Service For the purpose of concludingCollect-on-delivery postal agreement with Denmark. arrangements for the exchange between the United States of America (including Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Samoa, and the Virgin Islands of the United States) and Denmark (including Faroe Islands and Greenland) of parcels marked for the collection of trade charges, the undersigned, James A. Farley, Postmaster General of the United States of America, and C. I. Mondrup, Director General of Posts of Denmark, by virtue of authority vested in them, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article I. 1. Parcel post packagesAdmission of collect-on-delivery parcel-post packages. Vol. 47, p. 2402. admissible for mailing and insurance under the Parcel Post Agreement signed at Copenhagen the ninth day of December 1932, and at Washington the twenty-eighth day of December 1932, and having charges to be collected on delivery, shall be accepted for mailing from Denmark to any money order post office in the United States of America or from the United States of America to any money order office in Denmark. 2. Collect-on-delivery parcelsAcceptance only when Insured. shall be accepted only when insured. Collect-on-delivery parcels and the money ordersSegregation of parcels, etc. issued in payment of the charges thereon shall be handled apart from ordinary dispatches of parcel post and from ordinary money orders. 1672 3. May be extended to uninsured matter. By mutual consent through correspondence, the collect-on-delivery service may be extended to ordinary (uninsured) parcel post packages exchanged between the two countries with the provision that each country may handle in transit and otherwise treat ordinary (uninsured) collect-on-delivery parcels addressed to, or received from, the other country in accordance with its own domestic regulations. 4. Transit parcels not included. The provisions of this Agreement do not cover transit collect- on-delivery parcels. Article II. 1. Postage rates, insurance, etc., formalities. Parcels bearing charges for collection on delivery shall be subject to the postage rates, insurance fees, conditions of mailing and other formalities applicable to insured parcels without trade charges as stipulated in the Vol. 47, p. 2402.aforesaid Agreement of December 9/28, 1932, when not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. 2. Additional fee from sender. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel mailed collect-on-delivery, such collect-on-delivery fee, in addition to the required postage and other fees, as may be prescribed by its regulations, which collect-on-delivery fee shall belong entirely to No accounting.the country collecting it. No special account of these fees is to be made between the two Administrations. Article III. 1. Maximum fee. The maximum amount to be collected on delivery shall, for the present, be 500 francs gold or its equivalent in the currency of the Changes by mutual agreement.country of origin. This amount may be increased or decreased at any time by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Postal Administrations. The amount to be collected on delivery shall invariably be stated in the currency of the country of mailing. 1673 2. When the sender makes aRequests for reduction or cancellation. request early enough for any reduction or cancellation of the amount to be collected on delivery the request shall be handled between the exchange offices which have handled the parcel, unless otherwise agreed to through correspondence between the Administrations. Article IV. The responsibility of properlyPacking, etc., responsibility. closing, packing and sealing collect-on-delivery parcels lies upon the sender, and the postal service of neither country will assume liability for loss arising from defects which may not be observed at the time of posting. Article V. 1. The entire amount of theEntire sum remitted to sender. collect-on-delivery charges without any deduction for money order fee or “collection” charges is to be remitted to the sender by means of an international money order. The post officeCharges to be collected from addressee. delivering the collect-on-delivery parcel will collect from the addressee the full amount of the collect-on-delivery charges and in addition thereto such money order fee or fees as are required to remit the amount of the collect-on-delivery charges to the sender in the country or origin. 2. The country effectingCollection charge for delivery. delivery of a collect-on-delivery parcel may at its option collect a reasonable amount, not in excess of 5 cents (25 oere), from the addressee as a collection charge, but this amount is not to be deducted from the collection charges which are remitted to the sender. 3. Examination of the contentsExamination prohibited until charges paid. of a collect-on-delivery parcel by the addressee is prohibited until the collect-on-delivery charges and any other charges that may be due thereon have been collected, even though the sender or addressee may make request that such action be permitted. 1674 Article VI. 1. Entry on advice of money order. Every advice of a money order issued in either country in payment of collect-on-delivery charges on an insured parcel must show plainly the collect-on-delivery (insurance) number of the parcel and bear the letters “C.O.D.” or the word “*Remboursement*” in a conspicuous position. 2. Information to accompany advice. The collect-on-delivery money order advice lists shall show, in addition to the usual details, the collect-on-delivery (insurance) number of the parcels. No collect-on-delivery money order shall be listed unless the remitter’s name and the payee’s name and his exact address are included. Article VII. 1. Exchange offices. Parcels with collect-on-delivery charges shall be exchanged through the same offices as are appointed for the exchange of insured parcels without collect-on-delivery charges. Direct dispatch in sacks with special markings.The exchange of collect-on-delivery parcels between such offices shall be effected in direct dispatches in sacks containing nothing but collect-on-delivery articles, the letters “C.O.D.”or the word “*Remboursement*” being entered very conspicuously in the documents covering them, as well as on the labels of the sacks. 2. Separate listing bills required. Such parcels will be listed in separate bills to show, in respect to each parcel, the collect-on-delivery number and post office and state of origin, and the collect-on-delivery amount. 3. Checking and report of receipt. Upon receipt of a dispatch of collect-on-delivery parcels at the exchange office of the country of destination, the dispatch must be carefully checked and otherwise Vol. 47, p. 2428.treated as provided in Article 8 of the Regulations of Execution of the Agreement of December 9/28, 1932. 1675 Article VIII. The offices of New York andOffices to send money orders. Copenhagen shall be the only ones to send lists of collect-on-delivery money orders, and such money orders shall be listed separately from the ordinary money orders and the list shall be marked ‘‘Collect-on-Delivery” or “*Remboursement*.” Article IX. 1. The collect-on-deliveryDisposition of unpaid orders. money orders which have not been paid to the payee for any reason shall be subject to the disposition of the Administration of the country of origin of the articles to which they relate. When it appears that theFraudulent schemes. collect-on-delivery service was used in furtherance of a scheme to defraud, payment of the money orders in question will bo withheld, if practicable, and the orders disposed of in accordance with the equities of each case under the rules and regulations of the country of origin of the collect-on-delivery parcels involved. 2. As for other formalities,Provisions governing other formalities. collect-on-delivery money orders shall be subject to the provisions governing the money order exchange between the two countries. Article X. 1. In case an insured collect-on-Responsibility for losses, etc.delivery parcel has been lost, rifled, or damaged, the Postal Administrations are responsible as for an insured parcel without trade charges, in conformity with the provisions in Article VII ofVol. 47, p. 2406. the Agreement of December 9/28, 1932. 1676 2. Payment to claimant by Administration responsible for loss, etc. When a collect-on-delivery parcel has been delivered to the addressee but the charges have not been remitted, the sender or other rightful claimant is entitled to an indemnity corresponding to the collect-on-delivery amount not remitted, provided that he has made his claim in due time and unless the delivery without collecting the charges has arisen from the fault or negligence of the sender or from the transmission of the contents in parcel post mails being prohibited. This stipulation also applies to the case that a lower amount than the full collect-on-delivery charge is collected from the addressee. Limitation of indemnity.The indemnity provided for in tills section may not in any case exceed the collect-on-delivery amount. 3. Fixing responsibility, etc. As to the fixing of the responsibility and the payment of the indemnity the same stipulations shall be applied as are provided Vol. 47, p. 2406.for insured parcels not sent collect-on-delivery, as set forth in Article VII of the aforesaid Agreement of December 9/28, 1932. 4. Action, when parcel recovered after indemnity paid. When a collect-on-delivery parcel for which indemnity has been paid is recovered, the post-master at the delivering office will deliver the parcel and collect the charges, hold such amount and request instructions from the Ad-ministration to which his office is subordinate. If the addressee, however, refuses to accept a recovered parcel and pay the charges, the postmaster will hold it and likewise seek instructions as to its disposition. In the latter case the Administration responsible for the indemnity shall determine the disposition to be made of the parcel involved. 5. Administration paying, subrogated to rights of sender. By the fact of the payment of indemnity, the Administration making the payment is subrogated to the rights of the sender1677for any eventual recourse concerning the parcel against the addressee or a third party. Article XI. Each collect-on-delivery parcelOfficial stamping of parcels, etc. and the relative customs declaration must bear, on the address side, the conspicuous impression of an official stamp or labelreading “COLLECT ON DELIVERY” or “C.O.D.”or“*Remboursement*”, and in close proximity to these words there must appear the number given the parcel which shall be the insurance number (only one original number) and after it must be shown in Roman letters and in Arabic figures the exact amount of the collect-on-delivery charges which should not include the additional money order fee or fees that will be collected in the country making delivery of the parcel for making the remittance to the sender in the country of mailing. Article XII. 1. Unless mutually agreedReforwarding to other countries. otherwise, collect-on-delivery parcels shall not be reforwarded to a third country. 2. The sender of a collect-on-Recall by sender.delivery parcel may cause it to be recalled as provided in Article X of the Agreement of DecemberVol. 47, p. 2412. 9/28, 1932. Article XIII. The sender may provide, inDisposition of undeliverable articles. case his collect-on-delivery parcel is undeliverable as originally addressed, for other disposition to be made of it the same as in the case of parcels without trade charges and as stipulated in ArticleVol. 47, p. 2428. 9 of the Regulations of Execution of the Agreement of December 9/28, 1932. Article XIV. Details as to the methods ofArranging details for handling indemnity claims. handling indemnity claims involving collect-on-delivery parcels and1678other details for the execution of this Agreement may be arranged by correspondence between the two Administrations. Article XV. Application of other conventions to matters not covered hereby.All matters connected with the exchange of collect-on-delivery articles not covered by this Agreement shall be covered by the Money Order, Postal, and Parcel Post Conventions in force between the two countries, or by the provisions of the Universal Postal Union Convention and the Detailed Vol. 46, p. 2523.Regulations for its Execution, insofar as they are applicable and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, and then if no other arrangement has been made, the internal legislation or regulations of the United States of America or Denmark, according to the country involved, shall govern, or the matter will be made the subject of mutual agreement by correspondence between the two countries. Article XVI. Temporary suspension of service.Either Administration may temporarily suspend the collect-on-delivery service, in whole or in part, when there are special reasons for doing so, or restrict it to certain offices; but on condition that previous and opportune notice of such a measure is given to the other Administration, such notice to be given by the most rapid means if necessary. Article XVII. Effect and duration.This Agreement shall take effect and operations thereunder shall begin on a date to be mutually settled between the Administrations of the two countries, and shall continue in force until terminated by mutual agreement; but may be annulled at the desire of either Administration upon six months’ previous notice given to the other. 1679 Done in duplicate and signed atSignatures. Copenhagen, the thirteenth day of October 1933, and at Washington, the 11th day of November 1933. [seal] James A Farley, *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. C. Mondrup, *The Director General of Posts of Denmark*. Overenskomst mellem De Forenede Stater i Amerika og Danmark angaaende Postopkrævningsndveksling Med det Formaal at indføreCollect-on-delivery postal agreement with Denmark. Udveksling af Pakker med Post-opkrævning mellem Forenede Stater i Amerika (med Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Samoa og Virgin Øerne) og Danmark (med Færøerne og Grønland) er underskrevne James A. Farley, Generalpostmester i De Forenede Stater i Amerika, og C. I. Mondrup, Generaldirektør for Post-og Telegrafvæsenet i Danmark, i MedfØr af de os meddelte Bemyndigelser kommet overens om følgende Bestemmelser: Artikel I. 1. Pakker, som kan modtagesAdmission of collect-on-delivery parcel-post packages. Vol. 47, p. 2402. til Postbesørgelse med angiven Værdi i Henhold til den i København den 9’ December 1932 og i Washington den 28’ December 1932 underskrevne Postpakkeoverenskomst, skal modtages til Postbesørgelse med Postopkrævning fra Danmark til alle Posthuse i Forenede Stater i Amerika, der udfører Postanvisningsforretninger, og fra Forenede Stater i Amerika til alle Posthuse i Danmark. 2. Postopkrævningspakker kanAcceptance only when Insured. kun modtages som Pakker med angivenVærdi. Postopkrævningspakker ogSegregation of parcels, etc. Opkrævningspostanvisninger skal behandles adskilt fra den almindelige Pakkepost og de almindelige Postanvisninger. 1672 3. May be extended to uninsured matter. Efter fælles Aftale ved Korrespondance kan Postopkrævningsudvekslingen udvides til at omfatte ogsaa almindelige (uden angiven Vaerdi), der udveksles mellem de to Lande, dog med den Bestemmelse, at hvert Land i Henseende til Befordring og Ekspedition iøvrigt kan behandle almindelige Postopkrævningspakker (uden angiven Værdi), der er afsendt fra eller bestemt til det andet Land, i Overensstemmelse med dets egne indenrigske Bestemmelser. 4. Transit parcels not included. Bestemmelserne i denne Overenskomst omfatter ikke transiterende Postopkrævningspakker. Artikel II. 1. Postage rates, insurance, etc., formalities. Postopkrævningspakker skal underkastes de i fornævnte Overenskomst af 9/28’ December 1932 for Pakker med angiven Værdi uden Postopkrævning indeholdte Bestemmelser angaaende Porto, Værdiporto, Befordringsbetingelser Vol. 47, p. 2402.og andre Formaliteter, forsaavidt disse Bestemmelser ikke er uforenelige med Bestemmelseme i nærværende Overenskomst. 2. Additional fee from sender. Poststyreisen i Afsendelseslandet er berettiget til udover den nødvendige Pakkeporto og andre Gebyrer at opkræve hos Afsenderen af en Postopkrævningspakke den Postopkrævningsporto, der er hjemlet ved dens egne Bestemmelser; Postopkrævningsportoen beholdes udelt af Afsendelseslandet. No accounting.Der skal følgelig ikke foretages nogen Afregning af Postopkrævmngsportoen mellem de 2 Poststyrelser. Artikel III. 1. Maximum fee. Maksimum for Postopkrævningsbeløb skal indtil videre være 500 Guldfrancs eller det hertil i Afsendelseslandets Mønt Changes by mutual agreement.svarende Beløb. Dette Beløb kan til enhver Tid forhøjes eller nedsættes efter fælles Overenskomst ved Korrespondance mellem de to Poststyrelser. Postopkrævningsbeløb skal i alle Tilfælde angives i Afsendelseslandets Mønt. 1673 2. Naar Afsenderen paa etRequests for reduction or cancellation. tilstrækkelig tidligt Tidspunkt fremsætter Begæring om Nedsættelse eller Ophævelse af et Postopkrævningsbeløb, skul en saadan Begæring behandles af de Udvekslingskontorer, der har behandlet Pakken, medmindre anden Fremgangsmaade aftales ved Korrespondance mellem Poststyrelserne. Artikel IV. Ansvaret med Hensyn til rigtigPacking, etc., responsibility. Indpakning, Lukning og Forsegling af Postopkrævningspakker paahviler Afsenderen, og Poststyrelserne i de to Lande paatager sig ikke noget Ansvar for Tab, der opstaar som Følge af Mangler, som ikke er blevet bemærket ved Pakkens Indlevering. Artikel V. 1. HeleEntire sum remitted to sender. Postopkrævningsbeløbet uden noget Fradrag af Postanvisnings- eller Postopkrævningsporto skal tilstilles Afsenderen ved Postanvisning. Det Postkontor, der udleverer en Pakke med Postopkrævning,Charges to be collected from addressee. opkræver hos Adressaten det fulde Postopkrævningsbeløb tillige med den for Postopkrævningsbeløbets Tilsendelse til Afsenderen i Afsendelseslandet nødvendige Postanvisningsporto. 2. Det Land, dor foretagerCollection charge for delivery. Udleveringen af en Postopkrævningspakke, kan efter dets egen Bestemmelse opkræve hos Adressaten et passende Beløb som Indkasseringsgebyr, dog ikke over 5 cents (25 Øre), men dette Beløb maa ikke fradrages fra Postopkrævningsbeløbet, som tilstilles Afsenderen. 3. Det er forbudt AdressatenExamination prohibited until charges paid. at undersøge Indholdet af en Postopkrævningspakke, før Postopkrævningsbeløbet og eventuelle andre Gebyrer, der paahviler Pakken, er betalt, selv om Afsenderen eller Adressaten fremsætter Begæring om, at saadan Undersøgelse tilstedes. 1674 Artikel VI. 1. Entry on advice of money order. Enhver Postanvisning, der udstedes i de to Lande til Betaling af Postopkrævningsbeløbet paa en Pakke med angiven Værdi, skal paa et fremtrædende Sted bære tydelig Angivelse af Pakkens Registernummer samt Anførslen “C.O.D.” eller “*Remboursement*”. 2. Information to accompany advice. Listerne over Opkrævningspostanvisninger skal udover de sædvanlige Angivelser udvise Pakkernes Registernummer. En Opkrævningspostanvisning maa ikke opføres paa Listen, uden at Afsenderens Navn og Modtagerens Navn og nøjagtige Adresse angives. Artikel VII. 1. Exchange offices. Postopkrævningspakker skal udveksles mellem de samme Kontorer, som foretager Udvekslingen af Pakker med angiven Værdi uden Postopkrævning. Direct dispatch in sacks with special markings.Udvekslingen af Postopkrævningspakker mellem disse Kontorer skal foregaa ved direkte Afslutninger i Sække, som kun indeholder Postopkrævningspakker, og Bogstaveme “C.O.D.” eller Ordet “*Remboursement*” skal anføres tydeligt saavel paa de paagældende Følgedokumenter som paa Sækkemærkerne. 2. Separate listing bills required. Saadanne Pakker skal optages i særlige Karter, i hvilken der for hver Pakke skal angives Registernummer, Afsendelseskontor ogstat og Postopkrævningsbeløbet. 3. Checking and report of receipt. Naar Udvekslingskontoret i Bestemmelseslandet modtager en Afslutning med Postopkrævningspakker, skal Afslutningen nøje kontroleres, og iøvrigt behandles Vol. 47, p. 2428.som fastsat i Artikel 8 i Ekspeditionsreglementet til Overenskomsten af 9/28 December 1932. 1675 Artikel VIII. Lister overOffices to send money orders. Opkrævningspostanvisninger skal alene udfaerdiges af Postkontoret i New York og Postgirokontoret i København, og Opkrævningsp ostanvisningeme skal opføres paa særlige Lister til Adskillelse fra almindelige Postanvisninger, ligesom Listeme skal paategnes “Collect on Delivery” eller “*Remboursement*”. Artikel IX. 1. Postopkrævningsbeløb, somDisposition of unpaid orders. af en eller anden Grund ikke er blevet udbetalt til Opkrævningspostanvisningens Adressat, forbli ver til Disposition for Poststyrelsen i det Land, hvorfra den Pakke, til hvilken Postopkrævningsbeløbet har Henhold, er afsendt. Saafremt det viser sig, at Fraudulent schemes.Postopkrævningssystemet er blevet benyttet til Fremme af bedragerisk Formaal, skal de paagældende Opkrævningspostanvisninger tilbageholdes, hvis det er gørligt, og behandles efter hvert Tilfældes Karakter i Overensstemmelse med de Regler og Bestemmelser, som gælder i det Land, hvorfra vedkommende Postopkrævningspakke er afsendt. 2. Med Hensyn til andreProvisions governing other formalities. Formaliteter underkastes Opkrævningspostanvisninger de for Postanvisningsudvekshngen mellem de to Lande gældende Bestemmelser. Artikel X. 1. I Tilfælde, hvor enResponsibility for losses, etc. Postopkrævningspakke med angiven Værdi er gaaet tabt, berøvet sit Indhold eller er blevet beskadiget, er Poststyrelseme ansvarlige som for en Pakke med angiven Værdi uden Postopkrævning iVol. 47, p. 2406. Overensstemmelse med Bestemmelserne i Artikel VII i Overenskomsten af 9/28 December 1932. 1676 2. Payment to claimant by Administration responsible for loss, etc. Hvis en Postopkrævningspakke er blevet udleveret til Adressaten, men Postopkrævningsbeløbet ikke er blevet udbetlat Afsenderen, har denne eller en anden legitimeret Reklamant Ret til en Erstatning, der svarer til det ikke udbetalte Postopkrævningsbeløb, forudsat at han har fremsat sit Krav i rette Tid, og med mindre Udleveringen uden Opkrævning skyldes Afsenderens Fejl eller Forsømmelse eller skyldes Forsendelse af Genstande, som det er forbudt at sende i Postpakker. Denne Bestemmelse finder ogsaa Anvendelse i det Tilfælde, at der hos Adressaten er opkrævet et mindre Beløb end det fulde Postopkrævningsbeløb. Limitation of indemnity.Erstatning i Henhold til Bestenunelseme i dette Punkt kan ikke i noget Tilfælde overstige Postopkrævningsbeløbet. 3. Fixing responsibility, etc. Med Hensyn til Bestemmelse af Ansvarligheden og Udbetaling af Erstatning gælder samme Regler som de i Artikel Vol. 47, p. 2406.VII i Overenskomsten af 9/28 December 1932 for Pakker med angiven Værdi uden Postopkævning fastsatte. 4. Action, when parcel recovered after indemnity paid. Saafremt en Postopkrævningspakke, for hvilken Erstatning er blevet udbetalt, atter kommer til Veje,skal Udleveringspostkontoret udlevere Pakken og opkræve Postopkrævningsbeløbet, tilbageholde Beløbet og indhente Forholdsordre hos den foresatte Poststyrelse. Hvis Adressaten imidlertid nægter at modtage en Pakke, der saaledes er kommet til Veje, og at betale Postopkrævningsbeløbet, skal Postkontoret tilbageholde Pakken og ligeledes indhente Forholdsordre angaaende dens Behandling. I sidste Tilfælde træffer den erstatningspligtige Poststyrelse Bestemmelse om den paagældende Pakkes videre Behandling. 5. Administration paying, subrogated to rights of sender. Ved Udbetaling af Erstatningen indtræder den Poststyrelse, der har udredet Erstatningen, i ethvert Krav vedrørende1677Pakken, som Afsenderen maatte have paa Adressaten eller Tred temand. Artikel XI. Enhver PostopkrævningspakkeOfficial stamping of parcels, etc. samt den tilhørende Tolddeklaration skal paa Adressesiden bære et tydeligt Aftryk af et officielt Stempel eller en Etiket med Angivelsen “Collect on Delivery” eller “C.O.D.” eller “Remboursement”, og umiddelbart ved denne Angivelse skal anføres Pakkens Registernummer (kun eet oprindehgt Nummer), og derefter skal det nøjagtige Postopkrævningsbeløb anføres med latinske Bogstaver og arabiske Tal, hvilket Beløb ikke maa indbefatte Tillægsgebyret for en Postanvisning eller andre Gebyrer, som opkræves i det Land, der udleverer Pakken, for at anvise Beløbet til Afsenderen i Afsendelseslandet. Artikel XII. 1. Med mindre anden AftaleReforwarding to other countries. træffes, omekspederes Postopkrævningspakker ikke til et tredie Land. 2. Afsenderen af enRecall by sender. Postopkrævningspakke kan begære den tilbageleveret i Overensstemmelse med Bestemmelseme iVol. 47, p. 2412. Postpakkeoverenskomsten af 9/28 December 1932 Artikel X. Artikel XIII. Afsenderen kan for detDisposition of undeliverable articles. Tilfælde, at en Postopkrævningspakke er ubesørgelig after den opringdelige Adresse, træffe Bestemmelse omdensBehandlingpaa samme Maade som med Hensyn til Pakker uden Postopkrævning,Vol. 47, p. 2428. jfr. Artikel 9 i Ekspeditionsreglementet til Overenskomsten af 9/28 December 1932. Artikel XIV. Nærmere Bestemmelser omArranging details for handling indemnity claims. Behandlingen af Erstatningskrav vedrørende Postopkrævningspak1678ker og om Gennemførelsen af denne Overenskomst kan træffes ved Korrespondance mellem de to Poststyrelser. Artikel XV. Application of other conventions to matters not covered hereby.Alle Forhold vedrørende Udvekslingen af Postopkrævningsforsendelser, som ikke er omhandlet i denne Overenskomst, skal behandles efter Regleme i de mellem de to Lande gældende Postanvisningsog Pakkepostoverenskomster eller efter Bestemmelserne i Verdenspostkonventionen, Vol. 46, p. 2523.og dennes Ekspeditionsreglement, alt forsaavidt disse Bestemmelser er anvendelige og ikke er uforenelige med Bestemmelserne i denne Overenskomst, medens derefter, hvis ikke anden Ordning er truffet, De Forenede Staters eller Danmarks interne Lovgivning eller Reglementer skal bringes til Anvendelse, eller Sagen skal gøres til Genstand for Aftale ved Korrespondance mellem de to Lande. Artikel XVI. Temporary suspension of service.Hver af Poststyrelserne kan midlertidigt suspendere Postopkrævningstjenesten helt eller delvis, naar der foreligger særlige Grunde derfor, eller begrænse den til visse Postkontorer men paa Betingelse af, at der forud gives den anden Poststyrelse fornøden Meddelelse om et saadant Skridt, hvilken Meddelelse skal gives med Benyttelse af de hurtigste Midler, saafremt det er nødvendigt. Artikel XVII. Effect and duration.Denne Overenskomst skal træde i Kraft, og de Forretninger, den omhandler, skal begynde paa en efter Aftale mellem Poststyrelserne i de to Lande fastsat Dato, og Overenskomsten skal forblive i Kraft, indtil den ophører efter fælles Aftale, men den kan ophæves efter den ene Poststyrelses Ønske efter et 6 Maaneder forud givet Varsel. 1679 Udfærdiget i to EksemplarerSignatures. og underskrevet i København den 13 Oktober 1933 og i Washington den 11’ November 1933. [seal] C. Mondrup, *Generaldirektør for Postog Telegrajvæsenet i Danmark*. James A Farley, *Generalpostmester i De Forenede Stater i Amerika*. The foregoing Agreement for Collect-on-Delivery Service between the United States of America and Denmark has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips, *Acting Secretary of State*. Washington, *November 17, 1933*. March 9, 1934 Declaration 48 Stat. 1680 1680 FRIENDSHIP, COMMERCE, ETC.—DANZIG. MARCH 9, 1934. * March 9, 1934.Declaration by which the Free City of Danzig becomes a contracting party to the treaty of friendship, commerce, and consular rights of *Ante*, p. 1507.June 15, 1931, between the United States of America and Poland; signed March 9, 1934; effective March 24, 1934.* *The Polish Ambassador (Patek) to the Secretary of State* Ambassade de Pologne, *Washington, le 9 mars, 1934.* Monsieur le Secrétaire d’Etat, Declaration by Polish Government.D’ordre de mon Gouvernement j’ai l’honneur de porter à la connaissance de Votre Excellence ce qui suit: Le Gouvernement Polonais, auquel il appartient d’assurer la conduite des affaires extérieures de la Ville Libre de Dantzig en vertu de l’article 104 du Traité de Paix, signé à Versailles le 28 Juin 1919 et des articles 2 et 6 de la Convention entre la Pologne et la Ville Libre de Dantzig, signée à Paris le 9 Novembre 1920, déclare, en agissant pour la Ville Libre de Dantzig et en exécution de l’article XXIX du Traité d'amitié, de commerce et des droits consulaires entre la Pologne et les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, signé à Washington le 15 Juin 1931, que la Ville Libre de Dantzig devient Partie Contractante au dit Traité à partir du 15-ème jour de la date de la réception par le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique de la présente notification. J’ai l'honneur de prier Votre Excellence de bien vouloir m’accuser réception de la présente note. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur le Ministre, les assurances de ma très haute considération. S Patek Son Excellence Monsieur Cordell Hull, *Secrétaire d’Etat*. The Secretary of important State Ambassador (Patek) Department of State, *Washington, March 9, 1934*. Excellency: Recognition by Government of United States.In compliance with your request, I have the honor on behalf of the Government of the United States of America to acknowledge the receipt of your note of this date, reading in translation as follows: " “Under instructions from my Government, I have the honor to communicate to your Excellency the following: “The Polish Government, which is entrusted with the conduct of the foreign affairs of the Free City of Danzig under Article 104 of the Treaty of Peace, signed at Versailles, June 28, 1919, and under Articles 2 and 6 of the Convention between Poland and the Free City of 1681Danzig, signed at Paris, November 9, 1920, declares, on behalf of Danzig and in execution of the provisions of Article XXIX of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights between Poland and the United States of America, signed at Washington, June 15, 1931, that the Free City of Danzig shall become a contracting party of the said Treaty from the fifteenth day following the date of the receipt by the Government of the United States of America of this notification. “I have the honor to request your Excellency to acknowledge receipt of this note.” " The Government of the United States is happy to take note of this declaration, and will be pleased to recognize the Free City of Danzig as a contracting party to the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights between the United States and Poland, signed at Washington, June 15, 1931, from March 24, 1934, the fifteenth day following the date on which the declaration hereby acknowledged was received by the Government of the United States. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull Mr. Stanislaw Patek, *Ambassador of Poland*. May 29, 1934 Treaty 48 Stat. 1682 1682 TREATY RELATIONS—CUBA. MAY 29, 1934. * May 29, 1934. Treaty between the United States of America and Cuba defining their relations. Signed at Washington, May 29, 1934; ratification advised by the Senate of the United States, May 31, 1934; ratified by the President, June 5, 1934; ratified by Cuba, June 4, 1934; ratifications exchanged at Washington, June 9, 1934; proclaimed, June 9, 1934.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION Preamble. Whereas a Treaty of Relations between the United States of America and the Republic of Cuba was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington on the twenty-ninth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-four, the original of which Treaty, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: Contract powers. The United States of America and the Republic of Cuba, being animated by the desire to fortify the relations of friendship between the two countries and to Vol. 33, p. 2248.modify, with this purpose, the relations established between them by the Treaty of Relations signed at Habana, May 22, 1903, have appointed, with this intention, as their Plenipotentiaries: Plenipotentiaries. The President of the United States of America; Mr. Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and Mr. Sumner Welles, Assistant Secretary of State of the United States of America; and The Provisional President of the Republic of Cuba, Señor Dr. Manuel Márquez Sterling, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the Republic of Cuba to the United States of America; Who, after having communicated to each other their full powers which were found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: 1683 Article I The Treaty of Relations whichFormer treaty abrogated.Vol. 33, p. 2. was concluded between the two contracting parties on May 22, 1903, shall cease to be in force, and is abrogated, from the date on which the present Treaty goes into effect. Article II All the acts effected in CubaValidation of military acts, etc. by the United States of America during its military occupation of the island, up to May 20, 1902, the date on which the Republic of Cuba was established, have been ratified and held as valid; and allMaintenance of legal rights. the rights legally acquired by virtue of those acts shall be maintained and protected. Article III Until the two contracting partiesCoaling and naval stations, lease. agree to the modification or abrogation of the stipulations of the agreement in regard to the lease to the United States of America of lands in Cuba for coaling and naval stations signed by the President of the Republic of Cuba on February 16, 1903, and by the President of the United States of America on the 23d day of the same month andPresent stipulations concerning, to continue provisionally. year, the stipulations of that agreement with regard to the naval station of Guantánamo shall continue in effect. The supplementary agreement in regard to naval or coaling stations signed between the two Governments on July 2, 1903, also shall continue in effect in the same form and on the same conditions with respect to the naval station at Guantánamo, So long as the United States of America shallGuantánamo station area not affected. not abandon the said naval station of Guantánamo or the two Governments shall not agree to a modification of its present limits, the station shall continue to have the territorial area that it now has, with the limits that it has on the date of the signature of the present Treaty. 1684 Article IV Suspension of communications during epidemic. If at any time in the future a situation should arise that appears to point to an outbreak of contagious disease in the territory of either of the contracting parties, either of the two Governments shall, for its own protection, and without its act being considered unfriendly, exercise freely and at its discretion the right to suspend communications between those of its ports that it may designate and all or part of the territory of the other party, and for the period that it may consider to be advisable. Article V Ratification. The present Treaty shall be ratified by the contracting parties in accordance with their respective constitutional methods; and shall go into effect on the date of the exchange of their ratifications, which shall take place in the city of Washington as soon as possible. Signatures. In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Treaty and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, at Washington on the twenty-ninth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-four. Contract powers. Los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Cuba, animados por el deseo de fortalecer los lazos de amistad entre los dos países y de modificar, con ese fin, las Vol. 33, p. 2248.relaciones establecidas entre ellos por el Tratado de Relaciones firmado en la Habana el 22 de mayo de 1903, han nombrado con ese propósito, como sus Plenipotenciarios: Plenipotentiaries. El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América; al Señor Cordell Hull, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América y al Señor Sumner Welles, Subsecretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América; y El Presidente Provisional de la República de Cuba, al Señor Dr. Manuel Márquez Sterling, Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario de la República de Cuba en los Estados Unidos de América; Quienes, después de haberse comunicado entre sí sus plenos poderes, y encontrándolos en buena y debida forma, han convenido en los siguientes artículos: 1683 Articulo I El Tratado de Relaciones queFormer treaty abrogated.Vol. 33, p. 2. se concluyó entre las dos partes contratantes el 22 de mayo de 1903 dejará de tener validez, y queda abrogado, desde la fecha en que comience a regir el presente Tratado. Articulo II Todos los actos realizados enValidation of military acts, etc. Cuba por los Estados Unidos de América durante su ocupación militar de la isla, hasta el 20 de mayo de 1902, fecha en que se estableció la República de Cuba, han sido ratificados y tenidosMaintenance of legal rights. como válidos; y todos los derechos legalmente adquiridos a virtud de esos actos serán mantenidos y protegidos. Articulo III En tanto las dos partes contratantesCoaling and naval stations, lease. no se pongan de acuerdo para la modificación o abrogación de las estipulaciones del Convenio firmado por el Presidente de la República de Cuba el 16 de febrero de 1903, y por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América el 23 del mismo mes y año, en cuanto al arrendamiento a los Estados Unidos de América de terrenos en Cuba para estacionesPresent stipulations concerning, to continue provisionally. carboneras o navales, seguirán en vigor las estipulaciones de ese Convenio en cuanto a la Estación Naval de Guantánamo. Respecto a esa estación naval seguirá también en vigor en las mismas forma y condiciones el arreglo suplementario referente a estaciones navales o carboneras terminado entre los dos Gobiernos el 2 de julio de 1903. Mientras no se abandone por parte de los Estados Unidos de América laGuantánamo station area not affected. dicha Estación Naval de Guantánamo o mientras los dos Gobiernos no acuerden una modificación de sus límites actuales, seguirá teniendo la extensión territorial que ahora ocupa, con los límites que tiene en la fecha de la firma del presente Tratado. 1684 Articulo IV Suspension of communications during epidemic. Si en cualquier tiempo surgiese en el futuro una situación que apareciera presagiar un brote de enfermedad contagiosa en el territorio de una u otra de las dos partes contratantes, cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos, para su propia protección, y sin que su acto sea considerado poco amistoso, ejercerá libremente y a su discreción el derecho de suspender las comunicaciones entre los puertos suyos que designe y todo o parte del territorio de la otra parte y por el tiempo que estime conveniente. Articulo V Ratification. El presente Tratado será ratificado por las partes contratantes de acuerdo con sus métodos constitucionales respectivos; y comenzará a regir en la fecha del cambio de sus ratificaciones, el cual tendrá lugar en la ciudad de Washington tan pronto como sea posible. Signatures. En fe de lo cual, los Plenipotenciarios respectivos han firmado el presente Tratado y han estampado sus sellos. Hecho por duplicado, y en lera idiomas inglés y español, en Washington el día veinte y nueve de mayo, de mil novecientos treinta y cuatro. [seal] Cordell Hull [seal] Sumner Welles [seal] M. Márquez Sterling Proclamation. And whereas, the said Treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the ninth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-four; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. 1685 In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this ninth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-four [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* PROCLAMATIONSof thePRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES 1687 PROCLAMATIONS 2038 March 5, 1933 [Conveying the Congress in Extra Session] Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation [Conveying the Congress in Extra Session] March 5, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas public interests require that the Congress of the United Preamble.States should be convened in extra session at twelve o’clock, noon, on the Ninth day of March, 1933, to receive such communication as may be made by the Executive; Now, Therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United Convening extra session of Congress, March 9, 1933.States of America, do hereby proclaim and declare that an extraordinary occasion requires the Congress of the United States to convene in extra session at the Capitol in the City of Washington on the Ninth day of March, 1933, at twelve o’clock, noon, of which all persons who shall at that time be entitled to act as members thereof are hereby required to take notice. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused to be affixed the great seal of the United States. Done at the City of Washington this Fifth day of March, in the year of our Lord One Thousand Nine Hundred and Thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States the One Hundred and Fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2038] 1689 2039 March 6, 1933 [Bank Holiday, March 6–9, 1933, inclusive] Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation [Bank Holiday, March 6–9, 1933, inclusive] March 6, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas there have been, heavy and unwarranted withdrawals of Bank holiday.Preamble.gold and currency from our banking institutions for the purpose of hoarding; and Whereas continuous and increasingly extensive speculative activ-ity abroad in foreign exchange has resulted in severe drains on the Nation’s stocks of gold; and Whereas these conditions have created a national emergency; and Whereas it is in the best interests of all bank depositors that a period of respite be provided with a view to preventing further hoarding of coin, bullion or currency or speculation in foreign exchange and permitting the application of appropriate measures to protect the interests of our people; and 1690 Trading with the Enemy Act.Regulation of foreign exchange, coin-export, etc.Vol. 40, p. 415.*Post*, p. 1691.Whereas it is provided in Section 5(b) of the Act of October 6, 1917, (40 Stat. L. 411) as amended, “That the President may investigate, regulate, or prohibit, under such rules and regulations as he may prescribe, by means of licenses or otherwise, any transactions in foreign exchange and the export, hoarding, melting, or earmarkings of gold or silver coin or bullion or currency * * * ”; and Penalties specified for violations.Vol. 40, p. 425.Whereas it is provided in Section 16 of the said Act “that whoever shall willfully violate any of the provisions of this Act or of any license, rule, or regulation issued thereunder, and whoever shall willfully violate, neglect, or refuse to comply with any order of the President issued in compliance with the provisions of this Act, shall, upon conviction, be fined not more than $10,000, or, if a natural person, imprisoned for not more than ten years, or both; * * * ”; Bank, etc., holiday declared March 6 to 9, 1933.*Ante*, p. 1. Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, in view of such national emergency and by virtue of the authority vested in me by said Act and in order to prevent the export, hoarding, or earmarking of gold or silver coin or bullion or currency, do hereby proclaim, order, direct and declare that from Monday, the sixth day of March, to Thursday, the ninth day of March, Nineteen Hundred and Thirty Three, both dates inclusive, there shall be maintained and observed by all banking institutions and all branches thereof located in the United States of America, including the territories and insular possessions, a bank holiday, and that during said period all banking transactions shall be suspended. During such Banking transactions to be suspended during period.holiday, excepting as hereinafter provided, no such banking institution or branch shall pay out, export, earmark, or permit the withdrawal or transfer in any manner or by any device whatsoever, of any gold or silver coin or bullion or currency or take any other action which might facilitate the hoarding thereof; nor shall any such banking institution or branch pay out deposits, make Ioans or discounts, deal in foreign exchange, transfer credits from the United States to any place abroad, or transact any other banking business whatsoever. Authority of Secretary of the Treasury to permit certain functions.During such holiday, the Secretary of the Treasury, with the approval of the President and under such regulations as he may prescribe, is authorized and empowered
(a)to permit any or all of such banking institutions to perform any or all of the usual banking functions,
(b)to direct, require or permit the issuance of clearing house certificates or other evidences of claims against assets of banking institutions, and
(c)to authorize and direct the creation in such banking institutions of special trust accounts for the receipt of new deposits which shall be subject to withdrawal on demand without any restriction or limitation and shall be kept separately in cash or on deposit in Federal Reserve Banks or invested in obligations of the United States. “Banking institutions” construed.As used in this order the term “banking institutions” shall include all Federal Reserve banks, national banking associations, banks, trust companies, savings banks, building and loan associations, credit unions, or other corporations, partnerships, associations or persons, engaged in the business of receiving deposits, making loans, discounting business paper, or transacting any other form of banking business. 1691 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done in the City of Washington this 6th day of March—1 A.M. in the year of our Lord One Thousand Nine Hundred and [seal] Thirty-three, and of the Independence of the United States the One Hundred and Fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2039] 2040 March 9, 1933 Continuing in Force the Bank Holiday Proclamation of March 6, 1933 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation [Continuing in Force the Bank Holiday Proclamation of March 6, 1933] March 9, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas, on March 6, 1933, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, Bank holiday.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 1689.President of the United States of America, by Proclamation declared the existence of a national emergency and proclaimed a bank holiday extending from Monday the 6 th day of March to Thursday the 9 th day of March, 1933, both dates inclusive, in order to prevent the export, hoarding or earmarking of gold or silver coin, or bullion or currency, or speculation in foreign exchange; and Whereas, under the Act of March 9, 1933, all Proclamations Statutory approval and authority.*Ante*, p. 1.Vol. 40, p. 415.heretofore or hereafter issued by the President pursuant to the authority conferred by section 5(b) of the Act of October 6, 1917, as amended, are approved and confirmed; and Whereas, said national emergency still continues, and it is necessary Further measures necessary under present emergency.to take further measures extending beyond March 9, 1933, in order to accomplish such purposes: Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the Bank holiday extended beyond March 9, 1933.United States of America, in view of such continuing national emergency and by virtue of the authority vested in me by Section 5(b) of the Act of October 6, 1917 (40 Stat. L., 411) as amended by the Act of March 9, 1933, do hereby proclaim, order, direct and declare that all the terms and provisions of said Proclamation of March 6, 1933, and the regulations and orders issued thereunder are hereby continued in full force and effect until further proclamation by the President. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and have caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done in the District of Columbia, this 9th day of March, in the Year of our Lord Ono Thousand Nine Hundred and Thirty-three [seal], and of the Independence of the United States the One Hundredth and Fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2040] 2041 March 15, 1933 Appointing William H. Woodin Director General of Railroads Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1692 Appointing William H. Woodin Director General of Railroad March 15, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble. Whereas Ogden L. Mills has tendered his resignation as Director General of Railroads; and Whereas such resignation has been accepted effective upon the qualification of his successor; Appointing William H. Woodin Director General of Railroads. Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power and authority so vested in me under the Transportation Act of 1920, the Vol. 41, p. 456; Vol.40, p. 451; Vol. 39, p. 619.unrepealed provisions of the Federal Control Act of March 21, 1918, and the act entitled “ AN ACT Making appropriations for the support of the Army for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and seventeen, and for other purposes,” approved August 29, 1916, and of all other powers me hereto enabling, do hereby appoint, Effective date.effective the 15th day of March, 1933, William II. Woodin, Secretary of the Treasury, to be Director General of Railroads in the stead of the said Ogden L. Mills, and do hereby delegate to and continue and confirm in him all powers and authority heretofore granted to and now possessed by the said Ogden L. Mills as Director General of Railroads; and do hereby authorize and direct the said William H. Woodin or his successor in office, until otherwise provided by proclamation of the President or by act of Congress, either personally or through such divisions, agencies, or persons as he may authorize, to exercise and perform, as fully in all respects as the President is authorized to do, all and singular the powers and duties conferred or imposed upon me by the said unrepealed provisions of the Federal Control Act of March 21, 1918, and the said Transportation Act of February 28, 1920, except the designation of the agent under section 206 thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 15th day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2041] 2042 March 15, 1933 Designating and Appointing William H. Woodin, Director General of Railroads, and His Successor in Office, as the Agent Provided for in Section 206 of the Act of Congress Approved February28, 1920 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Designating and Appointing William H. Woodin, Director General of Railroads, and His Successor in Office, as the Agent Provided for in Section 206 of the Act of Congress Approved February28, 1920 March 15, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.Transportation Act, 1920.Vol. 47, p. 64.Vol. 41, p. 460. Whereas by proclamation dated February 12, 1932, Ogden L. Mills, Director General of Railroads, was designated as the agent provided for in section 206 of the Transportation Act, 1920; and 1693 Whereas the said Ogden L. Mills, Director General of Railroads, as aforesaid has tendered his resignation as said agent, which has been duly accepted, effective upon the qualification of his successor; Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the Appointment of agent.United States of America, under and by virtue of the power and authority vested in me by said act, and of all other powers me hereto enabling, do hereby designate and appoint, effective the 15th day of March, 1933, William H. Woodin, Director General of Railroads, and his successor in office, as the agent provided for in section 206 of said act, approved February 28, 1920. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 15th day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2043 March 31, 1933 Child Health Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Child Health Day March 31, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the Congress by joint resolution has authorized and requested Child Health Day, 1933.Preamble.Vol. 45, p. 617.the President of the United States of America to proclaim annually that May Day is Child Health Day; and Whereas the health and welfare of our children concern not only their parents, but also the nation at large; and Whereas the observance of such a day gives us opportunity to unite in furthering the health and protection of our children; Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the Designating May 1933,United States of America, do hereby designate May 1 of this year as Child Health Day, and call upon all agencies, public and private, and all individuals having the interest of children at heart, to set aside that day for earnest consideration of the needs of the children in their communities and in their homes and to inaugurate constructive activities to protect and promote the health and physical vigor of the youth of our nation. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to bo affixed. Done at the City of Washington this thirty-first day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2043] 2044 April 3, 1933 Decreasing Rates of Duty on Agricultural Hand Tools and Parts Thereof Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1694 Decreasing Rates of Duty on Agricultural Hand Tools and Parts Thereof April 3, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on agricultural hand tools and parts thereof.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701. Whereas under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, shovels, spades, scoops, forks, hoes, rakes, scythes, sickles, grass hooks, corn knives, and drainage tools, all the foregoing if agricultural hand tools, and parts thereof, composed wholly or in chief value of metal, whether partly or wholly manufactured, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; Whereas in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which, reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; Whereas the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; Whereas the commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Germany, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decreases in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and Whereas in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Decreasing duty to equalize differences in costs of production. Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary (within the limit of total decrease provided for in said act) to equalize such differences in costs of production: Vol. 46, p. 626.A decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 373 of Title I of said act on forks, hoes, and rakes, all the foregoing if agricultural hand tools, and parts thereof, composed wholly or in chief value of metal, whether partly or wholly manufactured, from 30 per centum ad valorem to 15 per centum ad valorem; Vol. 46, p. 619.A decrease in the rates of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 355 of Title I of said act on hay forks and 4-tined manure forks, all the foregoing, finished or unfinished, not specially provided for, with handles of any material other than those specifically mentioned in paragraph 355, if 4 inches in length or over, exclusive of handle, from 8 cents each and 45 per centum ad valorem to 4 cents each and 22-½ per centum ad valorem; and A decrease in the rates of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 355 of Title I of said act on hay forks and 4-tined manure forks, finished or unfinished, not specially provided for, any of the foregoing without 1695handles, with blades 6 inches or more in length, from 8 cents each and 45 per centum ad valorem to 4 cents each and 22-½ per centum ad valorem. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this third day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2044] 2045 May 2, 1933 Mother’s Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Mother’s Day May 2, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas by House Joint Resolution 263, approved and signed by Mother’s Day, 1933. Preamble.Vol. 38, p. 770.President Wilson on May 8, 1914, the second Sunday in May of each year has been designated as Mother’s Day for the expression of our love and reverence for the mothers of our country; and Whereas Senate Resolution 16, adopted May 1, 1933, states that “there are throughout our land today an unprecedentedly large number of mothers and dependent children who, because of unemployment or loss of their bread earners, are lacking many of the necessities of life”, and the President of the United States is therein authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling these matters to the attention of our citizens on Mother’s Day this year; Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the Observance of Sunday, May 14, 1933, as Mother’s Day,United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me, do hereby issue my proclamation calling upon our citizens to express on Mother’s Day, Sunday, May 14, 1933, our love and reverence for motherhood:
(a)By the customary display of the United States flag on all Government buildings, homes, and other suitable places;
(b)By the usual tokens and messages of affection to our mothers; and
(c)By doing all that we can through our churches, fraternal and welfare agencies, for the relief and welfare of mothers and children who may be in need of the necessities of life. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 2d day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2045] 2046 May 20, 1933 National Maritime Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1696 National Maritime Day May 20, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION National Maritime Day.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 73. Whereas in Public Resolution 7, approved May 20, 1933, it is stated that on May 22, 1819, the steamship *The Savannah* departed from Savannah, Georgia, on the first successful transoceanic voyage under steam propulsion, thus making a material contribution to the advancement of ocean transportation; and Whereas by said Resolution the President of the United States is authorized and requested annually to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe May 22 of each year as National Maritime Day; Observance of May 22, 1933. Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me, do hereby issue my proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe May 22, 1933, as National Maritime Day by displaying the flag at their homes or other suitable places, and I hereby direct that Government officials display the flag on all Government buildings on that day. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 20th day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 20461 2047 June 12, 1933 Emergency Board, Kansas City Southern Railway Company, Texarkana and Fort Smith Railway Company, Arkansas Western Railway Company—Employees Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Emergency Board, Kansas City Southern Railway Company, Texarkana and Fort Smith Railway Company, Arkansas Western Railway Company—Employees June 12, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Labor disputes. Kansas City Southern, etc., Railways and certain of their employees.Whereas the President, having been duly notified by the Board of Mediation that disputes between the Kansas City Southern Railway Company, the Texarkana and Fort Smith Railway Company and the Arkansas Western Railway Company, carriers, and certain of their employees represented by Order of Railway Conductors; Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers; Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen; Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen; which disputes have not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, now threaten substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the States of Arkansas, Kansas, Louisiana, 1697Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas, to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential transportation service; Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of theEmergency board created to investigate and report thereon. United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, Vol. 44, p. 586.[U.S.C., p. 2110](/us/usc/2110).do hereby create a board to be composed of Three
(3)persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees or any carrier, to investigate and report their findings to me within 30 days from this date. The members of this board shall be compensated for and on account Compensation, etc.of such duties in the sum of Fifty Dollars ($50) for every day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident to such board, from which will be deducted fifteen percent. (15%) as provided *Ante*, p. 8.in Public No. 2, 73d Congress, Approved March 20, 1933. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for expenses of themselves and of the board, including traveling expenses and in conformity with Public No. 212, 72d Congress, Approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a.m., not to exceed five Vol. 47, p. 405.($5.00) dollars per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out of Expenditures of board.*Ante*, p. 286.the appropriation “emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1933 and 1934” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 12th day of June in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2047] 2048 June 16, 1933 Immigration Quotas Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Immigration Quotas June 16, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Whereas the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Commerce, andImmigration of aliens. Preamble. Vol. 43, p. 161; Vol. 44, p. 1455; Vol. 45, p. 400. the Secretary of Labor have reported to the President that pursuant to the duty imposed and the authority conferred upon them in and by subsection
(2)of subdivision
(c)of section 12 of the immigration act approved May 26, 1924 (43 Stat. 161), they jointly have made the revision provided for in subdivision
(c)of section 12 of the said act and have fixed the quota of each respective nationality in accord-ance therewith to be as hereinafter set forth: Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of theAnnual quota of nationality to be admitted during fiscal year 1934. United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the power in me vested by the aforesaid act of Congress, do hereby proclaim and make known that the annual quota of each nationality for the1698fiscal year beginning July 1, 1933, and for each fiscal year thereafter, has been determined in accordance with the law to be, and shall be, as follows: National, Origin Immigration Quotas Country or Area Quota Afghanistan 100 Albania 100 Arabian peninsula (except Muscat, Aden Settlement and Protectorate, and Saudi Arabia) 100 Australia (including Tasmania, Papua, and all islands appertaining to Australia) 100 Austria 100 Belgium 1, 413 Bhutan 1, 304 Bulgaria 100 Cameroons (British mandate) 100 Cameroun (French mandate) 100 China 100 Czechoslovakia 2, 874 Danzig, Free City of 100 Denmark 1, 181 Egypt 100 Estonia 116 Ethiopia (Abyssinia) 100 Finland 569 France 3, 086 Germany 25, 957 Great Britain and Northern Ireland 65, 721 Greece 307 Hungary 869 Iceland 100 India 100 Iraq (Mesopotamia) 100 Irish Free State 17, 853 Italy 5, 802 Japan 100 Latvia 236 Liberia 100 Liechtenstein 100 Lithuania 386 Luxemburg 100 Monaco 100 Morocco (French and Spanish zones and Tangier) 100 Muscat
(Oman)100 Mauru (British mandate) 100 Nepal 100 Netherlands 3, 153 New Guinea, Territory of (including appertaining islands) (Australian mandate) 100 New Zealand 100 Norway 2, 377 Palestine (with Trans-Jordan) (British mandate) 100 Persia 100 Poland 6, 524 Portugal 440 Ruanda and Urundi (Belgian mandate) 100 Rumania 377 1699 Country or Area Quota Russia, European and Asiatic 2, 712 Samoa, Western (mandate of New Zealand) 100 San Marino 100 Saudi Arabia (Hejaz and Nejd and its Dependencies) 100 South Africa, Union of 100 South-West Africa (mandate of the Union of South Africa) 100 Spain 252 Sweden 3, 314 Switzerland 1, 707 Syria and the Lebanon (French mandate) 123 Tanganyika Territory (British mandate) 100 Togoland (British mandate) 100 Togoland (French mandate) 100 Turkey 226 Yap and other Pacific islands under Japanese mandate 100 Yugoslavia 845 The immigration quotas assigned to the various countries andNo extraneous significance attached. quota areas are designed solely for purposes of compliance with the pertinent provisions of the Immigration Act of 1924 and are not to be regarded as having any significance extraneous to this object. This proclamation shall take effect July 1, 1933, and shall supersedeEffective date. Vol. 47, p. 20, superseded. Proclamation No. 1953 of June 19, 1931. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 16 day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips, *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2048] 2049 June 24, 1933 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Cotton Velveteens Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1700 Decreasing Rate of Duty on Cotton Velveteens June 24, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Tariff on cotton velveteens.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol 40, p. 701.WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes,” the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, velveteens and velvets, including velveteen or velvet ribbons, cut or uncut, whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of cotton, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing countries; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the commission has found it shown by said investiga-tion that the principal competing country for velveteens, wholly or in chief value of cotton, is Germany, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of pro-duction of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decreases in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President the decreased rates of duty on velveteens, wholly or in chief value of cotton, specified in said report are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Decreasing duties to equalize differences in costs of production.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production: Vol. 46, p. 642.A decrease (within the limit of total decrease provided for in said act) in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 909 of Title I of said act on plain-back velveteens, cut or uncut, whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of cotton, from 62–½ per centum ad valorem to 31–¼ per centum ad valorem; and 1701 A decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 909 of Title I of said act on twill-back velveteens, cut or uncut, whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of cotton, from 62–½ per centum ad valorem to 44 per centum ad valorem. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 24 day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-seventh. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2049] 2050 July 11, 1933 Pinnacles National Monument—California Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Pinnacles National Monument—California July 11, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears that the public interest would be promoted Pinnacles National Monument, Calif.by adding to the Pinnacles National Monument, California, certain Preamble.adjoining lands for the purpose of including within said monument additional lands on which there are located features of scientific interest and for administration purposes; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, Area enlarged. Vol. 34, p. 225.President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT For the preservation of American antiquities”, approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in California be, and the same are hereby, added to and made a part of the Pinnacles National Monument: Mount Diablo MeridianDescription. T. 16 S, R. 7 E., sec. 25, W½; sec. 26, NE¼ sec. 33½, N NW¼, SW¼ NW¼ and NW¼ SW¼; sec. 36, W½. T. 17 S., R. 7 E., sec. 1, lots 2, 3, NW¼ SW¼ and S SW¼; sec. 2, SE¼; sec. 11, E½; sec. 12, W½; sec. 13, W½; sec. 14, all; sec. 15, NE¼, E½NW¼, E½SW¼, and SE¼>; sec. 22, all; sec. 23, all; sec. 24, W½. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to Reserved from settlement, etc.appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. 1702 Supervision.Vol, 39, p. 535; Vol. 41, p. 732.[U.S.C., p. 389](/us/usc/389).The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument, as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes”, approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535–536), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11th day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2050] 2051 July 26, 1933 Emergency Board, Louisiana, Arkansas & Texas Railway Company—Employees. Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Emergency Board, Louisiana, Arkansas & Texas Railway Company—Employees. July 26, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Labor disputes, Louisiana, Arkansas and Texas Railway Company and certain of its employees.Preamble.WHEREAS the President, having been duly notified by the Board of Mediation that disputes between the Louisiana, Arkansas & Texas Railway Company, a carrier, and certain of its employees represented by. Order of Railway Conductors; Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen; Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen; which disputes have not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, now threaten substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the States of Louisiana and Texas, to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential transportation service; Emergency board created to investigate and report thereon.Vol. 44, p. 586.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, do hereby create a board to be composed of three
(3)persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees or any carrier, to investigate and report their findings to me within 30 days from this date. Compensation, etc.The members of this board shall be compensated for and on account of such duties in the sum of Fifty ($50.00) Dollars for every day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident to such board, from which will be deducted fifteen per cent. (15%) *Ante*, p. 12.Reimbursement for expenses.as provided in Public No. 2, 73d Congress, Approved March 20, 1933. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for expenses of themselves and of the board, VoL 47, p. 405.including traveling expenses and in conformity with Public No. 212, 72d Congress, Approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a.m., not to exceed five ($5.00) dollars per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. 1703 All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out of Funds available.*Ante*, p 286.the appropriation “emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1933 and 1934” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 26th day of July in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2051] 2052 August 10, 1933 Exemption of Virgin Islands From Coastwise Laws Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Exemption of Virgin Islands From Coastwise Laws August 10, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS an act of Congress entitled “Merchant Marine Act, Virgin Islands.Preamble.1920”, approved June 5, 1920 (41 Stat, 988), contained the following provisions: " “Sec. 21. That from and after February 1, 1922, the coastwiseStatutory provision. Vol. 41, p. 997.laws of the United States shall extend to the island Territories and possessions of the United States not now covered thereby, and the board is directed prior to the expiration of such year to have estab-lished adequate steamship service at reasonable rates to accommodate the commerce and the passenger travel of said islands and to maintain and operate such service until it can be taken over and operated and maintained upon satisfactory terms by private capital and enterprise: *Provided*, That if adequate shipping service is not established Extending period.by February 1, 1922, the President shall extend the period herein allowed for the establishment of such service in the case of any island Territory or possession for such time as may be necessary for the establishment of adequate shipping facilities therefor.” " AND WHEREAS an adequate shipping service to accommodate the commerce and the passenger travel of the Virgin Islands had not been established as provided by section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920; and. WHEREAS the President of the United States, in accordance with Vol. 42, pp. 2281, 2269, 2287; Vol. 43, pp. 1928, 1943. 1969; Vol. 44. pp. 2575, 2592, 2620; Vol. 45, pp. 2920, 2960; Vol. 46, pp. 3002, 3032; Vol. 47, pp. 2466, 2528.the authority vested in him by section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, has from time to time, to wit, on February 1, 1922, on May 18, 1922, on October 28, 1922, on October 25, 1923, on April 7, 1924, on October 23, 1924, on April 25, 1925, on November 24, 1925, on August 14, 1926, on August 9, 1927, on August 2, 1928, on July 26, 1929, on July 28, 1930, on August 19, 1931, and on August 18, 1932, issued proclamations extending the time for the establishment of such service and deferring the application of the coastwise laws to the Virgin Islands until September 30, 1933; NOW, THEREFORE, 1, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Time for establishing shipping service to, further extended to September 30, 1934.of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred upon me by section 21 of the above-mentioned act, do hereby declare and proclaim that the period for the establishment 1704of an adequate shipping service with the aforesaid Virgin Islands be further extended from September 30, 1933, to September 30, 1934. Application of coastwise laws deferred.Vol. 41, p. 997.And inasmuch as the extension of the coastwise laws of the United States to the Virgin Islands, as provided in section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, is dependent upon the establishment of an adequate shipping service to such island possession, I do hereby further proclaim and declare that the extension of the coastwise laws of the United States to the Virgin Islands is deferred from September 30, 1933, to September 30, 1934. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 10th day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2052] 2053 August 18, 1933 Extending the Powers Granted to the Comptroller of the Currency by the Joint Resolution of February 25, 1933, for a Period of Six Months Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Extending the Powers Granted to the Comptroller of the Currency by the Joint Resolution of February 25, 1933, for a Period of Six Months August 18, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION National banking associations.Preamble.Statutory provision.Vol. 47, p. 908.WHEREAS, the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States passed a joint resolution which was duly approved February 25, 1933, authorizing the Comptroller of the Currency to exercise, with respect to National Banking Associations, any powers which state officials may have with respect to state banks, savings banks, and/or trust companies under state laws; and WHEREAS, said resolution provides that the powers therein con-ferred shall terminate six months from the date of approval of the resolution by the President, but that the President may extend its force by Proclamation for an additional six months: Designated authority of Comptroller of Currency over, extended.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim that the force of said resolution be, and the same hereby is, extended for an additional period of six months from August 25, 1933. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and have caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done in the District of Columbia, this 18th day of August in the Year of Our Lord One Thousand Nine Hundred and Thirty-three, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States the One Hundred and Fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2053] 2054 August 22, 1933 Cedar Breaks National Monument—Utah Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1705 Cedar Breaks National Monument—Utah August 22, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears desirable, in the public interest, to exclude Cedar Breaks National Monument, Utah.certain lands from the Dixie National Forest, Utah, and include said lands within a national monument for the preservation of the spectacular Preamble.cliffs, canyons, and features of scenic, scientific, and educational interest contained therein: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Establishment of. from excluded lands of Dixie National Forest.Vol. 34, p. 225: Vol. 30, p. 34.of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 2 of the act of Congress approved June 8, 1906 (34 Stat, 225), and the act of June 4, 1897 (30 Stat. 34), do proclaim and establish the Cedar Breaks National Monument and that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in Utah be, and the same are hereby, excluded from the Dixie National Forest and included within the said national monument: Salt Lake MeridianDescription. T. 36 S., R. 9 W., sec. 15, S½SE¼; sec. 22, E½, S½ lot 3, S½ lot 4, S½NW¼, and E½SW¼; sec. 23, all; sec. 24, W½E½, and W½; sec. 25, W½E½, and W½; sec. 26, all; sec. 27, E½, and E½W½; sec. 34, E½, and E½W½; sec. 35, all; sec. 36, NW¼NE¼, and lots 1 to 7 inclusive. T. 37 S., R. 9 W., sec. 1, lot 4; sec. 2, all (unsurveyed); sec. 3, lots 1, 2, and 3; sec. 10, N½NE¼, SE¼NE¼, NE¼SE¼ and NE¼NW¼; sec. 11 N½ (unsurveyed), and N½S½; sec. 12, W½NW¼. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to Reserved from settlement, etc.appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of Supervision.Vol. 39, p. 535.the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes”, approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535), and acts additional thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 22d day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Wilbur J. Carr *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2054] 2055 August 22, 1933 Colonial National Monument—Virginia Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1706 Colonial National Monument—Virginia August 22, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Colonial National Monument, Va.Preamble.Vol. 46, pp. 855, 3641.WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority of the act of July 3, 1930 (46 Stat. 855), entitled “AN ACT To provide for the creation of the Colonial National Monument in the State of Virginia, and for other purposes”, the President of the United States by Proclamation No. 1929, dated December 30, 1930, established the boundaries of the Colonial National Monument, in the State of Virginia, comprising Jamestown Island, parts of the city of Williamsburg, the Yorktown battlefield, and areas for highways to connect said island, city, and battlefield; and WHEREAS it is provided in section 2 of said act of July 3, 1930, that the boundaries so established may be enlarged or diminished by subsequent proclamation or proclamations of the President upon the recommendation of the Secretary of the Interior; and Parkway changes.WHEREAS, after further study of the boundaries of the said national monument as now established, the Secretary of the Interior has recommended that the parkway area of the monument between the city of Williamsburg and Jamestown Island be changed to a location running north and west of the city of Williamsburg to Jamestown Island instead of east and south of said city of Williamsburg as now provided: Boundaries modified.Vol. 46, p. 1490.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, pursuant to the authority in me vested by the act of July 3, 1930, as amended March 3, 1931, do proclaim that the boundaries of the Colonial National Monument are hereby enlarged, diminished, and revised in accordance with the diagram attached hereto. DONE at the City of Washington this 22d day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Wilbur J. Carr *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2055] 2056 August 28, 1933 National Fire Prevention Week—1933 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation National Fire Prevention Week—1933 August 28, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION National Fire Prevention Week, 1933.Preamble.It has been a commendable custom for the President of the United States to request the annual observance of Fire Prevention Week throughout the country. It is a week set aside for the purpose of informing the public of the dangers of fire to life and property. Fires which are largely preventable take a cruel toll of many lives and destroy property exceeding. $400,000,000 in value each year. Of late, progress has been made in reducing, the Nation’s fire loss, and this fact should encourage continuous vigilance and alertness so necessary to decrease the hazards of fire. 1707 NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Week beginning October 8, 1933, designated as.of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim the week beginning October 8, 1933, to be observed as Fire Prevention Week. To prevent our enormous waste by fire, the cooperation of all citizens is requested, and the organizations, groups, and individuals interested in fire prevention are asked to take the leadership in instructing the public in the simple precautionary measures advocated as fire-prevention safeguards. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 28 day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2056] 2057 September 11, 1933 Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds September 11, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the Secretary of Agriculture, by virtue of the authority Protection of migratory birds.Preamble.Vol. 40, p. 755; [U.S.C., pp. 436–437](/us/usc/48/436–437)Vol. 39, p. 1702.vested in him by section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (40 Stat, 755; U.S.C., title 16, secs. 703–711), has submitted to me for approval regulations further amendatory of the regulations approved and proclaimed July 31, 1918, which the Secretary of Agriculture has determined to be suitable amendatory regulations permitting and governing the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, and export of migratory birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, as follows:Regulation 3, “Means by Which Migratory Game Birds May Be Vol. 45, pp. 2901, 2942; Vol. 46, p. 2989; Vol. 47, pp. 2440, 2520.Taken”, is amended to read as follows: " Regulation 3.—Means by Which Migratory Game Birds May Be TakenMeans of taking. The migratory game birds specified in regulation 4 hereof may be Regulations modified.taken during the open season with a. gun only, not larger than no. 10 gauge, fired from the shoulder, except as specifically permitted by regulations 7, 8, 9, and 10 hereof; they may be taken during the open season from the land and water, with the aid of a dog, the use of decoys, and from a blind or floating device, except that in the tailing of wild ducks not more than twenty-five
(25)live duck decoys may be shot over, and in the taking of wild Wild ducks.geese in California the use of live goose Wild geese in California.decoys is not permitted; but nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the use of an automobile, airplane, power boat, sailboat, any boat under sail, any floating device towed by power boat or sailboat, or any sink box (battery), except that sinkboxes (batteries) may be used in the taking of migratory waterfowl in coastal sounds and bays (including Back Bay, Princess Anne County, State of Virginia) and other coastal waters; and nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the 1708 use of an airplane, or a power boat, sailboat, or other floating device for the purpose of concentrating, driving, rallying, or stirring up migratory waterfowl; and mourning doves shall not be taken at, on, over, or Use of bait, etc.within 100 yards of any place, area, or environment whatever whereat or whereon has been placed, scattered, or distributed any corn, wheat, or other grain, salt, or other food designed, intended, or effective to bait, lure, attract, or entice such doves. " Vol. 47, pp. 2442, 2477, 2482.Regulation 4, “Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds”, is amended to read as follows: " Open seasons. Regulation 4.— Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Time construed.For the purpose of this regulation, each period of time herein prescribed as an open season shall be construed to include the first and last days thereof. Regulations extended.Waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), rails, coot, gallinules, woodcock, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, mourning doves, and band-tailed pigeons may be taken each day from half an hour before sunrise to sunset during the open seasons prescribed therefor in this regulation, except that the hour for the commencement of hunting waterfowl, rails, gallinules, coot, and Wilson’s snipe on the opening day of the season shall be 12 o’clock noon; and they may be taken by the means and in the numbers permitted by regulations 3 and 5 hereof, respectively, and when so taken may be possessed in the numbers permitted, by regulation 5 any day in any State, Territory, or District during the Hunting on refuges forbidden.period constituting the open season where killed and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season, but no such bird shall be possessed in a State, Territory, or District at a time when such State, Territory, or District prohibits the possession thereof. Nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the taking of migratory birds on any Vol. 45, p. 1222.[U.S.C., Supp. VI, p. 230](/us/usc/230).refuge established under the Migratory Bird Conservation Act of February 18, 1929 (45 Stat. 1222–1226), nor on any area of the United States set aside by any other law, proclamation, or Executive order for use as a wild-life refuge except insofar as may be permitted by the Secretary of Agriculture under existing law, nor on any area adjacent to any such refuge when such area is designated as a closed area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Geographical limitations. *Waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida, and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot.*—The open seasons for waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the. Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot shall be as follows: In Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Ohio, Michigan, Minnesota, Iowa, Nebraska, South Dakota, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, Nevada, and that portion of Arizona comprising the counties of Mohave, Yavapai, Coconino, Navajo, and Apache, October 1 to November 30; In Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York (except Long Island), Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Illinois, Missouri, Kansas, Oklahoma, Utah, Washington, Oregon, Idaho (except in the counties of Benewah, Bonner, Boundary, Kootenai, and Shoshone), and that portion of New Mexico lying north and west of a line beginning at the eastern boundary of the State where the Southern Pacific Railroad 1709crosses the Stateline, four miles northeast of Nara Visa, New Mexico; thence following the center of the main Southern Pacific Railroad track through the towns of Tucumcari, Santa Rosa, Vaughn, Corona, and Carrizozo, to the town of Tularosa, New Mexico, where said track is crossed by State Highway No. 52; thence west following said Highway No. 52 to Elephant Butte Dam, thence following a line running west through the towns of Hot Springs and Hermosa to the northeast corner of Grant County, thence continuing due west along the north line of Grant County to the State boundary line, October 16 to December 15; In Wisconsin, North Dakota, and that portion of Idaho comprising the counties of Benewah, Bonner, Boundary, Kootenai, and Shoshone, September 21 to November 20; In that portion of New York known as Long Island, and in Delaware, Indiana, Kentucky, California, and that portion of Texas lying west and north of a line beginning on the Rio Grande directly west of the town of Del Rio, Texas; thence east to the town of Del Rio; thence easterly following the center of the main track of the Southern Pacific Railroad through the towns of Spofford, Uvalde, and Hondo; thence to the point where the Southern Pacific Railroad crosses the International & Great Northern Railroad at or near San Antonio; thence following the center of the track of said International & Great Northern Railroad in an easterly direction, to the point in the city of Austin where it joins Congress Avenue, near the International & Great Northern Railroad depot; thence across Congress Avenue to the center of the main track of the Houston & Texas Central Railroad where said track joins said Congress Avenue, at or near the Houston & Texas Central Railroad depot; thence following the center line of the track of said Houston & Texas Central Railroad in an easterly direction through the towns of Elgin, Giddings, and Brenham, to the point where said railroad crosses the Brazos River; thence with the center of said Brazos River in a general northerly direction to the point on said river where the Beaumont branch of the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the same; thence with the center of the track of the said Gulf, Colorado Santa Fe Railway in an easterly three direction through the towns of Navasota, Montgomery, and Conroe, to the point at or near Cleveland where said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railroad crosses the Houston East & West Texas Railroad; thence with the center of said Houston East & West Texas Railroad track to the point in said line where it strikes the Louisiana line, November 1 to December 31 ;In New Jersey, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Tennessee, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, and Arizona (except in the counties of Apache, Coconino, Mohave, Navajo, and Yavapai), and in those portions of Texas and New Mexico lying south and east of the lines above described, November 16 to January 15; In Florida, November 20 to January 15; and In Alaska, September 1 to October 31. *Rails and gallinules (except coot).—*The open season for sora and Rails and gallinules.other rails and gallinules (except coot) shall be from September 1 to November 30, except as follows: In Massachusetts, October 1 to December 15; In Washington, October 1 to November 30; In New York (except Long Island), October 16 to December 15; In that portion of New York known as Long Island, November 1 to December 31; In Wisconsin, September 21 to November 20; 1710 In Louisiana, November 1 to January 31; and In the District of Columbia, no open season. Woodcock. *Woodcock.*—The open seasons for woodcock shall be as follows: In that portion of New York lying north of the tracks of the main line of the New York Central Railroad extending from Buffalo to Albany and north of the tracks of the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad extending from Albany to the Massachusetts State line, and in Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and North Dakota, October 1 to October 31; In Wisconsin, September 23 to October 22; In that portion of New York lying south of the line above described including Long Island and in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, and Iowa, October 15 to November 14; In Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, October 20 to November 19; In Missouri, November 10 to December 10; In Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, Arkansas, and Oklahoma, November 15 to December 15; and In North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana, December 1 to December 31. Doves. *Doves*.—The open seasons for mourning doves shall be as follows: In Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, Illinois, Minnesota, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Arkansas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Utah, Arizona, California, Nevada, Idaho, and Oregon, September 1 to December 15; In that portion of Texas lying west and north of a line beginning on the Rio Grande directly west of the town of Del Rio, Texas; thence east to the town of Del Rio; thence easterly following the center of the main track of the Southern Pacific Railroad through the towns of Spofford, Uvalde, and Hondo; thence to the point where the Southern Pacific Railroad crosses the International & Great Northern Railroad at or near San Antonio; thence following the center of the track of said International & Great Northern Railroad in an easterly direction, to the point in the city of Austin where it joins Congress Avenue, near the International & Great Northern Railroad depot; thence across Congress Avenue to the center of the main track of the Houston & Texas Central Railroad where said track joins said Congress Avenue, at or near the Houston & Texas Central Railroad depot; thence following the center line of the track of said Houston & Texas Central Railroad in an easterly direction through the towns of Elgin, Giddings, and Brenham, to the point where said railroad crosses the Brazos River ; thence with the center of said Brazos River in a general northerly direction to the point on said river where the Beaumont branch of the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the same; thence with the center of the track of the said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway in an easterly direction through the towns of Navasota, Montgomery, and Conroe, to the point at or near Cleveland where said Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses the Houston East & West Texas Railway; thence with the center of said Houston East & West Texas Railway track to the point in said line where it strikes the Louisiana line, September 1 to October 31; In that portion of Texas lying south and east of the aforesaid line, October 1 to November 30; In North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama (except in Mobile, Baldwin, and Washington Counties), Mississippi, and Louisiana, September 1 to September 30 and November 20 to January 31; 1711 In that portion of Alabama comprising Mobile, Baldwin, and Washington Counties and in that portion of Florida comprising all counties west of the Ochlockonee River, November 1 to January 31; In Florida (except in Dade, Monroe, and Broward Counties and all counties west of the Ochlockonee River), November 20 to January 31; and In that portion of Florida comprising Dade, Monroe, and Broward Counties, September 16 to November 15. *Band-tailed pigeons.—*The open seasons for band-tailed pigeons Band-tailed pigeons.shall be as follows: In California and Arizona, December 1 to December 15; In New Mexico, November 1 to November 15; and In Washington and Oregon, October 16 to October 30. " Regulatons 5, “Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Migratory Vol. 47, pp. 2441, 2.522, amended.Game Birds,” is amended to read as follows: " Regulation 5.— Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Bag and possession limits.Migratory Game Birds A person may take in any one day during the open seasons prescribed therefor in regulation 4 not to exceed the following numbers of migratory game birds, which numbers shall include all birds taken by any other person who for hire accompanies or assists him in taking migratory birds; and in the case of ducks, geese, brant, woodcock, and band-tailed pigeons, when so taken these may be possessed in the numbers specified as follows: *Ducks (except wood duck, ruddy duck, and bufflehead duck).*—Twelve Ducks.in the aggregate of all kinds, but not more than 5 eider ducks, and not more than 8 of any one, or 8 in the aggregate, of the following species— canvasback, redhead, greater scaup, lesser scaup, ringneck, blue-wing teal, greenwing teal, cinnamon teal, shoveler, and gadwall—may be taken in any one day; and any person at any one time may possess not more than 24 ducks in the aggregate of all kinds, but not more than 10 eider ducks and not more than 16 of any one, or 16 in the aggregate, of the following species—canvasback, redhead, greater scaup, lesser scaup, ringneck, blue-wing teal, green-wing teal, cinnamon teal, shoveler, and gadwall. *Geese and brant (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States Geese and brant.north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, and Boss’s goose).—*Four in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 8 geese and brant in the aggregate of all kinds. *Rails and gallinules (except sora and coot).—*Twenty-five Rails, etc.in the Rails, etc.aggregate of all kinds, but not more than 15 of any one species. *Sora*.—Twenty-five. *Coot*.—Twenty-five. *Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe*.—Twenty. *Woodcock.—*Four, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 12. *Doves (mourning)*.—Eighteen. *Band-tailed pigeons.—*Ten, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 10. The possession limits hereinbefore prescribed shall apply as well to Importations.ducks, geese, brant, woodcock, and band-tailed pigeons taken in Canada and other foreign countries and brought into the United States as to those taken in the United States. " Regulation 6, “Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of CertainVol. 47, pp. 2442, 2522, amended. Migratory Game Birds”, is amended to read as follows: 1712 Shipment, transportation, and possession. Regulation 6.— Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Additional restrictions.Waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), rails, coot, gallinules, woodcock, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, mourning doves, and band-tailed pigeons and parts thereof legally taken may be transported in any manner in or out of the State where taken during the respective open seasons in that State and when legally taken in and exported from Canada may be imported into the United States during the open season in the Province where taken; but not more than the number thereof that may be taken in 2 days, or 1 day in the case of band-tailed pigeons, or 3 days in the case of woodcock, by one person under these regulations shall be transported by one person in one calendar week out of the State where taken or from Canada into the United States; any such binds or parts thereof in transit during the open season may continue in transit such additional time immediately succeeding such open season, not to exceed 5 days, necessary to deliver the same to their destination, and may be possessed in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where killed, and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season; and any package in which such birds or parts thereof are transported shall have the name and address of the shipper and of the consignee and an accurate statement of the numbers and kinds of birds or parts thereof contained therein clearly and conspicuously marked on the outside thereof; but no such birds or parts thereof shall be transported from any State, Territory, or Dis-trict to or through another State, Territory, or District or to or through a Province of the Dominion of Canada contrary to the laws of the State, Territory, or District in which they were taken or from which they are transported; nor shall any such birds or parts thereof be transported into any State, Territory, or District from another State, Territory, or District, or Province of the Dominion of Canada, or from any State, Territory, or District into any Province of the Dominion of Canada, at a time when any such State, Territory, or District, or Province of the Dominion of Canada into which they are transported prohibits the possession or transportation thereof. Migratory game birds. *Migratory game birds imported from countries other than Canada.— *Migratory game birds of a species for which an open season is prescribed by regulation 4, lawfully taken in and exported from a foreign country (other than Canada, for which provision is hereinbefore made), may be transported to and possessed in any State of the United States during the open season prescribed by regulation 4 in such State for that species and for a period of 10 days immediately succeeding such open season, and in the District of Columbia during the open season so prescribed for Maryland and 10 days thereafter, in numbers in any one calendar week not exceeding those permitted to be taken in 2 days by regulation 5, or possessed at any one time, as the case may be, if transportation and possession of such birds is not prohibited by the laws of such State or District and if imported and transported in packages marked as hereinbefore provided. Vol. 40. p. 1816.Paragraph 1 of regulation 8, “Permits to Propagate and Sell Migratory Waterfowl”, is amended to read as follows: " 1. Migratory waterfowl. Permits to propa-gate, etc. A person may take at any time migratory waterfowl and their eggs for propagating purposes when authorized by a permit issued by the Secretary. Waterfowl and their eggs so taken may be possessed by the permittee and may be sold and transported by him for propagating purposes to any person holding a permit issued by the Secretary in accordance with the provisions of this regulation. " 1713 The first paragraph of regulation 9, “Permits to Collect Migratory Vol. 47, p. 2443.Birds for Scientific Purposes”, is amended to read as follows: " A person may take at any time migratory birds and their nests and Permits for collecting specimens.eggs for scientific purposes when authorized by a permit issued by the Secretary, which permit shall be carried on his person when he is collecting specimens thereunder and shall be exhibited to any person requesting to see the same; except that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the taking of any migratory game bird on any day from sunset to one-half hour before sunrise or the taking of migratory game birds with a gun larger than 10 gauge or from an automobile, airplane, power boat, sailboat, or any boat under sail. " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, Approval of amendments.President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing amendatory regulations. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11″ day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2057] 2058 September 29, 1933 Copyright—Palestine (Excluding Trans-Jordan) Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Copyright—Palestine (Excluding Trans-Jordan) September 29, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it is provided by the act of Congress approved March Copyrights.Preamble.Vol. 35, p. 1075.4, 1909 (ch. 320, 35 Stat. 1075–1088), entitled “AN ACT To amend and consolidate the Acts respecting copyright”, that the copyright secured by the act, except the benefits under section 1
(e)thereof as to which special conditions are imposed, shall extend to the work of an author or proprietor who is a citizen or subject of a foreign state or nation, only upon certain conditions set forth in section 8 of the act, to wit: " “(a) When an alien author or proprietor shall be domiciled within the United States at the time of the first publication of his work; or “(b) When the foreign state or nation of which such author or proprietor is a citizen or subject grants, either by treaty, convention, agreement, or law, to citizens of the United States the benefit of copyright on substantially the same basis as to its own citizens, or copyright protection substantially equal to the protection secured to such foreign author under this Act or by treaty; or when such foreign state or nation is a party to an international agreement which provides for reciprocity in the granting of copyright, by the terms of which agreement the United States may, at its pleasure, become a party thereto”; " and WHEREAS it is provided by section 1
(e)that the provisions of the act “so far as they secure copyright controlling the parts of instruments serving to reproduce mechanically the musical work, shall include only compositions published and copyrighted after this Act goes into effect, and shall not include the works of a foreign author or 1714composer unless the foreign state or nation of which such author or composer is a citizen or subject grants, either by treaty, convention, agreement, or law, to citizens of the United States similar rights”; and WHEREAS the President is authorized by section 8 to determine by proclamation made from time to time the existence of the reciprocal conditions aforesaid, as the purposes of the act may require; and WHEREAS satisfactory official assurances have been received that on and after October 1, 1933, citizens of the United States will be entitled to obtain copyright for their works in Palestine (excluding Trans-Jordan) which is substantially equal to the protection afforded by the copyright laws of the United States, including rights similar to those provided by section 1 (e); NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do declare and proclaim: Vol. 35, pp. 1075, 1077.That on and after October 1, 1933, the conditions specified in section 8
(b)and 1
(e)of the act of March 4, 1909, will exist and be fulfilled in respect of the citizens of Palestine (excluding Trans-Jordan) and that on and after October 1, 1933, citizens of Palestine (excluding Trans-Jordan) shall be entitled to all the benefits of this act and acts amendatory thereof: Conditions.*Provided*, That the enjoyment by any work of the rights and benefits conferred by the act of March 4, 1909, and the acts amendatory thereof, shall be conditional upon compliance with the requirements and formalities prescribed with respect to such works by the copyright laws of the United States; Mechanical music reproductions.*And provided further*, That the provisions of section 1
(e)of the act of March 4, 1909, insofar as they secure copyright controlling parts of instruments serving to reproduce mechanically musical works shall apply only to compositions published after July 1, 1909, and registered for copyright in the United States which have not been reproduced within the United States prior to October 1, 1933, on any contrivance by means of which the work may be mechanically performed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29 day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2058] 2059 October 11, 1933 Armistice Day—1933 Digitization Vendor by the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Armistice Day—1933 October 11, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Armistice Day, 1933. Preamble.WHEREAS the 11th of November 1918 marked the cessation of the most destructive, sanguinary, and far-reaching war in human annals; and WHEREAS it is fitting that the recurring anniversary of this day should be commemorated by exercises designed to perpetuate peace through good will and mutual understanding between nations; and 1715 WHEREAS by concurrent resolution of the Senate and the House Vol. 44, p. 1982. of Representatives, in 1926, the President was requested to issue a proclamation for the observance of Armistice Day: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Directing display of flag and inviting observance of, on November 11, 1933of the United States of America, in pursuance of the said resolution, do hereby order that the flag of the United States be displayed on all Government buildings on Saturday, November 11, 1933, and do invite the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches, or in other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies expressive of our gratitude for peace and our desire for the continuance of friendly relations with all other peoples. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11th day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2059] 2060 November 13, 1933 Nicolet National Forest—Wisconsin Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Nicolet National Forest—Wisconsin November 13, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by proclamation of March 2, 1933, there were set Nicolet National Forest, Wis.Preamble.Vol. 47, p. 2559.Vol. 36, p. 961; Vol. 43, p. 654.[U.S.C., p. 424](/us/usc/424).apart as the Nicolet National Forest in Wisconsin certain lands which had been or might thereafter be acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911 (ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended June 7, 1924 (ch. 348, 43 Stat. 653, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 515), together with certain adjoining public lands; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to modify the boundaries of the said national forest by including therein certain forest lands which have been or may be acquired under authority of said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, and certain adjoining public lands, and by transferring the Flambeau and Moquah units heretofore forming part of the said national forest to the Chequamegon National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Area modified.Vol. 26. p. 1103; Vol. 30, p. 36; Vol. 36, p. 963.[U.S.C., pp. 418, 425](/us/usc/418/425).of the United States of America, by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891 (ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 471), act of June 4, 1897 (ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 473), and by section 11 of the act of March 1, 1911 (ch. 186, 36 Stat. 963, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and made a part of the Nicolet National Forest all lands of the United States within the areas shown as additions on the diagrams attached hereto and made a part hereof, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall be reserved and administered as part of said national forest, and that the aforesaid Flambeau and Moquah units are hereby transferred to the Chequamegon National Forest, and that this proclamation 1716and that creating the Chequamegon National Forest, which I have signed this same day, are made, and are intended to be and shall be considered, as one act and they shall become effective simultaneously. Prior rights not affected.The withdrawal made by this proclamation shall, as to all lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than forest classification, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 13 day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2060] 2061 November 13, 1933 Chequamegon National Forest—Wisconsin Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Chequamegon National Forest—Wisconsin November 13, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Chequamegon National Forest, Wis.Preamble.Vol. 36, p. 961; Vol. 43, p. 654.[U.S.C., p. 424](/us/usc/424).WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Wisconsin have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911 (ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by act of June 7, 1924 (ch. 348, 43 Stat. 653, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 515); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to set them apart with certain adjoining public lands and certain areas heretofore forming part of the Nicolet National Forest as the Chequamegon National Forest: Reserving area for national forest. Vol. 26, p. 1103; Vol. 30, p. 36; Vol. 36, p. 963.[U.S.C., pp. 418, 425](/us/usc/418/425).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891 (ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897 (ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 473), and by section 11 of the act of March 1, 1911 (ch. 186, 36 Stat. 963, U.S.C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Chequamegon National Forest all lands of the United States within the areas shown on the diagrams attached hereto and made a part hereof, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall be reserved and administered as part of said national forest. Prior rights, etc., not affected.The withdrawal made by this proclamation shall, as to all lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than forest classification, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. 1717 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 13th day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2061] 2062 November 21, 1933 Thanksgiving Day—1933 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Thanksgiving Day—1933 November 21, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, Thursday, November 30, 1933, set aside as Thanksgiving Day.do set aside and appoint Thursday, the thirtieth day of November 1933, to be a Day of Thanksgiving for all our people. May we on that day in our churches and in our homes give humble thanks for the blessings bestowed upon us during the year past by Almighty God. May we recall the courage of those who settled a wilderness, Recommendations.the vision of those who founded the nation, the steadfastness of those who in every succeeding generation have fought to keep pure the ideal of equality of opportunity and hold clear the goal of mutual help in time of prosperity as in time of adversity. May we ask guidance in more surely learning the ancient truth that greed and selfishness and striving for undue riches can never bring lasting happiness or good to the individual or to his neighbors. May we be grateful for the passing of dark days; for the new spirit of dependence one on another; for the closer unity of all parts of our wide land; for the greater friendship between employers and those who toil; for a clearer knowledge by all nations that we seek no conquests and ask only honorable engagements by all peoples to respect the lands and rights of their neighbors; for the brighter day to which we can win through by seeking the help of God in a more unselfish striving for the common bettering of mankind. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this twenty-first day of November, in the year of our Lord Nineteen hundred and thirty-three, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the One hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2062] 2063 November 23, 1933 Emergency Board, Southern Pacific Lines, (In Texas and Louisiana), Texas & New Orleans Railroad Company,—Employees Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1718 Emergency Board, Southern Pacific Lines, (In Texas and Louisiana), Texas & New Orleans Railroad Company,—Employees November 23, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Labor disputes, Southern Pacific Lines (in Texas and Louisiana), etc., and certain of its employees.WHEREAS the President, having been duly notified by the Board of Mediation that disputes between the Southern Pacific Lines (In Texas and Louisiana), Texas & New Orleans Railroad Company, a carrier, and certain of its employees represented by Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers; Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen; Order of Railway Conductors; Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen; which disputes have not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, now threaten substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the States of Texas and Louisiana, to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential Emergency board created to investigate and report thereon.transportation service; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Vol. 44, p. 586.[U.S.C., p. 2110](/us/usc/2110).of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, do hereby create a board to be composed of three
(3)persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees or any carrier, to investigate and report Compensation, etc.their findings to me within 30 days from this date. The members of this board shall be compensated for and on account of such duties in the sum of Fifty ($50.00) Dollars for every *Ante*, p. 8.day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident to such board, from which will be deducted fifteen per cent. (15%) as provided in Public No. 2, 73d Congress, Approved March 20, 1933. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby Vol. 47, p. 405.authorized to make expenditures for expenses for themselves and of the board, including traveling expenses and in conformity with Public No. 212, 72d Congress, Approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a.m., not to Board’s expenditures.*Ante*, p. 286.exceed five ($5.00) dollars per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out of the appropriation “emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1934” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, 1 have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 23rd day of November in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2063] 2064 November 25, 1933 Emergency Board, Mobile & Ohio Railroad Company—Employees. Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1719 Emergency Board, Mobile & Ohio Railroad Company—Employees. November 25, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the President, having been duly notified by the Labor disputes, Mobile & Ohio Railroad Company and certain of its employees.Board of Mediation that disputes between the Mobile & Ohio Railroad Company, C. E. Ervin and T. M. Stevens, Receivers, a carrier, and certain of its employees represented by Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers; Order of Railway Conductors; Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen; Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen; American Train Dispatchers’ Association; Railway Employees’ Department, American Federation of Labor, Federated Shopcrafts; International Association of Machinists; International Brotherhood of Blacksmiths, Drop Forgers and Helpers; Brotherhood of Railway Carmen of America; International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders and Helpers of America; Sheet Metal Workers International Alliance; International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers; Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees; which disputes have not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, now threaten substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the States of Illinois, Kentucky, Tennessee, Mississippi and Alabama, to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential transportation service; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Emergency board created to investigate and report thereon.Vol, 44, p. 586.[U.S.C., p. 2110](/us/usc/2110).of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, do hereby create a board to be composed of three
(3)persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees or any carrier, to investigate, and report their findings to me within 30 days from this date. The members of this board shall he compensated for and on account Compensation, etc.*Ante*, p. 8.of such duties in the sum of Fifty ($50.00) Dollars for every day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident to such board, from which will be deducted fifteen per cent. (15%) as provided in Public No. 2, 73d Congress, Approved March 20, 1933. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for expenses of themselves and of the board, Vol. 47, p. 405.including traveling expenses and in conformity with Public No. 212, 72d Congress, Approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a.m., not to exceed five ($5.00) dollars per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out Board’s expenditures.*Ante*, p. 286.of the appropriation “emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1934” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. 1720 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the. United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 25th day of November in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2064] 2065 December 5, 1933 Date of Repeal of the Eighteenth Amendment Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Date of Repeal of the Eighteenth Amendment December 5, 1933. by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Eighteenth Amendment to the Constitution, repeal.Preamble.Statutory citation.Vol. 47, p. 1625.WHEREAS the Congress of the United States in second session of the Seventy-second Congress, begun at Washington on the fifth day of December in the year one thousand nine hundred and thirty-two, adopted a resolution in the words and figures following, to wit: " “JOINT RESOLUTION Proposing an amendment to the Constitution of the United States. “Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled (two-thirds of each House concurring therein), That the following article is hereby proposed as an amendment to the Constitution of the United States, which shall be valid to all intents and purposes as part of the Constitution when ratified by conventions in three-fourths of the several States: “ ‘Article— “ ‘Section 1. The eighteenth article of amendment to the Constitution of the United States is hereby repealed. “ ‘Sec. 2. The transportation or importation into any State, Territory, or possession of the United States for delivery or use therein of intoxicating liquors, in violation of the laws thereof, is hereby prohibited. “ ‘Sec. 3. This article shall be inoperative unless it shall have been ratified as an amendment to the Constitution by conventions in the several States, as provided in the Constitution, within seven years from the date of the submission hereof to the States by the Congress.” ’ " WHEREAS section 217
(a)of the act of Congress entitled “AN ACT To encourage national industrial recovery, to foster competition, and to provide for the construction of certain useful public works, and for other purposes”, approved June 16, 1933, provides as follows: " “Sec. 217.
(a)The President shall proclaim the date of—
(1)the close of the first fiscal year ending June 30 of any year after the year 1933, during which the total receipts of the United States (excluding public-debt receipts) exceed its total expenditures (excluding public-debt expenditures other than those chargeable against such receipts), or
(2)the repeal of the eighteenth amendment to the Constitution, whichever is the earlier.” " 1721 National Industrial Recovery Act.*Ante*, p. 208.WHEREAS it appears from a certificate issued December 5, 1933, by the Acting Secretary of State that official notices have been received in the Department of State that on the fifth day of December 1933 conventions in 36 States of the United States, constituting three fourths of the whole number of the States had ratified the said repeal amendment; NOW, THEREFORE, 1, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President December 5, 1933, proclaimed repeal date.of the United States of America pursuant to the provisions of section 217
(a)of the said act of June 16, 1933, do hereby proclaim that the eighteenth amendment to the Constitution of the United States was repealed on the fifth day of December 1933. FURTHERMORE, I enjoin upon all citizens of the United States Cooperation for greater respect for law and order enjoined.and upon others resident within the jurisdiction thereof to cooperate with the Government in its endeavor to restore greater respect for law and order, by confining such purchases of alcoholic beverages as they may make solely to those dealers or agencies which have been duly licensed by State or Federal license. Observance of this request, which I make personally to every individual and every family in our Nation, will result in the consumption of alcoholic beverages which have passed Federal inspection, in the break-up and eventual destruction of the notoriously evil illicit liquor traffic, and in the payment of reasonable taxes for the support of Government and thereby in the superseding of other forms of taxation. I call specific attention to the authority given by the twenty-first amendment to the Government to prohibit transportation or importation of intoxicating liquors into any State in violation of the laws of such State. I ask the whole-hearted cooperation of all our citizens to the end that this return of individual freedom shall not be accompanied by the repugnant conditions that obtained prior to the adoption of the eighteenth amendment and those that have existed since its adoption. Failure to do this honestly and courageously will be a living reproach to us all. I ask especially that no State shall by law or otherwise authorize the return of the saloon either in its old form or in some modern guise. The policy of the Government will be to see to it that the social and political evils that have existed in the pre-prohibition era shall not be revived nor permitted again to exist. We must remove forever from our midst the menace of the bootlegger and such others as would profit at the expense of good government, law, and order. I trust in the good sense of the American people that they will not bring upon themselves the curse of excessive use of intoxicating liquors, to the detriment of health, morals, and social integrity. The objective we seek through a national policy is the education of every citizen towards a greater temperance throughout the Nation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this fifth day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2065] 2066 December 14, 1933 Increasing Duty on Fish Packed in Oil Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1722 Increasing Duty on Fish Packed in Oil by the president of the united states of americaDecember 14, 1933. A PROCLAMATION Tariff on fish, packed in oil, etc.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 701.WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of title III, part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes”, the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, fish, prepared or preserved in any manner, when packed in oil or in oil and other substances, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing countries; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation hearings were held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the Commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the Commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country for tuna fish, prepared or preserved in any manner, when packed in oil or in oil and other substances, is Japan, and that the principal competing country for fish other than tuna, prepared or preserved in any manner, when packed in oil or in oil and other substances, is Norway, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing countries, and has specified in its report the increases in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the Commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production: Increasing duties to equalize differences in costs of production.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production: An increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 718
(a)of title I of said act on tuna fish, prepared or preserved in any manner, when packed in oil or in oil and other substances, from 30 per centum ad valorem to 45 per centum ad valorem; and Vol. 46, p. 633.An increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 718
(a)of title I of said act on fish other than tuna, prepared or preserved in any manner, when packed in oil or in oil and other substances, and of a value not exceeding 9 cents per pound, including the weight of the immediate container only, from 30 per centum ad valorem to 44 per centum ad valorem. 1723 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this fourteenth day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 2066] 2067 December 21, 1933 [Coinage of Silver] Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation [Coinage of Silver] by the president of the united states of americaDecember 21, 1933. A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS, by paragraph
(2)of section 43, title III, of the Act of Coinage of silver.Preamble.Statutory authorization.*Ante*, p. 52.Congress, approved May 12, 1933 (Public No. 10), the President is authorized “By proclamation to fix the weight of the gold dollar in grains nine-tenths fine and also to fix the weight of the silver dollar in grains nine-tenths fine at a definite fixed ratio in relation to the gold dollar at such amounts as he finds necessary from his investigation to stabilize domestic prices or to protect the foreign commerce against the adverse effect of depreciated foreign currencies, and to provide for the unlimited coinage of such gold and silver at the ratio so fixed, * * *”; and WHEREAS, from investigations made by me, I find it necessary, Stabilizing domestic prices; protection against depreciated foreign currencies, etc.in aid of the stabilization of domestic prices and in accordance with the policy and program authorized by Congress, which are now being administered, and to protect our foreign commerce against the adverse effect of depreciated foreign currencies, that the price of silver be enhanced and stabilized; and WHEREAS, a resolution presented by the Delegation of the UnitedResolution of World Economic and Monetary Conference. States of America was unanimously adopted at the World Economic and Monetary Conference in London on July 20, 1933, by the representatives of sixty-six Governments, which in substance provided that Governments will abandon the policy and practice of melting up or debasing silver coins; that low valued silver currency be replaced with silver coins and that no legislation should be enacted that will depreciate the value of silver; and WHEREAS, a separate and supplemental agreement was entered Separate agreements with designated silver-using countries.Limitations imposed.into, at the instance of the representatives of the United States, between China, India, and Spain, the holders and users of large quantities of silver, on the one hand, and Australia, Canada, Mexico, Peru, and the United States on the other hand, as the chief producers of silver, wherein China agreed not to dispose of any silver derived from the melting up or debasement of silver coins, and India agreed not to dispose of over 35,000,000 ounces of silver per annum during a period of four years commencing January 1, 1934, and Spain agreed not to dispose of over 5,000,000 ounces of silver annually during said1724 period, and both of said Governments agreed that at the end of said period of four years they would then subject themselves to the general resolution adopted at the London Conference, and in consideration of such limitation it was agreed that the Governments of the five producing countries would each absorb from the mines in their respective countries a certain amount of silver, the total amount to be absorbed by said producing countries being 35,000,000 ounces per annum during the four years commencing the 1st day of January, 1934; that such silver so absorbed would be retained in each of said respective countries for said period of four years, to be used for coinage purposes or as reserves for currency, or to otherwise be retained and kept off the world market during such period of time, it being understood that of the 35,000,000 ounces the United States was to absorb annually at least 24,421,410 ounces of the silver produced in the United States during such period, of time. Necessity declared.Execution of agreements.NOW, THEREFORE, finding it proper to cooperate with other Governments and necessary to assist in increasing and stabilizing domestic prices, to augment the purchasing power of peoples in silver-using countries, to protect our foreign commerce against the adverse effect of depreciated foreign currencies, and to carry out the understanding between the sixty-six Governments that adopted the resolution hereinbefore referred to; by virtue of the power in me vested by the Act of Congress above cited, the other legislation designated for national recovery, and by virtue of all other authority in me vested; Directing opening of mints to the coinage of newly mined domestic silver.I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of. the United States of America, do proclaim and direct that each United States coinage mint shall receive for coinage into standard silver dollars any silver which such mint, subject to regulations prescribed hereunder by the Secretary of the Treasury, is satisfied has been mined, subsequently to the date of this proclamation, from natural deposits in the United Seigniorage, etc., charges.States or any place subject to the jurisdiction thereof. The Director of the Mint, with the voluntary consent of the owner, shall deduct and retain of such silver so received fifty percent as seigniorage and for services performed by the Government of the United States relative Fifty percent to be coined into standard silver dollars.to the coinage and delivery of silver dollars. The balance of such silver so received, that is, fifty percent thereof, shall be coined into standard silver dollars and the same, or an equal number of other standard silver dollars, shall be delivered to the owner or depositor of such silver. Remainder to be retained as bullion; exception.The fifty percent of such silver so deducted shall be retained as bullion by the Treasury and shall not be disposed of prior to the thirty-first day of December, 1937, except for coming into United States coins. Regulations to be prescribed.Vol. 40, p. 535.The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to prescribe regulations to carry out the purposes of this proclamation. Such regulations shall contain provisions substantially similar to the provisions contained in the regulations made pursuant to the Act of Congress, approved April 23, 1918, (40 Statutes at Large, page 535), known as the Pittman Act, with such changes as he shall determine prescribing how silver mined, subsequently to the date of this proclamation from natural deposits in the United States or any place subject to the jurisdiction thereof, shall be identified. Duration.This proclamation shall remain in force and effect until the thirty-first day of December, 1937, unless repealed or modified by Act of Congress or by subsequent proclamation. Ratio to be maintained.[U.S.C., p. 995](/us/usc/p995/).The present ratio in weight and fineness of the silver dollar to the gold dollar shall, for the purposes of this proclamation, be maintained until changed by further order or proclamation. Right reserved.Notice is hereby given that I reserve the right by virtue of the authority vested in me to revoke or modify this proclamation as the interest of the United States may seem to require. 1725 IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to b affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 21st day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 2067] 2068 December 23, 1933 (Granting Pardon to Persons Convicted of Certain War-Time Offenses] Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation (Granting Pardon to Persons Convicted of Certain War-Time Offenses] by the president of the united states of americaDecember 23, 1933. A PROCLAMATION Whereas, in and by the Constitution of the United States Persons convicted of certain war-time offenses.Preamble.Provisions of the Constitution.of America, it is provided that the President “shall have power to grant reprieves and pardons for offenses against the United States, except in cases of impeachment”, and Whereas, various persons have been from time to time convicted Violations specified.in the courts of the United States of violations of certain statutes enacted during the war between the United States and the Imperial German Government and Imperial Austro-Hungarian Government, to wit: Section 3 of Title 1 of the Act approved June 15, 1917, entitled “An Seditious acts, etc.Vol. 40, p. 219; [U.S.C. p. 1691](/us/usc/p1691/).Espionage, etc.Vol. 40, p. 653.Act To punish acts of interference with the foreign relations, the neutrality, and the foreign commerce of the United States, to punish espionage, and better to enforce the criminal laws of the United States, and for other purposes” (40 Stat. 217); and said section as amended by the Act approved May 16, 1918 (40 Stat. 553); or of a conspiracy to violate the same; Conspiracy to violate Section 5 of the Act approved on June 15, 1917, Selective draft.Vol. 40, pp. 80, 955.entitled “An Act To authorize the President to increase temporarily the Military Establishment of the United States” (40 Stat. 76); and said Section as amended by the Act approved August 31, 1918 (40 Stat. 955); and Whereas, the emergency contemplated by the aforesaid statutes has long expired; Now, Therefore, Be it Known, that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Full pardon granted, if sentence imposed has been complied with.President of the United States of America, in consideration of the premises, divers other good and sufficient reasons me thereunto moving, do hereby declare and grant a full pardon to all persons who have heretofore been convicted of a violation of any of the foregoing statutory provisions or of a conspiracy to violate the same, and who have complied with the sentences imposed on them; provided, however, *Proviso*.Restriction.that such pardon shall not be construed to pardon such persons for any offenses other than those designated herein, whether committed prior or subsequently to the offenses herein designated. 1726 In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 23rd day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State* [No. 2068] 2069 December 30, 1933 Merchandise in Bonded Warehouse, Bonded Carpet Wool and Camel Hair, and Drawback Exportations Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Merchandise in Bonded Warehouse, Bonded Carpet Wool and Camel Hair, and Drawback Exportations by the president of the united states of americaDecember 30, 1933. A PROCLAMATION Bonded warehouses, etc.Preamble.Statutory authorization.Vol. 46, p. 696.WHEREAS section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (ch. 497, 46 Stat. 590, 696) provides, in part: " “Whenever the President shall by proclamation declare an emergency to exist by reason of a state of war, or otherwise, he may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend during the continuance of such emergency the time herein prescribed for the performance of any act * * * ” " Emergency declared.NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid provisions, do hereby proclaim an emergency to exist. Time extended for withdrawing merchandise, imported during 1931, for warehousing.Vol. 46. p. 744.And I do further proclaim that it is necessary and proper, because of the emergency, that all merchandise (except grain) imported during the calendar year 1931 and entered for warehousing under section *Proviso*.Conditions imposed.557 of the Tariff Act of 1930 be permitted to remain in warehouse for a further period; and I therefore hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury, until further notice, to extend the warehousing period for such merchandise for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in sections 557 and 559 of the Tariff Act of 1930: *Provided*, however, that in each and every case the Secretary of the Treasury shall require that the principal on the warehouse-entry bond, in order to obtain the benefits under the extension granted, shall either furnish to the Collector of Customs for the district in which the merchandise is warehoused the agreement of the sureties on such bond to remain bound under the terms and provisions of the bond to the same extent as if no extension were granted, or furnish an additional bond with acceptable sureties to cover the period of extension. Bonded wool, conditionally free, for designated manufacture.Time extended for proof of use.Vol. 46. p. 646.And I do further proclaim that it is necessary and proper, because of the emergency, that as to all wool or hair of the camel imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse during the calendar year 1931 conditionally free of duty, under bond, under paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1930 for use in the manufacture of press cloth, camel’s-hair belting, rugs, carpets, or other floor coverings, or in the manu-1727facture of knit or felt boots or heavy fulled lumbermen’s socks, there shall be permitted a further period during which proof that such wool or hair has been so used may be furnished; and I therefore hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury, until further notice, to extend the period during which proof of such use maybe furnished for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in said paragraph 1101: *Provided*, however, that in each and*Proviso*.Terms. every case the Secretary of the Treasury shall require that the principal on the bond, in order to obtain the benefits under the extension granted, shall either furnish to the Collector of Customs for the district in which the bond was given, the agreement of the sureties on such bond to remain bound under the terms and provisions of the bond to the same extent as if no extension were granted, or furnish an additional bond with acceptable sureties to cover the period of extension. And I do further proclaim that it is necessary and proper, because Drawback.of the emergency, that as to articles manufactured or produced in the United States with the use of imported or substituted merchandise for drawback purposes a further period for exportation (or shipment to the Philippine Islands) of the completed articles be permitted in those cases in which the merchandise involved was imported during the calendar year 1931 ; and I therefore hereby authorize the Secretary Time extended on merchandise for shipment to Philippine Islands.Vol. 46, p. 694.of the Treasury to extend the period for exportation (or shipment to the Philippine Islands) of the completed articles in such cases for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in section 313
(h)of the Tariff Act of 1930. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 30th day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 2069] 2070 December 30, 1933 (Amending Proclamations of March 6 and March 9, 1933, and the Executive Order of March 10, 1933 and All Orders and Regulations Pursuant Thereto) Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation (Amending Proclamations of March 6 and March 9, 1933, and the Executive Order of March 10, 1933 and All Orders and Regulations Pursuant Thereto) by the president of the united states of americaDecember 30, 1933. A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS, on March 6, 1933, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President Banking operations. Preamble.*Ante*, p. 1689.of the United States of America, by virtue of authority vested in me by the Act of October 6, 1917 (40 Stat. L. 411), as amended, issued a Vol. 40, p. 415; *Ante*, p. 1.Proclamation declaring that an emergency existed and that a National banking holiday be observed; WHEREAS, on March 9, 1933, I issued a Proclamation continuing *Ante*, p. 1691.the terms and conditions of said Proclamation of March 6, 1933, in full force and effect until further proclamation by the President; 1728 State banks not members of Federal Reserve system.Executive Order No. 6073.WHEREAS, on March 10, 1933, 1 issued an Executive order authorizing the appropriate authority having immediate supervision of banking institutions in each State or any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to permit any banking institution not a member of the Federal Reserve System to perform any or all of its usual banking functions except as otherwise provided; Licenses.WHEREAS, the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to authority granted by other provisions of the said Executive order of March 10, 1933, has acted upon all requests for licensing of banks member’s of the Federal Reserve System; Admittance to membership of Fund granted to State banks.WHEREAS, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has acted upon all applications to it for membership in the Temporary Federal Deposit Insurance Fund as provided for in Section 12B
(y)of the *Ante,* p. 179.Federal Reserve Act as amended by Section 8 of the Act of June 16, 1933, Public No. 66, Seventy-third Congress, and has admitted to the said Fund all applicant banks which are duly and properly qualified ; and Responsibility of State.WHEREAS, it is now appropriate that the banking authority in each State and any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States should have and exercise the sole responsibility for, and control over, banking institutions not members of the Federal Reserve System: Authority of State over State nonmember banks reestablished.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PRESIDENT of the UNITED STATES, in order to assure that the banking authority in each State and in any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States shall have and exercise the sole responsibility for, and control over, banking institutions which are not members of theDesignated Proclamations and Executive Orders amended.Federal Reserve System, do hereby proclaim, order, direct, and declare that the Proclamations of March 6, 1933 and March 9, 1933, and the Executive order of March 10, 1933, and all orders and regulations pursuant thereto, are amended, effective the first day of January, nineteen hundred and thirty-four, to exclude from their scope banking institutions*Proviso*,Gold impounding reservation. which are not members of the Federal Reserve System. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, That no banking institution shall pay out any gold coin, gold bullion, or gold certificates, except as authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury, nor allow the withdrawal of any currency for hoarding, nor engage in any transactions in foreign exchange except such as may be undertaken for legitimate and normal business requirements, for reasonable traveling and other personal requirements, and for the fulfillment of contracts entered into prior to March 6, 1933. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done in the City of Washington this 30th day of December in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-[seal]three, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 2070] 2071 January 16, 1934 Union of Soviet Socialist Republics—Suspension of Tonnage Dues Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1729 Union of Soviet Socialist Republics—Suspension of Tonnage Dues by the president of the united states of americaJanuary 16, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Whereas section 4228 of the Revised Statutes (U.S.C., title 46, Tonnage dues.Preamble.sec. 141) in part provides as follows:" “Upon satisfactory proof being given to the President, by the government Statutory authorization.[R.S., sec. 4228, p.814](/us/rs/s4228/p814).Vol. 30, p. 214.[U.S.C., p. 1469](/us/usc/1469/).of any foreign nation, that no discriminating duties of tonnage or imposts are imposed or levied in the ports of such nation upon vessels wholly belonging to citizens of the United States, or upon the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in the same from the United States or from any foreign country, the President may issue his proclamation, declaring that the foreign discriminating duties of tonnage and impost within the United States are suspended and discontinued, so far as respects the vessels of such foreign nation, and the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported into the United States from such foreign nation, or from any other foreign country; the suspension to take effect from the time of such notification being given to the President, and to continue so long as the reciprocal exemption of vessels, belonging to citizens of the United States, and their cargoes, shall be continued, and no longer.” " WHEREAS satisfactory proof was received by me from the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on November 21, 1933, that no discriminating duties of tonnage or imposts are levied or imposed in the waters of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics upon vessels wholly belonging to citizens of the United States or upon the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in such vessels, from the United States or from any foreign country: NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the Suspension of discriminating duties on vessels of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 4228 of the Revised Statutes of the United States, do hereby declare and proclaim that the foreign discriminating duties of tonnage and imposts within the United States are suspended and discontinued so far as respects the vessels of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in said vessels into the United States from the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics or from any other foreign country; the suspension to take effect from November 21, 1933, and to continue so long as the reciprocal exemption of vessels belonging to citizens of the United States and their cargoes shall be continued, and no longer. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 16″ day of January, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of [seal]the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State.* [No. 2071] 2072 January 31, 1934 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1730 by the president of the united states of americaJanuary 31, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Gold Reserve.Preamble.Vol. 31, p. 45.WHEREAS, by virtue of Section 1 of the Act of Congress approved March 14, 1900 (31 Stat. L. 45), the present weight of the gold dollar is fixed at twenty five and eight tenths grains of gold nine tenths fine; and *Ante*, p. 51.Statutory authority of President.WHEREAS, by Section 43, Title III of the Act approved May 12, 1933 (Public, No. 10, 73d Congress), as amended by Section 12 of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, it is provided in part as follows:" “Whenever the President finds, upon investigation, that
(1)the foreign commerce of the United States is adversely affected by reason of the depreciation in the value of the currency of any other government or governments in relation to the present standard value of gold, or
(2)action under this section is necessary in order to regulate and maintain the parity of currency issues of the United States, or
(3)an economic emergency requires an expansion of credit, or
(4)an expansion of credit is necessary to secure by international agreement a stabilization at proper levels of the currencies of various governments, the President is authorized, in his discretion— “(a) To direct the Secretary of the Treasury to enter into agreements with the several Federal Reserve banks and with the Federal Reserve Board whereby the Federal Reserve Board will, and it is hereby authorized to, notwithstanding any provisions of law or rules and regulations to the contrary, permit such reserve banks to agree that they will,
(1)conduct, pursuant to existing law, throughout specified periods, open market operations in obligations of the United States Government or corporations in which the United States is the majority stockholder, and
(2)purchase directly and hold in portfolio for an agreed period or periods of time Treasury bills or other obligations of the United States Government in an aggregate sum of $3,000,000,000 in addition to those they may then hold, unless prior to the termination of such period or periods the Secretary shall con-sent to their sale. No suspension of reserve requirements of the Federal Reserve banks, under the terms of section 11
(c)of the Federal Reserve Act, necessitated by reason of operations under this section, shall require the imposition of the graduated tax upon any deficiency in reserves as provided in said section 11 (c). Nor shall it require any automatic increase in the rates of interest or discount charged by any Federal Reserve bank, as otherwise specified in that section. The Federal Reserve Board, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, may require the Federal Reserve banks to take such action as may be necessary, in the judgment of the Board and of the Secretary of the Treasury, to prevent undue credit expansion. “(b) If the Secretary, when directed by the President, is unable to secure the assent of the several Federal Reserve banks and the Federal Reserve Board to the agreements authorized in this section, or if operations under the above provisions prove to be inadequate to meet the purposes of this section, or if for any other reason additional measures are required in the judgment of the President to meet such purposes, then the President is authorized— * * * “(2) By proclamation to fix the weight of the gold dollar in grains nine tenths fine and also to fix the weight of the silver dollar in grains nine tenths fine at a definite fixed ratio in relation to the gold dollar at such amounts as he finds necessary from his investigation to stabilize domestic prices or to protect the foreign commerce against the adverse effect of depreciated foreign currencies, and to provide for the unlimited coinage of such gold and silver at the ratio so fixed, or in case the Government of the United States enters into an 1731agreement with any government or governments under the terms of which the ratio between the value of gold and other currency issued by the United States and by any such government or governments is established, the President may fix the weight of the gold dollar in accordance with the ratio so agreed upon, and such gold dollar, the weight of which is so fixed, shall be the standard unit of value, and all forms of money issued or coined by the United States shall be maintained at a parity with this standard and it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Treasury to maintain such parity, but in no event shall the weight of the gold dollar be fixed so as to reduce its present weight by more than 50 per centum. Nor shall the weight of the gold dollar be fixed in any event at more than 60 per centum of its present weight. The powers of the President specified in this paragraph shall be deemed to be separate, distinct, and continuing powers, and may be exercised by him, from time to time, severally or together, whenever and as the expressed objects of this section in his judgment may require ; except that such powers shall expire two years after the Duration of powers conferred.date of enactment of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 unless the President shall sooner declare the existing emergency ended, but the President may extend such period for not more than one additional year after such date by proclamation recognizing the continuance of such emergency”;and " WHEREAS, I find, upon investigation, that the foreign commerce of the United States is adversely affected by reason of the depreciation in the value of the currencies of other governments in relation to the present standard value of gold, and that an economic emergency requires an expansion of credit; and WHEREAS, in my judgment, measures additional to those provided by subsection
(a)of said Section 43 are required to meet the purposes of such Section; and WHEREAS, I find, from my investigation, that, in order to stabilize domestic prices and to protect the foreign commerce against the adverse effect of depreciated foreign currencies, it is necessary to fix the weight of the gold dollar at 15⅝ grains nine tenths fine, NOW, THEREFORE, be it known that I, FRANKLIN D. Weight of gold dollar reduced.*Ante,* p. 52ROOSEVELT, President of the United States, by virtue of the authority vested in me by Section 43, Title III of said Act of May 12, 1933, as amended, and by virtue of all other authority vested in me, do hereby proclaim, order, direct, declare and fix the weight of the gold dollar to be 15⅝ grains nine tenths fine, from and after the date and hour of this proclamation. The weight of the silver dollar is not Weight of silver dollar not affected.altered or affected in any manner by reason of this proclamation. This proclamation shall remain in force and effect until and unlessModification, etc., provisions.repealed or modified by act of Congress or by subsequent proclamation ; and notice is hereby given that I reserve the right by virtue of the authority vested in me to alter or modify this proclamation as the interest of the United States may seem to require. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and have caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE in the City of Washington at 3.10 o’clock in the afternoon, Eastern Standard Time, this 31 day of January, in the year [seal] of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-four, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* [No. 2072] 2073 February 1, 1934 Emergency Board, Denver & Rio Grande Western Railroad Company—Employees Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1732 Emergency Board, Denver & Rio Grande Western Railroad Company—Employees by the president of the united states of americaFebruary 1, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Labor disputes, Denver & Rio Grande Western Railroad Company and certain of its employees.Preamble.WHEREAS the President, having been duly notified by the Board of Mediation that disputes between the Denver & Rio Grande Western Railroad Company, a carrier, and certain of its employees represented by. Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers; Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen; Order of Railway Conductors; Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen; which disputes have not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, now threaten substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the States of Utah, Colorado and New Mexico, to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential transportation service; Emergency board created to investigate and report thereon.Vol. 44. p. 586.NOW, THEREFORE, 1, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, do hereby create a board to be composed of three
(3)persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees or any carrier, to investigate and report their findings to me within 30 days from this date. Compensation, etc.The members of this board shall be compensated for and on account of such duties in the sum of fifty ($50.00) dollars for every day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident to such *Ante*, p. 12.board, from which will be deducted fifteen per cent. (15%) as provided in Public No. 2, 73d Congress, Approved March 20, 1933. The Reimbursement for expenses.Vol. 47, p. 401.members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for expenses for themselves and of the board, including traveling expenses and in conformity with Public No. 212, 72d Congress, Approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a.m., not to exceed five ($5.00) dollars per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. Funds available.*Ante*, p. 286.All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out of the appropriation “emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1934” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the. chairman of the board hereby created. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this first day of February in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2073] 2074 February 7, 1934 Appointing Henry Morgenthau, Jr. Director General of Railroads Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1733 Appointing Henry Morgenthau, Jr. Director General of Railroads by the president of the united states of americaFebruary 7, 1934. A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS William H. Woodin has tendered his resignation asPreamble. Director General of Railroads; and WHEREAS such resignation has been accepted, effective upon the qualification of his successor; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Henry Morgenthau, Jr.Appointed Director General of Railroads.Vol. 40, p. 451; Vol.41, p. 456.Effective date.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the unrepealed provisions of the Federal Control Act of March 21, 1918 (ch. 25, 40 Stat. 451), and the Transportation Act, 1920 (ch. 91, 41 Stat. 456), do hereby appoint, effective the seventh day of February, 1934, Henry Morgenthau, Jr., Secretary of the Treasury, as Director General of Railroads in the stead of the said William H. Woodin, and do hereby delegate to, and continue and confirm in him, all powers and authority heretofore granted to and now possessed by the said William H. Woodin as Director General of Railroads; and 1 do hereby authorize and direct the said Henry Morgenthau, Jr., until otherwise provided by proclamation of the President or by act of Congress, either personally or through such divisions, agencies, or persons as he may authorize, to exercise and perform, as fully in all respects as the President is authorized to do, ail and singular the powers and duties conferred or imposed upon me by the said unrepealed provisions of the Federal Control Act of March 21, 1918, and the said Transportation Act, 1920, except designating the agent provided for in section 206 of said act. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 7th day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2074] 2075 February 7, 1934 Designating and Appointing Henry Morgenthau, Jr., Director General of Railroads, as the Agent Provided for in Section 206 of the Transportation Act, 1920 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Designating and Appointing Henry Morgenthau, Jr., Director General of Railroads, as the Agent Provided for in Section 206 of the Transportation Act, 1920 by the president of the united states of americaFebruary 7, 1934. A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by proclamation dated March 15, 1933, William H. Transportation Act, 1920.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 1692.Vol. 41, p. 401.Woodin, Director General of Railroads, was designated as the agent provided for in section 206 of the Transportation Act, 1920 (ch. 91, 41 Stat. 461); and WHEREAS the said William H. Woodin, Director General of Railroads as aforesaid, has tendered his resignation as said agent, 1734which has been duly accepted, effective upon the qualification of his successor; Appointing Henry Morgenthau, Jr., as agent.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by said act, do hereby designate and appoint, effective the seventh day of February, 1934, Henry Morgenthau, Jr., Director General of Railroads, as the agent provided for in said section 206 of the Transportation Act, 1920. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 7th day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2075] 2076 February 16, 1934 Extending for 1 Year the Period Within Which Advances May Be Made Under Section 10(B) class="smallCaps">of the Federal Reserve Act as Amended Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Extending for 1 Year the Period Within Which Advances May Be Made Under Section 10(B) class="smallCaps">of the Federal Reserve Act as Amended by the president of the united states of americaFebruary 16, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Federal Reserve Banks.Vol. 47, pp. 56, 794; *Ante*, p. 7; [U.S.C., Supp. VII, p. 172](/us/usc/p172/).WHEREAS section 10(b) of the Federal Reserve Act as amended by the act of February 27, 1932 (ch. 58, 47 Stat. 56), by the act of February 3, 1933 (ch. 34, 47 Stat. 794), and by the act of March 9, 1933 (Public, No. 1, 73d Cong.), reads as follows:" “Sec. 10(b). Advances authorized to member banks when acceptable assets not available for rediscount. In exceptional and exigent circumstances, and when any member bank has no further eligible and acceptable assets available to enable it to obtain adequate credit accommodations through rediscounting at the Federal reserve bank or any other method provided by this Act other than that provided by section 10(a), any Federal reserve bank, under rules and regulations prescribed by the Security.Federal Reserve Board, may make advances to such member bank on its time or demand notes secured to the satisfaction of such Federal Interest.reserve bank. Each such note shall bear interest at a rate not less than 1 per centum per annum higher than the highest discount rate in Duration.effect at such Federal reserve bank on the date of such note. No advance shall be made under this section after March 3, 1934, or after the expiration of such additional period not exceeding one year as the President may prescribe.”; and " Continuation deemed advisable. WHEREAS I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, deem it advisable that the authority of the Federal reserve banks to make advances under the provisions of said section 10(b) of the Federal Reserve Act be continued for an additional period after March 3, 1934; Provisions extended one year.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred upon me by said section 10(b) of the Federal Reserve Act, do hereby proclaim, declare, and prescribe an additional period of 1 year after March 3, 1934, during which advances may be 1735made by any Federal reserve bank under the provisions of said section. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 16th day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2076] 2077 March 5, 1934 Emergency Board, Delaware and Hudson Railroad Corporation—Employees Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Emergency Board, Delaware and Hudson Railroad Corporation—Employees by the president of the united states of americaMarch 5, 1934. A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the President, having been duly notified by the Board Labor disputes, Delaware and Hudson Railroad Corporation and certain of its employees.of Mediation that disputes between the Delaware and Hudson Railroad Corporation, a carrier, and certain of its employees represented by Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers; Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen; Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen; which disputes have not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, now threaten substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the States of New York, Pennsylvania and Vermont, to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential transportation service; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentEmergency board created to investigate, and to report thereon. of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, do hereby create a board to be composed of three
(3)Vol. 44, p. 586.[U.S.C., p. 2110](/us/usc/2110/).persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees or any carrier, to investigate and report their findings to me within thirty days from this date. The members of this board shall be compensated for and on account Compensation, etc.of such duties in the sum of fifty ($50.00) dollars for every day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident to such board, from which will be deducted fifteen per cent. (15%) as provided *Ante,* p. 8.in Public No. 2, 73d Congress, Approved March 20, 1933. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for expenses for themselves and of the board, including traveling expenses and in conformity with Public No. 212, 72d Congress, Approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a.m., not to exceed Vol. 47, p. 405.five ($5.00) dollars per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out of the appropriation “emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, Expenditures of the board.*Ante,* p. 286.1934 ” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. 1736 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this fifth day of March in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2077] 2078 April 6, 1934 Child Health Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Child Health Day by the president of the united states of americaApril 6, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Child Health Day.Preamble.Vol. 45, p. 617.WHEREAS the Congress by Joint Resolution of May 18, 1928, requested the President of the United States to proclaim annually May 1 as Child Health Day; and WHEREAS the welfare of the Nation is vitally affected by the health of its children; and WHEREAS the promotion of the best physical and mental development of the children is an essential part of the social-health program of the Nation; and WHEREAS it is highly desirable that special consideration be given this matter in all parts of the Nation; Setting aside May 1, 1934. as, arid recommending observance of.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D, ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim and designate the first day of May of this year as Child Health Day, and do urge all official and voluntary agencies and organizations and all individuals interested in child welfare to unite upon that day in the observance of such exercises as will result in a deeper realization by the people of the necessity for the protection and promotion of the health of the Nation’s children and in greater, unified effort to improve the existing child-welfare program wherever it is found inadequate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 6th day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2078] 2079 April 7, 1934 Copyright—Free City of Danzig Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1737 Copyright—Free City of Danzig by the president of the united states of americaApril 7, 1934. A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it is provided by the act of Congress approved March Copyrights.Preamble.Vol. 35, p. 1075.4, 1909 (ch. 320, 35 Stat. 1075–1088), entitled “AN ACT To amend and consolidate the Acts respecting copyright”, that the copyright secured by the act, except the benefits under section 1(e) thereof as to which special conditions are imposed, shall extend to the work of an author or proprietor who is a citizen or subject of a. foreign state or nation, only upon certain conditions set forth in section 8 of the act, to wit:" “(a) When an alien author or proprietor shall be domiciled within Vol. 35, p. 1077.the United States at the time of the first publication of his work; or “(b) When the foreign state or nation of which such author or proprietor is a citizen or subject grants, either by treaty, convention, agreement, or law, to citizens of the United States the benefit of copyright on substantially the same basis as to its own citizens, or copy-right protection substantially equal to the protection secured to such foreign author under this Act or by treaty; or when such foreign state or nation is a party to an international agreement which provides for reciprocity in the granting of copyright, by the terms of which agreement the United States may, at its pleasure, become a party thereto ”; and " WHEREAS it is provided by section 1
(e)that the provisions of the act “so far as they secure copyright controlling the parts of instruments serving to reproduce mechanically the musical work; shall include only compositions published and copyrighted after this Act goes into effect, and shall not include the works of a foreign author or composer unless the foreign state or nation of which such author or composer is a citizen or subject grants, either by treaty, convention, agreement, or law, to citizens of the. United States similar rights”; and WHEREAS the President is authorized by section 8 to determine by proclamation made from time to time the existence of the reciprocal conditions aforesaid, as the purposes of the act may require; and WHEREAS satisfactory evidence has been received that in the Action by Free City of Danzig.Free City of Danzig the law permits and from the date of this proclamation will grant to citizens of the United States the benefit of copyright on substantially the same basis as to citizens of the Free City of Danzig; and WHEREAS satisfactory official assurance has been given that in theSimilar rights under law. Free City of Danzig the law now permits to citizens of the United States similar rights to those accorded in section 1 (e.) of the act of March 4, 1909: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Benefits extended to citizens of the Free City of Danzig.of the United States of America, do declare and proclaim: That on and after April 7, 1934 the conditions specified in section 8(b) and 1(e) of the act of March 4, 1909, will exist and be fulfilled in respect of the citizens of the Free City of Danzig and that on and after April 7, 1934 citizens of the Free City of Danzig shall be entitled to all the benefits of this act and acts amendatory thereof: *Provided*, That the enjoyment by any work of the rights and benefits Conditions.conferred by the act of March 4, 1909, and the acts amendatory thereof, shall be conditional upon compliance, with the requirements and formalities prescribed with respect to such works by the copyright laws of the United States; 1738 Mechanical musical works included.*And provided further*, That the provisions of section 1(e) of the act of March 4, 1909, insofar as they secure copyright controlling parts of instruments serving to reproduce mechanically musical works, shall apply only to compositions published after July 1, 1909, and registered for copyright in the United States which have not been reproduced within the United States prior to April 7, 1934 on any contrivance by means of which the work may be mechanically performed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 7″ day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2079] 2080 April 23, 1934 Decreasing Rates of Duty on Laminated Products Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Decreasing Rates of Duty on Laminated Products by the president of the united states of americaApril 23, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Tariff on laminated products.Preamble.Vol. 46, p. 701.WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of title III, part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes”, the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and ail other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, laminated products of which any synthetic resin or resin-like substance is the chief binding agent, in sheets or plates, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the Commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the Commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Germany, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decreases in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the Commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production; 1739 NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Decreasing duty to equalize differences in costs of production.Vol. 46, p. 668.of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim decreases in the rates of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 1539
(b)of title I of said act on laminated products (whether or not provided for elsewhere in the Tariff Act of 1930) of which any synthetic resin or resin-like substance is the chief binding agent, in sheets or plates, from 25 cents per pound and 30 per centum ad valorem to 15 cents per pound and 25 per centum ad valorem, the rates found to be shown y said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 23d day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2080] 2081 May 1, 1934 Changing Duty on Canned Clams Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Changing Duty on Canned Clams by the president of the united states of americaMay 1, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Canned clams.Preamble.Vol. 46, p. 701.WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of title III, part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to protect American labor, and for other purposes”, the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, clams, packed in air-tight containers, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing countries; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the Commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the Commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country for razor clams (siliqua patula), packed in air-tight containers, is Canada, and that the duty expressly fixed by statute does not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country; and that the principal competing country for clams other than razor clams, and clams in combination with other substances (except clam chowder), packed in air-tight containers, is Japan, and that said difference with respect to these articles cannot be equalized by proceeding under the provisions of subdivision
(a)of said section and act; 1740 American selling price.Vol. 46, p. 710.WHEREAS the Commission has specified in its report the decreased rate of duty on razor clams (siliqua patula), packed in air-tight containers, and the ad valorem rate of duty based on the American selling price, as defined in section 402
(g)of said act, of the domestic articles, on clams other than razor clams, and clams in combination with other substances (except clam chowder), packed in air-tight containers, found by the Commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such decreased rate of duty and such ad valorem rate of duty based upon said American selling price are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; Decreasing duty on canned clams.Vol. 46. p. 634.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim a decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 721
(b)of title I of said act on razor clams (siliqua patula), packed in air-tight containers, from 35 per centum ad valorem to 23 per centum ad valorem; and assessment of the rate of 35 per centum ad valorem expressly fixed in said paragraph, title, and act on clams other than razor clams, and clams in combination with other Vol. 46, p. 710.substances (except clam chowder), packed in air-tight containers, upon the American selling price, as defined in section 402
(g)of said act, of clams other than razor clams, and clams in combination with other substances (except clam chowder), packed in air-tight containers, manufactured or produced in the United States. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 1st day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2081] 2082 May 2, 1934 Extending for One Year the Effective Period of Title I of the Emergency Railroad Transportation Act, 1933. Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Extending for One Year the Effective Period of Title I of the Emergency Railroad Transportation Act, 1933. by the president of the united states of americaMay 2, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Emergency Railroad Transportation Act, 1933.Preamble.WHEREAS section 17 of Title I of the act entitled “An Act to relieve the existing national emergency in relation to interstate railroad transportation, and to amend sections 5, 15(a) and 19(a) of the Interstate Commerce Act as amended”, approved June 16, 1933 (c. 91, 48 Stat. 211, 217), reads as follows:" “Sec. 17. This title shall cease to have effect at the end of one *Ante*, p. 217.year after the effective date, unless extended by a proclamation of the President for one year or any part thereof, but orders of the Coordinator or of the Commission made thereunder shall continue in effect until vacated by the Commission or set aside by other lawful 1741authority, but notwithstanding the provisions of section 10 no such order shall operate to relieve any carrier from the effect of any State law or of any order of a State commission enacted or made after this title ceases to have effect.” " AND WHEREAS in the judgment of the President it is deemed advisable and expedient to extend the effective period of Title I of the said Act for one year after June 16, 1934; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentExtension of Title I, one year. of the United States of America, do hereby declare and proclaim that the effective period of Title I of the act entitled “An Act to relieve the existing national emergency in relation to interstate railroad transportation, and to amend sections 5, 15(a) and 19(a) of the Interstate Commerce Act as amended”, approved June 16, 1933 (c. 91,48 Stat. 211, 217), is extended for one year after June 16, 1934. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of May in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2082] 2083 May 3, 1934 Mother’s Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Mother’s Day by the president of the united states of americaMay 3, 1934. A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by House Joint Resolution 263, approved and signed Mother’s Day. 1934.Preamble.Vol. 38, p. 770.by President Wilson on May 8, 1914, the second Sunday in May of each year has been designated as Mother’s Day for the expression of our love, and reverence for the mothers of our country; and WHEREAS Senate Resolution 218, adopted April 26, 1934, states that “there are throughout our land today an unprecedentedly large number of mothers and dependent children who, because of unemployment or loss of their bread-earners, are lacking many of the necessities of life”, and the President of the United States is therein authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling for the observance of Mother’s Day this year; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Observance of Sunday, May 13, 1934, as Mother’s Day.of the United States of America, do hereby call upon our citizens to express on Mother’s Day, Sunday, May 13, 1934, our love and reverence for motherhood: (*a*) By the customary display of the United States flag on all Government buildings, homes, and other suitable places; (*b*) By the usual tokens and messages of affection to our mothers; and (*c*) By doing all that we can through our churches, fraternal and welfare agencies, for the relief and welfare of mothers and children who may be in need of the necessities of life. 1742 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 3rd day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2083] 2084 May 4, 1934 National Maritime Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation National Maritime Day by the president of the united states of americaMay 4, 1934. A PROCLAMATION National Maritime Day.Preamble.WHEREAS on May 22, 1819, the Steamship *THE SAVANNAH * sailed from Savannah, Georgia, on the first successful transoceanic voyage under steam propulsion, thus making a material contribution to the advancement of ocean transportation; and *Ante,* p. 73.WHEREAS the Congress by Joint Resolution of May 20, 1933, designated May 22 of each year as National Maritime Day and requested the President to issue annually a Proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such National Maritime Day; Observance of May 22, 1934, as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do call upon and urge the people of the United States to observe May 22, 1934, as National Maritime Day by displaying the flag at their homes and other suitable places, and I hereby direct that Government officials display the flag on all Government buildings on that day. IN WTTNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 4″ day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2084] 2085 May 9, 1934 Decreasing Rates of Duty on Sugar Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Decreasing Rates of Duty on Sugar by the president of the united states of americaMay 9, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Tariff on sugar.Preamble.Statutory authorization.WHEREAS under and by virtue of section 336 of title III, part II, of the act of Congress approved June 17, 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), Vol. 46, p. 701.entitled “AN ACT To provide revenue, to regulate commerce with foreign countries, to encourage the industries of the United States, to 1743protect American labor, and for other purposes”, the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, raw and refined sugar, molasses, and related articles, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; WHEREAS the Commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; WHEREAS the Commission has found it shown by said investigation that the principal competing country is Cuba, and that the duties expressly fixed by statute do not equalize the differences in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the decreases in the rates of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the Commission to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rates of duty are shown by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Decreasing duty equalize differences costs of production.of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the following rates of duty found to be shown by said investigation to be necessary to equalize such differences in costs of production: A decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 501 of title I of said act on sugars, tank bottoms, sirups of cane juice, melada, concentrated melada, concrete and concentrated molasses, testing by the polariscope not above seventy-five sugar degrees, and all mixtures containing sugar and water, testing by the polariscope above fifty sugar degrees and not above seventy-five sugar degrees, from 1.7125 cents per pound to 1.284375 cents per pound; and A decrease in the rate of duty expressly fixed in paragraph 501 of Vol. 46, p. 630.title I of said act for each additional sugar degree shown by the polariscopic test, from three hundred and seventy-five ten-thousandths of 1 cent per pound additional, and fractions of a degree in proportion, to two hundred and eighty-one and one-fourth ten-thousandths of 1 cent per pound additional and fractions of a degree in proportion. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this ninth day of May in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2085] 2086 May 18, 1934 General Lafayette Memorial Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1744 General Lafayette Memorial Day by the president of the united states of americaMay 18, 1934. A PROCLAMATION General Lafayette Memorial Day.WHEREAS May 20, 1934, is the one hundredth anniversary of the death of General Lafayette; and Observance, requested.*Ante,* p. 784.WHEREAS by House Joint Resolution 317 of the Seventy-third Congress, approved May 18, 1934, the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling for the observance of May 20, 1934, as General Lafayette Memorial Day. Inviting observance of.NOW. THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby order that the flag of the United States be displayed on all Government buildings on May 20, 1934, and do invite the people of the United States to observe the day in schools, churches, and other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies in commemoration of the death of General Lafayette. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 18th day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2086] 2087 May 28, 1934 Sale of Arms and Munitions of War to Bolivia and Paraguay Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Sale of Arms and Munitions of War to Bolivia and Paraguay by the president of the united states of americaMay 28, 1934. A PROCLAMATION Sale of arms, etc.Preamble.WHEREAS section 1 of a joint resolution of Congress, entitled “Joint Resolution To prohibit the sale of arms or munitions of war in the United States under certain conditions”, approved May 28, 1934, provides as follows:" “That if the President finds that the prohibition of the sale of arms *Ante*, p. 811.and munitions of war in the United States to those countries now engaged in armed conflict in the Chaco may contribute to the reestablishment of peace between those countries, and if after consultation with the governments of other American Republics and with their cooperation, as well as that of such other governments as he may deem necessary, he makes proclamation to that effect, it shall be unlawful to sell, except under such limitations and exceptions as the President proscribes, any arms or munitions of war in any place in the United States to the countries now engaged in that armed conflict, or to any person, company, or association acting in the interest of either country, until otherwise ordered by the President or by Congress.”" 1745 AND WHEREAS it is provided by section 2 of the said joint resolution that—" “Whoever sells any arms or munitions of war in violation of section *Ante*, p. 811.1 shall, on conviction, be punished by a fine not exceeding $10,000 or by imprisonment not exceeding two years, or both.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Announcement of President.of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred in me by the said joint resolution of Congress, do hereby declare and proclaim that I have found that the prohibition of the. sale of arms and munitions of war in the United States to those countries now engaged in armed conflict in the Chaco may contribute to the reestablishment of peace between those countries, and that I have consulted with the governments of other American Republics and have been assured of the cooperation of such governments as I have deemed necessary as contemplated by the said joint resolution; and 1 do hereby admonish all citizens of the United States and every Warning to abstain from violation of law.person to abstain from every violation of the provisions of the joint resolution above set forth, hereby made applicable to Bolivia and Paraguay, and I do hereby warn them that all violations of such provisions will be rigorously prosecuted. And I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States charged with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution and this my proclamation issued thereunder, and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. And I do hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the power of Exceptions and limitations.prescribing exceptions and limitations to the application of the said joint resolution of May 28, 1934, as made effective by this my proclamation issued thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this twenty-eighth day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [No. 2087] 2088 June 5, 1934 Suspending the Provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act of March 3, 1931 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Suspending the Provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act of March 3, 1931 by the president of the united states of americaJune 5, 1934. A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 1 of the Davis-Bacon Act of March 3, 1931 Davis-Bacon Act of March 3, 1931.Vol. 46, p. 1494.Labor wage rites, building contracts.(ch. 411, 46 Stat. 1494), provides:" “* * * Every contract in excess of $5,000 in amount, to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party, which requires or involves the employment of laborers or mechanics in the construction, alteration, and/or repair of any public buildings of the1746 United States or the District of Columbia within the geographical Stipulation not to be less than prevailing rates.limits of the States of the Union or the District of Columbia, shall contain a provision to the effect that the rate of wage for all laborers and mechanics employed by the contractor or any subcontractor on the public, buildings covered by the contract shall be not less than the prevailing rate of wages for work of a similar nature in the city, town, village, or other civil division of the State in which the public buildings are located, or in the District of Columbia if the public buildings are located there * * *.” " National Industrial Recovery Act.*Ante*, p. 204.Contract provisions.WHEREAS section 206 of the National Industrial Recovery Act (ch. 90, 48 Stat, 195, 204) provides:" “All contracts let for construction projects and all loans and grants pursuant to this title shall contain such provisions as are necessary to insure * * *
(2)that (except in executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), so far as practicable and feasible, no individual directly employed on any such project shall be permitted to work more than thirty hours in any one week;
(3)that all employees shall be paid just and reasonable wages which shall be compensation sufficient to provide, for the hours of labor as limited, a standard of living in decency and comfort * * *.” " WHEREAS the Secretary of Labor and the Administrator of Public Works have informed me that the concurrent operation of the afore-said provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act and the National Industrial Recovery Act cause administrative confusion and delay which could be avoided by suspension of the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act; Authority of President in emergencies.WHEREAS section 1 of the aforesaid Davis-Bacon Act authorizes the President to suspend the provisions of that act in case of a national emergency; and WHEREAS I find that a national emergency exists: Provisions of Davis-Bacon Act suspended.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do by this proclamation suspend until otherwise provided the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act of March 3, 1931, as to all contracts made or to be made, except those entered into prior to June 16, 1933, and those entered into on or subsequent to June 16, 1933, which contain the provisions required by the said act of March 3, 1931. Executive Order 5778 suspended.And I do hereby suspend until otherwise provided the provisions of Executive Order No. 5778, of January 19, 1932, prescribing certain stipulations to be incorporated into public building contracts. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 5″ day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-four, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and fifty-eighth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. [No. 2088] TWENTY-FIRST AMENDMENTto theCONSTITUTION 1747 AMENDMENT TO THE CONSTITUTION, 1933 Constitutional Amendment21 48 Stat. 1749 1749 AMENDMENT TO THE CONSTITUTION, 1933 WILLIAM PHILLIPSDecember 5, 1933. Acting Secretary of State of the United States of America. To all to whom these presents shall come, greeting: Know ye, That the Congress of the United States at the second Twenty-first Amendment to the Constitution.session, seventy-second Congress begun and held at the City of Washington on Monday, the fifth day of December, in the year one Preamble.thousand nine hundred and thirty-two, passed a Joint Resolution in the words and figures as follows; to wit— JOINT RESOLUTION Proposing an amendment to the Constitution of the United States. Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled (two-thirds of each House concurring therein), That the following article is hereby proposed as an Amendment proposed to the Constitution.amendment to the Constitution of the United States, which shall be valid to all intents and purposes as part of the Constitution when Vol. 46 p. 1625.ratified by conventions in three-fourths of the several States: " “article— “Section 1. The eighteenth article of amendment to the Constitution Eighteenth amend-ment repealed.of the United States is hereby repealed. “Sec. 2. The transportation or importation into any State, Territory, Prohibition of liquor traffic into a State, etc., in violation of its laws.or possession of the United States for delivery or use therein of intoxicating liquors, in violation of the laws thereof, is hereby prohibited. “Sec. 3. This article shall be inoperative unless it shall have been Inoperative if not ratified in seven years.ratified as an amendment to the Constitution by conventions in the several States, as provided in the Constitution, within seven years from the date of the submission hereof to the States by the Congress.” " And, further, that it appears from official notices received at the States ratifying proposed amendment.Department of State that the Amendment to the Constitution of the United States proposed as aforesaid has been ratified by conventions in the States of Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. And, further, that the States wherein conventions have so ratified Requisite number declared.the said proposed Amendment, constitute the requisite three-fourths of the whole number of States in the United States. 1750 Certificate of adoption part of the Constitution.Now, therefore, be it known that I, William Phillips, Acting Secretary of State of the United States, by virtue and in pursuance [U.S.C., p. 37.](/us/usc/37)of Section 160, Title 5, of the United States Code,do hereby certify that the Amendment aforesaid has become valid to all intents and purposes as a part of the Constitution of the United States. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the Department of State to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this fifth day of December, in [seal] the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three. WILLIAM PHILLIPS *Acting Secretary of State*. EXECUTIVE AGREEMENTS 1751 EXECUTIVE AGREEMENTS August 18, 1932 Agreement 48 Stat. 1753 *Provisional agreement between the United States of America and Bulgaria August 18, 1932.respecting commercial relations. Effected by exchange of notes, signed August 18, 1932; effective August 18, 1932.* The American Minister (Shoemaker) to the Bulgarian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Mooshanoff) Legation of the United States of America, *Sofia, Bulgaria, August 18, 1932*. Mr. Minister: I have the honor to confirm and to make of record by this note the Commercial arreo meat with Bulgaria.following provisional commercial agreement between our respective governments. The United States will accord to goods, the growth, produce or manufacture of Bulgaria and Bulgaria will accord to goods, the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States in all respects and unconditionally the most favored nation treatment. The said treatment shall apply to all goods from whatever place arriving including goods destined for consumption or reexportation or in transit. The stipulations of this agreement do not extend to the treatment which is accorded by the United States to the commerce of Cuba under the provisions of the commercial convention concluded between the United States and Cuba on December 11, 1902, or the provisions of any other commercial convention which hereafter may be concluded between the United States and Cuba. Such stipulations more-over do not extend to the treatment which is accorded to the commerce between the United States and the Panama Canal Zone or any dependency of the United States or to the commerce of the dependencies of the United States with one another under existing or future laws. Nothing in this agreement shall be construed as a limitation of the right of either high contracting party to impose on such terms as it may see fit prohibitions or restrictions of a sanitary character designed to protect human, animal or plant life or regulations for the enforcement of police or revenue law’s. The present agreement becomes operative on this eighteenth day of August, 1932, and shall continue in force until superseded by a definitive treaty of commerce and navigation, or until denounced by one of the two High Contracting Parties by advance notice of three months. If however either party should be prevented by the future 17531754 action of its legislature from carrying out the terms of the agreement the obligations thereof shall thereupon lapse. I avail myself of this opportunity Mr. Minister, to reiterate to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Henry W, Shoemaker. His Excellency Mr. Nicolas Mooshanoff, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *The Royal Bulgarian Ministry for Foreign Affairs*, *Soffa, Bulgaria*. The Bulgarian Minister for Foreign Affairs {Mooshanoff) to the American Minister (Shoemaker) Ministère des Affaires Etrangeíres et des Cultes H° 14036/19/II 1755 [Translation] Ministry of Foreign Affairs and of Cults No. 14036/19/11 Sofia, *August 18, 1932*. Mr. Minister, I have the honor to confirm in concrete form, by this note, the Confirmation by Bulgaria. following provisional commercial agreement between our respective governments: Bulgaria will accord to goods—natural or manufactured products of the United States and the United States will accord to goods— natural or manufactured products of Bulgaria in all respects and unconditionally the most favored nation treatment. This treatment shall apply to all goods, from whatever place arriving, including goods destined for consumption, or reexportation or in transit. The stipulations of the present agreement shall not extend to the treatment, which is accorded by the United States to the commerce of Cuba, under the provisions of the commercial convention concluded between the United States and Cuba on December 11, 1902, or the provisions of any other commercial convention, which hereafter may be concluded between the United States and Cuba. The same stipulations similarly will not apply to the treatment, which is accorded to the commerce between the United States and the Panama Canal Zone or any dependency of the United States, or to the commerce of the dependencies of the United States with one another, under existing or future laws. Nothing in this agreement shall be deemed as a limitation of the right of either of the high contracting parties to impose prohibitions or restrictions of a sanitary character, which either party considers necessary, destined to protect human, animal or plant life, or regulations for the enforcement of police or revenue laws. 1756 The present agreement will enter into force on the 18th of August 1932 and shall continue to be in force until superseded by a definitive treaty of commerce and navigation, or until denounced by one of the two Contracting Parties by advance notice of three months. If, however, either of the parties should be prevented by any future action of its legislature from executing the conditions of this agreement, the obligations thereof shall lapse. I take this opportunity, Mr. Minister, to express my high respect. N. Mooshanoff To His Excellency Mr. H. W. Shoemaker, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America*, *Sofia.* [No. 41] August 26, 1931 48 Stat. 1757 Agreement 1757 LOAD-LINE CERTIFICATES—NETHERLANDS. *Arrangement between the United States of America and the Netherlands August 26, 1931.for the reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed August 26, 1931, November 16, 1931, March 18, 1932, April 22, 1932, June 29, 1932, and September 30, 1932.* *The Acting Secretary of State (Castle) to the Netherland Chargé d'Affaires ad interim. (Van Hoorn)* Department of State, *Washington, August 26, 1931.* Sir: Further reference is made to the Legation’s note No. 113, dated Arrangement with the Netherlands for the reciprocal recognition of load line certificates.January 20, 1931,11Not printed. enclosing copies of the Netherland Shipping Act and Royal Decree and Order in Council relating to load lines for the consideration of this Government in relation to its proposal to the Netherland Government to conclude a reciprocal load line agreement with this Government pending the coming into force of the International Load Line Convention. Note has been made of the Legation’s statement that the laws, rules and regulations pertaining to load lines for vessels now enforced by the Netherland Government are identical with those enforced by the Government of Great Britain, with the sole exception of the rules and regulations pertaining to the carriage of deck cargoes of wood goods. The competent authorities of this Government consider that the 1906 rules of the British Board of Trade, concerning load lines, are as effective as the United States Load Line Regulations for the determination of load lines on ordinary merchant vessels. The rules of the Netherland Government for determining the load lines of vessels with wood cargoes have been examined by these authorities and have likewise been found to be as effective as the rules contained in the United States Load Line Regulations applicable to vessels carrying wood cargo on deck. Pending the coming into effect of the International Load Line Convention in the United States and the Netherlands, the competent authorities of the Government of the United States are prepared to recognize the load line marks and the certificate of such marking of merchant vessels of the competent authorities of the Netherland Government as equivalent to their own load line marks and certificates of marking: provided, that the load line marks are in accordance with the load line certificates; that the hull and superstructures of 1758the vessel certificated have not been so materially altered since the issuance of the certificate, as to affect calculations on which the load line was based, and that alterations have not been made so that the—
(l)Protection of openings,
(2)Guard Rails,
(3)Freeing Ports,
(4)Means of Access to Crews Quarters, have made the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life. It will be understood that on the receipt of a note from you to the effect that the competent authorities of the Netherland Government will give full recognition to the load line marks made and the certificates issued by the competent authorities of this Government and expressing the Netherland Government’s concurrence in the foregoing understanding, the reciprocal agreement will become effective. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. W. R. Castle, Jr. *Acting Secretary of State.* 856.8561/4 Mr. L. G. van Hoorn, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* *of the Netherlands.* *The Netherland Minister (Van Royen) to the Secretary of State (Stimson)*November 16, 1931. No. 3956. Royal Netherland Legation. *Washington, D.C., 16 November 1931.* Sir: Concurrence by the Netherlands.I have the honor to refer to the Department’s note of August 26, 1931, No. 856.8561/4, concerning the conclusion of a reciprocal load line agreement between the United States of America and the Netherlands pending the coming into force of the International Load Line Convention. Pursuant to instructions from the Minister of Foreign Affairs at The Hague, I beg leave to transmit herewith four copies of the Royal Decree of October 8, 1931,22See appendix, p. 1763. published in the Collection of Official Documents (“ Staatsblad ”) No. 414, by which the laws, rules and regulations pertaining to load lines for vessels now enforced by the United States Government are recognized by the Netherlands Government. 1759 I am further requested to inform Your Excellency that the Netherlands Government has designated the following bureaus as private investigation bureaus recognized in accordance with the “ Schepenwet” (Netherlands Merchant Shipping Act of July 1, 1909): 1. Lloyd’s Register of British and Foreign Shipping; 2. British Corporation for the survey and registry of shipping; 3. Bureau Veritas; 4. Germanischer Lloyd; 5. Det Norske Veritas. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Sir, the assurance of my highest consideration. J. H, van Roten The Honorable The Secretary of State *Washington, D.C.* *The Netherland Minister (Van Royen) to the Secretary of State (Stimson)* No. 935. Léegation des Pays-Bas. *Washington, D.C., 18 March 1982*. Sir: Pursuant to instructions received from my Government, I have the honor to enclose herewith copy of the Royal Decree of January 29, 1932,33See appendix, p. 1764. (*Official Gazette* No. 25) regarding load line regulations in the Netherlands, purporting modification of the Royal Decree of September 22, 1909, which was amended last by Royal Decree of November 4, 1926 and copy of which was transmitted to Your Excellency by my note of January 20, 1931, No. 113.44Not printed. According to this new Decree in certain cases a somewhat more lenient rule may be adopted in the Netherlands with regard to load line marks, provided this will not endanger ship and crew and will be in conformity with the minimum requirements as stipulated in the International Load Line Convention of London of July 5, 1930. I may remark at the same time that the Netherland Government, according to this measure, has already put into force the stipulations of the London Convention before it has been ratified. Please accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. J. H. van Royen The Honorable The Secretary of State *Washington, D.C.* 1760 *The Acting Secretary of State (Castle) to the Netherland Minister (Van Royen)* Department of State *Washington, April 22, 1932.* Sir: I have the honor to refer to your note No. 3956, dated November 16, 1931, and likewise to your note No. 935 of March 18, 1932, both of which relate to the proposed load-line agreement between the Governments of the United States and the Netherlands. It is noted that the Government of the Netherlands has designated the following bureaus as private investigation bureaus recognized in accordance with the “ Schepenwet ” (Netherlands Merchant Shipping Act of July 1, 1909): 1. Lloyd’s Register of British and Foreign Shipping; 2. British Corporation for the survey and registry of shipping; 3. Bureau Veritas; 4. Germanischer Lloyd; 5. Det Norske Veritas. The United States Government is willing to recognize the load-line certificates issued by the aforementioned classification societies to merchant ships of the Netherlands when they are issued under the authority thus granted by the Netherland Government. This Government has authorized the marking of load-lines and the issuance of certificates therefor, on American vessels, by the American Bureau of Shipping, the American Committee of Lloyd’s Registry of Shipping, and the American representatives of the Bureau Veritas. The Government of the United States is also willing to recognize the certificates issued by the Netherland Government pursuant to the Royal Decree of January 29, 1932,55See appendix, p. 1764. *(Official Gazette* No. 25) which amends certain regulations under the Shipping Law of the Netherlands so as to allow the assignment of smaller freeboards than hitherto authorized provided it can be done without danger to ship and crew, and that the freeboards so assigned are in accordance with the provisions contained in the International Load Line Convention of July 6, 1930. Note has been taken of Royal Decree No. 414 of October 8, 1931,66See appendix, p. 1763. by which the provisions in force in the United States in regard to the minimum water-line as established under the law of March 2, 1929, will be recognized by the Netherland Government. It is the view of this Government, therefore, that the agreement for the recog-1761nition by each Government of the load-lines marked and of the certificates issued under the authority of the other Government, may now be regarded as complete. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. W. R. Castle, Jr. *Acting Secretary of State.* Mr. J. H. van Royen, *Minister of the Netherlands.* *The Netherland Minister (Van Royen) to the Secretary of State (Stimson)* No. 2168. Légation des Pays-Bas. *Washington, D.C., 29 June 1932.* Sir: Referring to my note of April 27, 1932,77Not printed. No. 1393, regarding the loadline agreement between the Governments of the Netherlands and the United States and to the third paragraph of Your Excellency’s letter of April 22, 1932 on the same subject, I have the honor, pursuant to instructions received from The Hague, to inform you, that, according to article 34 of the Royal Decree of 1929, referred to in articles 5, 9 and 17 of the “ Schepenwet ” (Netherland Merchant Shipping Act) of July 1, 1909 published in the “ Staatsblad” *(Official Gazette)* No. 219 of said year,—of which two documents I presented you with a copy by my letter of January 20, 1931,’ No. 113,— the Netherland load-line certificates are exclusively issued by the “Commissie tot Vaststelling van de minimumUitwatering” (Commission for the Determination of loadlines) and never by the classification societies even when recognized in accordance with the “ Schepenwet ”. These classification bureaux, when recognized by the Netherland Government, act on the subject of the marking of loadlines and the issuance of certificates, only in advisory capacity; however, the advice of the majority of these bureaux is generally followed. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you Sir, the assurances of my highest consideration. J. H. van Royen The Honorable The Secretary of State *Washington, D.C.* 1762 *The Netherland Minister (Van Royen) to the Secretary of State (Stimson)* No. 3031. LÉgation des Pays-Bas. *Washington, D.C., 30 September 1932.* Sir:— By note of April 27, 1932,88Not printed. No. 1393, I had the honour to inform Your Excellency that I did not fail to communicate to the Department of Foreign Affairs at The Hague the contents of Your communication of April 22, 1932, regarding the loadline agreement between the Governments of The Netherlands and the United States. I am now instructed by the Minister of Foreign Affairs and take pleasure to inform Your Excellency that it is also the view of the Royal Government that said agreement for the recognition by each Government of the loadlines marked and of the certificates issued under the authority of the other Government, may now be regarded as complete. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to You, Sir, the assurances of my highest consideration. J. H. van Royen The Honorable The Secretary of State *Washington, D.C.* 1763 APPENDIXAppendix. Staatsblad van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden. (No. 414.) Besluit vat) den 8sten October 1931, tot erkenning van de in Netherlands Official Gazette.de Vereenigde Staten van NoordAmerika geldende bepalingen betreffende de minlmumuit watering. Wij Wilhelmina, bij de gratie Gods, Koningin der Nederlanden, Prinses van Oranje-Nassau, enz., enz., enz. Op de voordracht van Onzen Minister van Waterstaat van 2 October 1931, La. L. Afdeeling Vervoer-en Mijnwezen; Gelet op artikel 67, eerste lid, onder a,van de Schepenwet; Hebben goedgevonden en verstaan: de in de Vereenigde Staten van Noord-Amerika geldende bepalingen betreffende de minimum-ultwatering, vastgesteld bij de wet van 2 Maart 1929, te erkennen als hebbende in voldoende mate eene overeenkomstige strekking en draagwijdte als de hier te lande betreffende de minimum-uitwatering gekiende wet telijke bepalingen. Onze Minister van Waterstaat is belast met de uitvoering van dit besluit, hetwelk in het *Staatsblad* zal worden geplaatst. Het Loo, den 8sten October 1931. WILHELMINA. *De Minister van Waterstaat,* P. J. Reymer, Uitgegeven den zes en twintigsten October 1931 *De Minister van Justitie,* J Donner. [Translation] Official Gazette of the Kingdom of the Netherlands. (No. 414.) Decree of October 8, 1931, recognizing the minimum freeboard regulations in force in the United States. We Wilhelmina, by the grace of God, Queen of the Netherlands, Princess of Orange-Nassau, etc., etc., etc. On the recommendation of Our Minister of Waterways (Waterstaat) of October 2, 1931, La. L. Transportation and Mining Section, have approved and agreed as follows on the basis of article 67, paragraph 1, under *a*, of the Law on Shipping: That the provisions in force in the United States in regard to the minimum freeboard, as fixed by the law of March 2, 1929, shall be recognized as having fully the same extent and scope as the provisions of law in force in this country in regard to the minimum freeboard. Our Minister of Waterways is intrusted with the execution of this decree, which shall be inserted in the *Official Gazette.* Het Loo, October 8, 1931. WILHELMINA. *The Minister of Waterways,* P. J. Reymer. Published October 26, 1931. *The Minister of Justice,* J.Donner. 1764 Staatsblad van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden. (No. 25.) Besluit van den 29sten Januari 1932, tot nadere wijziging van den algemeenen maatregel van bestuur, als bedoeld in de artikelen 5, 9 en 17 van de Schepenwet, vastgesteld bij Koninklijk besluit van 22 September 1909 (*Staatsblad* no. 315), het laatst gewijzigd bij Koninklijk besluit van 4 November 1920 (*Staatsblad* no. 369). Wij Wilhelmina, bij de oratie Gods, Koningin deb Nederlanden, Prinses van OranjeNasbau, enz., enz., enz. Op de voordracht van Onzen Minister van Waterstaat van 9 Januari 1932, La, G.G., Afdeeling Vervoer-en Mijnwezen; Den Raad van State gehoord, advies van 19 Januari 1932, no. Gezien het nader rapport van Onzen voornoemden Minister van 25 Januari 1932, La, F., Afdeeling Vervoer-en Mijnwezen; Gelet op de artikelen 5, 9 en 17 van de Schepenwet; Hebben goedgevonden en verstaan: Inden algemeenen maatregel van bestuur, als bedoeld in de artikelen 5, 9 en 17 van de Schepenwet, vastgesteld bij Koninklijk besluit van 22 September 1909 (*Staatsblad* no. 315) , het laatst gewijzigd bij Koninklijk besluit van 4 November 1926 (*Staatsblad* no. 369), wordt de volgende wijziging aangebracht: Artikel I. Aan artikel 54 wordt een nieuw lid toegevoegd, luidende: " “3. Door de in artikel 39 bedoelde commissie kan, wanneer dit zonder gevaar “ voor schip en bemanning kan geschieden, onder door haar te stellen voor “ waarden eene geringere uitwatering worden toegestaan dan volgens de “ bepalingen van dit besluit, mits ten minste voldaan wordt aan de eischen, “ gesteld bij het op 5 Juli 1930 te Londen gesloten Verdrag betreffende de “ uitwatering van schepen.” " Artikel II. Dit besluit treedt in werking op den tweeden dag na dien der dagteekening van het *Staatsblad,* waarin het is geplaatst Onze Minister van Waterstaat is belast met de uitvoering van dit besluit, dat in het *Staatsblad* zal worden geplaatst, en waarvan afschrift zal worden gezonden aan den Raad van State. ’s-Gravenhage, den 29sten Januari 1962. WILHELMINA. *De Minister van Waterstaat,* P. J.Reymer. Uitgegeven den elfden Februari 1932. *De Minister van Justitie,* J. Donner. [Translation] Official Gazette of the Kingdom of the Netherlands. (No. 25.) Decree of January 29, 1932, in further amendment of the general administrative regulations under Articles 5, 9, and 17 of the Shipping Law, (promulgated by Royal Decree of September 22, 1909 (*Official Gazette* No. 315), last amended by Royal Decree of November 4, 1926 (*Official Gazette* No. 369). We Wilhelmina, by the grace of God, Queen of the Netherlands, Princess of Orange-Nassau, etc., etc., etc. On the recommendation of Our Minister of Waterways, of January 9, 1932, La. G.G., Transportation and Mining Division; The Council of State having been consulted, opinion of January 19, 1932, No. 21; 1765 In view of the further report of Our Minister aforesaid, of January 25, 1932, La. F., Transportation and Mining Division; Referring to articles 5, 9 and 17 of the Shipping Law; Have approved and agreed: The following amendment is made to the general administrative regulations mentioned in articles 5, 9 and 17 of the Shipping Law, promulgated by Royal Decree of September 22, 1909 *(Official Gazette* No. 315), last amended by Royal Decree of November 4, 1926 *(Official Gazette* No. 369): Article I. A new paragraph is added to article 54, reading as follows: " “3. Whenever it can be done without danger to ship and crew, a smaller freeboard may be permitted by the commission mentioned in article 39, under the stipulations to be made by It, than In accordance with the provisions of this decree, provided that as a minimum the requirements established concerning the freeboard of ships by the convention concluded at London on July 5, 1939, be met” " Article II. This decree goes into effect on the second day after the date of the *Official Gazette* in which it appears. Our Minister of Waterways is Intrusted with the execution of this decree, which is to be Inserted in the *Official Gazette,* and a copy of which shall be sent to the Council of State, The Hague, January 29, 1932. WILHELMINA. *The Minister of Waterways,* P. J. Reymer. Published February 11, 1932. *The Minister of Justice,* J. Donner. [No. 42] 49 Stat. 1766 October 22, 1932 Agreement 1766 AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATES—BELGIUM. *October 22, 1932.Arrangement between the United States of America and Belgium for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 22, 1932; effective November 21, 1932.* The American Ambassador (Gibson) to the Belgian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Hymans) No. 907 Embassy of the United States of America, *Brussels, October 22, 1932.* Mr. Minister, Arrangement with Belgium for the reciprocal recognit ion of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft.I have the honor to communicate to Your Excellency the text of the arrangement between the United States of America and Belgium, providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness of aircraft imported from the other country as merchandise, as understood by me to have been agreed to in the negotiations which have just been concluded between our two Governments as follows: an arrangement between belgium and the united states of america concerning the acceptance by one of the parties of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft imported as merchandise from the territory of the other party. 1. The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed in continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and exported to Belgium; and to civil aircraft constructed in Belgium and exported to continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska. 2. On condition that the agreement be reciprocal, certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of the Government of the United States in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in Belgium, shall have the same validity as if these certificates had been issued in accordance with the regulations in force on the subject in Belgium. However, the validity of a certificate issued in the United States shall in every case be subject to the issuance by the authorities of the Government of the United States of a special airworthiness certificate for exportation. 3. This arrangement shall apply to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transportation or for private purposes. 4. Each of the Contracting Parties may terminate the present arrangement by giving to the other sixty days notice. 1767 This arrangement will come into force thirty days after the date of this note, I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Hugh Gibson His Excellency Monsieur Paul Hymans, *Minister for Foreign Affairs.* *The Belgian Minister for Foreign Affairs (Hymans) to the American Ambassador (Gibson)*Agreement by Belgium. Direction P, n° 49/8420. Ministère des Affaires Étrangères, *Bruxelles, le 22 Octobre 1932.* Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, J’ai l’honneur de faire savoir à Votre Excellence que le Gouvernement belge s’engage à observer visàvis du Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique les termes de l’arrangement suivant, relatif à la reconnaissance par l’une des Parties des certificats de navigabilité des aéronefs importés comme marchandise du territoire de l’autre Partie: 1) le présent arrangement s’applique aux aéronefs civils construits dans la partie continentale des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, à l’exclusion d’Alaska, et exportés en Belgique, et aux aéronefs civils construits en Belgique et exportés dans la partie continentale des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, à l’exclusion de l’Alaska. 2) Sous condition de réciprocité, les certificats de navigabilité aérienne délivrés par les autorités compétentes du Gouvernement des Etats-Unis pour des aéronefs immatriculés ensuite en Belgique, auront la même valeur que si ces certificats avaient été délivrés conformément aux règlements sur la matière en vigueur en Belgique. Toutefois, la validité d’un certificat délivré aux Etats-Unis sera, dims chaque cas subordonnée à la délivrance par les autorités du Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’un certificat de navigabilité aérienne spécial pour l’exportation. 3) Le présent arrangement s’applique aux aéronefs civils de toutes catégories, y compris ceux qui sont utilisés à des transports publics ou à des usages privés, 4) Chacune des Parties contractantes pourra mettre fin au présent arrangement en donnant à l’autre un préavis de soixante jours. Cet arrangement entrera en vigueur dans trente jours, à dater d’aujourd’hui. Je saisis cette occasion, Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, de renouveler à Votre Excellence les assurances de ma très haute considération. Hymans Son Excellence Monsieur Hugh Gibson, *Ambassadeur des Etats-Unis d’Amérique,* *Bruxelles.* 1768 [Translation] Department P, No. 49/8420 Ministry of Foreign Affairs, *Brussels, October 22, 1932.* Mr. Ambassador, I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that the Belgian Government undertakes to observe, in its relations with the Government of the United States of America, the terms of the following arrangement relative to the recognition by one of the Parties of certificates of airworthiness of aircraft imported as merchandise from the territory of the other Party: [Here follows the French text of the arrangement, articles 1 to 4, inclusive, which is the equivalent of the English text of these articles contained in the note of October 22, 1932, from the American Ambassador in Brussels to the Minister for Foreign Affairs of Belgium.] This agreement shall become effective 30 days from today’s date. I avail myself of this occasion, Mr. Ambassador, to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Hymans His Excellency Hugh Gibson, *Ambassador of the United States of America,* *Brussels.* [No. 43] 49 Stat. 1769 February 23, 1933 Agreement 1769 CONSULAR CONVENTION—FRANCE. *Agreement between the United States of America and France interpretatingFebruary 23, 1933. March 4, 1933. Article 7 of the Consular Convention concluded February 23, 1853. Effected by exchange of notes, signed February 23 and March 4, 1933; effective March 4, 1933.* *The American Ambassador
(Edge)to the French Minister for Foreign Affairs (Paul-Boncour)* No. 2246 Embassy of the United States of America, *Paris, February 23, 1933 * Excellency: I have the honor to communicate to Your Excellency my Government’s Agreement with France relating to rights of American citizens in connection with the French rent laws.Vol, 10. p. 996.interpretation of Article 7 of the Consular Convention between the United States of America and France concluded February 23, 1853, in relation to the rights of American citizens in France in connection with the French rent laws. It is my understanding that the following interpretation which has prevailed in the past is concurred in by your Government for the future application of the convention. The effect of the provisions of Article 7 is to establish the right of citizens of the United States in France to enjoy the same treatment as French citizens in matters relating to the ownership, possession and disposal of property. Accordingly, citizens of the United States are entitled, to enjoy in France the benefit of all the provisions, whether applicable to owners or tenants, contained in the French law of April 1, 1926, as amended by the law of June 29, 1929, governing the relations between lessors and lessees of premises used for residential purposes, and in the law of June 30, 1926, as amended by the law of April 22, 1927, governing the relations between tenants and landlords of premises used for commercial or industrial purposes, notwithstanding Article 11 of the Civil Code and the exceptions or restrictions applicable to foreigners under the aforesaid laws. I may add that, under the laws of the states of the United States and the District of Columbia, French citizens in the United States enjoy the same treatment as American citizens with regard to the leasing and renting of real property. I shall be glad to have your confirmation of the agreement thus reached. I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration, Walter E. Edge His Excellency Monsieur Paul-Boncour *Minister for Foreign Affairs Paris* 1770 *The French Minister for Foreign Affairs (Paul-Boncour) to the American Ambassador (Edge)* MINISTERE DES AFFAIRES ETRANGERES. SOUS-DIRECTION DES CHANCELLERIES ET DU CONTENTIEUX, CONTENTIEUX Loyers. Paris, *le 4 Mars 1933* Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, Acceptance by France.Par lettre du 23 du mois dernier vous m’avez fait connaître l’interprétation que votre Gouvernement donne de l’article 7 de la Convention consulaire conclue le 23 février 1853 entre la France et les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, au sujet des droits des citoyens américains en France, relativement à la loi française sur les loyers. J’ai l’honneur d’informer Votre Excellence que le Gouvernement français accepte, pour l’application future de la Convention, l’interprétation suivante déjà valable dans le passé. Les dispositions de l’article 7 ont pour effet d’assurer aux citoyens des Etats-Unis résidant en France le droit de jouir du même traitement que les citoyens français en matière de propriété, de possession et de disposition de biens immeubles. En conséquence, les citoyens des Etats-Unis jouiront en France du bénéfice de toutes les dispositions, applicables soit aux propriétaires soit aux locataires, de la loi française du 1er avril 1926, modifiée par celle du 29 juin 1929, régissant les relations entre bailleurs et preneurs de locaux à usage d’habitation, et de la loi du 30 juin 1926, modifiée par celle du 22 avril 1927, régissant les relations entre locataires et propriétaires de locaux à usage commercial ou industriel, nonobstant l’article 11 du Code Civil et les exceptions ou restrictions applicables aux étrangers en vertu des lois précitées. Je prends acte de ce que, suivant les lois des différente Etats de l’Union et du District de Columbia, les citoyens français résidant aux Etats-Unis jouissent du même traitement que les citoyens américains lorsqu’il s’agit de donner ou de prendre à bail des propriétés immobilières./. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, les assurances de ma très haute considération. J. Paul-Boncour. Son Excellence Monsieur Walter Evans Edge *Ambassadeur des Etats-Unis d’Amérique à Paris.* 1771 [Translation] MINISTRY FOR FOREIGN AFFAIRS. SUB-DIVISION OF CHANCERIES AND LEGAL MATTERS. LEGAL MATTERS. Rents. Paris, *March 4, 1933*. Mr. Ambassador, By a letter of the 23d of last month you acquainted me with your Government’s interpretation of article 7 of the consular convention concluded on February 23, 1853, between France and the United States of America, dealing with the rights of American citizens in France in relation to the French rent law. I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that the French Government accepts, for the future application of the convention, the following interpretation, already valid in the past. The effect of the provisions of article 7 is to secure for citizens of the United States residing in France the right to enjoy the same treatment as French citizens in matters relating to the ownership, possession, and disposal of real property. Consequently, citizens of the United States will enjoy in France the benefit of all the provisions, whether applicable to owners or tenants, of the French law of April 1, 1926, amended by the law of June 29, 1929, governing the relations between lessors and lessees of premises used for residential purposes, and the law of June 30, 1926, amended by the law of April 22, 1927, governing the relations between tenants and landlords of premises used for commercial and industrial purposes, notwithstanding article 11 of the Civil Code and the exceptions or restrictions applicable to foreigners under the aforesaid laws. I take note that, under the laws of the different States of the United States and of the District of Columbia, French citizens residing in the United States enjoy the same treatment as American citizens in regard to the leasing or renting of real property. Kindly accept, Mr. Ambassador, the assurances of my very high consideration. J. Paul-Boncour. His Excellency Mr. Walter Evans Edge, *Ambassador of the United States of America, Paris.* [No. 44] 49 Stat. 1772 February 8, 1933 February 11, 1933 February 12, 1933 Agreement 1772 CHINESE COURTS—INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENT. February 8, 11, 12, 1933.*Agreement extending duration of agreement and attached notes of February 17, 1930, respecting Chinese courts in the International Settlement at Shanghai effected by exchanges of notes, signed February 8, 11, and 12, 1933; and a unilateral declaration renewing the unilateral declaration of February 17, 1980, signed, February 8, 1933.*. *The Foreign Signatories to the Chinese Minister for Foreign Affairs (Lo)* Nanking, *8th February, 1933.* Sir, Chinese courts in the International Settlement at Shanghai.Proposal to extend agreement respecting.Article 10 of the Agreement signed at Nanking on February 17th, 1930, between the representative of the Chinese Government on the one hand and the representatives of the Brazilian, American, French, United Kingdom, Norwegian and Netherlands Governments on the other hand relating to the Chinese courts in the International Settlement Vol. 47, p, 2715.at Shanghai provides as follows;— " “The present Agreement and the attached Notes shall enter into effect on April 1st, 1930, and shall continue in force for a period of three years from that date, provided that they may be extended for an additional period upon mutual consent of the parties thereto.” " It is now proposed, as arranged between us, that the said Agreement and attached Notes shall be extended for a period of three years from April 1st, 1933; that either of the parties thereto may notify the other, six months before the expiration of the period, of their desire to denounce them; and that in case both parties fail to do so in time, the Agreement and attached Notes shall continue in force thereafter, until they are denounced by either of the. parties thereto, of which denunciation six months prior notice shall be given to the other party. We have the honour on behalf of our respective Governments to agree to the proposed arrangements set forth above for the extension of the said Agreement and attached Notes and to request Your Excellency’s confirmation thereof. 1773 We avail ourselves of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of our highest consideration. Willys R. Peck *Counsellor of Legation on behalf of the American Minister* Philippe Baudet *in the name of the French Minister* E. M. B. Ingram *on behalf of His Majesty’s Minister* N. Aall *Norwegian Chargé d’Affaires a.i.* Thorbecke *Netherlands Minister* Af. Lopes de Almeida *in the name of the Brazilian Minister.* His Excellency Doctor Lo Wen-kan, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Nanking.* ————— *The Chinese Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Lo)to the American Minister (Johnson)* No. 577 Waichiaopu *Nanking, February 8, 1933.* Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of your Note of today’s Confirmation China.date which reads as follows: " “Article 10 of the Agreement signed at Nanking on February 17th, 1930, between the representative of the Chinese Government on the one hand and the representatives of the Brazilian, American, French, United Kingdom, Norwegian and Netherlands Governments on the other hand relating to the Chinese courts in the International Settlement at Shanghai provides as follows:— ’The present Agreement and the attached Notes shall enter into effect on April 1st, 1930, and shall continue in force for a period of three years from that date, provided that they may be extended for an additional period upon mutual consent of the parties thereto.’ “It is now proposed, as arranged between us, that the said Agreement and attached Notes shall be extended for a period of three years from April 1st, 1933, that either of the parties thereto may notify the other, six months before the expiration of the period, of their desire to denounce them; and that, in case both parties fail to do so in time, the Agreement and attached Notes shall continue in force thereafter until they are denounced by either of the parties thereto, of which denunciation six months prior notice shall be given to the other party. “We have the honor on behalf of our respective Governments to agree to the proposed arrangements set forth above for the extension of the said Agreement and attached Notes and to request Your Excellency’s confirmation thereof.”" 1774 In reply I have the honor to confirm that the Chinese Government agrees to the proposed arrangements as set forth above. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Lo Wen-kan. His Excellency Mr. Nelson Johnson, *American Minister to China. American Legation, Peiping.* ————— *The Foreign Signatories to the Chinese Minister for Foreign Affairs (Lo)* Nanking, *11th February, 1933.* Sir, Checking undue delay in civil proceedings.With reference to our recent conversations we understand that measures are now under contemplation by the Chinese authorities for checking undue delay in civil proceedings, with special reference to matters of appeal and execution of judgment, and that such measures, when adopted, will apply also to the Courts functioning in the International Settlement at Shanghai. We should be grateful for Your Excellency’s confirmation of the above understanding. We avail ourselves of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of our highest consideration. E. M. B. Ingram *on behalf of His Majesty’s Minister* Willys R. Peck *Counsellor of Legation Norwegian Chargé d’Affaires a.i. on behalf of the American * N. Aall *Norwegian Chargé d’Affaires a.i.* Philippe Baudet *in the name of the French Minister* Thorbecke *Minister Netherlands Minister* Af. Lopes de Almeida, *in the name of the French in the name of the Brazilian Minister.* His Excellency Dr. Lo Wen-kan, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Nanking.* ————— *The Chinese Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Lo)to the American Minister (Johnson)* Waichiaopu *Nanking, February 12, 1933.* Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your Note of yesterday’s date which reads as follows: " “With reference to our recent conversations we understand that measures are now under contemplation by the Chinese authorities for checking undue delay in civil proceedings, with special reference1775 to matters of appeal and execution of judgment and that such measures, when adopted, will apply also to the Courts functioning in the International Settlement at Shanghai. We should be grateful for Your Excellency’s confirmation of the above understanding.”" In reply I have the honor to confirm that the above understanding is correct. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. Lo Wen-kan His Excellency Mr. Nelson T. Johnson, *American Minister to China, American Legation, Peiping.* ————— *Unilateral Declaration of the Foreign Signatories to the Chinese Minister for Foreign Affairs (Lo)* Nanking, *8th February, 1933.* Sir, With reference to the Notes which we have exchanged today Unilateral declaration.relating to the extension of the Agreement concerning the Shanghai Courts, we have the honour to renew the declaration made in our Note of February 17th, 1930, as follows: " “We desire to point out that such Agreement cannot in any way Vol. 47, p. 2717.affect or invalidate rights guaranteed to the Powers concerned and to their nationals under existing Treaties between such Powers and China and we accordingly reserve our full rights in this regard. We further reserve the right to object to the enforcement in the International Settlement of any future Chinese laws that affect or in any way invalidate the Land Regulations or Byelaws of the International Settlement or that may be considered prejudicial to the maintenance of peace and order within this area.”" We avail ourselves of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of our highest consideration. E. M. B. Ingram *on behalf of His Majesty’s Minister* Willys R. Peck *Counselor of Legation of behal of the American Minister* N. Aall *Norwegian Chargé d’Affaires a.i.* Thoreecke *Netherlands Minister* Philippe Baudet *in the name of the French in the name of the Brasilian Minister.* Af. Lopes de Almeida, *in the name of the Brazilian Minister* His Excellency Dr. Lo Wen-kan, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Nanking.* [No. 45] August 7, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1776 1776 HAITIANIZATION AGREEMENT. *Agreement between the United States of America and Haiti concerning Haitianization of the Garde, withdrawal of military forces from Haiti, and financial arrangement. Signed August 7, 1933.* August 7, 1933. Section I Haitianization of the Garde d’Haiti and Withdrawal of Military Forces from Haiti. Haitianization of the Garde and withdrawal of military forces.The undersigned plenipotentiaries, duly authorized by their respective governments, have agreed upon the following Accord: Article I The American officers now serving with the Garde d’Haiti will be replaced in such a manner that by October 1, 1934, the Garde shall be completely commanded by Haitian officers. Article II On October 1, 1934, the Garde, under complete command of Haitian officers, will be turned over to a Colonel in active service whom the President of the Republic shall designate as Commandant. Article III The promotions to be effected until the complete Haitianization of the Garde will be made after examinations held in the presence of the representative of the Government Vol. 39, p. 1658.of Haiti in conformity with Article X of the Treaty of September 16, 1915. 1777 Article IV To complete the instruction, training and discipline of the Garde the President of Haiti, may, if he consider it desirable, request the President of the United States to designate a Military Mission of not more than seven members among the American officers who have served in Haiti, The powers to be granted to this Mission will be determined by a decree of the President of Haiti. The services of this Mission shall terminate at the request of either party to the agreement upon sixty days notice given by either party. Article V The withdrawal of the Marine Brigade of the United States and the American Scientific Mission established by the Accord ofVol. 47. p, 2659. August 5, 1931, shall commence on October 1, 1934, and shall be completed within thirty days. Article VI The Government of Haiti, in order to preserve public order, assumes the obligation of maintaining strict discipline in the Garde and of applying for this purpose the present regulations of the Garde d’Haiti. It will enact a statute which will fix the conditions of appointment, promotion and retirement in the Garde. It will also take all legislative measures recognized as necessary to guarantee public peace and security. 1778 Section II Financial Arrangement. Adjustment of financial guarantees stipulated in the Protocol of 1919 and the loan contract of 1922. Article VII Financial arrangement; adjustment of guarantees.Beginning January 1, 1934, the services of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver and of the Deputy General Receiver shall be carried on, in fulfillment of the obligations and guarantees undertaken in order to obtain the loan issued in accord with the Protocol of October 3, 1919, by a Fiscal Representative and a Deputy Fiscal Representative, appointed by the President of the Republic upon nomination of the President of the United States, who shall exercise the powers hereinafter set forth. Article VIII As the Customs Revenues constitute the principal pledge to the holders of the bonds of the 1922 loan, the Fiscal Representative will have under his direction, until the complete amortization or the prior refunding of the loan under reference, the Customs Service and the application of the laws relative thereto. In addition he shall inspect the activities of the Internal Revenue Service and make appropriate recommendations for its proper operation; he shall be in charge of the existing Service of Payments, reserve being made of the provisions of *Post*, p. 1782.Article XII hereafter; he shall maintain adequate records of receipts and disbursements which records shall be open to inspec-1779tion and verification by the appropriate authorities; and he shall submit monthly reports of his activities to the Secretary of State for Finance and the Secretary of State of the United States. In order properly to carry out his duties, the Fiscal Representative shall have such employees and assistants as may appear necessary. The number of Americans so employed shall not exceed eighteen. The President of Haiti, upon the presentation which will be made to him by the Secretary of State for Finance, will commission as of January 1, 1934, the employees occupying positions of authority and trust under the Fiscal Representative and recommended by the latter. Thereafter, any position which may become vacant among the commissioned employees shall be filled by examination, the form and procedure of which shall be determined by an accord between the Secretary of State for Finance and the Fiscal Representative. The successful competitor in such examination shall be recommended for the vacancy and will be commissioned by the President of Haiti. Such commissioned employees may be suspended without pay by the Fiscal Representative, on charges filed with the Secretary of State for Finance and such employee or assistant shall not be reinstated unless the charges shall have been disproved to the satisfaction of the Secretary of State for Finance, and of the Fiscal Representative. Pending the hearing of the charges made, the Fiscal Representative, after a report to the Secretary of State for Finance, may fill the1780 vacancy provisionally, if necessary, until the charges have been disproved or a new commission issued. Article IX The salaries of the Fiscal Representative and of the Deputy Fiscal Representative shall be made the subject of an accord between the two Governments. These salaries, together with the expenses of the activities of the Fiscal Representative, but excluding the expenses of the Internal Revenue Inspection Service, may not exceed five per centum of customs receipts except by agreement between the two Governments. Article X The Internal Revenue Service, the personnel of which shall be exclusively Haitian, shall be placed in charge of a Haitian Director under the Secretary of State for Finance. Nevertheless, if the Fiscal Representative should notify the Secretary of State for Finance and the Director General of Internal Revenue in writing that there is reason to suppose any officer or employee of the Internal Revenue Service is inefficient, or that his action is not correct, such officer or employee shall be suspended, and not reinstated unless the charges shall have been disproved to the satisfaction of the Secretary of State for Finance. The expenses of the Internal Revenue Service shall be paid from the funds set aside for this purpose by the National Bank1781 of the Republic of Haiti in accordance with schedules of payments agreed upon between the Secretary of State for Finance and the Fiscal Representative. These expenses shall not exceed ten per centum of internal revenue receipts, and the expenses of the Internal Revenue Inspection Service shall not exceed five per centum of internal revenue receipts. Any sums not required by the Internal Revenue Inspection Service within this allowance shall be made available to the Internal Revenue Service. Article XI On and after January 1, 1934, all monies received by or for the Haitian Government shall be deposited in the National Bank of the Republic of Haiti to the credit of the Haitian Government with the exception of the five per centum of customs revenues*Ante*, p. 1780. foreseen in Article IX above and the amounts needed for payments connected with execution of the loan contracts, which amounts shall be credited to the Fiscal Representative. The National Bank of the Republic of Haiti also shall set aside preferentially each month to the credit of the Fiscal Representative the amounts provided in Article X above for the expenses of the Internal Revenue Service and of the Internal Revenue Inspection Service. In order to assure the maintenance of public order, the monthly allocation for the Garde d’Haiti will be set aside preferentially by the National Bank of the Republic of Haiti for the exclusive use of the Garde from the funds thereafter remaining. 1782 Article XII All payments of Government funds shall continue to be made by checks prepared by the Service of Payments. The existing arrangement, as agreed upon between the two Governments on August 5, 1931, shall continue to govern this service except that all checks henceforth will be signed by the Secretary of State for Finance, or his delegate, reserve being made in the case of those checks drawn against the funds deposited at the National Bank of the Republic of Haiti to the credit of the Fiscal Representative, which checks shall be signed only by the latter, or his delegate. Article XIII Each year, by January 31st at the latest, the Fiscal Representative shall present a detailed estimate of receipts for the following fiscal year. Except by special agreement, the budget of the Republic shall not exceed the amount of probable ways and means which the Secretary of State for Finance and the Fiscal Representative shall have agreed upon. Article XIV The Haitian Government may authorize any appropriations whatsoever if unobligated funds are available, or derivable at an early date from the ordinary revenues, to cover such appropriations after setting up such reserves as may appear to the Secretary of State for Finance and the Fiscal Representative to be necessary. 1783 Article XV In case of a probable budgetary deficit, expenditures must be brought to the level of ways and means, either by reducing expenditures or by the creation of new receipts. In every case, it will not be possible without the accord of the Fiscal Representative to cover a deficit by calling upon the reserve funds of the Government. Article XVI There shall be included annually in the budget of the Republic the amounts necessary for the regular service of the funded debt and other contractual obligations, as well as two lump sums representing five per centum of customs and five per centum of internal revenues, respectively, for the payment of the expenses of the Fiscal Representative, and those of the Internal Revenue Inspection Service, and finally a lump sum representing ten per centum of internal revenue receipts for the payment of the expenses of the Internal Revenue Service. The balance may be apportioned by the Haitian Government between the budgets of the various departments as it may see fit. If the revenues received in any month shall be insufficient to meet the full debt service and expenses of collection, the Government will make available the amount required to make up the difference. Article XVII Without the accord of the Fiscal Representative no new financial obligation will be assumed1784 unless the ordinary revenues of the Republic, after defraying the expenses of the Government, shall be adequate to assure the final discharge of such obligation. Article XVIII The Government will not dispose of its investments except with the accord of the Fiscal Representative. Article XIX The present finance law shall be the organic act of the Republic so far as concerns the administration of government finances. Article XX The Government of Haiti agrees not to reduce the tariff nor to modify the taxes and internal revenues in such a manner as to reduce the total amount thereof without the accord of the Fiscal Representative. Article XXI The Custom Houses of the Republic will have an exclusively Haitian personnel and the title of Director shall be reestablished in lieu of that of Collector. However, inspectors of the Customs Service may be assigned, either temporarily or permanently, to oversee the operation and the strict application of the customs laws. Article XXII In case of payment under protest of customs duties or internal revenue taxes, and where restitu-1785tion of such payment is requested, a written claim shall be presented to the competent service within a time limit of thirty working days beginning with the date on which the duties or taxes were paid. If the decision is not accepted, the matter shall be presented to a commission composed of a representative of the Secretary of State for Finance and a representative of the Fiscal Representative. If there should still be failure to reach an agreement, the claim for restitution shall be decided by legal proceedings, but the State may not be liable for any compensatory or punitive damages. Article XXIII In view of the fact that under normal conditions the operation of the sinking fund will result in retirement of the outstanding series of the loan authorized by the law of June 26, 1922, approximately by the year 1944, and inasmuch as any further issue of the loan would necessarily extend the operation of this agreement, to a period beyond that year, which extension is contrary to their desire, it is hereby agreed by both Governments that the loan shall be considered closed and that no additional series shall be issued thereunder. Article XXIV In case there should appear to be occasion for judicial proceedings against the Fiscal Representative or his American assistants, the two Governments, in order to avoid possible misunderstand1786 ing, agree to examine each case impartially and to agree upon the legal action which might be appropriate. Article XXV The Haitian Government, upon the signature of the present agreement, will issue irrevocable instructions to the National Bank of the Republic of Haiti in order that there may be full and complete execution of the clauses herein respecting the deposit and disbursement of the funds of the Government. Article XXVI The Haitian Government reserves the right to retire the bonds issued in accord with the Protocol of October 3, 1919, in advance of their due date; and the Government of the United States will not invoke the provisions of Article VI of the Protocol as an obstacle to such retirement before the expiration of the period of fifteen years fixed therein, provided that the Haitian Government is able to make an arrangement for this purpose satisfactory to the holders of the outstanding bonds. In this case the provisions of this accord shall automatically become null and void and of no effect upon the completion of the funding operation. The Haitian Government in order to hasten the retirement of the loan of 1922 may continue as rapidly as its resources will permit, to buy on the open market bonds of the several series of the said loan. 1787 Article XXVII Any controversy which may arise between the two Governments on the subject of the clauses of the present accord shall be submitted to arbitration in case it cannot be settled through diplomatic channels, in accordance with the ArbitrationVol. 36, p. 2193. Treaty of January 7, 1909 between the two countries. Signed at Port-au-Prince inSignatures. duplicate in the English and French languages, this seventh day of August, 1933. Titre I Haitianization de la Garde et desoccupation militaire du territoire de la Republique. Haitianization of the Garde and withdrawal of military forces.Les plénipotentiaires, soussignés, dûment autorisés par leurs Gouvernements respectifs, ont convenu de l’arrangement suivant: Article I Les officiers américains servant actuellement dans la Garde d’Haiti seront remplacés de manière que, au 1er octobre 1934, la Garde soit complètement commandée par des officiers haitiens. Article II Au ler octobre 1934, la Garde, entièrement commandée par des officiers haitiens, sera remise à un Colonel en service actif que le Président de la République désignera comme commandant. Article III Les promotions à faire pendant le cours de l’haitianisation de la Garde seront faites après examens passés en présence d’un représentant du Gouvernement haitien en Vol. 39, p. 1658.conformité de l’article X du Traité du 16 septembre 1915. 1777 Article IV Pour compléter l’instruction, l’entrainement et la discipline de la Garde, le Président d’Haiti, s’il le juge utile, pourra demander au Président des Etats-Unis de désigner une Mission Militaire de sept membres au plus parmi les officiers américains qui ont servi en Haiti. Les pouvoirs à conférer à cette Mission feront l’objet d’un arrêté du Président d’Haiti. Les services de cette Mission prendront fin à la requête de l’une ou l’autre des deux hautes parties après un préavis de soixante jours donné par la partie requérante à l’autre partie. Article V Le retrait de la Brigade de Marine des Etats-Unis et de la Mission Scientifique américaine établie par l’Accord du 5 aoûtVol. 47. p, 2659. 1931 commencera le 1er octobre 1934 et devra être complet dans les trente jours qui suivront. Article VI Le Gouvernement d’Haiti pour la garantie de l’ordre public, assume la responsabilité de maintenir dans la Garde une stricte discipline et d’appliquer dans ce but les règlements actuels de la Garde d’Haiti. Il sera établi un statut légal qui déterminera les conditions de nomination, de promotion et de retraite dans la Garde. Il sera également pris toutes mesures législatives reconnues nécessaires pour garantir la paix et la sécurité publique. 1778 Titre II Arrangement Financier. Amenagement des Garanties financières stipulées dans le protocole de 1919 et le contrat d’emprunt de 1922. Article VII Financial arrangement; adjustment of guarantees.A partir du 1er janvier 1934, les services du Conseiller Financier-Receveur Général et du Receveur Général-adjoint seront transmis à un Représentant Fiscal et à un Représentant Fiscal-adjoint commissioné par le Président d’Haiti, sur la proposition du Président des Etats-Unis d’Amerique. Pour remplir les obligations et les garanties stipulées en vue d’obtenir l’emprunt émis conformément au Protocole du 3 octobre 1919, le Représentant Fiscal et le Représentant Fiscal-adjoint exerceront les attributions ci-après déterminées. Article VIII Les droits de douane constituant le gage principal des porteurs des obligations de l’emprunt de 1922, le Représentant Fiscal aura dans ses attributions, jusqu’au remboursement ou rachat anticipé du dit emprunt, la direction du Service douanier et l’application des lois y relatives. II inspectera, en outre, toutes les activités de l’Administration générale des Contributions, et fera les recommandations utiles pour la bonne marche de cette administration; il sera chargé du service des Paiements existant, sous réserve des dispositions de l’article *Post*, p. 1782.XII ci-après; il tiendra pour toutes les recettes et dépenses, des comptes adéquats, lesquels seront ouverts à l’examen et à la1779 vérification des autorités compétentes; il fera un rapport mensuel de ses activités au Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances et au Secrétaire d’Etat des Etats-Unis. En vue de bien remplir les obligations de sa charge, le Représentant Fiscal pourra avoir tous employés et assistants qui pourront paraître nécessaires. Le nombre des américains ainsi employés ne devra pas excéder dixhuit. Le Président d’Haiti, sur la présentation qui lui en sera faite par le Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances, commissionnera à la date du 1er janvier 1934, les employés occupant les postes d’autorité et de confiance dans les services du Représentant Fiscal et recommandés par ce dernier. Dans la suite, tout poste qui pourra devenir vacant parmi les employés commissionnés, sera comblé par la voie d’un concours dont le mode et la procédure seront arrêtés par le Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances d’accord avec le Représentant Fiscal. Le concurrent qui aura triomphé sera recommandé pour le poste vacant et sera commissionné par le Président d’Haiti. Un employé commissionné pourra être suspendu avec perte de salaire, par le Représentant Fiscal, sur des griefs présentés au Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances; un tel employé ne sera pas réintégré, si les charges contre lui ne sont pas réfutées à la satisfaction du Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances et du Représentant Fiscal. Pendant l’enquête sur les griefs avancés, le Représentant Fiscal, après rapport au Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances, pourra combler la va-1780cance provisoirement, si c’est nécessaire, jusqu’à ce que les charges aient été réfutées ou qu’une nouvelle commission ait été émise. Article IX Les salaires du Représentant Fiscal et du Représentant Fiscal-adjoint feront l’objet d’un accord entre les deux Gouvernements. Ces deux salaires, ainsi que l’ensemble des dépenses des services placés sous les ordres du Représentant Fiscal, non compris les dépenses du Service d’inspection des Recettes internes, ne doivent pas excéder cinq p. 100 des recettes douanières, sauf entente entre les deux Gouvernements. Article X Un Directeur haitien sera chargé de l’Administration générale des Contributions, sous le contrôle du Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances, et avec un personnel exclusivement haitien. Néanmoins, si le Représentant Fiscal faisait rapport par écrit au Directeur général des Contributions et au Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances qu’il y avait motif à supposer qu’un fonctionnaire ou employé quelconque de l’administration des Contributions fut inférieur à sa tâche, ou que ses actes ne fussent pas corrects, ce fonctionnaire ou employé sera suspendu de ses fonctions, et il ne sera pas réintégré tout le temps que les charges portées n’auront pas été réfutées à la satisfaction du Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances. Les dépenses de l’Administration générale des Contributions seront effectuées sur les fonds mis de côté à cette fin, par la1781 Banque Nationale de la République d’Haiti, et suivant des états de paiement convenus entre le Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances et le Représentant Fiscal. Ces dépenses ne devront pas excéder dix p. 100 des recettes internes; et les dépenses du Service d’inspection des Recettes internes ne devront pas excéder cinq p. 100 des dites recettes. Toute somme non requise pour le Service d’inspection des Recettes internes, dans les limites de l’allocation pour ce Service, sera mise à la disposition de l’Administration générale des Contributions. Article XI A partir du 1er janvier 1934, tous les fonds recouvrés pour le Gouvernement haitien seront déposés, aunomdu Gouvernement haitien, à la Banque Nationale de la République d’Haiti, à l’exception des cinq p. 100 des recettes douanières prévus à l’article IX ci-dessus et des fonds exigibles pour les paiements afférents au service des contrats d’emprunt, lesquelles valeurs seront portées au crédit du Représentant Fiscal. La Banque Nationale de la République d’Haiti prélèvera et mettra de coté aussi, chaque mois, et portera au crédit du Représentant Fiscal, les valeurs prévues à*Ante*, p. 1780. l’Article X ci-dessus pour les dépenses de l’Adminstration générale des Contributions et du Service d’inspection des Recettes internes. En vue d’assurer le maintien de l’ordre public, l’allocation mensuelle de la Garde d’Haiti sera ensuite prélevée et mise de côté par la Banque Nationale de la République d’Haiti et affectée exclusivement à l’usage de la Garde d’Haiti. 1782 Article XII Tous les paiements sur les fonds du Gouvernement continueront à être effectués par chèques préparés par le Service des Paiements. L’arrangement existant, suivant l’Accord du 5 août 1931, entre les deux Gouvernements, continuera à régir ce service, sauf que tous les chèques seront dorénavant signés par le Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances ou son délégué, réserve faite des chèques tirés sur les fonds déposés à la Banque Nationale de la République d’Haiti au crédit du Représentant Fiscal, lesquels seront signés par ce dernier seulement, ou son délégué. Article XIII Chaque année au 31 janvier au plus tard, le Représentant Fiscal présentera une estimation détaillée des recettes pour l’année budgétaire suivante. Le budget de la République, à moins d’une entente spéciale, ne devra pas dépasser le montant des voies et moyens probable qui aura été arrêté par le Secretaire d’Etat des Finances et le Représentant Fiscal. Article XIV Le Gouvernement haïtien est libre d’autoriser tout crédit quel qu’il soit, si des fonds non affectés sont disponibles ou peuvent, à une date rapprochée, être tirés des recettes ordinaires, pour servir de voies et moyens à ce crédit, après la constitution des réserves qui pourront paraître nécessaires au Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances et au Représentant Fiscal. 1783 Article XV En cas de déficit probable au budget, les dépenses devront être ramenées au niveau des voies et moyens, soit par compression des dépenses, soit par création de nouvelles recettes. Toutefois, il ne sera pas possible de couvrir un déficit budgétaire en faisant appel aux fonds de réserve du Gouvernement, sans l’accord du Représentant Fiscal. Article XVI Il sera inscrit chaque année au Budget de la République les valeurs nécessaires pour le service régulier des obligations de la dette publique et autres obligations contractuelles, ainsi que les deux valeurs globales représentant respectivement les cinq p. 100 des recettes douanières et des recettes internes pour le paiement des dépenses du Représentant Fiscal, et du Service d’inspection des Recettes internes, et aussi une valeur globale représentant dix p. 100 des recettes internes pour le paiement des dépenses de l’Administration générale des Contributions. Le solde restant pourra être réparti par le Gouvernement haïtien entre les budgets des divers départements ministériels comme bon lui semblera. Si les revenus recouvrés au cours d’un mois quelconque sont insuffisants pour couvrir le service intégral de la dette et les dépenses de perception, le Gouvernement rendra disponible la valeur requise pour couvrir le déficit. Article XVII Le Gouvernement haïtien n’assumera aucune nouvelle obligation financière, à moins que les1784 revenus ordinaires de la République, après que les dépenses courantes du Gouvernement auront été défrayées, ne soient suffisants pour assurer l’acquittement de l’obligation et cela d’accord avec le Représentant Fiscal. Article XVIII Le Gouvernement haïtien ne disposera pas de ses placements, si ce n’est d’accord avec le Représentant Fiscal. Article XIX La loi de Finances actuelle deviendra une loi organique de la République en ce qui concerne l’administration des Finances du Gouvernement. Article XX Le Gouvernement Haïtien convient de ne pas réduire le tarif, ni modifier les taxes internes, de manière à en réduire le rendement total, sans l’accord du Représentant Fiscal. Article XXI Les Douanes de la République auront un personnel exclusivement haïtien et le titre de Directeur sera rétabli en lieu et place de celui de Collecteur. Cependant des inspecteurs du Service du Représentant Fiscal, pourront y être délégués, soit temporairement, soit à poste fixe, pour en surveiller les opérations et la stricte application des lois douanières. Article XXII En cas de paiement sous protêt de droits de douane ou de taxes internes, et au cas où une resti-1785tution du montant payé est demandée, une réclamation écrite sera faite au service compétent dans le délai de trente jours ouvrables commençant à la date à laquelle les droits ou les taxes auront été payés. Si la décision n’est pas acceptée, l’affaire sera présentée à une commission formée d’un délégué du Secrétaire d’Etat des Finances et d’un délégué du Représentant Fiscal. Si le désaccord persiste, la demande de restitution sera décidée par la voie judiciaire, sans que l’Etat puisse être condamné à des dommages-intérêts ou astreintes. Article XXIII Vu que, dans les conditions normales, le paiement régulier des fonds d’amortissement aura pour résultat le retrait, vers l’année 1944, des séries en circulation de l’emprunt autorisé par la loi du 26 juin 1922, et vu que l’émission d’une autre série de l’emprunt prolongerait nécessairement, audelà de cette date, la durée du présent accord, ce qui serait contraire au désir des deux Gouvernements, les deux Gouvernements conviennent que l’emprunt est considéré comme fermé et qu’aucune série additionnelle ne sera émise. Article XXIV Dans le cas où l’occasion se présenterait d’exercer une action judiciaire contre le Représentant Fiscal, ou ses assistants américains, les deux Gouvernements, dans le but d’éviter toute possi-1786bilité de malentendu, conviennent d’examiner impartialement un tel cas, et de se mettre d’accord sur l’action légale appropriée. Article XXV Le Gouvernement haitien, dès la signature du présent Protocole, enverra des instructions irrévocables à la Banque Nationale de la République d’Haiti, afin qu’il y ait exécution pleine et entière des clauses des présentes, relatives au dépôt et à la sortie des fonds du Gouvernement. Article XXVI Le Gouvernement haitien se réserve le droit de racheter par anticipation les obligations émises en accord avec le Protocole du 3 octobre 1919, dont le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis n’invoquera pas l’article VI comme un obstacle à ce rachat avant l’expiration de la période de quinze ans fixée par ce Protocole, pourvu que le Gouvernement haitien puisse à cet effet faire des arrangements satisfaisants avec les porteurs des obligations en circulation. En ce cas, les stipulations du présent Accord deviendront automatiquement milles et non avenues à la réalisation de l’opération de rachat. Le Gouvernement Haitien, en vue de rapprocher l’échéance de l’emprunt de 1922, pourra continuer, au fur et à mesure que ses ressources le lui permettront, à acheter en marché ouvert les titres des diverses séries du dit emprunt. 1787 Article XXVII Toutes les controverses qui pourraient s’élever entre les deux Gouvernements au sujet des clauses du présent accord, seront soumises à l’arbitrage, au cas où elles ne pourraient pas être réglées par la voie diplomatique conformément au Traité d’arbitrage duVol. 36, p. 2193. 7 janvier 1909 entre les deux pays. Fait de bonne foi en doubleSignatures. exemplaire en français et en anglais, à Port-au-Prince, le sept août 1933 [seal] Norman Armour [seal] A. Blanchet [No. 46] September 8, 1933 September 9, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1788 1788 AIR NAVIGATION—SWEDEN. * September 8,9, 1933.19Arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden for air navigation.. Effected by exchange of notes, signed September 8 and 9, 1983; effective October 9, 1933* The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) Department of State, *Washington, September 8, 1933*. Sir: Reciprocal arrangement with Sweden for air navigation.Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken place between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Sweden for the conclusion of a reciprocal air navigation arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden, governing the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: Arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden concerning the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the territory of the other country. Article 1 Terms.Pending the conclusion of a convention between the United States of America and Sweden on the subject of air navigation, the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country shall be governed by the following provisions. Article 2 Area affected.The present arrangement shall apply to continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and to Sweden, including the adjacent territorial waters of the two countries. Article 3 Aircraft construed.The term aircraft with reference to one or the other party to this arrangement shall be understood to mean civil aircraft, including state aircraft used exclusively for commercial purposes, duly registered in the territory of such party. Article 4 Liberty of passage.Each of the parties undertakes to grant liberty of passage above its territory in time of peace to the aircraft of the other party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed. Regular air routes.It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation of regular air routes by an air transport company of one of the parties within the territory of the other party or across the said territory,1789 with or without intermediary landing, shall be subject to the prior consent of the other party given on the principle of reciprocity and at the request of the party whose nationality the air transport company possesses. Each party to this arrangement agrees that its consent for operations over its territory by air transport companies of the other party may not be refused on unreasonable or arbitrary grounds. The consent may be made subject to special regulations relating to aerial safety and public order. The parties to this arrangement agree that the period in which pilots may, while holding valid pilot licenses issued or rendered valid by either country, operate registered aircraft of that country in the other country for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes shall be limited to a period not exceeding six months from the time of entry for the purpose of operating aircraft, unless prior to the expiration of this period the pilots obtain from the Government of the country in which they are operating, pilot licenses authorizing them to operate aircraft for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes. Article 5 The aircraft of each of the parties to this arrangement, their crews Jurisdiction over aircraft, etc.and passengers, shall, while within the territory of the other party, be subject to the general legislation in force in that territory as well as the regulations in force therein relating to air traffic in general, to the transport of passengers and goods and to public safety and order in so far as these regulations apply to all foreign aircraft, their crews and passengers. Each of the parties to this arrangement shall permit the import or export of all merchandise which may be legally imported or exported and also the carriage of passengers, subject to any customs, immigration and quarantine restrictions, into or from their respective territories in the aircraft of the other party, and such aircraft, their passengers and cargoes, shall enjoy the same privileges as and shall not be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which the aircraft of the country, imposing such duties or charges, engaged in international commerce, and their cargoes and passengers, or the aircraft of any foreign country likewise engaged, and their cargoes and passengers, enjoy or arc subjected to. Each of the parties to this arrangement may reserve to its own aircraft air commerce between any two points neither of which is in a foreign country. Nevertheless the aircraft of either party may proceed from any aerodrome in the territory of the other party which they are entitled to use to any other such aerodrome either for the purpose of landing the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers or of taking on board the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers, provided that such cargoes are covered by through bills of lading, and such passengers hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey whose starting place and destination both are not points between which air commerce has been duly so reserved, and such aircraft, while proceeding as aforesaid, from one aerodrome to another, shall, notwithstanding that such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been duly reserved, enjoy all the privileges of this arrangement. Article 6 Each of the parties to this arrangement reserves the right to forbid Reservation of right to forbid flights over designated areas.flights over certain areas of its territory which are or may hereafter be designated as prohibited areas. 1790 Each of the parties reserves the right under exceptional circumstances in time of peace and with immediate effect temporarily to limit or prohibit air traffic above its territory on condition that in this respect no distinction is made between the aircraft of the other party and the aircraft of any foreign country. Article 7 Aircraft over prohibited area.Any aircraft which finds itself over a prohibited area shall, as soon as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rules of the Air in force in the territory flown over and shall land as soon as possible at an aerodrome situated in such territory outside of but as near as possible to such prohibited area. Article 8 Identification.All aircraft shall carry clear and visible nationality and registration marks whereby they may be recognized during flight. In addition, they must bear the name and address of the owner. All aircraft shall be provided with certificates of registration and of airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered. The members of the crew who perform, in an aircraft, duties for which a special permit is required in the territory in which such aircraft is registered, shall be provided with all documents and in particular with the certificates and licenses prescribed by the regulations in force in such territory. The other members of the crew shall carry documents showing their duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality. The certificates of airworthiness, certificates of competency and licenses issued or rendered valid by one of the parties to this arrangement in respect of an aircraft registered in its territory or of the crew of such aircraft shall have the same validity in the territory of the other party as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the latter. Each of the parties reserves the right for the purpose of flight within its own territory to refuse to recognize certificates of competency and licenses issued to nationals of that party by the other party. Article 9 Radio regulations.Aircraft of either of the parties to this arrangement may carry wireless apparatus in the territory of the other party only if a license to install and work such apparatus shall have been issued by the competent authorities of the party in whose territory the aircraft is registered. The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Such apparatus shall be used only by such members of the crew as are provided with a special license for the purpose issued by the Government of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The parties to this arrangement reserve respectively the right, for reasons of safety, to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with wireless apparatus. Article 10 Transportation of munitions prohibited.No arms of war, explosives of war, or munitions of war shall be carried by aircraft of cither party above the territory of the other party or by the crew or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. 1791 Article 11 Upon the departure or landing of any aircraft each party may Inspection.within its own territory and through its competent authorities search the aircraft of the other party and examine the certificates and other documents prescribed. Article 12 Aerodromes open to public air traffic in the territory of one of the Aerodromes.parties to this arrangement shall in so far as they are under the control of the party in whose territory they are situated be open to all aircraft of the other party, which shall also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological services, the wireless services, the lighting services and the day and night signalling services, in so far as the several classes of services are under the control of the party in whose territory they respectively are rendered. Any scale of charges made, namely, landing, accomodation or other charge, with respect to the aircraft of each party in the territory of the other party, shall in so far as such charges are under the control of the party in whose territory they are made be the same for the aircraft of both parties. Article 13 All aircraft entering or leaving the territory of either of the parties Landings.to this arrangement shall land at or depart from an aerodrome open to public air traffic and classed as a customs aerodrome at which facilities exist for enforcement of immigration regulations and clearance of aircraft, and no intermediary landing shall be effected between the frontier and the aerodrome. In special cases the competent authorities may allow aircraft to land at or depart from other aerodromes, at which customs, immigration and clearance facilities have been arranged. The prohibition of any intermediary landing applies also in such cases. In the event of a forced landing outside the aerodromes, referred to in the first paragraph of this article, the pilot of the aircraft, its crew and the passengers shall conform to the customs and immigration regulations in force in the territory in which the landing has been made. Aircraft of each party to this arrangement are accorded the right to enter the territory of the other party subject to compliance with quarantine regulations in force therein. The parties to this arrangement shall exchange lists of the aer0dromes in their territories designated by them as ports of entry and departure. Article 14 Each of the parties to this arrangement reserves the right to Flight restrictions.require that all aircraft crossing the from tiers of its territory shall do so either between certain points, or close by an aviation customs office in that territory, at such altitude that signals can be received, even though there should be no landing of the aircraft. The contracting parties shall inform each other of the points where the respective frontiers thus may be crossed. It is understood that neither of the courses mentioned in the preceding paragraph exempts aircraft crossing the frontiers of either party from the obligation of landing at a regular airport of entry, as stipulated in Article 13. Article 15 As ballast, only fine sand or water may be dropped from an aircraft. Ballast. 1792 Article 16 Permits to unload.No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded or otherwise discharged in the course of flight unless special permission for such purpose shall have been given by the authorities of the territory in which such unloading or discharge takes place. Article 17 Nationality of aircraft.Whenever questions of nationality arise in carrying out the present arrangement, it is agreed that every aircraft shall be deemed to possess the nationality of the party in whose territory it is duly registered. Article 18 Intercommunication of regulations.The parties to this arrangement shall communicate to each other the regulations relative to air traffic in force in their respective territories. Article 19 Duration.present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other party or by the enactment by either party of legislation inconsistent therewith. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether the text of the arrangement herein set forth is as agreed to by your Government. If so, it is suggested that it should be understood that the arrangement will become effective on October 9, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Cordell Hull Baron Johan Beck-Friis, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Sweden.* ————— The Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legation of Sweden, *Washington, D.C., September 8, 1933*. Sir: Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken place between the Government of Sweden and the Government of the United States of America for the conclusion of a reciprocal air navigation arrangement between Sweden and the United States of America, governing the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: " “Avtal mellan Sverige och Amerikas Förenta Stater angående framförande av i det ena landet hemmahörande civila luftfartyg inom det andra landets område. 1793 Artikel 1. I avbidan på avslutandet av en luftfartskonvention mellan Sverige och Amerikas Förenta Stater, skall framförandet av i det ena landet hemmahörande civila luftfartyg inom det andra landets område regleras av följande bestämmelser. Artikel 2. Detta avtal gäller för Sverige och Amerikas Förenta Staters fastlandsområde, med undantag av Alaska, samt för de två ländernas angränsande territorialvatten. Artikel 3. Med luftfartyg förstås i detta avtal, i vad angår båda de fördragsslutande parterna, varje inom något av de fördragsslutande parternas områden i behörig ordning registrerat civilt luftfartyg, däri inbegripet staten tillhöriga luftfartyg, som uteslutande användas i kommersiellt syfte. Artikel 4. Envar av de fördragsslutande parterna förpliktar sig att i fredstid medgiva fri passage över sitt område för den andra partens luftfartyg, under förutsättning att i denna överenskommelse stadgade villkor iakttagas. Det är emellertid överenskommet att upprättande och drivande av regelbunden luftfartsled av lufttransportbolag tillhörande en av parterna inom den andra partens område eller över detta område med eller utan mellanlandning skall vara underkastat föregående samtycke av den andra parten. Detta samtycke skall givas enligt ömsesidighetsprincipen och på begäran av den part, vars nationalitet lufttransportbolaget äger. Envar av do fördragsslutande parterna förpliktar sig att dess tillstånd till lufttrafik över dess område, bedriven av lufttransport-bolag tillhörande den andra parten, icke skall vägras av obilliga eller godtyckliga skäl. Tillståndet må givas under förbehåll för särskilda bestämmelser avseende luftfartens säkerhet och allmän ordning. De fördragsslutande parterna medgiva att den tid, under vilken förare, som innehar giltigt förarcertifikat utfärdat eller förklarat giltigt i någotdera landet, må framföra i detta land registrerat luftfartyg inom det andra landet för icke industriellt eller icke kommersiellt ändamål, skall begränsas till en period icke överstigande sex månader från det föraren inkommit i vederbörande land i ändamål att föra luftfartyg, med mindre föraren före utgången av denna period av regeringen i det land, i vilket han är verksam, erhållit certifikat, som berättigar honom att föra luftfartyg för icke industriellt eller icke kommersiellt ändamål. Artikel 5. Luftfartyg tillhörande någon av de fördragsslutande parterna samt dessa luftfartygs besättningar och passagerare skola, medan luftfartyget befinner sig inom den andra partens område, vara under-kastade den allmänna lagstiftning, som är i kraft inom detta område, liksom därstädes i kraft varande bestämmelser beträffande lufttrafik i allmänhet, beträffande befordran av passagerare och gods samt beträffande allmän säkerhet och ordning, i den mån dessa bestämmelser gälla för alla främmande luftfartyg samt deras besättningar och passagerare. 1794 Envar av de fördragsslutande staterna skall tilläta att med den andra partens luftfartyg till och från parternas respektive områden dels importeras och exporteras alla varor, som lagligen må importeras och exporteras, dels befordras passagerare, allt dock i den mån tull-, immigrations- och karantänsbes tämmelser sä medgiva. Sådana luftfartyg, deras passagerare och last skola komma i åtnjutande av samma förmåner som och skola icke påläggas andra eller högre avgifter eller pålagor än dem, som gälla för i internationell lufttrafik använda luftfartyg tillhörande det land, som pålägger nämnda avgifter och pålagor, eller dessa luftfartygs laster och passagerare eller på liknande sätt använda luftfartyg, tillhöriga någon främmande nation och dessa luftfartygs laster och passagerare. Envar av de fördragsslutande parterna har rätt att förbehålla sina egna luftfartyg handelsluftfart mellan två punkter, av vilka ingendera är belägen i ett främmande land. Dock må luftfartyg, tillhörande en av parterna, framföras från en inom den andra partens område belägen flygplats, som den är berättigad att begagna, till en annan sådan flygplats vare sig i avsikt att urlasta hela eller en del av lasten eller att avlämna en eller flera passagerare eller att taga ombord hela eller en del av lasten eller en eller flera passagerare. Förutsättning för nämnda medgivande är emellertid, att sådan last är upptagen å genomgående fraktsedel och att sådana passagerare innehava genomgående biljetter, utställda för en resa, vars såväl avgångs- som adresstation icke äro belägna å ställen, mellan vilka luftfart i behörig ordning förbehållits det egna landets luftfartyg. Luftfartyg, vilket, såsom förut sagts, framföres från en flygplats till en annan, skall åtnjuta alla de förmåner, som stadgas i detta avtal, oaktat flygplatserna äro belägna å orter, mellan vilka luftfart i behörig ordning förbehållits det egna landets luftfartyg. Artikel 6. Envar av de fördragsslutande parterna förbehåller sig rätt att förbjuda luftfart över vissa områden av dess territorium, vilka äro eller hädanefter må bliva betecknade som förbjudna områden.Envar av de fördragsslutande parterna förbehåller sig rätt att, till följd av undantagsvis föreliggande omständigheter, i fredstid, med omedelbar verkan temporärt inskränka eller förbjuda luftfart över dess territorium under villkor att i förevarande hänseende ingen skillnad göres mellan luftfartyg tillhörande den andra parten och luftfartyg tillhörande annan främmande stat. Artikel 7. Varje luftfartyg, som finner sig hava inkommit över ett förbjudet område, skall, så snart det blir varse detta, giva den nödsignal, som är föreskriven i de luftfartsbestämmelser, som äro gällande inom det territorium, som överflyges, och skall landa så snart som möjligt å en flygplats belägen inom detta territorium utanför, men så nära som möjligt, det förbjudna området. Artikel 8. Alla luftfartyg skola föra tydliga och synliga nationalitets- och registreringsmärken, genom vilka de skola kunna igenkännas under luftfärden. Dessutom skola å desamma ägarens namn och adress vara anbragta. Å alla luftfartyg skola medföras registrerings och luftvärdighetsbevis samt alla de övriga handlingar, som äro föreskrivna för lufttrafik inom det område, varest luftfartygen äro registrerade. 1795 Medlemmar av besättningen, som ombord å luftfartyg fullgöra åligganden, för vilka särskilt tillstånd fordras inom det område, varest sådant luftfartyg är registrerat, skola vara försedda med alla de handlingar och särskilt med de certifikat och tillståndsbevis, som föreskrivas genom bestämmelser,som äro gällande inom ifrågavarande område. Övriga medlemmar av besättningen skola innehava handlingar, utvisande deras åligganden ombord å luftfartyget samt deras yrke, identitet och nationalitet. Luftvärdighotsbcvis, behörighetscertifikat och tillståndsbevis, som utfärdats eller förklarats giltiga av en av de kontraherande parterna beträffande luftfartyg, registrerat inom dess område, eller beträffande besättningen å sådant luftfartyg, skola hava samma giltighet inom den andra partens område som motsvarande handlingar, vilka utfärdats eller förklarats giltiga, av den sistnämnda parten. Envar av de fördragsslutande parterna förbehåller sig rätt att, i fråga om luftfart inom dess eget område, vägra att erkänna behörighetscertifikat och tillståndsbevis, som utfärdats för en av dess egna medborgare av den andra parten. Artikel 9. Luftfartyg tillhörande en av de fördragsslutande parterna äger medföra radioapparat inom den andra partens område endast om tillstånd till installerande och begagnande av dylik apparat meddelats av vederbörande myndighet i den stat, inom vars område luftfartyget är registrerat. Begagnande av sådana apparater skall ske i överensstämmelse med de bestämmelser i ämnet, som utfärdats av vederbörande myndigheter i det land, inom vars luftområde luftfartyget framföres. Dylik apparat må endast brukas av sådana medlemmar av besättningen, som äro i besittning av särskilt för sådant ändamål av regeringen i det område, inom vilket luftfartyget är registrerat, utfärdat certifikat. De fördragsslutande parterna förbehålla sig rätt att, av säkerhetsskäl, var för sig utfärda bestämmelser beträffande skyldighet att förse luftfartyg med radioapparater. Artikel 10. Krigsvapen, explosiva varor eller krigsammunition få icke befordras å luftfartyg, tillhörigt endera parten, över den andra partens område eller av besättning eller passagerare, såvida icke tillstånd erhållits av vederbörande myndighet i det land, inom vars luftområde luftfartyget framföres. Artikel 11. Vid ett luftfartygs avgång eller landning må vardera parten inom sitt eget område och genom dess vederbörande myndigheter visitera den andra partens luftfartyg samt granska certifikat och andra föreskrivna handlingar. Artikel 12. Flygplats upplåten för allmän lufttrafik inom en av de fördragsslutande parternas område skall, i den mån den står under kontroll av den part, inom vilkens område den är belägen, vara öppen för alla den andra partens luftfartyg, vilka också skola vara berättigade att erhålla väderlekstjänst, radiotjänst, belysningstjänst samt signaltjänst såväl dag som natt, i den mån de olika slagen av tjänster äro1796 under kontroll av den part, inom vilkens område de tillhandahållas. Varje taxa å avgifter för landning, hangarplats eller annat bistånd, som tillhandahålles den ena partens luftfartyg inom den andra partens område, skall, i den mån sådana avgifter äro under kontroll av den part, inom vilkens område de tillhandahållas, vara lika för båda parternas luftfartyg. Artikel 13. Luftfartyg, som ankommer till eller avgår från en av de fördragsslutande parternas område, skall landa å eller starta från en flygplats, upplåten för allmän lufttrafik och betecknad som tullflygplats och varest möjlighet finnes för fullgörande av bestämmelser för immigration och klarering av luftfartyg, och ingen mellanlandning må äga rum mellan gränsen och denna flygplats. I särskilda fall må vederbörande myndighet tillåta luftfartyg att landa å eller starta från annan flygplats, varest möjlighet till tullbehandling, immigration och klarering ordnats. Förbudet mot mellanlandning avser även sådana fall. Har nödlandning ägt rum utanför flygplats, som omförmäles i första stycket av denna artikel, skola luftfartygets förare, dess besättning och passagerare ställa sig till efterrättelse de tull- och immigrations-bestämmelser, som gälla inom det område, varest landningen ägt rum. Luftfartyg hemmahörande i en av de fördragsslutande staterna, skola hava rätt att inkomma å den andra partens område, under förutsättning att de ställa sig till efterrättelse därstädes gällande karantänsföreskrifter. De fördragsslutande partema skola till varandra överlämna för teckningar å de inom deras områden belägna flygplatser, vilka av dem utsetts till ankomst- och avgångsorter. Artikel 14. Envar av de fördragsslutande parterna förbehåller sig rätt att fordra, att alla luftfartyg, som överskrida gränserna för dess område, skola göra det antingen mellan vissa punkter eller i närheten av en tullflygplats inom dess område, på sådan höjd att signalering kan uppfattas, även om luftfartyget icke där landar. De kontraherande parterna skola underrätta varandra om de punkter, varest, i enlighet med vad sålunda bestämts, deras respektive gränser må passeras. Det förutsattes, att ingen av de föreskrifter rörande inflygningsleder, vilka omförmälas i föregående stycke, befriar luftfartyg, som passerar endera partens gränser, från skyldighet att landa ä flygplats, som, enligt bestämmelserna i artikel 13, är fastställd såsom inflygningsort. Artikel 15. Från luftfartyg i luften må ej utkastas annan ballast än fin sand eller vatten. Artikel 16. Under luftfärd må intet föremål eller ämne annat än ballast lossas eller på annat sätt avlastas, utan att särskilt tillstånd härtill givits av myndighet inom det område, varest sådan lossning eller avlastning skall äga rum. 1797 Artikel 17. Då fråga angående nationalitet uppkommer vid tillämpningen av detta avtal, är det överenskommet, att varje luftfartyg skall anses hava det lands nationalitet, inom vars område det är i vederbörlig ordning registrerat. Artikel 18. De fördragsslutande parterna skola ömsesidigt meddela varandra de bestämmelser beträffande lufttrafik, som äro gällande inom deras respektive områden. Artikel 19. Detta avtal kan frånträdas av endera parten genom uppsägning sextio dagar i förväg hos den andra parten eller genom att endera parten antager en författning, som strider mot avtalet.” " I shall be glad to have Your Excellency inform me whether the text of the arrangement herein set forth is as agreed to by your Government. If so, it is suggested that it should be understood that the arrangement will become effective on October 9, 1933. With renewed assurances of my highest consideration, I have the honour to remain, Sir, Your most obedient servant, Johan Beck-Friis The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, etc. etc. etc.* ————— *The Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) to the Secretary of State (Hull)* Legation of Sweden, *Washington, D.C., September 9, 1933*. Sir: I have the honour to acknowledge receipt of Your Excellency’s Acceptance by Sweden,communication of September 8, 1933, and to state that the text given therein of the arrangement between Sweden and the United States of America, governing the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country, meets with the approval of the Swedish Government. There is agreement to the effect that the arrangement shall become effective on October 9, 1933. With renewed assurances of my highest consideration, I have the honour to remain, Sir, Your most obedient servant, Johan Beck-Friis The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, etc. etc. etc.* 1798 The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) Department of State, *Washington, September 9, 1933.* Sir: Acceptance by the United States.I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of your communication of September 8, 1933, and to state that the text given therein of the arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden, governing the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country, meets with the approval of the Government of the United States. There is agreement to the effect that the arrangement shall become effective on October 9, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Cordell Hull Baron Johan Beck-Friis, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Sweden.* [No. 47] September 8, 1933 September 9, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1799 1799 PILOT LICENSES—CIVIL AIRCRAFT—SWEDEN. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden concerning pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed September 8 and 9, 1933; effective October 9, 1933.* September 8 and 9, 1933. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) Department of State, *Washington, September 8, 1933*. Sir: Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken placeReciprocal arrangement with Sweden concerning pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft. between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Sweden for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden providing for the issuance by the one country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: Arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden concerning the issuance by the one country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft. Article 1 The present arrangement between the United States of AmericaScope of arrangement. and Sweden relates to the issuance by each country of licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft. The term “civil aircraft” shall be understood to mean aircraft used for private, industrial, commercial or transport purposes. Article 2 (*a*) The Office of Civil Aviation (Luftfartsmyndigheten) of SwedenIssue of licenses. will issue pilots’ licenses to American nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Office covering the licensing of pilots. (*b*) The Department of Commerce of the United States of America will issue pilots’ licenses to Swedish nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots. Article 3 (*a*) Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Commerce of thePrivileges accorded. United States of America to Swedish nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to American nationals. 1800 (*b*) Pilots’ licenses issued by the Office of Civil Aviation (Luftfartsmyndigheten) of Sweden to American nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to Swedish nationals. Article 4 Registration rights denied.Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to register aircraft in such other country. Article 5 Operations reserved to national aircraft.Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to operate aircraft in air commerce wholly within territory of such other country reserved to national aircraft, unless the aircraft have been registered under the laws of the country issuing the pilots’ licenses. Article 6 (*a*) Operations permitted. Swedish nationals shall while holding valid pilot licenses issued by the Office of Civil Aviation (Luftfartsmyndigheten) of Sweden be permitted to operate in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the Office of Civil Aviation (Luftfartsmyndigheten) of Sweden, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own government made after the pilot has entered Continental United States of America. No person to whom this provision applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot license from the United States Department of Commerce in the manner provided for in this arrangement. (*b*) American nationals shall while holding valid pilot licenses issued by the United States Department of Commerce be permitted to operate in Sweden for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the Office of Civil Aviation (Luftfartsmyndigheten) of Sweden. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own government made after the pilot has entered Sweden. No person to whom this provision applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in Sweden for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot’s license from the Office of Civil Aviation (Luftfartsmyndigheten) of Sweden in the manner provided for in this arrangement.
(c)Conditions. The conditions under which pilots of the nationality of either country may operate aircraft of their country in the other country, as provided for in this article, shall be as stipulated in the air navigation arrangement in force between the parties to this arrangement1801 for the issuance of pilot licenses; and the conditions under which pilots of the nationality of either country may operate aircraft of the other country, as provided for in this article, shall be in accordance with the requirements of such other country. Article 7 The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by eitherDuration. party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other party or by the enactment by either party of legislation inconsistent therewith. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether the text of the arrangement herein set forth is as agreed to by your Government. If so, it is suggested that it should be understood that the arrangement will become effective on October 9, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Cordell Hull Baron Johan Beck-Friis *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Sweden*. ————— The Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legation of Sweden, *Washington, D.C., September 8, 1933.* Sir: Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken placeConfirmation by Sweden. between the Government of Sweden and the Government of the United States of America for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between Sweden and the United States of America providing for the issuance by the one country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: " “Avtal mellan Sverige och Amerikas Förenta Stater angående föreskrifter rörande utfärdande av det ena. landet av certifikat för det andra landets medborgare, berättigande dem att fora civila luftfartyg. Artikel 1. Detta avtal mellan Sverige och Amerikas Förenta Stater hänför sig till utfärdande av ettdera landet av certifikat för det andra landets medborgare att föra civila luftfartyg. Med uttrycket ‘civilt luftfartyg’ förstås luftfartyg, som brukas för privat, industriellt, kommersiellt eller transportändamål. Artikel 2. *a*) Svenska luftfartsmyndigheten skall utfärda förarcertifikat för amerikanska undersåtar, sedan det styrkts, att de uppfylla denna myndighets bestämmelser för erhållande av sådana certifikat. 1802 *b*) Amerikas Förenta Staters handelsdepartement skall utfärda förarcertifikat för svenska undersåtar, sedan det styrkts, att de uppfylla detta departements bestämmelser för erhållande av sådana certifikat. Artikel 3. *a*) Förarcertifikat, som av Amerikas Förenta Staters handelsdepartement utfärdas för svenska undersåtar, skall giva dem samma rättigheter, som tillförsäkras genom förarcertifikat, utfärdade för amerikanska medborgare. *b*) Förarcertifikat, som av svenska luftfartsmyndigheten utfärdas för amerikanska medborgare, skall giva dem samma rättigheter, som tillförsäkras genom förarcertifikat, utfärdade för svenska medborgare. Artikel 4. Förarcertifikat, som för medborgare i det ena landet utfärdas av vederbörande myndighet i det andra landet, skola icke för certifikatets innehavare medföra rätt att få luftfartyg registrerade inom det andra landet. Artikel 5. Förarcertifikat, som för medborgare i det ena landet utfärdas av vederbörande myndighet i det andra landet, skall icke anses medföra rätt för certifikatets innehavare att framföra luftfartyg i kommersiell luftfart, som helt och hållet äger rum inom sådant område i det andra landet, som reserverats för det egna landets luftfartyg, såvida icke luftfartyget registrerats enligt de lagar, som gälla i det land, som utfärdat förarcertifikatet. Artikel 6. *a*) Svensk medborgare, som innehar giltigt förarcertifikat, utfärdat av svenska luftfartsmyndigheten, skall tillåtas att inom Amerikas Förenta Staters fastlandsområde med undantag av Alaska under en period icke överstigande sex månader från det han anlänt till Amerikas Förenta Stater, för icke industriellt eller icke kommersiellt ändamål, föra civilt luftfartyg, registrerat av svenska luftfartsmyndigheten eller civilt luftfartyg registrerat av Amerikas Förenta Staters handelsdepartement. Giltighetstiden för i detta stycke förut omnämnda certifikat skall, i vad angår det i samma stycke lämnade medgivandet, innefatta varje förnyelse av certifikat, som efter det föraren anlänt till Amerikas Förenta Staters fastlandsområde, verkställes av vederbörande myndighet i förarens hemland. Ingen, å vilken förevarande bestämmelse äger tillämpning, skall tillåtas föra civilt luftfartyg inom Amerikas Förenta Staters fastlandsområde, med undantag av Alaska, för icke industriellt eller icke kommersiellt ändamål under en period av mer än sex månader från det han anlänt till Amerikas Förenta Staters fastlandsområde, såvida han icke, före denna periods utgång, av Amerikas Förenta Staters handelsdepartement erhållit förarcertifikat i den ordning, som är föreskriven i detta avtal. *b*) Amerikansk medborgare, som innehar giltigt förarcertifikat, utfärdat av Amerikas Förenta Staters handelsdepartement, skall tillåtas att, inom Sverige, under en period icke överstigande sex månader från det han anlänt till Sverige, för icke industriellt eller icke kommersiellt ändamål, föra civilt luftfartyg, registrerat av Amerikas Förenta Staters handelsdepartement eller civilt luftfartyg1803 registrerat av svenska luftfartsmyndigheten. Giltighetstiden för i detta stycke förut omnämnda certifikat skall, i vad angår det i samma stycke lämnade medgivandet, innefatta varje förnyelse av certifikat, som efter det föraren anlänt till Sverige, verkställes av vederbörande myndighet i förarens hemland. Ingen, å vilken förevarande bestämmelse äger tillämpning, skall tillåtas föra civilt luftfartyg inom Sverige för icke industriellt eller icke kommersiellt ändamål under en period av mer än sex månader från det han anlänt till Sverige, såvida han icke, före denna periods utgång, av svenska luftfartsmyndigheten erhållit förarcertifikat i den ordning, som är föreskriven i detta avtal. *c*) De villkor, under vilka förare, som innehar ettdera landets nationalitet, må, i enlighet med bestämmelserna i denna artikel, inom det andra landet föra luftfartyg hemmahörande i sitt hemland, skola vara de, som beträffande utfärdande av förarcertifikat äro stadgade i det luftfartsavtal, som är gällande mellan de fördragsslutande parterna; och de villkor, under vilka förare, som innehar ettdera landets nationalitet, må, i enlighet med bestämmelserna i denna artikel, föra i det andra landet hemmahörande luftfartyg, skola vara i överensstämmelse med fordringarna i det andra landet. Artikel 7. Detta avtal kan frånträdas av endera parten genom uppsägning sextio dagar i förväg hos den andra parten eller genom att endera parten genomför en lagstiftning, som strider mot avtalet.” " I shall be glad to have Your Excellency inform me whether the text of the arrangement herein set forth is as agreed to by your Government. If so, it is suggested that it should be understood that the arrangement will become effective on October 9, 1933. With renewed assurances of my highest consideration, I have the honour to remain, Sir, Your most obedient servant, Johan Beck-Friis The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, etc. etc. etc*. ————— The Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legation of Sweden, *Washington, D.C., September 9, 1933.* Sir: I have the honour to acknowledge receipt of Your Excellency’sAcceptance by Sweden. communication of September 8, 1933, and to state that the text given therein of the arrangement between Sweden and the United States of America, providing for the issuance by the one country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft, 1804meets with the approval of the Swedish Government. There is agreement to the effect that the arrangement shall become effective on October 9, 1933. With renewed assurances of my highest consideration, I have the honour to remain, Sir, Your most obedient servant, Johan Beck-Friis The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, etc. etc. etc*. ————— The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Swedish Chargé d’ Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) Department of State, *Washington, September 9, 1933*. Sir: Acceptance by the United States.I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of your communication of September 8, 1933, and to state that the text given therein of the arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden, providing for the issuance by the one country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft, meets with the approval of the Government of the United States. There is agreement to the effect that the arrangement shall become effective on October 9, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Cordell Hull Baron Johan Beck-Friis, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Sweden*. [No. 48] September 8, 1933 September 9, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1805 1805 CERTIFICATES OF AIRWORTHINESS—SWEDEN. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden for theSeptember 8 and 9, 1933. reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed September 8 and 9, 1933; effective October 9, 1933.* The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) Department of State, Washington. *September 8, 1933*. Sir: Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken place betweenArrangement with Sweden for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft. the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Sweden for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft exported from the other country as merchandise. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: Arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden concerning the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft exported from the other country as merchandise. Article 1 The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed inApplicability. continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and exported to Sweden; and to civil aircraft constructed in Sweden and exported to continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska. Article 2 The same validity shall be conferred on certificates of airworthinessValidity of certificates. issued by the competent authorities of the Government of the United States in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in Sweden as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in Sweden provided that in each case a certificate of airworthiness for export has also been issued by the United States authorities in respect of the individual aircraft, and provided that certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of Sweden in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in the United States of America are similarly given the same validity as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the United States. 1806 Article 3 Extent of arrangement.This arrangement will extend to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes, and to aircraft engines and spare parts of aircraft and engines. Article 4 Duration.The present arrangement may be terminated by either Government on sixty days’ notice given to the other Government. In the event, however, that either Government should be prevented by future action of its legislature from giving full effect to the provisions of this arrangement it shall automatically lapse. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether the text of the arrangement herein set forth is as agreed to by your Government. If so, it is suggested that it should be understood that the arrangement will become effective on October 9, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Cordell Hull Baron Johan Beck-Friis, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Sweden.* ————— The Swedish Chargé d’ Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legation of Sweden, *Washington, D.C., September 8, 1933*. Sir: Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken place between the Government of Sweden and the Government of the United States of America for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between Sweden and the United States of America providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft exported from the other country as merchandise. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: " “Avtal mellan Sverige och Amerikas Förenta Stater angående godkännande i det ena landet av luftvärdighetsbevis för luftfartyg, exporterade från det andra landet såsom gods. Artikel 1. Detta avtal har avseende å civila luftfartyg, tillverkade inom Amerikas Förenta Staters fastlandsområde, med undantag av Alaska, och exporterade till Sverige, samt å civila luftfartyg, tillverkade i Sverige och exporterade till Amerikas Förenta Staters fastland, med undantag av Alaska. 1807 Article 2. Samma giltighet skall tillerkännas luftvärdighetsbevis, utfärdat av vederbörande statsmyndighet i Amerikas Förenta Stater med avseende å luftfartyg, vilket sedermera registreras i Sverige, som om det hade utfärdats i enlighet med i förevarande hänseende i kraft varande bestämmelser i Sverige, under förutsättning att i varje fall ett luftvärdighetsbevis för export utfärdats av amerikansk myndighet med avseende å det särskilda luftfartyget samt under förutsättning att luftvärdighetsbevis, utfärdat av vederbörande myndighet i Sverige med avseende å luftfartyg, som sedermera registreras i Amerikas Förenta Stater, tillerkännes samma giltighet som om det hade utfärdats i enlighet med i förevarande hänseende i kraft varande bestämmelser i Förenta Staterna. Article 3. Förevarande avtal omfattar civila luftfartyg av alla slag, inbegripet sådana som användas för yrkesmässig trafik och sådana som användas för privata ändamål samt luftfartygsmotorer och reservdelar till luftfartyg och motorer. Article 4. Detta avtal kan frånträdas av endera regeringen genom uppsägning sextio dagar i förväg hos den andra regeringen. Om emellertid endera regeringen skulle genom blivande lagstiftning förhindras att i full omfattning tillämpa bestämmelserna i detta avtal, skall det automatiskt upphöra att gälla.” " I shall be glad to have Your Excellency inform me whether the text of the arrangement herein set forth is as agreed to by your Government. If so, it is suggested that it should be understood that the arrangement will become effective on October 9, 1933. With renewed assurances of my highest consideration, I have the honour to remain, Sir, Your most obedient servant, Johan Beck-Friis The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, etc. etc. etc*. The Swedish Chargé d‘Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) to the Secretary oj State
(Hull)Legation of Sweden, *Washington, D.C., September 9, 1933*. Sir: I have the honour to acknowledge receipt of Your Excellency’sAcceptance by Sweden. communication of September 8, 1933, and to state that the text given therein of the arrangement between Sweden and the United States of America, providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates1808 of airworthiness for aircraft exported from the other country as merchandise, meets with the approval of the Swedish Government. There is agreement to the effect that the arrangement shall become effective on October 9, 1933. With renewed assurances of my highest consideration, I have the honour to remain, Sir, Your most obedient servant, Johan Beck-Friis The Honourable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State, etc. etc. etc*. ————— The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Beck-Friis) Department of State, Washington, *September 9, 1933*. Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of your communication of Acceptance by the United States.September 8, 1933, and to state that the text given therein of the arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden, providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft exported from the other country as merchandise, meets with the approval of the Government of the United States. There is agreement to the effect that the arrangement shall become effective on October 9, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high consideration. Cordell Hull Baron Johan Beck-Friis, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of Sweden*. [No. 49] October 16, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1809 1809 AIR NAVIGATION—NORWAY. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Norway for air navigation. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 16, 1933; effective November 15, 1933.* October 16, 1933. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Norwegian Minister (Bachke) Department of State, *Washington, October 16, 1933*. Sir: Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken placeReciprocal arrangement with Norway for operating, etc., aircraft. between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Norway for the conclusion of a reciprocal air navigation arrangement between the United States of America and Norway, governing the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course ofTerms. the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: Article 1 Pending the conclusion of a convention between the United StatesTentative provisions. of America and Norway on the subject of air navigation, the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country shall be governed by the following provisions. Article 2 The present arrangement shall apply to the United States ofArea affected. America and Norway and likewise territories and possessions over which they respectively exercise jurisdiction, including territorial waters, with the exception of the Philippine Islands, Hawaiian Islands and the Panama Canal Zone. Article 3 The term aircraft with reference to one or the other Party to thisAircraft construed. arrangement shall be understood to mean civil aircraft, including state aircraft used exclusively for commercial purposes, duly registered in the territory of such Party. Article 4 Each of the parties undertakes to grant liberty of passage aboveLiberty of passage. its territory in time of peace to the aircraft of the other party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed. It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation ofRegular air routes by transport company. regular air routes by an air transport company of one of the parties within the territory of the other party or across the said territory, with or without intermediary landing, shall be subject to the priorConsent required. 1810 consent of the other party given on the principle of reciprocity and at the request of the party whose nationality the air transport company possesses. Each party to this arrangement agrees that its consent for operations over its territory by air transport companies of the other party may not be refused on unreasonable or arbitrary grounds. The consent may be made subject to special regulations relating to aerial safety and public order. The parties to this arrangement agree that the period in which pilots may, while holding valid pilot licenses issued or rendered valid by either country, operate registered aircraft of that country in the other country for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes shall be limited to a period not exceeding six months from the time of entry for the purpose of operating aircraft, unless prior to the expiration of this period the pilots obtain from the Government of the country in which they are operating, pilot licenses authorizing them to operate aircraft for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes. Article 5 Jurisdiction over aircraft.The aircraft of each of the Parties to this arrangement, their crews and passengers, shall, while within the territory of the other Party, be subject to the general legislation in force in that territory as well as the regulations in force therein relating to air traffic in general, to the transport of passengers and goods and to public safety and order in so far as these regulations apply to all foreign aircraft, their crews and passengers. Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall permit the import or export of all merchandise which may be legally imported or exported and also the carriage of passengers, subject to any customs, immigration and quarantine restrictions, into or from their respective territories in the aircraft of the other Party, and such aircraft, their passengers and cargoes, shall enjoy the same privileges as and shall not be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which the aircraft of the country imposing such duties or charges, engaged in international commerce, and their cargoes and passengers, or the aircraft of any foreign country likewise engaged, and their cargoes and passengers, enjoy or are subjected to. Each of the parties to this arrangement may reserve to its own aircraft air commerce as defined in the last paragraph of this article. Nevertheless the aircraft of each party may proceed from any aerodrome in the territory of the other party which they are entitled to use to any other such aerodrome either for the purpose of landing the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers or of taking on board the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers, provided that such cargoes are covered by through bills of lading, and such passengers hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey whose starting place and destination are not both points between which air commerce has been duly so reserved, and such aircraft, while proceeding as aforesaid, from one aerodrome to another, shall, notwithstanding that both such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been duly reserved, enjoy all the privileges of this arrangement. The term “air commerce” as used in the preceding paragraph shall, with respect to the Parties to this arrangement, be understood to mean:—(a) navigation of aircraft in territory of either Party in furtherance of a business;
(b)navigation of aircraft from one place in territory of either Party to another place in that territory in the conduct of a business;
(c)the commercial transport of persons or goods between any two points in the territory of either Party. 1811 Article 6 Each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the right to forbidRestricted areas. flights over certain areas of its territory which are or may hereafter be designated as prohibited areas. Each of the Parties reserves the right under exceptional circumstances in time of peace and with immediate effect temporarily to limit or prohibit air traffic above its territory on condition that in this respect no distinction is made between the aircraft of the other Party and the aircraft of any foreign country. Article 7 Any aircraft which finds itself over a prohibited area shall, as soonAircraft over prohibited areas. as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rules of the Air in force in the territory flown over and shall land as soon as possible at an aerodrome situated in such territory outside of but as near as possible to such prohibited area. Article 8 All aircraft shall carry clear and visible nationality and registrationIdentification. marks whereby they may be recognized during Sight. In addition, they must bear the name and address of the owner. All aircraft shall be provided with certificates of registration and of airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered. The members of the crew who perform, in an aircraft, duties for which a special permit is required in the territory in which such aircraft is registered, shall be provided with all documents and in particular with the certificates and licenses prescribed by the regulations in force in such territory. The other members of the crew shall carry documents showing their duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality. The certificates of airworthiness, certificates of competency and licenses issued or rendered valid by one of the Parties to this arrangement in respect of an aircraft registered in its territory or of the crew of such aircraft shall have the same validity in the territory of the other Party as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the latter. Each of the Parties reserves the right for the purpose of flight within its own territory to refuse to recognize certificates of competency and licenses issued to nationals of that Party by the other Party. Article 9 Aircraft of either of the Parties to this arrangement may carryRadio regulations. wireless apparatus in the territory of the other Party only if a license to install and work such apparatus shall have been issued by the competent authorities of the Party in whose territory the aircraft is registered. The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Such apparatus shall be used only by such members of the crew as are provided with a special license for the purpose issued by the Government of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The Parties to this arrangement reserve respectively the right, for reasons of safety, to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with wireless apparatus. 1812 Article 10 Transportation of munitions prohibited.No arms of war, explosives of war, or munitions of war shall be carried by aircraft of either Party above the territory of the other Party or by the crew or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Article 11 Inspection.Upon the departure or landing of any aircraft each Party may within its own territory and through its competent authorities search the aircraft of the other Party and examine the certificates and other documents prescribed. Article 12 Aerodromes, etc.Aerodromes open to public air traffic in the territory of one of the Parties to this arrangement shall in so far as they are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are situated be open to all aircraft of the other Party, which shall also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological services, the wireless services, the lighting services, and the day and night signalling services, in so far as the several classes of services are under the control of the Party in whose territory they respectively are rendered. Any scale of charges made, namely, landing, accommodation or other charge, with respect to the aircraft of each Party in the territory of the other Party, shall in so far as such charges are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are made be the same for the aircraft of both Parties. Article 13 Landings, etc.All aircraft entering or leaving the territory of either of the Parties to this arrangement shall land at or depart from an aerodrome open to public air traffic and classed as a customs aerodrome at which facilities exist for enforcement of immigration regulations and clearance of aircraft, and no intermediary landing shall be effected between the frontier and the aerodrome. In special cases the competent authorities may allow aircraft to land at or depart from other aerodromes, at which customs, immigration and clearance facilities have been arranged. The prohibition of any intermediary landing applies also in such cases. In the event of a forced landing outside the aerodromes, referred to in the first paragraph of this article, the pilot of the aircraft, its crew and the passengers shall conform to the customs and immigration regulations in force in the territory in which the landing has been made. Aircraft of each Party to this arrangement are accorded the right to enter the territory of the other Party subject to compliance with quarantine regulations in force therein. The Parties to this arrangement shall exchange lists of the aerodromes in their territories designated by them as ports of entry and departure. Article 14 Flight restrictions.Each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the right to require that all aircraft crossing the frontiers of its territory shall do so between certain points. Subject to the notification of any such requirements by one Party to the other Party, and to the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas as stipulated in Article 6, the frontiers of the territories of the Parties to this arrangement may be crossed at any point. Article 15 Ballast.As ballast, only fine sand or water may be dropped from an aircraft. 1813 Article 16 No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded orPermit to unload. otherwise discharged in the course of flight unless special permission for such purpose shall have been given by the authorities of the territory in which such unloading or discharge takes place. Article 17 Whenever questions of nationality arise in carrying out the presentNationality of aircraft. arrangement, it is agreed that every aircraft shall be deemed to possess the nationality of the Party in whose territory it is duly registered. Article 18 The Parties to this arrangement shall communicate to each otherExchange of regulations. the regulations relative to air traffic in force in their respective territories. Article 19 The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by eitherDuration. Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations is as herein set forth. If so, it is suggested that theEffective date. arrangement become effective on November 15, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. [seal] Cordell Hull Mr. Halvard H. Bachke, *Minister of Norway*. ————— The Norwegian Minister (Bachke) to the. Secretary of State
(Hull)Royal Norwegian Legation, *Washington, D.C., October 16, 1933*. Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the note of OctoberAcceptance by Norway. 16, 1933 in which Your Excellency communicated to me the text of the reciprocal air navigation arrangement between Norway and the United States of America, governing the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country, as understood by Your Excellency to have been agreed to during the negotiations, now terminated, between the two countries. The text communicated to me by Your Excellency is reproduced below: Article 1 Pending the conclusion of a convention between Norway and the United States of America on the subject of air navigation, the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country shall be governed by the following provisions. 1814 Article 2 The present arrangement shall apply to Norway and the United States of America and likewise territories and possessions over which they respectively exercise jurisdiction, including territorial waters, with the exception of the Philippine Islands, Hawaiian Islands and the Panama Canal Zone. Article 3 The term aircraft with reference to one or the other Party to this arrangement shall be understood to mean civil aircraft, including state aircraft used exclusively for commercial purposes, duly registered in the territory of such Party. Article 4 Each of the parties undertakes to grant liberty of passage above its territory in time of peace to the aircraft of the other party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed. It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation of regular air routes by an air transport company of one of the parties within the territory of the other party or across the said territory, with or without intermediary landing, shall be subject to the prior consent of the other party given on the principle of reciprocity and at the request of the party whose nationality the air transport company possesses. Each party to this arrangement agrees that its consent for operations over its territory by air transport companies of the other party may not be refused on unreasonable or arbitrary grounds. The consent may be made subject to special regulations relating to aerial safety and public order. The parties to this arrangement agree that the period in which pilots may, while holding valid pilot licenses issued or rendered valid by either country, operate registered aircraft of that country in the other country for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes shall be limited to a period not exceeding six months from the time of entry for the purpose of operating aircraft, unless prior to the expiration of this period the pilots obtain from the Government of the country in which they are operating, pilot licenses authorizing them to operate aircraft for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes. Article 5 The aircraft of each of the parties to this arrangement, their crews and passengers, shall, while within the territory of the other party, be subject to the general legislation in force in that territory as well as the regulations in force therein relating to air traffic in general, to the transport of passengers and goods and to public safety and order in so far as these regulations apply to all foreign aircraft, their crews and passengers. Each of the parties to this arrangement shall permit the import or export of all merchandise which may be legally imported or exported and also the carriage of passengers, subject to any customs, immigration and quarantine restrictions, into or from their respective territories in the aircraft of the other party, and such aircraft, their passengers and cargoes, shall enjoy the same privileges as and shall not be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which the aircraft of the country imposing such duties or charges, engaged in international commerce, and their cargoes and passengers, or the aircraft of any foreign country likewise engaged, and their cargoes and passengers, enjoy or are subjected to. 1815 Each of the parties to this arrangement may reserve to its own aircraft air commerce as defined in the last paragraph of this article. Nevertheless the aircraft of each party may proceed from any aerodrome in the territory of the other party which they are entitled to use to any other such aerodrome either for the purpose of landing the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers or of taking on hoard the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers, provided that such cargoes are covered by through bills of lading, and such passengers hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey whose starting place and destination are not both points between which air commerce has been duly so reserved, and such aircraft, while proceeding as aforesaid, from one aerodrome to another, shall, notwithstanding that both such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been duly reserved, enjoy all the privileges of this arrangement. The term “air commerce” as used in the preceding paragraph shall, with respect to the parties to this arrangement, be understood to mean:—(a) navigation of aircraft in territory of either party in furtherance of a business;
(b)navigation of aircraft from one place in territory of either party to another place in that territory in the conduct of a business;
(c)the commercial transport of persons or goods between any two points in the territory of either party. Article 6 Each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the right to forbid flights over certain areas of its territory which are or may hereafter be designated as prohibited areas. Each of the Parties reserves the right under exceptional circumstances in time of peace and with immediate effect temporarily to limit or prohibit air traffic above its territory on condition that in this respect no distinction is made between the aircraft of the other Party and the aircraft of any foreign country. Article 7 Any aircraft which finds itself over a prohibited area shall, as soon as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rules of the Air in force in the territory flown over and shall land as soon as possible at an aerodrome situated in such territory outside of but as near as possible to such prohibited area. Article 8 All aircraft shall carry clear and visible nationality and registration marks whereby they may be recognized during flight. In addition, they must bear the name and address of the owner. All aircraft shall be provided with certificates of registration and of airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered. The members of the crew who perform, in an aircraft, duties for which a special permit is required in the territory in which such aircraft is registered, shall be provided with all documents and in particular with the certificates and licenses prescribed by the regulations in force in such territory. The other members of the crew shall carry documents showing their duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality. The certificates of airworthiness, certificates of competency and licenses issued or rendered valid by one of the parties to this arrangement in respect of an aircraft registered in its territory or of the crew of such aircraft shall have the same validity in the territory of the other party as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the latter. 1816 Each of the parties reserves the right for the purpose of flight within its own territory to refuse to recognize certificates of competency and licenses issued to nationals of that party by the other party. Article 9 Aircraft of either of the parties to this arrangement may carry wireless apparatus in the territory of the other party only if a license to install and work such apparatus shall have been issued by the competent authorities of the party in whose territory the aircraft is registered, The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Such apparatus shall be used only by such members of the crew as are provided with a special license for the purpose issued by the Government of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The parties to this arrangement reserve respectively the right, for reasons of safety, to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with wireless apparatus. Article 10 No arms of war, explosives of war, or munitions of war shall be carried by aircraft of either party above the territory of the other party or by the crew or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Article 11 Upon the departure or landing of any aircraft each party may within its own territory and through its competent authorities search the aircraft of the other party and examine the certificates and other documents prescribed. Article 12 Aerodromes open to public air traffic in the territory of one of the parties to this arrangement shall in so far as they are under the control of the party in whose territory they are situated be open to all aircraft of the other party, which shall also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological services, the wireless services, the lighting services, and the day and night signalling services, in so far as the several classes of services are under the control of the party in whose territory they respectively are rendered. Any scale of charges made, namely, landing, accommodation or other charge, with respect to the aircraft of each party in the territory of the other party, shall in so far as such charges are under the control of the party in whose territory they are made be the same for the aircraft of both parties. Article 13 All aircraft entering or leaving the territory of either of the parties to this arrangement shall land at or depart from an aerodrome open to public air traffic and classed as a customs aerodrome at which facilities exist for enforcement of immigration regulations and clearance of aircraft, and no intermediary landing shall be effected between the frontier and the aerodrome. In special cases the competent authorities may allow aircraft to land at or depart from other aerodromes, at which customs, immigration and clearance facilities have been arranged. The prohibition of any intermediary landing applies also in such cases. In the event of a forced landing outside the aerodromes, referred to in the first paragraph of this article, the pilot of the aircraft, its crew1817 and the passengers shall conform to the customs and immigration regulations in force in the territory in which the landing has been made. Aircraft of each party to this arrangement are accorded the right to enter the territory of the other party subject to compliance with quarantine regulations in force therein. The parties to this arrangement shall exchange lists of the aerodromes in their territories designated by them as ports of entry and departure. Article 14 Each of the parties to this arrangement reserves the right to require that all aircraft crossing the frontiers of its territory shall do so between certain points. Subject to the notification of any such requirements by one party to the other party, and to the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas as stipulated in Article 6, the frontiers of the territories of the parties to this arrangement may be crossed at any point. Article 15 As ballast, only fine sand or water may be dropped from an aircraft. Article 16 No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded or otherwise discharged in the course of flight unless special permission for such purpose shall have been given by the authorities of the territory in which such unloading or discharge takes place. Article 17 Whenever questions of nationality arise in carrying out the present arrangement, it is agreed that every aircraft shall be deemed to possess the nationality of the party in whose territory it is duly registered. Article 18 The parties to this arrangement shall communicate to each other the regulations relative to air traffic in force in their respective territories. Article 19 The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either party upon sixty days notice given to the other party or by the enactment by either party of legislation inconsistent therewith. I am glad to assure Your Excellency that the foregoing text is what has been accepted by my Government in the course of the negotiations and is approved by it. In accordance with the suggestion of Your Excellency it is understood that the arrangement will come into force on November 15, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. [seal] H. H. Bachke Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State,* *Washington, D.C.* [No. 50] October 16, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1818 1818 PILOT LICENSES—CIVIL AIRCRAFT—NORWAY. October 16, 1933. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Norway relating to issue of pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 16, 1933; effective November 15, 1933.* The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Norwegian Minister (Bachke) Department of State, *Washington, October 16, 1933*. Sir: Reciprocal arrangement with Norway providing for issuance of pilot licenses to operate aircraft.Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken place between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Norway for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Norway providing for the issuance by the one country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: Article 1 Scope of arrangement.The present arrangement between the United States of America and Norway relates to the issuance by each country of licenses to “Civil aircraft” construed.nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft. The term “civil aircraft” shall be understood to mean aircraft used for private, industrial, commercial or transport purposes. Article 2
(a)Issue of licenses. The Ministry of Defense of Norway will issue pilots’ licenses to American nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Ministry covering the licensing of pilots.
(b)The Department of Commerce of the United States of America will issue pilots’ licenses to Norwegian nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots. Article 3
(a)Privileges accorded. Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Commerce of the United States of America to Norwegian nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to American nationals.
(b)Pilots’ licenses issued by the Ministry of Defense of Norway to American nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to Norwegian nationals. 1819 Article 4 Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competentRegistration rights denied. authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to register aircraft in such other country. Article 5 Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competentOperations reserved to national aircraft. authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to operate aircraft in air commerce wholly within territory of such other country reserved to national aircraft, unless the aircraft have been registered under the laws of the country issuing the pilots’ licenses. Article 6
(a)Norwegian nationals shall while holding valid pilot licensesOperations permitted. issued by the Ministry of Defense of Norway be permitted to operate in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the Ministry of Defense of Norway, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own Government made after the pilot has entered Continental United States of America. No person to whom this paragraph applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country, unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot license from the United States Department of Commerce in the manner provided for in this arrangement.
(b)American nationals shall while holding valid pilot licenses issued by the United States Department of Commerce be permitted to operate in Norway for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the Ministry of Defense of Norway. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own Government made after the pilot has entered Norway. No person to whom this paragraph applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in Norway for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country, unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot’s license from the Ministry of Defense of Norway in the manner provided for in this arrangement.
(c)The conditions under which pilots of the nationality of eitherConditions. country may operate aircraft of their country in the other country, as provided for in this article, shall be as stipulated in the air navigation arrangement in force between the parties to this arrangement for the issuance of pilot licenses; and the conditions under which pilots of the nationality of either country may operate aircraft of the other country, as provided for in this article, shall be in accordance with the requirements of such other country. 1820 Article 7 Duration.The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations is as herein set forth. If so, it is suggested that the arrangement become effective on November 15, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. [seal] Cordell Hull Mr. Halvard H. Bachke, *Minister of Norway.* ————— The Norwegian Minister (Bachke) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Royal Norwegian Legation, *Washington, D.C., October 16, 1933*. Sir: Acceptance by Norway.I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the note of October 16, 1933 in which Your Excellency communicated to me the text of the reciprocal arrangement between Norway and the United States of America providing for the issuance by the one country of Licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft, as understood by Your Excellency to have been agreed to during the negotiations, now terminated, between the two countries. The text communicated to me by Your Excellency is reproduced below: Article 1 The present arrangement between Norway and the United States of America relates to the issuance by each country of licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft. The term “civil aircraft” shall be understood to mean aircraft used for private, industrial, commercial or transport purposes. Article 2
(a)The Ministry of Defense of Norway will issue pilots’ licenses to American nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Ministry covering the licensing of pilots.
(b)The Department of Commerce of the United States of America will issue pilots’ licenses to Norwegian nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots. Article 3
(a)Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Commerce of the United States of America to Norwegian nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to American nationals.
(b)Pilots’ licenses issued by the Ministry of Defense of Norway to American nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to Norwegian nationals. 1821 Article 4 Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to register aircraft in such other country. Article 5 Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to operate aircraft in air commerce wholly within territory of such other country reserved to national aircraft, unless the aircraft have been registered under the laws of the country issuing the pilots’ licenses. Article 6
(a)Norwegian nationals shall while holding valid pilot licenses issued by the Ministry of Defense of Norway be permitted to operate in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the Ministry of Defense of Norway, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own Government made after the pilot has entered Continental United States of America. No person to whom this paragraph applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country, unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot license from the United States Department of Commerce in the manner provided for in this arrangement.
(b)American nationals shall while holding valid pilot licenses issued by the United States Department of Commerce be permitted to operate in Norway for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the Ministry of Defense of Norway. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own Government made after the pilot has entered Norway. No person to whom this paragraph applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in Norway for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country, unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot’s license from the Ministry of Defense of Norway in the manner provided for in this arrangement.
(c)The conditions under which pilots of the nationality of either country may operate aircraft of their country in the other country, as provided for in this article, shall be as stipulated in the air navigation arrangement in force between the parties to this arrangement for the issuance of pilot licenses; and the conditions under which pilots of the nationality of either country may operate aircraft of the other country, as provided for in this article, shall be in accordance with the requirements of such other country. 1822 Article 7 The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith. I am glad to assure Your Excellency that the foregoing text is what has been accepted by my Government in the course of the negotiations and is approved by it. In accordance with the suggestion of Your Excellency it is understood that the arrangement will come into force on November 15, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. [seal] H. H. Bachke Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State,* *Washington, D.C.* [No. 51] October 16, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1823 1823 CERTIFICATES OF AIRWORTHINESS—NORWAY. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Norway for theOctober 16, 1933. reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 16, 1933; effective November 15, 1933.* *The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Norwegian Minister (Bachke)* Department of State. Washington, *October 16, 1933.* Sir: Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken placeArrangement with Norway for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft. between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Norway for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Norway providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft exported from the other country as merchandise. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: Article 1 The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed inApplicability. continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and exported to Norway; and to civil aircraft constructed in Norway and exported to continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska. Article 2 The same validity shall be conferred on certificates of airworthinessValidity of certificates. issued by the competent authorities of the Government of the United States for aircraft subsequently to be registered in Norway as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in Norway, provided that in each case a certificate of airworthiness for export has also been issued by the United States authorities for the individual aircraft, and provided that certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of Norway for aircraft subsequently to be registered in the United States of America are similarly given the same validity as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the United States. Article 3 The above arrangement will extend to civil aircraft of all categories,Extent of arrangement. including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes. 1824 Article 4 Duration. The present arrangement may be terminated by either Government on sixty days’ notice given to the other Government. In the event, however, that either Government should be prevented by future action of its legislature from giving full effect to the provisions of this arrangement it shall automatically lapse. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations is as herein set forth. If so, it is suggested that the arrangement become effective on November 15, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. [seal] Cordell Hull Mr. Halvard H. Bachke, *Minister of Norway.* *The Norwegian Minister (Bachke) to the Secretary of State (Hull)* Royal Norwegian Legation, *Washington, D.C., October 16, 1933.* Sir: Agreement by Norway. I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the note of October 16, 1933 in which Your Excellency communicated to me the text of the reciprocal arrangement between Norway and the United States of America providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft exported from the other country as merchandise, as understood by Your Excellency to have been agreed to during the negotiations, now terminated, between the two countries. The text communicated to me by Your Excellency is reproduced below: Article 1 The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed in Norway and exported to continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska; and to civil aircraft constructed in continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and exported to Norway. Article 2 The same validity shall be conferred on certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of the Government of the United States for aircraft subsequently to be registered in Norway as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in Norway, provided that in each case a certificate of airworthiness for export has also been issued by the United States authorities for the individual aircraft, and provided that certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of Norway for aircraft subsequently to be registered in the United States of America are similarly given the same validity as if they had been issued under the regulations m force on the subject in the United States. 1825 Article 3 The above arrangement will extend to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes. Article 4 The present arrangement may be terminated by either Government on sixty days’ notice given to the other Government. In the event, however, that either Government should be prevented by future action of its legislature from giving full effect to the provisions of this arrangement it shall automatically lapse. I am glad to assure Your Excellency that the foregoing text is what has been accepted by my Government in the course of the negotiations and is approved by it. In accordance with the suggestion of Your Excellency it is understood that the arrangement will come into force on November 15, 1933. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. [seal] H. H. Bachke Honorable Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State,* *Washington, D.C.* [No. 52] November 7, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1826 1826 REPRESENTATION, ETC.—SAUDI ARABIA. * November 7, 1933. Provisional agreement between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in regard to diplomatic and consular representation, juridical protection, commerce and navigation.11Arabic text not printed. Signed November 7, 1933.* The Undersigned, Agreement with Saudi Arabia in regard to diplomatic, etc., representation, juridical protection, commerce and navigation. Mr. Robert Worth Bingham, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United States of America at London, and Sheikh Hafiz Wahba, Minister of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia at London, desiring to confirm and make a record of the understanding which they have reached in the course of recent conversations in the names of their respective Governments in regard to diplomatic and consular representation, juridical protection, commerce and navigation, have signed this Provisional Agreement: Article I. The diplomatic representatives of each country shall enjoy in the territories of the other the privileges and immunities derived from generally recognized international law. The consular representatives of each country, duly provided with exequatur, will be permitted to reside in the territories of the other in the places wherein consular representatives are by local laws permitted to reside; they shall enjoy the honorary privileges and the immunities accorded to such officers by general international usage; and they shall not be treated in a manner less favorable than similar officers of any other foreign country. Article II. Subjects of His Majesty the King of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in the United States of America, its territories and possessions, and nationals of the United States of America, its territories and possessions, in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia shall be received and treated in accordance with the requirements and practices of generally recognized international law. In respect of their persons, possessions and rights, they shall enjoy the fullest protection of the laws and authorities of the country, and they shall not be treated in regard to their persons, property, rights and interests, in any manner less favorable than the nationals of any other foreign country. Article III. In respect of import, export and other duties and charges affecting commerce and navigation, as well as in respect of transit, warehousing and other facilities, the United States of America, its territories and possessions, will accord to the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia will accord to the United States of America, its territories and possessions, unconditional most-favored nation treatment. Every concession with respect to any1827 duty, charge or regulation affecting commerce or navigation now accorded or that may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories and possessions, or by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to any foreign country will become immediately applicable without request and without compensation to the commerce and navigation of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and of the United States of America, its territories and possessions, respectively. Article IV. The stipulations of this Agreement shall not extend to the treatment which is accorded by the United States of America to the commerce of Cuba under the provisions of the Commercial Convention concluded between the United States and Cuba on December 11, 1902, or the provisions of any other commercial convention which hereafter may be concluded between the United States of America and Cuba. Such stipulations, moreover, shall not extend to the treatment which is accorded to the commerce between the United States of America and the Panama Canal Zone or any of the dependencies of the United States of America or to the commerce of the dependencies of the United States of America with one another under existing or future laws. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a limitation of the right of either Government to impose, on such terms as it may see fit, prohibitions or restrictions of a sanitary character designed to protect human, animal, or plant life, or regulations for the enforcement of police or revenue laws. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to affect existing statutes of either country in relation to the immigration of aliens or the right of either Government to enact such statutes. Article V. The present stipulations shall become operative on the day of signature hereof and shall remain respectively in effect until the entry in force of a definitive treaty of commerce and navigation, or until thirty days after notice of their termination shall have been given by the Government of either country, but should the Government of the United States of America be prevented by future action of its legislature from carrying out the terms of these stipulations, the obligations thereof shall thereupon lapse. Article VI. The English and Arabic texts of the present agreement shall be of equal validity. Signed at London this seventh day of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three. Robert Worth Bingham [seal] [Signature and seal of Sheikh Hafiz Wahba] [No. 53] March 17, 1933 September 20, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1828 1828 AIR NAVIGATION—UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA. * March 17, 1933.September 20, 1933. Arrangement between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa concerning air navigation. Effected, by exchange of notes, signed March 17 and September 20, 1933; effective September 20, 1933.* *The American Minister (Totten) to the Minister of External Affairs of the Union of South Africa (Hertzog)* No. 166. Legation of the United States of America, *Pretoria, March 17, 1933.* Sir: Arrangement with the Union of South Africa concerning air navigation. I have the honor to communicate the test of the arrangement between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa providing for navigation by aircraft of each country in the territory of the other, as understood by me to have been agreed to in the negotiations which have just been concluded between the Legation and your Ministry, as evidenced by your note of March 13, 1933 11Not printed. (File No. P.M. 66/1/1). Air Navigation Arrangement between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa. article 1 Tentative provisions. Pending the conclusion of a convention between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa on the subject of air navigation, the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country shall be governed by the following provisions. article 2 Area affected. The present arrangement shall apply to Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and to the Union of South Africa, including the adjacent territorial waters of the two countries. article 3 Aircraft construed. The term aircraft with reference to one or the other Party to this arrangement shall be understood to mean civil aircraft, including state aircraft used exclusively for commercial purposes, duly registered in the territory of such Party. article 4 Freedom of passage. Each of the Parties undertakes to grant liberty of passage above its territory in time of peace to the aircraft of the other Party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed. Regular air routes by transport company. It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation of regular air routes by an air transport company of one of the Parties within the territory of the other Party or across the said1829 territory, with or without intermediary landing, shall be subject toConsent required. the prior consent of the other Party given on the principle of reciprocity and at the request of the party whose nationality the air transport company possesses. The parties to this arrangement agree that the period in whichLimit on pilot’s licenses. pilots may, while holding valid pilot licenses issued or rendered valid by either country, operate registered aircraft of that country in the other country for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes shall be limited to a period not exceeding six months from the time of entry for the purpose of operating aircraft, unless prior to the expiration of this period the pilots obtain from the Government of the country in which they are operating, pilot licenses authorizing them to operate aircraft for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes. article 5 The aircraft of each of the Parties to this arrangement, their crewsJurisdiction over aircraft. and passengers, shall, while within the territory of the other Party, be subject to the general legislation in force in that territory, as well as the regulations in force therein relating to air traffic in general, to the transport of passengers and goods and to public safety and order in so far as these regulations apply to all foreign aircraft, their crews and passengers. Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall permit the import or export of all merchandise which may be legally imported or exported and also the carriage of passengers, subject to any customs immigration and quarantine restrictions, into or from their respective territories in the aircraft of the other Party, and such aircraft, their passengers and cargoes, shall enjoy the same privileges as and shall not be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which the aircraft of the country, imposing such duties or charges, engaged in international commerce, and their cargoes and passengers, or the aircraft of any foreign country likewise engaged, and their cargoes and passengers, enjoy or are subjected to. Each of the Parties to this arrangement may reserve to its own aircraft air commerce between any two points neither of which is in a foreign country. Nevertheless the aircraft of either Party may proceed from any aerodrome in the territory of the other Party which they are entitled to use to any other such aerodrome either for the purpose of landing the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers or of taking on board the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers, provided that such cargoes are covered by through bills of lading, and such passengers hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey whose starting place and destination both are not points between which air commerce has been duly so reserved, and such aircraft, while proceeding as aforesaid, from one aerodrome to another, shall, notwithstanding that such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been duly reserved, enjoy all the privileges of this arrangement. article 6 Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall have the right toRestricted areas. prohibit air traffic over certain areas of its territory, provided that no distinction in this matter is made between its aircraft engaged in international commerce and the aircraft of the other Party likewise engaged. The areas above which air traffic is thus prohibited by either Party must be notified to the other Party. 1830 Each of the Parties reserves the right under exceptional circumstances in time of peace and with immediate effect temporarily to limit or prohibit air traffic above its territory on condition that in this respect no distinction is made between the aircraft of the other Party and the aircraft of any foreign country. article 7 Conduct if accidentally entering. Any aircraft which finds itself over a prohibited area shall, as soon as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rules of the Air in force in the territory flown over and shall land as soon as possible at an aerodrome situated in such territory outside of but as near as possible to such prohibited area. article 8 Identification of aircraft. All aircraft shall carry clear and visible nationality and registration marks whereby they may be recognized during flight. In addition, they must bear the name and address of the owner. All aircraft shall be provided with certificates of registration and of airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered. The members of the crew who perform, in an aircraft, duties for which a special permit is required in the territory in which such aircraft is registered, shall be provided with all documents and in particular with the certificates and licenses prescribed by the regulations in force in such territory. The other members of the crew shall carry documents showing their duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality. The certificate of airworthiness, certificates of competency and licenses issued or rendered valid by one of the Parties to this arrangement in respect of an aircraft registered in its territory or of the crew of such aircraft shall have the same validity in the territory of the other Party as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the latter. Each of the Parties reserves the right for the purpose of flight within its own territory to refuse to recognize certificates of competency and licenses issued to nationals of that Party by the other Party. article 9 Radio regulations. Aircraft of either of the Parties to this arrangement may carry wireless apparatus in the territory of the other Party only if a license to install and work such apparatus shall have been issued by the competent authorities of the Party in whose territory the aircraft is registered. The use of such apparatus shall lie in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Such apparatus shall be used only by such members of the crew as are provided with a special license for the purpose issued by the Government of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The Parties to this arrangement reserve respectively the right, for reasons of safety, to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with wireless apparatus. article 10 Transportation of munitions prohibited. No arms of war, explosives of war, or munitions of war shall be carried by aircraft of either Party above the territory of the other Party or by the crew or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. 1831 article 11 Upon the departure or landing of any aircraft each Party mayInspection, etc. within its own territory and through its competent authorities search the aircraft of the other Party and examine the certificates and other documents prescribed. article 12 Aerodromes open to public air traffic in the territory of one ofAerodromes, etc. the Parties to tins arrangement shall in so far as they are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are situated be open to all aircraft of the other Party, which shall also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological services, the wireless services, the lighting services and the day and night signalling services, in so far as the several classes of services are under the control of the Party in whose territory they respectively are rendered. Any scale of charges made, namely, landing, accommodation or other charge, with respect to the aircraft of each Party in the territory of the other Party, shall in so far as such charges are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are made be the same for the aircraft of both Parties. article 13 All aircraft entering or leaving the territory of either of theLandings, etc, Parties to this arrangement shall land at or depart from an aerodrome open to public air traffic and classed as a customs aerodrome at which facilities exist for enforcement of immigration regulations and clearance of aircraft, and no intermediary landing shall be effected between the frontier and the aerodrome. In special cases the competent authorities may allow aircraft to land at or depart from other aerodromes, at which customs, immigration and clearance facilities have been arranged. The prohibition of any intermediary landing applies also in such cases. In the event of a forced landing outside the aerodromes, referred to in the first paragraph of this article, the pilot of the aircraft, its crew and the passengers shall conform to the customs and immigration regulations in force in the territory in which the landing has been made. Aircraft of each Party to this arrangement are accorded the right to enter the territory of the other Party subject to compliance with quarantine regulations in force therein. The Parties to this arrangement shall exchange lists of the aerodromes in their territories designated by them as ports of entry and departure. article 14 Each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the right toFlight restrictions. require that all aircraft crossing the frontiers of its territory shall do so between certain points. Subject to the notification of any such requirements by one Party to the other Party, and to the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas as stipulated in Article 6, the frontiers of the territories of the Parties to this arrangement may be crossed at any point. article 15 As ballast, only fine sand or water may be dropped from anBallast. aircraft. article 16 No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded orUnloading permits. otherwise discharged in the course of flight unless special permission for such purpose shall have been given by the authorities of the territory in which such unloading or discharge takes place. 1832 article 17 Registry. Whenever questions of nationality arise in carrying out the present arrangement, it is agreed that every aircraft shall be deemed to possess the nationality of the Party in whose territory it is duly registered. article 18 Regulations to be exchanged. The Parties to this arrangement shall communicate to each other the regulations relative to air traffic in force in their respective territories. article 19 Duration of arrangement. The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith. Ratification. If you inform me that it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed upon is as herein set forth, the Effective date.arrangement will be considered to be operative from the date of the receipt of your note so advising me. I have the honor to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, Ralph J. Totten, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America.* The Honorable J. B. M. Hertzog, *Minister for External Affairs,* *Pretoria.* *The Minister of External Affairs of the Union of South Africa (Hertzog) to the American Minister (Totten)* P.M. 66/1/1 Department of External Affairs, *Pretoria, 20th September, 1933.* Sir, Acceptance by the Union of South Africa. I have the honour to refer to your letter No. 166 of the 17th March last regarding the arrangement between the Union of South Africa and the United States of America providing for navigation by aircraft of each country in the territory of the other and to inform you that His Majesty’s Government in the Union of South Africa are in accord with the terms of the arrangement which is, word for word, as follows:— " “Air Navigation Arrangement between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa. article 1. Pending the conclusion of a convention between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa on the subject of air navigation, the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country shall be governed by the following provisions. 1833 article 2. The present arrangement shall apply to Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and to the Union of South Africa, including the adjacent territorial waters of the two countries. article 3. The term aircraft with reference to one or the other Party to this arrangement shall be understood to mean civil aircraft, including state aircraft used exclusively for commercial purposes, duly registered in the territory of such Party. article 4. Each of the Parties undertakes to grant liberty of passage above its territory in time of peace to the aircraft of the other Party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed. It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation of regular air routes by an air transport company of one of the Parties within the territory of the other Party or across the said territory, with or without intermediary landing, shall be subject to the prior consent of the other Party given on the principle of reciprocity and at the request of the party whose nationality the air transport company possesses. The parties to this arrangement agree that the period in which pilots may, while holding valid pilot licenses issued or rendered valid by either country, operate registered aircraft of that country in the other country for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes shall be limited to a period not exceeding six months from the time of entry for the purpose of operating aircraft, unless prior to the expiration of this period the pilots obtain from the Government of the country in which they are operating, pilot licenses authorizing them to operate aircraft for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes. article 5. The aircraft of each of the Parties to this arrangement, their crews and passengers, shall, while within the territory of the other Party, be subject to the general legislation in force in that territory, as well as the regulations in force therein relating to air traffic in general, to the transport of passengers and goods and to public safety and order in so far as these regulations apply to all foreign aircraft, their crews and passengers. Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall permit the import or export of all merchandise which may be legally imported or exported and also the carriage of passengers, subject to any customs immigration and quarantine restrictions, into or from their respective territories in the aircraft of the other Party, and such aircraft, their passengers and cargoes, shall enjoy the same privileges as and shall not be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which the aircraft of the country, imposing such duties or charges, engaged in international commerce, and their cargoes and passengers, or the aircraft of any foreign country likewise engaged, and their cargoes and passengers enjoy or are subjected to. Each of the Parties to this arrangement may reserve to its own aircraft air commerce between any two points neither of which is in a foreign country. Nevertheless the aircraft of either Party may1834 proceed from any aerodrome in the territory of the other Party which they are entitled to use to any other such aerodrome either for the purpose of landing the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers, or of taking on board the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers, provided that such cargoes are covered by through bills of lading, and such passengers hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey whose starting place and destination both are not points between which air commerce has been duly so reserved, and such aircraft, while proceeding as aforesaid, from one aerodrome to another, shall, notwithstanding that such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been duly reserved, enjoy all the privileges of this arrangement. article 6. Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall have the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas of its territory, provided that no distinction in this matter is made between its aircraft engaged in international commerce and the aircraft of the other Party likewise engaged. The areas above which air traffic is thus prohibited by either Party must be notified to the other Party. Each of the Parties reserves the right under exceptional circumstances in time of peace and with immediate effect temporarily to limit or prohibit air traffic above its territory on condition that in this respect no distinction is made between the aircraft of the other Party and the aircraft of any foreign country. article 7. Any aircraft which finds itself over a prohibited area shall, as soon as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rules of the Air in force in the territory flown over and shall land as soon as possible at an aerodrome situated in such territory outside of but as near as possible to such prohibited area. article 8. All aircraft shall carry clear and visible nationality and registration marks whereby they may be recognized during flight. In addition, they must bear the name and address of the owner. All aircraft shall be provided with certificates of registration and of airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered. The members of the crew who perform, in an aircraft, duties for which a special permit is required in the territory in which such aircraft is registered, shall be provided with all documents and in particular with the certificates and licenses prescribed by the regulations in force in such territory. The other members of the crew shall carry documents showing their duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality. The certificate of airworthiness, certificates of competency and licenses issued or rendered valid by one of the Parties to this arrangement in respect of an aircraft registered in its territory or of the crew of such aircraft shall have the same validity in the territory of the other Party as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the latter. Each of the Parties reserves the right for the purpose of flight within its own territory to refuse to recognize certificates of competency and licenses issued to nationals of that Party by the other Party. 1835 article 9. Aircraft of either of the Parties to this arrangement may carry wireless apparatus in the territory of the other Party only if a license to install and work such apparatus shall have been issued by the competent authorities of the Party in whose territory the aircraft is registered. The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Such apparatus shall be used only by such members of the crew as are provided with a special license for the purpose issued by the Government of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The Parties to this arrangement reserve respectively the right, for reasons of safety, to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with wireless apparatus. article 10. No arms of war, explosives of war, or munitions of war shall be carried by aircraft of either Party above the territory of the other Party or by the crew or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. article 11. Upon the departure or landing of any aircraft each Party may within its own territory and through its competent authorities search the aircraft of the other Party and examine the certificates and other documents prescribed. article 12. Aerodromes open to public air traffic in the territory of one of the Parties to this arrangement shall in so far as they are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are situated be open to all aircraft of the other Party, which shall also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological services, the wireless services, the lighting services and the day and night signalling services, in so far as the several classes of services are under the control of the Party in whose territory they respectively are rendered. Any scale of charges made, namely, landing, accommodation, or other charge, with respect to the aircraft of each Party in the territory of the other Party, shall in so far as such charges are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are made be the same for the aircraft of both Parties. article 13. All aircraft entering or leaving the territory of either of the Parties to this arrangement shall land at or depart from an aerodrome open to public air traffic and classed as a customs aerodrome at which facilities exist for enforcement of immigration regulations and clearance of aircraft, and no intermediary landing shall be effected between the frontier and the aerodrome. In special cases the competent authorities may allow aircraft to land at or depart from other aerodromes, at which customs, immigration and clearance facilities have been arranged. The prohibition of any intermediary landing applies also in such cases. In the event of a forced landing outside the aerodromes, referred to in the first paragraph of this article, the pilot of the aircraft, its crew and the passengers shall conform to the customs and immigration regulations in force in the territory in which the landing as been made. 1836 Aircraft of each Party to this arrangement are accorded the right to enter the territory of the other Party subject to compliance with quarantine regulations in force therein. The Parties to this arrangement shall exchange lists of the aerodromes in their territories designated by them as ports of entry and departure. article 14. Each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the right to require that all aircraft crossing the frontiers of its territory shall do so between certain points. Subject to the notification of any such requirements by one Party to the other Party, and to the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas as stipulated in Article 6, the frontiers of the territories of the Parties to this arrangement may be crossed at any point. article 15. As ballast, only fine sand or water may be dropped from an aircraft. article 16. No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded or otherwise discharged in the course of flight unless special permission for such purpose shall have been given by the authorities of the territory in which such unloading or discharge takes place. article 17. Whenever questions of nationality arise in carrying out the present arrangement, it is agreed that every aircraft shall be deemed to possess the nationality of the Party in whose territory it is duly registered. article 18. The Parties to this arrangement shall communicate to each other the regulations relative to air traffic in force in their respective territories. article 19. The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith.” " It is further agreed that the arrangement will be operative as from the date of this note. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, J. B. M. Hertzog. *Minister of External Affairs,* The Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America, *Pretoria.* [No. 54] March 17, 1933 September 20, 1933 Agreement 48 Stat. 1837 1837 PILOT LICENSES—AIRCRAFT—SOUTH AFRICA. *Arrangement between the United States of America and the Union ofMarch 17, 1933.September 20, 1933. South Africa governing pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed March 17 and September 20, 1933. Effective September 20, 1933.* *The American Minister (Totten) to the Minister of External Affairs of the Union of South Africa (Hertzog)* No. 167. Legation of the United States of America, *Pretoria, March 17, 1933.* Sir: I have the honor to communicate the text of the arrangementArrangement with Union of South Africa governing pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft. between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa providing for the issuance by each country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft, as understood by me to have been agreed to in the negotiations which have just been concluded between the Legation and your Ministry, as evidenced by your note of March 13, 1933 11Not printed. (File No. P.M. 66/1/1). Arrangement between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa Providing for the Issuance by Each Country of Licenses to Nationals of the Other Country Authorizing Them to Pilot Civil Aircraft article 1 The present arrangement between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa relates to the issuance by each country of licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft. The term “ civil aircraft ” shall be understood to mean aircraft used for private, industrial, commercial or transport purposes. article 2 (*a*) The Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa will issue pilots’ licenses to American nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots. (*b*) The Department of Commerce of the United States of America will issue pilots’ licenses to nationals of the Union of South Africa upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots. article 3 (*a*) Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Commerce of the United States of America to nationals of the Union of South Africa shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to American nationals. 1838 (*b*) Pilots’ licenses issued, by the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa to American nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the Union of South Africa. article 4 Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to register aircraft in such other country. article 5 Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to operate aircraft in air commerce wholly within territory of such other country reserved to national aircraft, unless the aircraft have been registered under the laws of the country issuing the pilots’ licenses. article 6 (*a*) Nationals of the Union of South Africa shall while holding valid pilot licenses issued by the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa be permitted to operate in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own Government made after the pilot has entered Continental United States of America. No person to whom this paragraph applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country, unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot license from the United States Department of Commerce in the manner provided for in this arrangement. (*b*) American nationals shall while holding valid pilot licenses issued by the United States Department of Commerce be permitted to operate in the Union of South Africa for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own Government made after the pilot has entered the Union of South Africa. No person to whom this paragraph applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in the Union of South Africa for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country, unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot’s license from the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa in the manner provided for in this arrangement. (*c*) The conditions under which pilots of the nationality of either country may operate aircraft of their country in the other country,1839 as provided for in this article, shall be as stipulated in the air navigation arrangement in force between the parties to this arrangement for the issuance of pilot licenses; and the conditions under which pilots of the nationality of either country may operate aircraft of the other country, as provided for in this article, shall be in accordance with the requirements of such other country. article 7 The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith. If you inform me that it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed upon is as herein set forth, the arrangement will be considered to be operative from the date of the receipt of your note so advising me. I have the honor to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, Ralph J. Totten, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America.* The Honorable J. B. M. Hertzog, *Minister for External Affairs,* *Pretoria* *The Minister of External Affairs of the Union of South Africa (Hertzog) to the American Minister (Totten)* P.M. 66/1/1 Department of External Affairs, *Pretoria, 20th September, 1933.* Sir, I have the honour to refer to your letter No. 167 of the 17thConcurrence by Union of South Africa. March last regarding the proposed arrangement between the Union of South Africa and the United States of America providing for the issuance by each country of licences to Nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft, and to inform you that His Majesty’s Government in the Union of South Africa are in accord with the terms of the arrangement which is, word for word, as follows:— " “Arrangement between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa providing for the issuance by each country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft.” article 1. The present arrangement between the United States of America and the Union of South Africa relates to the issuance by each country of licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of1840 civil aircraft. The term “ civil aircraft ” shall be understood to mean aircraft used for private, industrial, commercial or transport purposes. article 2. (*a*) The Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa will issue pilots’ licenses to American nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots. (*b*) The Department of Commerce of the United States of America will issue pilots’ licenses to nationals of the Union of South Africa upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots. article 3. (*a*) Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Commerce of the United States of America to nationals of the Union of South Africa shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to American nationals. (*b*) Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa to American nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the Union of South Africa. article 4. Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to register aircraft in such other country. article 5. Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to operate aircraft in air commerce wholly within territory of such other country reserved to national aircraft, unless the aircraft have been registered under the laws of the country issuing the pilots’ licenses. article 6. (*a*) Nationals of the Union of South Africa shall while holding valid pilot licenses issued by the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa be permitted to operate in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own Government made after the pilot has entered Continental United States of America. No person to whom this paragraph applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in Continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country, unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot license from the United States Department of Commerce in the manner provided for in this arrangement. 1841 (*b*) American nationals shall while holding valid pilot licenses issued by the United States Department of Commerce be permitted to operate in the Union of South Africa for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period not exceeding six months from the time of entering that country, any civil aircraft registered by the United States Department of Commerce, and/or any civil aircraft registered by the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa. The period of validity of the licenses first mentioned in this paragraph shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include any renewal of the license by the pilot’s own Government made after the pilot has entered the Union of South Africa. No person to whom this paragraph applies shall be allowed to operate civil aircraft in the Union of South Africa for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes for a period of more than six months from the time of entering that country, unless he shall, prior to the expiration of such period, have obtained a pilot’s license from the Department of Defence of the Union of South Africa in the manner provided for in this arrangement. (*c*) The conditions under which pilots of the nationality of either country may operate aircraft of their country in the other country, as provided for in this article, shall be as stipulated in the air navigation arrangement in force between the parties to this arrangement for the issuance of pilot licenses; and the conditions under which pilots of the nationality of either country may operate aircraft of the other country, as provided for in this article, shall be in accordance with the requirements of such other country. article 7. The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith” " It is further agreed that the arrangement will be operative as from the date of this note. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient Servant, J. B. M. Hertzog. *Minister of External Affairs,* The Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America, *Pretoria.* [No. 55] August 24, 1933 January 9, 1934 Agreement 48 Stat. 1842 1842 DOUBLE INCOME TAX—IRISH FREE STATE. * August 24, 1933.January 9, 1934. Arrangement between the United States of America and the Irish Free State, providing relief from double income tax on shipping profits. Effected by exchange of notes, signed August 24, 1933, and January 9, 1934.* *The Chargé d’Affaires ad interim, of the Irish Free State (Macaulay) to the Secretary of State* Irish Free State Legation, *Washington, D.C., 24th August, 1933.* Sir: Double income tax on shipping profits.Reciprocal exemptions. United States and Irish Free State. I am requested by my Government to bring to the notice of the Government of the United States the provisions of Section 10 of the Finance Act, 1932 (No. 20 of 1932) which section reads as follows: " “ 10.— Subject to the provisions of this section, exemption shall be. granted from income tax (including super-tax, or surtax, as the case may be) in respect of so much of the income of a citizen of the United States of America not resident in the Irish Free State or of a corporation organised in the United States of America as is derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the United States of America.” " I have the honour to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, W J B MACAULAY *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* Honorable Cordell Hull, *The Secretary of State of the United States* *Washington, D.C.* *The Acting Secretary of State to the Minister of the Irish Free State (MacWhite)* Department of State, *Washington, January 9, 1934.* Sir: Agreement by United States. In a note dated August 24, 1933, Mr. Macaulay, as Chargé d’Affaires *ad interim,* brought to the notice of the Government of the United States the provisions of Section 10 of the Irish Free State Finance Act of 1932, which provides for the relief of American steamship owners from double income tax on shipping profits. The text of Section 10 of the above law was brought to the attention of the Secretary of the Treasury, with the request that he inform Vol. 47, pp. 228, 230.the Department of State whether the Irish Free State satisfied the equivalent exemption requirements of Sections 212(*b*) and 231(*b*)1843 of the United States Revenue Act of 1932. I have pleasure in informing you that I am now in receipt of a letter from the Acting Secretary of the Treasury dated December 14, 1933, which reads in part as follows: " “ In view of the fact that the Irish Free State, under the provision of law quoted above, exempts from income tax so much of the income of a citizen of the United States not resident in the Irish Free State or of a corporation organized in the United States as is derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the United States, it is the opinion of this Department that the Irish Free State meets the reciprocal exemption provisions of sections 212(*b*) and 231(*b*) of the Revenue Act of 1932. The income of a non-resident alien individual and of a foreign corporation which consists exclusively of earnings derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the Irish Free State is, therefore, not required to be included in gross income and is exempt from income tax under the provisions of the Revenue Act of 1932. The exemption accorded herein is effective April 6, 1932, the beginning of the first income-tax taxable year to which Section 10 of the Finance Act of 1932 is applicable.” " It will be observed that the Acting Secretary of the Treasury holds that in view of the fact that the Irish Free State, under the provisions of Section 10 of the Irish Free State Finance Act of 1932, exempts from income tax so much of the income of a citizen of the United States not resident in the Irish Free State or of a corporation organized in the United States as is derived from the operation of a ship or ships documented under the laws of the United States, the Irish Free State has satisfied the equivalent exemption provisions of Sections 212(*b*) and 231(*b*) of the United States Revenue Act of 1932. The exemption accorded to steamship owners of the Irish Free State under the above ruling of the Acting Secretary of the Treasury is effective as of April 6, 1932, the beginning of the first income-tax taxable year to which Section 10 of the Irish Free State Finance Act of 1932 is applicable. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Acting Secretary of State: R. Walton Moore Mr. Michael MacWhite, *Minister of the Irish Free State.* [No. 56] April 24, 1934 Protocol 48 Stat. 1844 1844 GENERAL CLAIMS—MEXICO. *Protocol between the United States of America and Mexico relative to general claims. Signed April 24, 1934; effective April 24, 1934.* April 24, 1934. Protocol with Mexico relative to General claims Commission.protocol relative to claims presented to the general claims commission, established by the convention of september 8, 1923. Plenipotentiaries.Josephus Daniels, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to the Government of Mexico, and José Manuel Puig Casauranc, Secretary for Foreign Affairs of the United Mexican States, duly authorized, have agreed on behalf of their two Governments to conclude the following Protocol: Whereas, It is the desire of the two Governments to settle and liquidate as promptly as possible those claims of each Government against the other which are comprehended by, and which have been filed in pursuance of, the General Claims Convention Vol. 43, p. 1730.between the two Governments, concluded on September 8, 1923; Whereas, It is not considered expedient to proceed, at the present time, to the formal arbitration of the said claims in the manner provided in that Convention; Whereas, It is considered to be conducive to the best interests of the two Governments, to preserve the status quo of the General Claims Convention above men-1845tioned and the Convention extending the duration thereof, which latter was concluded on June 18, 1932, as well as the agreement relating to agrarian claims under Article I of the additional Protocol of June 18, 1932; Whereas, It is advisable to endeavor to effect a more expeditious and more economical disposition of the claims, either by means of an *en bloc* settlement or a more simplified method of adjudication, and Whereas, In the present state of development of the numerous claims the available information is not such as to permit the two Governments to appraise their true value with sufficient accuracy to permit of the successful negotiation of an *en Hoc* settlement thereof at the present time; Therefore, It is agreed that: First.— The two GovernmentsProceedings. will proceed to an informal discussion of the agrarian claims now pending before the General Claims Commission, with a view to making an adjustment thereof that shall be consistent with the rights and equities of the claimants and the rights and obligations of the Mexican Government, as provided by the General Claims Protocol of June 18, 1932. Pending such discussion no agrarian claims will be presented to the Commissioners referred to in Clause Third nor, in turn, to the Umpire referred to in Clause Fifth of this Protocol; but memorials of cases not yet memorial1846ized may be filed in order to regularize the awards made upon the agreed adjustments. Protocol to apply to agrarian claims only.Consequently, the subsequent provisions of this Protocol shall apply to agrarian claims only insofar as they do not conflict with the status thereof, as exclusively fixed by the terms of the agreed Article I of the additional protocol to the extension of the General Claims Convention, signed June 18, 1932. Second.—Procedure, to be followed. The two Governments shall proceed, in accordance with the provisions of clause Sixth below, promptly to complete the written pleadings and briefs in the remaining unpleaded and incompletely pleaded cases. Third.—Each party to appoint a Commissioner. Each Government shall promptly designate, from among its own nationals, a Commissioner, Qualifications of.who shall be an outstanding jurist and whose function it shall be to appraise, on their merits, as rapidly as possible, the claims of both Governments which have already been fully pleaded and briefed and those in which the pleadings and briefs shall be completed in accordance herewith. Fourth.—Reconciling appraisals. Six months before the termination of the period herein agreed upon for the completion of the pleadings and briefs referred to in Clause Sixth or at an earlier time should they1847so agree, the said Commissioners shall meet, at a place to be agreed upon by them, for the purpose of reconciling their appraisals. They shall, as soon as possible,Joint report to be submitted. and not later than six months from the date of the completion of the pleadings and briefs, submit to the two Governments a joint report of the results of their conferences, indicating those cases in which agreement has been reached by them with respect to the merits and the amount of liability, if any, in the individual cases and also those cases in which they shall have been unable to agree with respect to the merits or the amount of liability, or both. Fifth.— The two GovernmentsClaims convention to follow. shall, upon the basis of such joint report, and with the least possible delay, conclude a convention for the final disposition of the claims, which convention shall take oneForms to be taken. or the other of the two following forms, namely, first, an agreement for an *en bloc* settlement of the claims wherein there shall be stipulated the net amount to be paid by either Government and the terms upon which payment shall be made; or, second, an agreement for the disposition of the claims upon their individual merits. In this latter event, the two above-mentioned Commissioners shall be required to record their agreements with respect to individual claims and the bases upon which their conclusions shall have been reached, in the respective cases. 1848 Report a final disposition of cases.The report shall be accepted, by the convention to be concluded by the two Governments, as final and conclusive dispositions of Cases in disagreement.those cases. With respect to those cases in which the Commissioners shall not have been able to reach agreements, the two Governments shall, by the said convention, agree that the pleadings and briefs in such cases, together with the written views of Reference to Umpire; effect of decisions.the two Commissioners concerning the merits of the respective claims, be referred to an Umpire, whose written decisions shall also be accepted by both Governments as final and binding. All matters relating to the designation of an Umpire, time within which his decisions should be rendered and general provisions relating to his work shall be fixed in a Convention to be negotiated under provisions of this Clause. Sixth.—Pleadings and briefs. The procedure to be followed in the development of the pleadings and briefs, which procedure shall be scrupulously observed by the Agents of the two Governments, shall be the following:
(a)The time allowed for the completion of the pleadings and briefs shall be two years counting from a date hereafter to be agreed upon by the two Governments by an exchange of notes, which shall not be later than November 1, 1934.
(b)The pleadings and briefs of each Government shall be filed at the Embassy of the other Government.
(c)The pleadings and briefs to be filed shall be limited in number to four, namely, Memorial, Answer, Brief and Reply Brief. Only three copies of each need be1849presented to the other Agent, but four additional copies shall be retained by the filing Agency for possible use in future adjudication. Each copy of Memorial, Answer and Brief shall be accompanied by a copy of all evidence filed with the original thereof. The pleadings and briefs, which may be in either English or Spanish at the option of the filing Government, shall be signed by the respective Agents or properly designated substitutes.
(d)With the Memorial the claimant Government shall file all the evidence on which it intends to rely. With the Answer the respondent Government shall file all the evidence upon which it intends to rely. No further evidence shall be filed by either side except such evidence, with the Brief, as rebuts evidence filed with the Answer. Such evidence shall be strictly limited to evidence in rebuttal and there shall be explained at the beginning of the Brief the alleged justification for the filing thereof. If the other side desires to object to such filing, its views may be set forth in the beginning of the Reply Brief, and the Commissioners, or the Umpire, as the case may require, shall decide the point, and if it is decided that the evidence is not in rebuttal to evidence filed with the Answer, the additional evidence shall be entirely disregarded in considering the merits of the claim. The Commissioners may at anyCommissioners may order further evidence. time order the production of further evidence. 1850
(e)In view of the desire to reduce the number of pleadings and briefs to a minimum in the interest of economy of time and expense, it shall be the obligation of both Agents fully and clearly to state in their Memorials the contention of the claimant Government with respect to both the factual bases of the claims in question and the legal principles upon which the claims are predicated and, in the Answer, the contentions of the respondent Government with regard to the facts and legal principles upon which the defense of the case rests. In cases in which Answers already filed do not sufficiently meet this provision so as to afford the claimant Government an adequate basis for preparing its legal Brief with full general knowledge of the factual and legal defenses of the respondent Government, it shall have the right to file a Counter Brief within thirty days following the date of filing the Reply Brief.
(f)For the purposes of the above pleadings and briefs, as well as the appraisals and decisions of the two Commissioners and the decisions of the Umpire, above mentioned, the provisions of the General Claims Convention of September 8, 1923, shall be considered as fully effective and binding upon the two Governments, except insofar as concerns the matter of procedure, which shall be that provided for herein.
(g)Whenever practicable, cases of a particular class shall be grouped for memorializing and/or for briefing. 1851
(h)In order that the two Agents may organize their work in the most advantageous manner possible and in order that the two-year period allowed for pleadings and briefs may be utilized in a manner which shall be most equitable to both sides, each Agent shall, within thirty days from the beginning of the two-year pleading period, submit to the other Agent a tentative statement showing the total number of Memorials and Briefs such Agent intends to file. Six months after the beginning of the two-year pleading period, the two Agents shall respectively submit in the same manner statements setting out definitely by name and docket number the claims in which it is proposed to complete the pleadings and briefs, indicating those in which they intend to combine cases in the manner indicated in paragraph
(g)above. The number of pleadings and briefs so indicated shall not, except by later agreement between the two Governments, be exceeded by more than ten percent.
(i)In order to enable the Agencies to distribute their work equally over the two-year pleading period, each Agency shall be under the obligation to file its Memorials at approximately equal intervals during the first seventeen months of the two-year period, thus allowing the remaining seven months of the period for the completion of the pleadings and briefs in the last case memorialized. The same obligation shall attach with re-1852speet to the filing of the pleadings and briefs referred to in paragraph
(k)below.
(j)The time to be allowed for filing Answers shall be seventy days from the date of filing Memori als. The time to be allowed for filing Briefs shall be seventy days from the date of filing the Answers. The time to be allowed for filing Reply Briefs shall be seventy days from the date of filing the Briefs.
(k)In those cases in which some pleadings or briefs were filed with the General Claims Commission before the date of signature hereof, the Agency which has the right to file the next pleading or brief shall be allowed to determine when that document shall be filed, taking into consideration the necessity of complying with the provisions of paragraph
(i)above.
(l)In counting the seventy- day periods mentioned in paragraph
(j)above, no deductions shall be made for either Sundays or holidays. The date of filing the above described pleadings and briefs shall be considered to be the date upon which they shall be delivered at the Embassy of the other Government If the due date shall fall on Sunday or a legal holiday, the pleading or brief shall be filed upon the next succeeding business day. The two Governments shall, for this purpose, instruct their respective Embassies to receive and give receipts for such pleadings and1853briefs any weekday between the hours of 10 and 16 (4 p.m.) except on the following legal holidays of both countries: Of the United States Of Mexico January 1 January 1 February 22 February 5 May 30 May 1 July 4 May 5 First Monday in September September 14 Last Thursday in November September 15 December 25 September 16 October 12 November 30 December 25 December 31.
(m)In view of the herein prescribed limitations upon the time allowed for the completion of the work of the Agencies and the Commissioners, it is recognized that the success of this simplified plan of procedure depends fundamentally upon the prompt and regular filing of the pleadings and briefs in accordance with the provisions of this Protocol. It is agreed, therefore, that any pleading or brief which shall be filed more than thirty days after the due date for the filing thereof, shall be disregarded by the Commissioners and the Umpire, and that the respective case shall be considered by them upon the pleadings and briefs preceding the tardy pleadings and briefs, unless, by agreement of the two Governments, the continued pleading of the respective case shall be resumed.
(n)It shall not be necessary to present original evidence but all documents hereafter submitted as evidence shall be certified as true and complete copies of the1854original if they be such. In the event that any particular document filed is not a true and complete copy of the original, that fact shall be so stated in the certificate.
(o)The complete original of any document filed, either in whole or in part, shall be retained in the Agency filing the document and shall be made available for inspection by any authorized representative of the Agent of the other side.
(p)Where the original of any document or other proof is filed at any Government office on either side, and cannot be conveniently withdrawn, and no copy of such document is in the possession of the Agent of the Government desiring to present the same to the Commissioners in support of the allegations set out in his pleadings or briefs, he shall notify the Agent of the other Government in writing of his desire to inspect such document. Should such inspection be refused, then the action taken in response to the request to inspect, together with such reasons as may be assigned for the action taken, shall be reported to the Commissioners and, in turn, to the Umpire mentioned in Clause Fifth of this Protocol, so that due notice thereof may be taken. Signatures.Done in duplicate in Mexico, D.F. in the English and Spanish languages this twenty fourth day of the month of April one thousand nine hundred and thirty four. Protocol with Mexico relative to General claims Commission.protocolo relativo a las reclamaciones presentadas ante la comision general de reclama ciones creada por la convencion de s de septiembre de 1923. Plenipotentiaries.Josephus Daniels, Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos de América ante el Gobierno de México, y José Manuel Puig Casauranc, Secretario de Relaciones Exteriores de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, debidamente autorizados, convienen en firmar, en nombre de sus respectivos Gobiernos, el siguiente Protocolo: Considerando que es el deseo de ambos Gobiernos arreglar y liquidar, tan pronto como sea posible, las reclamaciones de cada uno de los dos Gobiernos en contra del otro, comprendidas en la Convención General de Reclamaciones celebrada el 8 de septiembre Vol. 43, p. 1730.de 1923 entre los dos Gobiernos y registradas de acuerdo con la misma; Considerando que no se juzga viable, en los momentos actuales, proceder al arbitraje formal de dichas reclamaciones mediante el procedimiento que establece la Convención mencionada; Considerando que se juzga conducente para los mejores intereses de ambos Gobiernos conservar el “*statu quo*” de la Convención General de Reclamaciones1845arriba mencionada y de la Convención de Prórroga celebrada el 18 de junio de 1932, así como de lo convenido para las reclamaciones agrarias en el Artículo I del Protocolo adicional de 18 de junio de 1932; Considerando que conviene intentar la resolución más rápida y más económica de las reclamaciones, ya sea por medio de un arreglo global o de un método más simplificado para fallarlas, y Considerando que en el presente estado de tramitación de las numerosas reclamaciones, los datos de que se dispone son de tal naturaleza que no permiten a los dos Gobiernos estimar el verdadero valor de ellas con exactitud suficiente para permitir la negociación con éxito de un arreglo global de las mismas en los momentos actuales; Por tanto, queda convenido que: Primero.— Los dos GobiernosProceedings. procederán a discutir, de manera informal, las reclamaciones agrarias pendientes en la actualidad ante la Comisión General de Reclamaciones, con el propósito de llegar a. un arreglo con respecto a ellas, en consonannancia con la equidad y con los derechos de los reclamantes y con los derechos y obligaciones del Gobierno Mexicano, según lo establecido por el Protocolo de la Comisión General de 18 de junio de 1932. Mientras esté pendiente esta discusión, no se presentarán reclamaciones agrarias a los Comisionados a que se refiere la Claúsula Tercera, ni, en su caso, al Arbitro a que alude1846la Claúsula Quinta de este Protocolo; pero podrán presentarse Memoriales de los casos en que aun no se hayan presentado, con objeto de formalizar los fallos que se dicten sobre los arreglos propalados. Protocol to apply to agrarian claims only.Por consiguiente, las disposiciones subsecuentes de este Protocolo serán aplicables a las reclamaciones agrarias únicamente en lo que no se opongan a la situación de dichas reclamaciones, como está fijada exclusivamente por los términos del Artículo I pactado en el Protocolo adicional a la Convención de Prórroga de la Convención General de Reclamaciones, firmada en 18 de junio de 1932. Segundo.—Procedure, to be followed. Los dos Gobiernos, de acuerdo con las disposiciones de la Cláusula Sexta de este Protocolo, procederán desde luego a completar los escritos y alegatos en los casos en que éstos no se hayan presentado o estén incompletos. Tercero.—Each party to appoint a Commissioner. Cada uno de los dos Gobiernos designará en breve plazo a un Comisionado de su Qualifications of.propia nacionalidad, quien deberá ser un destacado jurisconsulto y cuyas funciones serán las de estimar en cuanto a sus fundamentos y tan rápidamente como sea posible, las reclamaciones de ambos Gobiernos, en las cuales hayan sido completados todos los escritos y alegatos, así como aquellas en que hayan de completarse tales escritos y alegatos según lo dispuesto por este Protocolo. Cuatro.—Reconciling appraisals. Seis meses antes de vencer el plazo para completar los escritos y alegatos a que se refiere la Cláusula Sexta, o en alguna fecha anterior, en caso de que así lo convengan, los referidos1847Comisionados se reunirán en el lugar que designen de común acuerdo con el objeto de armonizar sus estimaciones. Tan pronto como sea posible y dentro deJoint report to be submitted. los seis meses contados desde la fecha en que se completen los escritos y alegatos, presentarán a los dos Gobiernos un dictamen conjunto sobre el resultado de sus conferencias, en el que indicarán los casos en que hayan llegado a un acuerdo en cuanto a los fundamentos y al monto de la responsabilidad, si alguna resultare, en cada caso, indicando asimismo los casos en que no hayan podido ponerse de acuerdo, ya sea respecto a los fundamentos o al monto de la responsabilidad, o a ambas cosas. Quinto.— Los dos Gobiernos,Claims convention to follow. sobre la base del referido dictamen conjunto, y con el menor retardo posible, celebrarán una Convención para la resolución definitiva de las reclamaciones,Forms to be taken. debiendo en dicha Convención adoptarse una u otra de las dos formas siguientes, a saber: primero, la de un convenio para un arreglo global de las reclamaciones, en el que se estipulará la cantidad líquida que habrá de pagar alguno de los dos Gobiernos y las condiciones en que se habrá de efectuar tal pago; o, segundo, la de un convenio para la resolución de las reclamaciones sobre los fundamentos de cada una. En este último caso, se exigirá a los dos Comisionados arriba mencionados, que hagan constar los acuerdos celebrados por ellos con respecto a cada una de las reclamaciones y los fundamentos en que se basen sus conclusiones, en el caso respectivo. 1848 Report a final disposition of cases.El dictamen que rindan será aceptado, por medio de la Convención que celebren los dos Gobiernos, como la resolución definitiva y final de dichos casos. Cases in disagreement.Con respecto a los casos en que los Comisionados no hayan podido ponerse de acuerdo, los dos Gobiernos, en esa misma Convención, estipularán que los escritos y alegatos presentados en ellos, juntamente con las opiniones escritas Reference to Umpire; effect of decisions.de los dos Comisionados sobre los fundamentos de las reclamaciones respectivas, se someterán a un Arbitro cuyos fallos escritos serán aceptados también por ambos Gobiernos como definitivos y obligatorios. Todo lo que se refiere a designación de Arbitro, período de tiempo de que dispondrá para fallar y modalidades de su trabajo, serán fijados en la Convención de que habla esta Clatisula. Sexto.—Pleadings and briefs. El procedimiento que se seguirá en el desarrollo de los escritos y alegatos, procedimiento que observarán escrupulosamente los Agentes de los dos Gobiernos, será el siguiente:
(a)El plazo concedido para completar los escritos y alegatos será de dos años contados desde la fecha en que posteriormente convengan los dos Gobiernos por medio de un cambio de notas, que no se efectuará más tarde del 1° de noviembre de 1934.
(b)Los escritos y alegatos de cada uno de los dos Gobiernos serán presentados en la Embajada del otro Gobierno.
(c)Los escritos y alegatos que se presenten quedan limitados a cuatro, a saber: el Memorial, la Contestación, el Alegato y el Alegato de Réplica. Sólo será ne-1849cesario presentar tres copias de cada uno al otro Agente, pero la Agencia que los presente conservará cuatro ejemplares adicionales para que se puedan usar al resolverse los casos en el futuro. Cada una de las copias de tales Memoriales, Contestaciones y Alegatos irá acompañada de una copia de todas las pruebas presentadas con el escrito original. Los escritos y alegatos, que podrán presentarse en inglés o en español, a voluntad del Gobierno que los presente, estarán firmados por los Agentes respectivos o por substitutos de éstos designados en debida forma.
(d)Con el Memorial, el Gobierno demandante presentará todas las pruebas en que se funde. Con su Contestación, el Gobierno demandado presentará todas las pruebas en que piense apoyarse. No se presentará prueba adicional alguna por ninguna de las dos partes exceptuando las pruebas que se presenten con el Alegato para refutar las pruebas presentadas con la Contestación. Tales constancias se limitarán a pruebas de refutación y se expresará al principio del Alegato las justificaciones que se tengan para presentar dichas pruebas. Si la otra parte deseare objetar su presentación, sus objeciones pueden manifestarse al principio del Alegato de Réplica, y los Comisionados o el Arbitro, según sea el caso, decidirán el punto. Si se resolviera que las pruebas no refutan las presentadas con la Contestación, las adicionales no se tomarán en cuenta al considerarse los fundamentos de la reclamación. Los Comisionados podrán enCommissioners may order further evidence. cualquier tiempo pedir que se presenten pruebas adicionales. 1850
(e)En vista, del deseo que hay de reducir el número de los escritos y alegatos al mínimo, en provecho de la economía de tiempo y gastos, será obligación de ambos Agentes exponer amplia y claramente en sus Memoriales los argumentos del Gobierno demandante con respecto tanto a los hechos en que se base alguna reclamación como a los principios jurídicos en que se funde, y, en la Contestación, los argumentos del Gobierno demandado relativos a los hechos y principios jurídicos en que se apoye la defensa del caso. En los casos en que las Contestaciones ya presentadas no se ajusten exactamente a esta disposición para dar al Gobierno reclamante una base adecuada para la preparación de su Alegato con perfecto conocimiento de los hechos y excepciones legales del Gobierno demandado, tendrá el derecho de presentar un Contraalegato dentro de los treinta días siguientes a la fecha de la presentación del Alegato de Réplica.
(f)Por lo que respecta a los escritos y alegatos arriba mencionados, así como a las estimaciones y fallos de los dos Comisionados y los fallos del Arbitro, se considerarán como plenamente efectivas y obligatorias para ambos Gobiernos las disposiciones de la Convención General de Reclamaciones de 8 de septiembre de 1923, salvo en lo que respecta a la materia de procedimientos, la cual se regirá por el presente Protocolo.
(g)Siempre que sea factible, se agruparán los casos de una clase determinada, para la presentación de los Memoriales y de los Alegatos, o de cualquiera de los dos. 1851
(h)Para que los dos Agentes puedan organizar sus trabajos en la forma más eficiente que sea posible, y para que el período de dos años concedidos para la presentación de escritos y alegatos se pueda aprovechar del modo más equitativo para ambas partes, cada uno de los dos Agentes, dentro de los treinta días siguientes al comienzo de dicho período de dos años para la presentación de tales escritos, deberá presentar al otro Agente un estado previo que demuestre el número total de Memoriales y Alegatos que piense presentar. A los seis meses contados desde el comienzo del referido período de dos años para la presentación de escritos, los dos Agentes presentarán respectivamente, en la misma forma, estados que expongan definitivamente, especificando los nombres y números de registro, las reclamaciones en las que se propongan completar los escritos y alegatos con la indicación de los casos en que piensen agruparlos del modo indicado en el inciso
(g)anterior. El número de escritos y alegatos mencionados no deberá, salvo acuerdo posterior entre los dos Gobiernos, excederse en más de un diez por ciento.
(i)Para que las Agencias puedan distribuir sus trabajos uniformemente en todo el período de dos años para presentación de escritos, cada una de ellas estará obligada a presentar sus Memoriales a intervalos más o menos iguales durante los primeros diecisiete meses del referido período, a efecto de que durante los siete meses restantes se completen los escritos y alegatos en el último caso en que se hubiere presentado Memorial.1852Esta misma obligación existirá con respecto a la presentación de los escritos y alegatos a que se refiere el inciso
(k)más adelante.
(j)El plazo que se concede para la presentación de Contestaciones será de setenta días contados desde la fecha de la presentación de los Memoriales. El plazo para la presentación de Alegatos será de setenta días contados desde la fecha de la presentación de las Contestaciones. El plazo para la presentación del Alegato de Réplica será de setenta días, contados desde la fecha de la presentación de los Alegatos.
(k)En aquellos casos en que se hayan presentado algunos escritos o alegatos ante la Comisión General de Reclamaciones con anterioridad a la fecha de la firma del presente Protocolo, la Agencia que tenga derecho a presentar el escrito o alegato siguiente estará autorizada para determinar la fecha en que se haya de presentar tal documento, tomando en consideración la necesidad que hay de cumplir las disposiciones del inciso
(i)anterior.
(l)Al contar los períodos de setenta días de que habla el inciso
(j)anterior, no se harán deducciones por concepto de domingos ni días de fiesta. La fecha de la presentación de los escritos y alegatos antes mencionados se considerará que es la fecha en que sean entregados en la Embajada del otro Gobierno. Si la fecha de vencimiento cayere en algún domingo o día de fiesta oficial, el escrito o alegato se presentará en el día hábil siguiente. Los dos Gobiernos, con este objeto, darán instrucciones a sus Embajadas respectivas de recibir y dar recibos por tales escritos y1853alegatos en todos los días hábiles, entre las 10 y las 16 horas, exceptuando los siguientes días de fiesta oficiales de ambos países: De los Estados Unidos De México 1° de enero 1° de enero 22 de febrero 5 de febrero 30 de mayo 1° 4 de julio 5 de mayo Primer lunes de septiembre 14 de septiembre Ultimo Jueves de noviembre 15 de septiembre 25 de diciembre 16 de septiembre 12 de octubre 20 de noviembre 25 de diciembre 31 de diciembre.
(m)En vista de las limitaciones prescritas en este protocolo respecto al período de tiempo fijado para la terminación de las labores de las Agencias y de los Comisionados, se reconoce que el éxito de este plan simplificado de procedimiento depende, fundamentalmente, de la presentación puntual y regular de los escritos y alegatos en los términos establecidos por las disposiciones de este Protocolo. Se conviene, por consiguiente, que cualquier escrito o alegato que se entregue más de treinta días después de la fecha fijada para su presentación, no será tomado en cuenta por los Comisionados y el Arbitro, y que el caso de que se trate será considerado por ellos únicamente sobre la base de los escritos y alegatos que precedan al que se hubiere presentado extemporáneamente, a menos de que, por acuerdo entre ambos Gobiernos, se autorice la continuación de las alegaciones en el caso resspectivo.
(n)No será necesario presentar las pruebas originales, pero todos los documentos que de hoy en adelante se presenten en calidad de pruebas, serán certifica dos1854como copias fieles y completas de sus originales si así lo fueren. En el caso de que algún documento determinado que se presente no sea copia fiel y completa del original, ese hecho se hará constar en la certificación.
(o)El original completo de cualquier documento presentado, ya sea total o parcialmente, será conservado en la Agencia que lo presente y estará disponible para su inspección por cualquier representante autorizado del Agente de la otra parte.
(p)Cuando el original u otra prueba esté archivado en las oficinas de cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos, y no pueda ser retirado fácilmente, ni exista copia de tal documento en poder del Agente del Gobierno que desee presentarlo a los Comisionados, en apoyo de los puntos contenidos en sus escritos o alegatos, entonces notificará por escrito al Agente de la parte contraria acerca de su deseo de examinar el referido documento. Si a una solicitud de examen se rehúsa la exhibición del documento de que se trata, tal actitud, junto con las razones que se dieren para excusarla, serán puestas en conocimiento de los Comisionados y, en su caso, del Arbitro a que se refiere la Cláusula Quinta de este Protocolo, y ésto será tomado en cuenta por ellos. Signatures.Hecho por duplicado, en inglés y en español, en la Ciudad de México, el día veinticuatro del mes de abril del año de mil novecientos treinta y cuatro. Josephus Daniels [seal] Puig [seal] [No. 57] March 14, 1934 March 24, 1934 Agreement 48 Stat. 1855 1855 AIR NAVIGATION— DENMARK. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark forMarch 14, 24, 1934. air navigation. Effected by exchange of notes, signed March 12 and 24, 1934. Effective April 16, 1934.* The American Minister
(Owen)to the Danish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Munch) No. 46. Legation of the United States of America, *Copenhagen, March 12, 1934*. Excellency: Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken placeArrangement with Denmark governing air navigation. between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Denmark for the conclusion of a reciprocal air navigation arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark, governing the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: Article 1 Pending the conclusion of a convention between the United StatesTentative provisions. of America and Denmark on the subject of air navigation, the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country shall be governed by the following provisions: Article 2 The present arrangement shall apply to the United StatesArea affected. of America and Demnark, and likewise, subject to the provisions of the second paragraph of Article 6, the following possessions, territories or colonies over which they respectively exercise jurisdiction, including territorial waters:
(a)Alaska, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands of the United States, and American Samoa.
(b)Greenland. Article 3 The term aircraft with reference to one or the other Party to thisAircraft defined. arrangement shall be understood to mean civil aircraft, including state aircraft used exclusively for commercial purposes, duly registered in the territory of such Party. Article 4 Each of the parties undertakes to grant liberty of passage aboveFreedom of passage. its territory in time of peace to the aircraft of the other party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed. 1856 Regular air routes by transport companies.It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation of regular air routes by an air transport company of one of the parties within the territory of the other party or across the said territory, with or without intermediary landing, shall be subject to the prior consent of the other party given on the principle of reciprocity and at the request of the party whose nationality the air transport company possesses. Refusal only on reasonable grounds.Each party to the arrangement agrees that its consent for operation over its territory by air transport companies of the other party may not be refused on unreasonable or arbitrary grounds. The consent may be made subject to special regulations relating to aerial safety and public order. Pilot licenses.The parties to this arrangement agree that the period in which pilots may, while holding valid pilot licenses issued or rendered valid by either country, operate registered aircraft of that country in the other country for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes shall be limited to a period not exceeding six months from the time of entry for the purpose of operating aircraft, unless prior to the expiration of this period the pilots obtain from the government of the country in which they are operating, pilot licenses authorizing them to operate aircraft for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes. Article 5 Internal legislation to govern.The aircraft of each of the Parties to this arrangement, their crews and passengers, shall while within the territory of the other Party, be subject to the general legislation in force in that territory as well as the regulations in force therein relating to air traffic in general, to the transport of passengers and goods and to public safety and order insofar as these regulations apply to all foreign aircraft, their crews and passengers. Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall permit the import or export of all merchandise which may be legally imported or exported and also the carriage of passengers, subject to any customs, immigration and quarantine restrictions, into or from their respective territories in the aircraft of the other Party, and such aircraft, their passengers and cargoes, shall enjoy the same privileges as and shall not be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which the aircraft of the country, imposing such duties or charges, engaged in international commerce, and their cargoes and passengers, or the aircraft of any foreign country likewise engaged, and their cargoes and passengers, enjoy or are subjected to. Each of the Parties to this arrangement may reserve to its own aircraft air commerce between any two points neither of which is in a foreign country. Nevertheless the aircraft of either Party may proceed from any aerodrome in the territory of the other Party which they are entitled to use to any other such aerodrome either for the purpose of landing the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers or of taking on board the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers provided that such cargoes are covered by through bills of lading and such passengers hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey whose starting place and destination both are not points between which air commerce has been duly so reserved, and such aircraft, while proceeding as aforesaid, from one aerodrome to another shall, notwithstanding that such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been duly reserved, enjoy all the privileges of this arrangement. 1857 Article 6 Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall have the right toRestricted areas. prohibit air-traffic over certain areas of its territory, provided that no distinction in this matter is made between its aircraft engaged in international commerce and the aircraft of the other Party likewise engaged. The areas above which air traffic is thus prohibited by either Party must be notified to the other Party. Each of the Parties may make the right to engage in air traffic over any of its possessions, territories or colonies, specified in subparagraphs
(a)or
(b)of Article 2, dependent upon the granting of a special permit and upon the fulfillment of special conditions and rules, provided that, subject to the right to reserve to national aircraft air commerce as described in the third paragraph of Article 5, no distinction in this matter is made between aircraft registered in its territory and aircraft registered in territory of the other Party. Each Party shall notify the other Party of its possession, territory or colony over which air traffic will not be permitted without a special permit. Each of the Parties reserves the right under exceptional circumstances in time of peace and with immediate effect temporarily to limit or prohibit air traffic above its territory on condition that in this respect no distinction is made between the aircraft of the other Party and the aircraft of any foreign country. Article 7 Any aircraft which finds itself over a prohibited area referred toAircraft entering restricted area accidentally. in the first paragraph of Article 6 shall, as soon as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rides of the Air in force in the territory flown over and shall land as soon as possible at an aerodrome situated in such territory outside of but as near as possible to such prohibited area. Article 8 All aircraft shall carry clear and visible nationality and registrationDistinctive, etc., marks. marks whereby they may be recognized during flight. In addition, they must bear the name and address of the owner. All aircraft shall be provided with certificates of registration andCertificates required. of airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered. The members of the crew who perform, in an aircraft, duties for which a special permit is required in the territory in which such aircraft is registered, shall be provided with all documents and in particular with the certificates and licenses prescribed by the regulations in force in such territory. The other members of the crew shall carry documents showing their duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality. The certificates of airworthiness, certificates of competency andValidity of certificates. licenses issued or rendered valid by one of the Parties to this arrangement in respect of an aircraft registered in its territory or of the crew of such aircraft shall have the same validity in the territory of the other Party as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the latter. Each of the Parties reserves the right for the purpose of flightRights reserved. within its own territory to refuse to recognize certificates of competency and licenses issued to nationals of that Party by the other Party. 1858 Article 9 Radio regulations.Aircraft of either of the Parties to this arrangement may carry wireless apparatus in the territory of the other Party only if a license to install and work such apparatus shall have been issued by the competent authorities of the Party in whose territory the air-craft is registered. The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Such apparatus shall be used only by such members of the crew as are provided with a special license tor the purpose issued by the Government of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The Parties to this arrangement reserve respectively the right, for reasons of safety, to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with wireless apparatus. Article 10 War materials restrictions.No arms of war, explosives of war, or munitions of war shall be carried by aircraft of either Party above the territory of the other Party or by the crew or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Article 11 Inspection, etc.Upon the departure or landing of any aircraft each Party may within its own territory and through its competent authorities search the aircraft of the other Party and examine the certificates and other documents prescribed. Article 12 Aerodromes.Aerodromes open to public air traffic in the territory of one of the Parties to this arrangement shall in so far as they are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are situated be open to all aircraft of the other Party, which shall also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological services, the wireless services, the lighting services, and the day and night signalling services, in so far as the several classes of services are under control of the Party in whose territory they respectively are rendered. Any scale of charges made, namely, landing, accommodation or other charge, with respect to the aircraft of each Party in the territory of the other Party, shall in so far as such charges are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are made be the same for the aircraft of both Parties. Article 13 Landings, etc.All aircraft entering or leaving the territory of either of the Parties to this arrangement shall land at or depart from an aerodrome open to public air traffic and classed as a customs aerodrome at which facilities exist for enforcement of immigration regulations and clearance of aircraft, and no intermediary landing shall be effected between the frontier and the aerodrome. In special cases the competent authorities may allow aircraft to land at or depart from other aerodromes, at which customs, immigration and clearance facilities have been arranged. The prohibition of any intermediary landing applies also in such cases. In the event of a forced landing outside the aerodromes, referred to in the first paragraph of this article, the pilot of the aircraft, its 1859crew and the passengers shall conform to the customs and immigration regulations in force in the territory in which the landing has been made. Aircraft of each Party to this arrangement are accorded the right to enter the territory of the other Party subject to compliance with quarantine regulations in force therein. The Parties to this arrangement shall exchange lists of the aerodromes in their territories designated by them as ports of entry and departure. Article 14 Each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the right toFlight restrictions. require that all aircraft crossing the frontiers of its territory shall do so between certain points. Subject to the notification of any such requirements by one Party to the other Party, and to the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas as stipulated in Article 6 the frontiers of the territories of the Parties to this arrangement may be crossed at any point. Article 15 As ballast, only fine sand or water may be dropped from anBallast. aircraft. Article 16 No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded orPermission required to discharge, etc. otherwise discharged in the course of flight unless special permission for such purpose shall have been given by the authorities of the territory in which such unloading or discharge takes place. Article 17 Whenever questions of nationality arise in carrying out the presentRegistry. arrangement, it is agreed that every aircraft shall be deemed to possess the nationality of the Party in whose territory it is duly registered. Article 18 The Parties to this arrangement shall communicate to each otherExchange of ratifications. the regulations relative to air traffic in force in their respective territories. Article 19 The present arrangement shall be subject to termination byDuration. by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understandingRatification and effective date. of your Government that the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations is as herein set forth. If so, it is suggested that the arrangement become effective on April 16, 1934. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Ruth Bryan Owen. His Excellency Dr. P. Munch, *Royal Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Copenhagen*. 1860 The Danish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Munch) to the American Minister
(Owen)udenrigsministeriet. Ø.P.I. Journal Nr. 93.D.32. Copenhagen, *March 24, 1934*. Madam:— Acceptance by Denmark.I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of the note of the 12th instant in which you communicated to me the text of the reciprocal air navigation arrangement between Denmark and the United States of America, governing the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country, as understood by you to have been agreed to during the negotiations, now terminated, between the two countries. The text which you have communicated to me is reproduced below: Article 1. Pending the conclusion of a convention between the United States of America and Denmark on the subject of air navigation, the operation of civil aircraft of the one country in the other country shall be governed by the following provisions: Article 2. The present arrangement shall apply to the United States of America and Denmark, and likewise, subject to the provisions of the second paragraph of Article 6, the following possessions, territories or colonies over which they respectively exercise jurisdiction, including territorial waters:
(a)Alaska, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands of the United States, and American Samoa.
(b)Greenland. Article 3. The term aircraft with reference to one or the other Party to this arrangement shall be understood to mean civil aircraft, including state aircraft used exclusively for commercial purposes, duly registered in the territory of such Party. Article 4. Each of the parties undertakes to grant liberty of passage above its territory in time of peace to the aircraft of the other party, provided that the conditions set forth in the present arrangement are observed. It is, however, agreed that the establishment and operation of regular air routes by an air transport company of one of the parties within the territory of the other party or across the said territory, with or without intermediary landing, shall be subject to the prior consent of the other party given on the principle of reciprocity and at the request of the party whose nationality the air transport company possesses. Each party to the arrangement agrees that its consent for operations over its territory by air transport companies of the other party may not be refused on unreasonable or arbitrary grounds. The consent may be made subject to special regulations relating to aerial safety and public order. 1861 The parties to this arrangement agree that the period in which pilots may, while holding valid pilot licences issued or rendered valid by either country, operate registered aircraft of that country in the other country for non-industrial or non-commercial purposes shall be limited to a period not exceeding six months from the time of entry for the purpose of operating aircraft, unless prior to the expiration of this period the pilots obtain from the Government of the country in which they are operating, pilot licenses authorizing them to operate aircraft for non industrial or non-commercial purposes. Article 5. The aircraft of each of the Parties to this arrangement, their crews and passengers, shall, while within the territory of the other Party, be subject to the general legislation in force in that territory as well as the regulations in force therein relating to air traffic in general, to the transport of passengers and goods and to public safety and order in so far as these regulations apply to all foreign aircraft, their crews and passengers. Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall permit the import or export of all merchandise which may be legally imported or exported and also the carriage of passengers, subject to any customs, immigration and quarantine restrictions, into or from their respective territories in the aircraft of the other Party, and such aircraft, their passengers and cargoes, shall enjoy the same privileges as and shall not be subjected to any other or higher duties or charges than those which the aircraft of the country, imposing such duties or charges, engaged in international commerce, and their cargoes and passengers, or the aircraft of any foreign country likewise engaged, and their cargoes and passengers, enjoy or are subjected to. Each of the Parties to this arrangement may reserve to its own aircraft air commerce between any two points neither of which is in a foreign country. Nevertheless the aircraft of either Party may proceed from any aerodrome in the territory of the other Party which they are entitled to use to any other such aerodrome either for the purpose of landing the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers or of taking on board the whole or part of their cargoes or passengers provided that such cargoes are covered by through bills of lading, and such passengers hold through tickets, issued respectively for a journey whose starting place and destination both are not points between which air commerce has been duly so reserved, and such aircraft, while proceeding as aforesaid, from one aerodrome to another, shall, notwithstanding that such aerodromes are points between which air commerce has been duly reserved, enjoy all the privileges of this arrangement. Article 6. Each of the Parties to this arrangement shall have the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas of its territory, provided that no distinction in this matter is made between its aircraft engaged in international commerce and the aircraft of the other Party likewise engaged. The areas above which air traffic is thus prohibited by either Party must be notified to the other Party. Each of the Parties may make the right to engage in air traffic over any of its possessions, territories or colonies, specified in subparagraphs
(a)or
(b)of Article 2, dependent upon the granting of a special permit and upon the fulfillment of special conditions and rules, provided that, subject to the right to reserve to national aircraft air commerce as described in the third paragraph of Article1862 5, no distinction in this matter is made between aircraft registered in its territory and aircraft registered in territory of the other Party. Each Party shall notify the other Party oí its possession, territory or colony over which air traffic will not be permitted without a special permit. Each of the Parties reserves the right under exceptional circumstances in time of peace and with immediate effect temporarily to limit or prohibit air traffic above its territory on condition that in this respect no distinction is made between the aircraft of the other Party and the aircraft of any foreign country. Article 7. Any aircraft which finds itself over a prohibited area referred to in the first paragraph of Article 6 shall, as soon as it is aware of the fact, give the signal of distress prescribed in the Rules of the Air in force in the territory flown over and shall land as soon as possible at an aerodrome situated in such territory outside of but as near as possible to such prohibited area. Article 8. All aircraft shall carry clear and visible nationality and registration marks whereby they may be recognized during flight. In addition, they must bear the name and address of the owner. All aircraft shall be provided with certificates of registration and of airworthiness and with all the other documents prescribed for air traffic in the territory in which they are registered. The members of the crew who perform, in an aircraft, duties for which a special permit is required in the territory in which such aircraft is registered, shall be provided with all documents and in particular with the certificates and licences prescribed by the regulations in force in such territory. The other members of the crew shall carry documents showing their duties in the aircraft, their profession, identity and nationality. The certificates of airworthiness, certificates of competency and licenses issued or rendered valid by one of the Parties to this arrangement in respect of an aircraft registered in its territory or of the crew of such aircraft shall have the same validity in the territory of the other Party as the corresponding documents issued or rendered valid by the latter. Each of the Parties reserves the right for the purpose of flight within its own territory to refuse to recognize certificates of competency and licenses issued to nationals of that Party by the other Party. Article 9. Aircraft of either of the Parties to this arrangement may carry wireless apparatus in the territory of the other Party only if a license to install and work such apparatus shall have been issued by the competent authorities of the Party in whose territory the air-craft is registered. The use of such apparatus shall be in accordance with the regulations on the subject issued by the competent authorities of the territory within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Such apparatus shall be used only by such members of the crew as are provided with a special license for the purpose issued by the Government of the territory in which the aircraft is registered. The Parties to this arrangement reserve respectively the right, for reasons of safety, to issue regulations relative to the obligatory equipment of aircraft with wireless apparatus. 1863 Article 10. No arms of war, explosives of war, or munitions of war shall be carried by aircraft of either Party above the territory of the other Party or by the crew or passengers, except by permission of the competent authorities of the territories within whose air space the aircraft is navigating. Article 11. Upon the departure or landing of any aircraft each Party may within its own territory and through its competent authorities search the aircraft of the other Party and examine the certificates and other documents prescribed. Article 12. Aerodromes open to public air traffic in the territory of one of the Parties to this arrangement shall in so far as they are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are situated be open to all aircraft of the other Party, which shall also be entitled to the assistance of the meteorological services, the wireless services, the lighting services and the day and night signalling services, in so far as the several classes of services are under control of the Party in whose territory they respectively are rendered. Any scale of charges made, namely, landing, accomodation or other charge, with respect to the aircraft of each Party in the territory of the other Party, shall in so far as such charges are under the control of the Party in whose territory they are made be the same for the aircraft of both Parties. Article 13. All aircraft entering or leaving the territory of either of the Parties to this arrangement shall land at or depart from an aerodrome open to public air traffic and classed as a customs aerodrome at which facilities exist for enforcement of immigration regulations and clearance of aircraft, and no intermediary landing shall be effected between the frontier and the aerodrome. In special cases the competent authorities may allow aircraft to land at or depart from other aerodromes, at which customs, immigration and clearance facilities have been arranged. The prohibition of any intermediary landing applies also in such cases. In the event of a forced landing outside the aerodromes, referred to in the first paragraph of this article, the pilot of the aircraft, its crew and the passengers shall conform to the customs and immigration regulations in force in the territory in which the landing has been made. Aircraft of each Party to this arrangement are accorded the right to enter the territory of the other Party subject to compliance with quarantine regulations in force therein. The Parties to this arrangement shall exchange lists of the aerodromes in their territories designated by them as ports of entry and departure. Article 14. Each of the Parties to this arrangement reserves the right to require that all aircraft crossing the frontiers of its territory shall do so between certain points. Subject to the notification of any such requirements by one Party to the other Party, and to the right to prohibit air traffic over certain areas as stipulated in Article 6 the frontiers of the territories of the Parties to this arrangement may be crossed at any point. 1864 Article 15. As ballast, only fine sand or water may be dropped from an air-craft. Article 16. No article or substance, other than ballast, may be unloaded or otherwise discharged in the course of flight unless special permission for such purpose shall have been given by the authorities of the territory in which such unloading or discharge takes place. Article 17. Whenever questions of nationality arise in carrying out the present arrangement, it is agreed that every aircraft shall be deemed to possess the nationality of the Party in whose territory it is duly registered. Article 18. The Parties to this arrangement shall communicate to each other the regulations relative to air traffic in force in their respective territories. Article 19. The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by the enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith.” I am glad to assure you that the foregoing text is what has been accepted by my Government in the course of the negotiations and is approved by it. In accordance with your suggestion it is understood that the arrangement will come into force on April 16, 1934. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Madame, the assurance of my high consideration. P. Munch Mrs. Ruth Bryan Owen, *Minister of the United States of America*. [No. 58] March 12, 1934 March 24, 1934 Agreement 48 Stat. 1865 1865 PILOT LICENSES—AIRCRAFT—DENMARK. *Arrangement between the United States of America and DenmarkMarch 12, 24, 1934. governing pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed March 14 and 24, 1934. Effective April 16, 1934.* *The American Minister
(Owen)to the Danish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Munch)* No. 48 Legation of the United States of America, *Copenhagen, March 14, 1934.* Excellency:— Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken place betweenArrangement with Denmark governing pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft. the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Denmark for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark providing for the issuance by the one country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: Article 1 The present arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark relates to the issuance by each country of licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft. The term “ civil aircraft ” shall be understood to mean aircraft used for private, industrial, commercial or transport purposes. Article 2
(a)The Department of Public Works of Denmark will issue pilots’ licenses to American nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots.
(b)The Department of Commerce of the United States of America will issue pilots’ licenses to Danish nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots. Article 3
(a)Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Commerce of the United States of America to Danish nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to American nationals.
(b)Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Public Works of Denmark to American nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to Danish nationals. Article 4 Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to register aircraft in such other country. 1866 Article 5 Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to operate aircraft in air commerce wholly within territory of such other country reserved to national aircraft, unless the aircraft have been registered under the laws of the country issuing the pilots’ licenses and the license is valid for the operations in which the pilot is to engage. Article 6 The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith. I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations is as herein set forth. If so, it is suggested that the arrangement become effective on April 16, 1934. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Ruth Bryan Owen. His Excellency Dr. P. Munch, *Royal Minister for Foreign Affairs,* *Copenhagen.* *The Danish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Munch) to the American Minister (Owen)* udenrigsministeriet. Ø.P.I.–Journal Nr. 93.D.32. Copenhagen, *March, 24, 1934.* Madam:— Concurrence by Denmark. I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the note of the 14th instant in which you communicated to me the text of the reciprocal arrangement between Denmark and the United States of America providing for the issuance by the one country of licenses to nationals of the other country authorizing them to pilot civil aircraft, as understood by you to have been agreed to during the negotiations, now terminated, between the two countries. The text which you have communicated to me is reproduced below: Article 1. The present arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark relates to the issuance by each country of licenses to nationals of the other country for the piloting of civil aircraft. The term “ civil aircraft ” shall be understood to mean aircraft used for private, industrial, commercial or transport purposes. 1867 Article 2.
(a)The Department of Public Works of Denmark will issue pilots’ licenses to American nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots.
(b)The Department of Commerce of the United States of America will issue pilots’ licenses to Danish nationals upon a showing that they are qualified under the regulations of that Department covering the licensing of pilots. Article 3.
(a)Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Commerce of the United States of America to Danish nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to American nationals.
(b)Pilots’ licenses issued by the Department of Public Works of Denmark to American nationals shall entitle them to the same privileges as are granted by pilots’ licenses issued to Danish nationals. Article 4. Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to register aircraft in such other country. Article 5. Pilots’ licenses issued to nationals of the one country by the competent authority of the other country shall not be construed to accord to the licensees the right to operate aircraft in air commerce wholly within territory of such other country reserved to national aircraft, unless the aircraft have been registered under the laws of the country issuing the pilots’ licenses and the license is valid for the operations in which the pilot is to engage. Article 6. The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by enactment by either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith.” I am glad to assure you that the foregoing text is what has been accepted by my Government in the course of the negotiations and is approved by it. In accordance with your suggestion it is understood that the arrangement will come into force on April 16, 1934. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Madame, the assurance of my high consideration. P. Munch Mrs. Ruth Bryan Owen, *Minister of the United States of America.* [No. 59] March 12, 1934 March 24, 1934 Agreement 48 Stat. 1868 1868 CERTIFICATES OF AIRWORTHINESS—DENMARK. * March 12, 24, 1934. Arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes, signed March 12 and 24, 1934; effective April 16, 1934.* *The American Minister
(Owen)to the Danish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Munch)* No. 47 Legation of the United States of America, *Copenhagen, March 12, 1934.* Excellency:— Arrangement with Denmark for the reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthiness of imported aircraft. Reference is made to the negotiations which have taken place between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Denmark for the conclusion of a reciprocal arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft exported from the other country as merchandise. It is my understanding that it has been agreed in the course of the negotiations, now terminated, that this arrangement shall be as follows: Article 1 The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed in continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and exported to Denmark; and to civil aircraft constructed in Denmark and exported to continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska. Article 2 The same validity shall be conferred on certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of the Government of the United States in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in Denmark as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in Denmark provided that in each case a certificate of airworthiness for export has also been issued by the United States authorities in respect of the individual aircraft, and provided that certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of Denmark in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in the United States of America are similarly given the same validity as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the United States. Article 3 The above arrangement will extend to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes. Article 4 The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by the enactment of either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith. 1869 I shall be glad to have you inform me whether it is the understanding of your Government that the arrangement agreed to in the negotiations is as herein set forth. If so, it is suggested that the arrangement become effective on April 16, 1934. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Ruth Bryan Owen. His Excellency Dr. P. Munch, *Royal Minister for Foreign Affairs,* *Copenhagen.* *The Danish Minister for Foreign Affairs (Munch) to the American Minister (Owen)* Agreement by Denmark. udenrigsministeriet. Ø.P.I. Journal Nr. 93.D.32. Copenhagen, *March 24, 1934.* Madam:— I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the note of the 12th instant, in which you communicated to me the text of the reciprocal arrangement between Denmark and the United States of America providing for the acceptance by the one country of certificates of airworthiness for aircraft exported from the other country as merchandise, as understood by you to have been agreed to during the negotiations, now terminated, between the two countries. The text which you have communicated to me is reproduced below: Article 1. The present arrangement applies to civil aircraft constructed in continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska, and exported to Denmark; and to civil aircraft constructed in Denmark and exported to continental United States of America, exclusive of Alaska. Article 2. The same validity shall be conferred on certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities of the Government of the United States in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in Denmark as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in Denmark provided that in each case a certificate of airworthiness for export has also been issued by the United States authorities in respect of the individual aircraft, and provided that certificates of airworthiness issued by the competent authorities. of Denmark in respect of aircraft subsequently registered in the United States of America are similarly given the same validity as if they had been issued under the regulations in force on the subject in the United States. Article 3. The above arrangement will extend to civil aircraft of all categories, including those used for public transport and those used for private purposes. 1870 Article 4. The present arrangement shall be subject to termination by either Party upon sixty days’ notice given to the other Party or by the enactment of either Party of legislation inconsistent therewith.” I am glad to assure you that the foregoing text is what has been accepted by my Government in the course of the negotiations and is approved by it. In accordance with your suggestion it is understood that the arrangement will come into force on April 16, 1934. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Madame, the assurance of my high consideration. P. Munch Mrs. Ruth Bryan Owen, *Minister of the United States of America.* [No. 60] September 4, 1928 October 27, 1928 February 2, 1929 Agreement 48 Stat. 1871 1871 PASSENGER MOTOR VEHICLES—DENMARK. *Arrangement between the United States of America and Denmark concerningSeptember 4, October 27, 1928.February 2, 1929. reciprocal treatment of passenger motor vehicles. Effected by exchange of notes, signed September 4, 1928, October 27, 1928, and February 2, 1929; effective February 1, 1929.* *The Danish Minister
(Brun)to the Acting Secretary of State* J. No. 30. J. a/5. ROYAL DANISH LEGATION Washington, D.C. No. 125. *p.t.* Bar Harbor, Maine, *September 4, 1928.* Sir, I am directed to inform you, that the Danish Government, onArrangement with Denmark for the reciprocal treatment of automobiles. condition of reciprocity, is prepared to grant freedom from taxation for a period of 3 months to foreign automobiles built for the transportation of passengers not to exceed 7 in number including the driver, and belonging in the country in question and registered as the property of persons residing there. In these circumstances I would be greatly obliged to you for being so good as to let me know, what formalities and conditions must be complied with in order that motor vehicles registered in Denmark may be exempted from taxation in the United States, therein included duties and taxes of all kinds. I have the honor to be, Sir, With the highest consideration, Your most obedient and humble servant, C. Brun. The Honorable J. Reuben Clark, Jr., *Acting Secretary of State,* *Department of State, Washington, D.C.* *The Secretary of State to the Danish Minister (Brun)* Department of State, *Washington, October 27, 1928.* Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of SeptemberResponse by United States. 4, 1928, in which you were good enough to inform me that your Government, on the basis of reciprocity, is prepared to grant freedom from taxation for a period of three months to foreign automobiles built for transportation of passengers not to exceed seven in number, including the driver, and belonging in the country in question and registered as the property of persons residing there. 1872 In reply I have the honor to inform you that the Federal Government imposes no taxes on automobiles in the United States. The taxation of owners of automobiles and the exaction of fees for the registration of automobiles is a matter for determination by the several States. The Department has been informally advised that an investigation of the motor vehicle laws of the forty-eight States of the United States discloses the fact that all of them grant reciprocity to foreign visitors. This reciprocity is granted in respect both to the license plate and the driving license, provided, of course, that the same reciprocity is extended by foreign countries to residents of States that are now granting this courtesy. With regard to the taxation of owners of automobiles which is usually distinct from the payment of a registration fee, it may be stated that it is the Department’s understanding that as a general rule such taxes are only imposed upon persons who are found to be legal residents of a certain State. Such taxes, it is believed, would not be exacted from persons who are merely touring through the several States of the Union, the class of persons to whom, presumably, reference is made in your note under acknowledgment. In this connection the following information regarding the freedom from customs duties granted on a reciprocal basis to motorcycles and automobiles brought into the United States by nonresidents for a period of not more than six months, quoted from a letter from the Treasury Department, would appear pertinent to your inquiry: " “The regulations governing such importations are contained in Chapter VIII, Customs Regulations of 1923, Articles 406–413. Article 407 provides that entry shall be made on Customs Form 7501, and that bond shall be given on Customs Form 7563 (with surety) in a penal sum equal to double the estimated duties. In lieu of such bond, the importer may deposit a cash amount equal to the estimated duties, which is treated as a cash bond. The entry will be liquidated free of duty, and the bond canceled or the amount deposited returned, if the vehicle in question is exported within the six months period prescribed by Section 308 and provided that exportation is made in the manner required by Article 412 of the regulations. When not so exported, the vehicles are treated in the same manner as similar articles imported for sale and consumption, and assessed for duty on their value at the time of importation. The six months period prescribed for exportation cannot be extended.” " I have the honor to express the hope that in the light of the foregoing information the competent Danish authorities will he prepared to grant reciprocal treatment to American citizens desiring to drive automobiles in Denmark. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: W. R. Castile, Jr. Mr. Constantin Brun, *Minister of Denmark.* 1873 *The Danish Minister
(Brun)to the Secretary of State* J. No. 30. J. a/5. ROYAL DANISH LEGATION Washington, D.C. No. 14. February 2, 1929. Sir, Referring again to your reply-letter of October 27, 1928 in regardConcurrence by Denmark. to taxation in this country of automobiles and exemption from such taxation of the automobiles of foreign visitors, I have the honor to state as follows: In the last paragraph of your aforesaid letter you expressed the hope, that the competent Danish authorities, in the light of the information placed at their disposal, would be prepared to grant reciprocal treatment to American citizens desiring to drive automobiles in Denmark. In this connection I am directed by the Danish Minister of Foreign Affaira to transmit to you the four copies here enclosed of a Regulation issued on this subject on January 18, 1929 by the Danish Ministry of Public Works. It will be seen that this Regulation, in view of the authorization contained in § 7 No, 1 of the Act No. 143 of July 1, 1927 on taxation of automobiles, etc., exempts from the tax prescribed in the said paragraph, for a period not exceeding 3 months, (visiting) automobiles for transportation of persons, built to seat not more than seven persons including the chauffeur, which belong in the United States and are registered in the United States as the property of persons residing in the United States. A copy of § 7 No. 1 of the said Act is herewith enclosed. I have the honor to be, Sir, with the highest consideration, Your most obedient and humble servant, C. Brun. The Honorable Frank B. Kellogg, *Secretary of State,* *Department of State, Washington, D.C.* [Enclosure 1] Journal Nr. 371 c. Brev Nr. B. I Henhold til den Ministeren for offentlige Arbejder i §7, Stk. 1, i Lov Nr, 143 af 1. Juli 1927 om Afgiftaf Motorkøretøjer m. v. givne Bemyndigelse frafalder Ministeriet herved efter Forhandling med Finansministeriet Afgiften i Henhold til nævnte Paragraf af saadanne i de amerikanske Forenede Stater hjemmehørende Personautomobiler, der ikke er indrettede til Befordring af mere end 7 Personer, Føreren iberegnet, og som i det paagældende Land er indregistrerede som tilhørende Personer, bosatte i dette Land. Afgiftsfriheden gælder kun for et Tidsrum af 3 Maaneder, saaledes at den ifornævnte Lovs §§ 1–6 omhandlede Afgiftspligt indtræder, saafremt Køretøjet forbliver her i Landet i over 3 Maaneder. 1874 Denne Bekendtgørelse træder i Kraft den 1. Februar 1929. Hvilket under Henvisning til Bekendtgørelse herfra af 28. Januar 1928 herved bringes til almindelig Kundskab. Ministeriet for offentlige Arbejder, den 18. Januar 1929. J. P. Stensballe. Ch. Buchwald. Bekendtgørelse om Afgiftsfrihed her i Landet for Motorvogne og Paahængsvogne til saadanne, der er hjemmehørende i de amerikanske Forenede Stater, og som Personer, der ankommer fra Udlandet til Danmark, benytter ved Indpassagen. [Enclosure 1—Translation] Journal N. 371 c. Circular No. B. Pursuant to the authority given to the Minister of Public Works in section 7, paragraph 1, in act no. 143 of July 1, 1927, relative to tax on motor vehicles, etc., the Ministry, after consultation with the Ministry of Finance, hereby waives the tax, in accordance with the said paragraph, on such passenger automobiles belonging in the United States as are designed to carry not more than 7 persons including the chauffeur, and are registered in the country in question as belonging to persons domiciled in that country. Exemption from taxation is valid only for a period of 3 months, and therefore the liability to taxation mentioned by sections 1–6 of the above-named law arises in case the vehicle remains in this country for more than 3 months. This proclamation shall go into effect February 1, 1929. Which is hereby made public, reference being made to the proclamation of January 28, 1928, on this subject. Ministry of Public Works, January 18, 1929. J. P. Stensballe. Ch. Buchwald. Proclamation relative to Exemption from taxation in this country of motor cars and trailers to same, which belong in the United States, and which are used in entering this country by persons coming to Denmark from abroad. [Enclosure 2] Copy of Act No. 143 of July 1, 1927, on taxation of automobiles, etc. *§ 7, No. 1.* Af ikke her i Landet hjemmehørende Motorvogne samt Paahængsvogne til saadanne, som Personer, der ankommer fra Udlandet til Danmark, benytter ved Indpassagen, betales, bortset fra de i § 1, Stk. 2, nævnte Undtagelsestilfælde, følgende Afgifter: 1875 Af Personautomobiler, der ikke er indre ttede til at befordre fiere end 7 Personer, Føreren iberegnet, samt af Paahængsvogne til Personautomobiler 5 Kr. for indtil 2 Dages Kørsel, 15 Kr. for indtil 8 Dages Kørsel og 50 Kr. for indtil 1 Maaneds Kørsel. Saafremt Vognen ikke forbliver her i Landet i hele det Tidsrum, for hvilket der er betalt Afgift, kan den senere køre her i Landet i den øvrige Tid uden at betale en ny Afgift. Af Personautomobiler, der er indrettede til at befordre flere end 7 Personer, Føreren iberegnet, af Traktorer, Vare- og Lastautomobiler samt af Paahængsvogne til saadanne 8 Kr. for indtil 2 Dages Kørsel, 25 Kr. for indtil 8 Dages Kørsel og 80 Kr. for indtil en Maaneds Kørsel. Afgiften erlægges forud eiter Regler, der nærmere fastsættes af Ministeren for offentlige Arbejder efter Forhandling med Finansministeren. Ministeren for offentlige Arbejder kan dog efter Forhandling med Finansministeren frafalde Afgiften efter nærværende Bestemmelse for Personautomobiler, hjemmehørende i Lande, der indrømmer tilsvarende Afgiftsfrihed for her hjemmehørende Personautomobiler. [Enclosure 2—Translation] Copy of Act No. 143 of July 1, 1927, on taxation of automobiles, etc. *Section 7, No. 1.* The following taxes shall be paid on motor cars and trailers to same not belonging in this country, which are used in entering this country by persons coming to Denmark from abroad, except in the exceptional cases mentioned in section 1, paragraph 2. On passenger automobiles, which are designed to carry not more than 7 persons including the chauffeur, and on trailers to passenger automobiles, 5 kroner for up to 2 days’ driving, 15 kroner for up to 8 days’ driving, and 50 kroner for up to 1 month’s driving. If the car does not remain in this country during the whole period for which the tax is paid, it may be driven in this country later during the remaining time without payment of a new tax. On passenger automobiles which are designed to carry more than 7 persons including the chauffeur, on tractors, commercial automobiles and motor trucks and on trailers to the same, 8 kroner for up to 2 days’ driving, 25 kroner for up to 8 days’ driving, and 80 kroner for up to 1 month’s driving. The tax is paid in advance in accordance with rules which shall be definitely fixed by the Minister of Public Works, after consultation with the Minister of Finance. The Minister of Public Works may, however, after consultation with the Minister of Finance, waive payment of taxes under the present provision for passenger automobiles belonging in countries which grant the corresponding exemption from taxes for passenger automobiles belonging in this country. [No. 61] April 23, 1934 May 2, 1934 May 4, 1934 Agreement 48 Stat. 1876 1876 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS—CANADA. * April 23, 1934.May 2, 4, 1934. Arrangement between the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada governing radio communications between private experimental stations and between amateur stations. Effected by exchange of notes, signed April 23 and May 2 and 4, 1934; effective May 4, 1934.* *The American Minister (Robbins) to the Canadian Secretary of State for External Affairs (Bennett)* No. 219. Legation of the United States of America, *Ottawa, Canada, April 23, 1934.* Sir: Arrangement with Canada governing radio communications between private experimental and amateur stations.Vol. 45, p. 2853. Pursuant to the provisions in Article 6 of the General Regulations annexed to the International Radiotelegraph Convention signed at Washington on November 25, 1927, there was effected by an exchange of notes between the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada, dated October 2, 1928, December 29, 1928, and January 12, 1929, an arrangement governing radio communications between private experimental stations in the two countries. The International Telecommunication Convention and the General Radio Regulations annexed thereto, signed at Madrid on December 9, 1932, will, when effective, abrogate and replace in the relations between the contracting governments the International Radiotelegraph Convention and the General Regulations of Washington, 1927. I have the honor, therefore, for and in the name of my Government and by its direction, to propose that the above-mentioned arrangement governing radio communications between private experimental stations, effected by an exchange of notes, shall be deemed Continuance of application.and understood by the two Governments to continue to apply to private experimental stations and to amateur radio stations, without change, under Sections 1 and 2 of Article 8 of the General Radio Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunication Convention of Madrid, 1932, when the said Convention and Regulations shall have been ratified by both Governments. The Government of the United States will be pleased to consider the above-stated understanding to be effective on the date of the receipt of a note from the Government of the Dominion of Canada stating its acceptance of such understanding. I avail myself of the occasion to renew to you, Sir, the assurances of my highest consideration. Warren D. Robbins The Right Honorable The Secretary of State for External Affairs, *Ottawa, Canada.* 1877 *The Canadian Secretary of State for External Affairs (Bennett) to the American Minister (Robbins)* No. 40 Department or External Affairs, *Ottawa, 2nd May, 1934.* Sir, I have the honour to acknowledge your note No. 219 of the 23rdAcceptance by Canada. April, 1934, relating to an arrangement effected by an exchange of notes between Canada and the United States of America, dated October 2, 1928, December 29, 1928, and January 12, 1929, governing radio communications between private experimental stations in the two countries. It is noted that the International Telecommunication Convention and the General Radio Regulations annexed thereto, signed at Madrid on December 9, 1932, will, when effective, abrogate and replace in the relations between the contracting governments the International Radiotelegraph Convention and the General Regulations of Washington, 1927. It is noted that it is proposed, for and in the name of the United States Government and by its direction, that the above-mentioned arrangement governing radio communications between private experimental stations, effected by an exchange of notes, shall be deemed and understood by the two Governments to continue to apply to private experimental stations and to amateur radio stations, without change, under Sections 1 and 2 of Article 8 of the General Radio Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunication Convention of Madrid, 1932, when the said Convention and Regulations shall have been ratified by both Governments. It is also noted that the United States Government will consider the above-stated understanding to be effective on the date of the receipt of a note from the Canadian Government, stating its acceptance of such understanding. I have the honour to state that the Canadian Government accept such understanding and will consider it effective on the date of the receipt of this note as stated in the preceding paragraph. I avail myself of the occasion to renew to you, Sir, the assurances of my highest consideration. O. D. Skelton for Secretary of State for External Affairs. The Honourable Warren D. Robbins, *United States Minister to Canada,* *Legation of the United States of America,* *Ottawa.* 1878 *The American Minister {Robbins) to the Canadian Secretary of State for External Affairs (Bennett)* No. 226. Legation of the United States of America, *Ottawa, Canada, May 4, 1934).* Sir: Acknowledgment by United States. I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt this morning of your note No. 40 of May 2, 1934, in which you convey your approval of an arrangement governing radio communications between private experimental stations in Canada and the United States. In accordance with the understanding reached in your note under acknowledgment and the Legation’s note of April 23, 1934, the arrangement is considered to be effective as of today’s date. I avail myself of the occasion to renew to you, Sir, the assurances of my highest consideration. Warren D. Robbins, The Right Honorable The Secretary of State for External Affairs, *Ottawa.* [No. 62] July 22, 1933 July 24, 1933 July 26, 1933 April 24, 1934 Agreement 48 Stat. 1879 1879 SILVER AGREEMENT. * *Memorandum of Agreement between the United States, Australia, July 22, 24, 26, 1933.April 24, 1934.Canada, China, India, Mexico, Peru, and Spain concerning Silver, with supplementary undertakings. Signed at London July 22, 24, and 26, 1933; effective April 24, 1934.* * SILVER AGREEMENT. Memorandum of Heads of Agreement entered into by the Delegates of India, China and Spain as holders of large stocks or users of silver, and of Australia, Canada, the United States, Mexico and Peru as principal producers of silver, at the Monetary and Economic Conference held in London, July, 1933. Whereas, at a meeting of the SubCommission II (Permanent Silver agreementMeasures) of the Monetary and Financial Commission of the Monetary and Economic Conference held on Thursday, July 20th, 1933, the following Resolution was unanimously adopted." “Be it resolved to recommend to all the Governments parties to this Conference: “(*a*) That an agreement be sought between the chief silver producing countries and those countries which are the largest holders or users of silver with a view to mitigating fluctuations in the price of silver; and that the other nations not parties to this agreement should refrain from measures which could appreciably affect the silver market; “(*b*) That the Governments parties to this Conference shall refrain from new legislative measures which would involve further debasement of their silver coinage below a fineness of 800/1000; “(*c*) That they shall substitute silver coins for low value paper currency insofar as the budgetary and local conditions of each country will permit; “(*d*) That all of the provisions of this Resolution are subject to the following exceptions and limitations: “The requirements of such provisions shall lapse on April 1st, 1934, if the agreement recommended in paragraph (*a*) does not come into force by that date, and in no case shall extend beyond January 1st, 1938; “Governments may take any action relative to their silver coinage that they may deem necessary to prevent the flight or destruction of their silver coinage by reason of a rise in the bullion price of the silver content of their coin above the nominal or parity value of such silver coin,” and, " Whereas, the Governments of India and Spain may desire to sell certain portions of their silver holdings, and it will be to their advantage that the countries which are large producers of silver should absorb silver as herein provided, to offset such sales, and, Whereas, it is to the advantage of the large producing countries named in Article 2 that the sales of silver from monetary stocks be limited as herein provided, and 1880 Whereas, it is to the advantage of China that sales from monetary stocks of silver be offset by purchases as herein provided, with a view to its effective stabilisation; Now, therefore, it is agreed between the parties hereto: 1. (*a*) That the Government of India shall not dispose by sale of more than one hundred and forty million fine ounces of silver during a period of four years, commencing with January 1st, 1934. The disposals during each calendar year of the said four year period shall be based on an average of thirty five million fine ounces per year, it being understood, however, that, if in any year, the Government of India shall not dispose of thirty five million fine ounces, the difference between the amount actually disposed of and thirty five million fine ounces may be added as additional disposals in subsequent years. Provided further that the maximum amount disposed of in any year shall be limited to fifty million fine ounces. (*b*) Notwithstanding anything previously stated in this Article, it is understood that if the Government of India should after the date of this agreement sell silver to any Government for the purpose of transfer to the United States Government in payment of war debts such silver shall be excluded from the scope of this agreement; (*c*) Provided, however, that when the total of the disposals referred to in paragraph (*a*) above plus the sales referred to in paragraph (*b*) above by the Government of India under this agreement shall amount to one hundred and seventy five million fine ounces, the obligation of the parties hereto shall cease. 2. That the Governments of Australia, Canada, the United States, Mexico and Peru, during the existence of this agreement, shall not sell any silver, and shall also in the aggregate purchase, or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market, thirty five million fine ounces of silver from the mine production of such countries in each calendar year for a period of four years commencing with the calendar year 1934. The said Governments undertake to settle by agreement the share in the said thirty five million fine ounces which each of them shall purchase or cause to be withdrawn. 3. That the silver purchased or withdrawn in accordance with Article 2 above shall be used for currency purposes (either for coinage or for currency reserves), or be otherwise retained from sale during said period of four years. 4. That the Government of China shall not sell silver resulting from demonetised coins for a period of four calendar years commencing January 1st, 1934. 5. That the Government of Spain shall not dispose by sale of more than twenty million fine ounces of silver during a period of four years commencing January 1st, 1934. The disposals during each calendar year of the said four year period shall he based on an average of five million fine ounces per year; it being understood, however, that if in any year the Government of Spain shall not dispose of five million fine ounces, the difference between the amount actually disposed of and five million fine ounces may be added as additional disposals in subsequent years; provided further that the1881maximum amount disposed of in any year shall be limited to seven million fine ounces. 6. That the Governments concerned will exchange all such information as may be necessary with regard to the measures to fulfil the provisions of this memorandum of agreement. 7. That it is understood, that subject to the provisions of Article 8, the undertakings of each party to the present memorandum of agreement are conditional upon the fulfilment of the undertakings of every other party thereto. 8. That this memorandum of agreement is subject to ratification by the Governments concerned. The instruments of ratification shall be deposited not later than the 1st April, 1934,11Extended to May 1, 1934, by agreement of all of the signatories. with the Government of the United States. It shall come into force as soon as the ratifications of all the Governments concerned are received provided that all the ratifications are received before the 1st April, 1934. A notice by any Government that the affirmative action necessary to carry out the purposes of this agreement has been taken will be accepted as an instrument of ratification. Nevertheless, if one or more of the Governments enumerated in Article 2 fail to ratify by the 1st April, 1934, the agreement shall come into force at that date if the other Governments mentioned in Article 2 which have ratified notify the other Governments which ratify that they are prepared to purchase, or cause to be withdrawn, in the aggregate the amount of silver mentioned in Article 2. The Government of the United States is requested to take such steps as may be necessary for the purpose of the conclusion of this agreement. In witness whereof the undersigned have signed the present memorandum of agreement. Done at London this 22nd day of July, 1933, in a single copy which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United States. S. M. Bruce *Delegate of Australia.* Edgar N. Rhodes *Delegate of Canada.* W. W. Yen *Delegate of China.* Key Pittman *Delegate of United States of America.* George Schuster *Delegate of India.* Eduardo Suarez *Delegate of Mexico.* F. Tudela *Delegate of Peru.* L. Nicolau d’Olwer *Delegate of Spain.* 1882 SUPPLEMENTARY UNDERTAKINGSSupplementary undertakings. *United States of America.*United States of America In connection with the attached memorandum of heads of agreement entered into by the Delegates of India, China and Spain as holders of large stocks or users of silver, and of Australia, Canada, the United States, Mexico and Peru, as principal purchasers of silver, it is understood that the Government of the United States shall purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market, as in the attached memorandum of agreement provided, twenty-four million, four hundred and twenty-one thousand, four hundred and ten, fine ounces of silver in each calendar year beginning with the calendar year 1934. This understanding is conditioned upon similar undertakings being entered into by the Governments of Australia, Canada, Mexico and Peru whereby those Governments agree to purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market of amounts of fine ounces of silver which, with the obligation hereby entered into, will make in the aggregate thirty-five million fine ounces of silver annually. It is understood that this agreement and the similar agreements to be entered into by the Delegates of the Governments of Australia, Canada, Mexico, and Peru, are subject to the following general provisions: 1. That every provision of this agreement shall terminate on January 1, 1938. 2. That the absorption of silver referred to in this agreement means current mine production. 3. That when the Government of India shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of Government stocks of silver to the net amount of one hundred and seventy-five million fine ounces, as provided in paragraph
(u)of Article 1 of the attached memorandum of heads of agreement, the obligations of governments to purchase under this contract shall cease. 4. That this memorandum is subject to ratification by the proper governmental authorities of the United States whose delegate has executed this agreement, and the undersigned delegate undertakes to use his good offices to secure such action at the earliest possible date. 5. That this understanding shall come into force as soon as the ratifications of all the governments concerned are received, provided that all the ratifications are received before the 1st of April, 1934, A notice by any government, party to this understanding, that the affirmative action necessary to carry out the purposes of this understanding has been taken will be accepted as an instrument of ratification. Nevertheless, if one or more of the governments parties to 1883this understanding have failed to ratify by the first of April, 1934, the understanding shall go into force and effect at that date if the other governments parties to this understanding have ratified the understanding and have given notice that they are prepared to purchase or cause to be withdrawn in the aggregate these thirty-five million fine ounces of silver. The Government of the United States is requested to take such steps as may be necessary for the purpose of the conclusion of this agreement. In witness whereof, the undersigned have signed this memorandum of agreement. Done at London this 26th day of July, 1933, in a single copy which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United States. Key Pittman *Delegate of the United States.* *Australia* Australia. In connection with the attached memorandum of heads of agreement entered into by the Delegates of India, China and Spain as holders of large stocks or users of silver, and of Australia, Canada, the United States, Mexico and Peru, as principal purchasers of silver, it is understood that the Government of Australia shall purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market, as in the attached memorandum of agreement provided, six hundred and fifty-two thousand, three hundred and fifty-five fine ounces of silver in each calendar year beginning with the calendar year 1934. This understanding is conditioned upon similar undertakings being entered into by the Governments of Canada, the United States, Mexico and Peru whereby those Governments agree to purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market of amounts of fine ounces of silver which, with the obligation hereby entered into, will make in the aggregate thirty-five million fine ounces of silver annually. It is understood that this agreement and the similar agreements to be entered into by the Delegates of the Governments of Canada, the United States, Mexico and Peru, are subject to the following general provisions: 1. That every provision of this agreement shall terminate on January 1, 1938. 2. That the absorption of silver referred to in this agreement means current mine production. 3. That when the Government of India shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of Government stocks of silver to the net amount of one hundred and seventy-five million fine ounces, as provided in paragraph
(c)of Article 1 of the attached memorandum of heads of agreement, the obligations of governments to purchase under this contract shall cease. 1884 4. That this memorandum is subject to ratification by the proper governmental authorities of Australia whose delegate has executed this agreement, and the undersigned delegate undertakes to use his good offices to secure such action at the earliest possible date. 5. That this understanding shall come into force as soon as the ratifications of all the governments concerned are received, provided that all the ratifications are received before the 1st of April, 1934. A notice by any government, party to this understanding, that the affirmative action necessary to carry out the purposes of this under standing has been taken will be accepted as an instrument of ratification. Nevertheless, if one or more of the governments parties to this understanding have failed to ratify by the first of April, 1934, the understanding shall go into force and effect at that date if the other governments parties to this understanding have ratified the understanding and have given notice that they are prepared to purchase or cause to be withdrawn in the aggregate these thirty-five million fine ounces of silver. The Government of the United States is requested to take such steps as may be necessary for the purpose of the conclusion of this agreement. In witness whereof, the undersigned have signed this memorandum of agreement. Done at London this 26th day of July, 1933, in a single copy which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United States. S. M. Bruce, *Delegate of Australia.* *Canada* Canada. In connection with the attached memorandum of heads of agreement entered into by the Delegates of India, China and Spain as holders of large stocks or users of silver, and of Australia, Canada, the United States, Mexico and Peru, as principal purchasers of silver, it is understood that the Government of Canada shall purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market, as in the attached memorandum of agreement provided, one million, six hundred and seventy-one thousand, eight hundred and two fine ounces of silver in each calendar year beginning with the calendar year 1934. This understanding is conditioned upon similar undertakings being entered into by the Governments of Australia, United States, Mexico, and Peru, whereby those Governments agree to purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market of amounts of fine ounces of silver which, with the obligation hereby entered into, will make in the aggregate thirty-five million fine ounces of silver annually. 1885 It is understood that this agreement and the similar agreements to be entered into by the Delegates of the Governments of Australia, the United States, Mexico, and Peru are subject to the following general provisions: 1. That every provision of this agreement shall terminate on January 1, 1938. 2. That the absorption of silver referred to in this agreement means current mine production. 3. That when the Government of India shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of Government stocks of silver to the net amount of one hundred and seventy-five million fine ounces, as provided in paragraph (*c*) of Article 1 of the attached memorandum of heads of agreement, the obligations of governments to purchase under this contract shall cease. 4. That this memorandum is subject to ratification by the proper governmental authorities of Canada whose delegate has executed this agreement, and the undersigned delegate undertakes to use his good offices to secure such action at the earliest possible date. 5. That this understanding shall come into force as soon as the ratifications of all the governments concerned are received, provided that all the ratifications are received before the 1st of April, 1934. A notice by any government, party to this understanding, that the affirmative action necessary to carry out the purposes of this understanding has been taken will be accepted as an instrument of ratification. Nevertheless, if one or more of the governments parties to this understanding have failed to ratify by the first of April, 1934, the understanding shall go into force and effect at that date if the other governments parties to this understanding have ratified the understanding and have given notice that they are prepared to purchase or cause to be withdrawn in the aggregate these thirty-five million fine ounces of silver. The Government of the United States is requested to take such steps as may be necessary for the purpose of the conclusion of this agreement. In witness whereof, the undersigned have signed this memorandum of agreement. Done at London this twenty fourth day of July, 1933, in a single copy which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United States. Edgar N. Rhodes *Delegate of Canada* *Mexico* Mexico. In connection with the attached memorandum of heads of agreement entered into by the Delegates of India, China and Spain as holders of large stocks or users of silver, and of Australia, Canada, 1886the United States, Mexico and Peru, as principal purchasers of silver, it is understood that the Government of Mexico shall purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market, as in the attached memorandum of agreement provided, seven million, one hundred and fifty-nine thousand, one hundred and eight fine ounces of silver in each calendar year beginning with the calendar year 1934. This understanding is conditioned upon similar undertakings being entered into by the Governments of Australia, Canada, United States and Peru whereby those Governments agree to purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market of amounts of fine ounces of silver which, with the obligation hereby entered into, will make in the aggregate thirty-five million fine ounces of silver annually. It is understood that this agreement and the similar agreements to be entered into by the Delegates of the Governments of Australia, Canada, the United States, and Peru, are subject to the following general provisions: 1. That every provision of this agreement shall terminate on January 1, 1938. 2. That the absorption of silver referred to in this agreement means current mine production. 3. That when the Government of India shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of Government stocks of silver to the net amount of one hundred and seventy-five million fine ounces, as provided in paragraph (*c*) of Article 1 of the attached memorandum of heads of agreement, the obligations of governments to purchase under this contract shall cease. 4. That this memorandum is subject to ratification by the proper governmental authorities of Mexico whose delegate has executed this agreement, and the undersigned delegate undertakes to use his good offices to secure such action at the earliest possible date. 5. That this understanding shall come into force as soon as the ratifications of all the governments concerned are received, provided that all the ratifications are received before the 1st of April, 1934. A notice by any government, party to this understanding, that the affirmative action necessary to carry out the purposes of this understanding has been taken will be accepted as an instrument of ratification. Nevertheless, if one or more of the governments parties to this understanding have failed to ratify by the first of April, 1934, the understanding shall go into force and effect at that date if the other governments parties to this understanding have ratified the understanding and have given notice that they are prepared to purchase or cause to be withdrawn in the aggregate these thirty-five million fine ounces of silver. The Government of the United 1887States is requested to take such steps as may be necessary for the purpose of the conclusion of this agreement. In witness whereof, the undersigned have signed this memorandum of agreement. Done at London this 24 day of July, 1933, in a single copy which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United States. Eduardo Suárez *Delegate of Mexico.* *Peru* Peru. In connection with the attached memorandum of heads of agreement entered into by the Delegates of India, China and Spain as holders of large stocks or users of silver, and of Australia, Canada, the United States, Mexico and Peru, as principal purchasers of silver, it is understood that the Government of Peru shall purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market, as in the attached memorandum of agreement provided, one million, ninety-five thousand, three hundred and twenty-five fine ounces of silver in each calendar year beginning with the calendar year 1934. 2. This understanding is conditioned upon similar undertakings being entered into by the Governments of Australia, Canada, United States and Mexico whereby those Governments agree to purchase or otherwise arrange for withdrawing from the market of amounts of fine ounces of silver which, with the obligation hereby entered into, will make in the aggregate thirty-five million fine ounces of silver annually. It is understood that this agreement and the similar agreements to be entered into by the Delegates of the Governments of Australia, Canada, the United States, and Mexico, are subject to the following general provisions: 1. That every provision of this agreement shall terminate on January 1, 1938. 2. That the absorption of silver referred to in this agreement means current mine production. 3. when the Government of India shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of Government stocks of silver to the net amount of one hundred and seventy-five million fine ounces, as provided in paragraph
(c)of Article 1 of the attached memorandum of heads of agreement, the obligations of governments to purchase under this contract shall cease. 4. That this memorandum is subject to ratification by the proper governmental authorities of Peru whose delegate has executed this agreement, and the undersigned delegate undertakes to use his good offices to secure such action at the earliest possible date. 5. That this understanding shall come into force as soon as the ratifications of all the governments concerned are received, provided 1888that all the ratifications are received before the 1st of April, 1934. A notice by any government, party to this understanding, that the affirmative action necessary to carry out the purposes of this understanding has been taken will be accepted as an instrument of ratification. Nevertheless, if one or more of the governments parties to this understanding have failed to ratify by the first of April, 1934, the understanding shall go into force and effect at that date if the other governments parties to this understanding have ratified the understanding and have given notice that they are prepared to purchase or cause to be withdrawn in the aggregate these thirty-five million fine ounces of silver. The Government of the United States is requested to take such steps as may be necessary for the purpose of the conclusion of this agreement. In witness whereof, the undersigned have signed this memorandum of agreement. Done at London this 24 day of July, 1933, in a single copy which shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United States. F. Tudela *Delegate of Peru.* 1889 *Silver Agreement: Reservation by China* " “In ratifying this Agreement, the National Government of China Reservation by China.declares that as silver is the basic monetary standard of China, the National Government will consider itself at liberty to take whatever action it may deem appropriate, if, in its opinion, changes in the relative values of gold and silver adversely affect the economic condition of the Chinese people, contrary to the spirit of stabilizing the price of silver as embodied in this Agreement.” " APENDIX Ratifications1 State Date of deposit 1 Deposited with the Department of State, Washington. 2 Notice of affirmative action accepted as an instrument of ratification (sec. 8). 3 Notice of ratification (sec. 8). China and Spain deposited formal instru-ments of ratification on May 14 and May 8, 1934, respectively. Australia Feb. 16, 19342 Canada Mar. 28, 1934 China Mar. 27, 19343 India Mar. 21, 1934 Mexico Mar. 26, 1934 Peru Apr. 24, 19342 Spain Apr. 24, 19343 United States Apr. 21, 19342 [No. 63] i INDEX **A** Page **Adair, John W.,** compensation to 1411 **Adjournment of Congress:** Ordered for June 16, 1933 1472 Ordered for June 18, 1934 1481 Signing enrolled bills, etc., after 1481 **Agreements.** *See also* Executive Agreements; Treaties and Conventions. Denmark, collect-on-delivery 1671 Hellenic Republic, parcel post 1594 New Zealand, parcel post 1491 **Agricultural Adjustment Act,** correction in enrollment of 1471 **Agricultural Hand Tools,** and parts thereof, rate of duty decreased 1694 **Air and Ocean Mail Contracts,** printing of testimony on 1475 **Aircraft, Imported:** Recognition of airworthiness certificates, Executive agreements with— Belgium 1766 Denmark 1868 Norway 1823 Sweden 1805 **Air Navigation:** Executive agreements with— Denmark 1855 Norway 1809 Sweden 1788 Union of South Africa 1828 **“Akron,”** Navy dirigible, investigation of wreck of 1471 **Alameda Belt Line, Calif.,** right of way across Benton Field Military Reservation 1296 **Alaska:** Prohibition repeal, return of bill requested 1474 Reenrollment of bill 1474 **Alaska Matanuska Coal Co.,** remission of certain coal lease rentals 1325 **Alcoholic Beverages, Canal Zone,** provisions of bill to be incorporated in Code 1480 **Alger, Mucia,** payment to 1360 **Aliens,** quotas of nationality to be admitted 1697 **Alleghany Forging Co.,** claim settlement 1304 **Alper, Irene Brand,** payment to 1362 **American Appraisal Co.,** claim settlement 1303 **Amnesty,** persons convicted of certain war-time offenses 1725 **Anderson, Daisy,** disability claim to be examined 1298 **Angle, Agnes M.,** disability claim to be examined 1298 **Arkansas Western Railway Co.,** etc., emergency board created to investigate, etc., dispute between, and employees 1696 **Armistice Day** 1714 **Arms, etc.,** prohibition of sale of, to Bolivia and Paraguay 1744 **Army,** civilian employees, claims settlement 1304 **Army Dirigibles,** investigation of wrecks of 1471 **Arnold, J. E.,** claim adjustment 1467 **Asaro, Joseph,** claim settlement 1304 **Australia,** silver agreement 1879 **Avery, Daisy M.,** payment to 1335 **Avery, Warren F.,** military record corrected 1321 **B** **Baglione, Frank,** payment to 1459 **Baker, Bonnie S.,** credit in postal accounts 1351 **Bakke, D. B.,** payment to 1440 **B. and O. Manufacturing Co.,** payment to 1309 **Bank Holiday:** March 6–9, 1933 1689 Continuance of 1691 **Banking:** Authority of State over State banks reestablished; gold impounding reservation 1727 Extending period within which advances may be made to member banks by Federal Reserve banks 1734 **Banking Act of 1933,** corrections in enrollment of 1472 **Banking Associations.** *See* National Banking Associations. ii **Barker, Frederick G.,** payment to 1432 **Beaver, George B.,** credit in postal accounts 1369 **Beckham, J. J.,** claim adjustment 1467 **Bedsole, Carlos C.,** payment to 1439 **Beene, Shelby J.,** tax refund 1415 **Beier, Norman,** payment to 1432 **Beland, Theodore W.,** payment to 1429 **Belanger, Marie Louise,** payment to 1453 **Belgium,** agreement for recognition of airworthiness certificates, imported aircraft 1766 **Bell, Walter,** claim settlement 1304 **Bellan, John A.,** claim settlement 1303 **Bello, Michael,** payment to administrator of 1382 **Bennett, Charles C.,** payment to 1302 **Benton Field Military Reservation, Alameda, Calif.,** right of way to Alameda Belt Line across 1296 **Berger, Victor L.,** payment to estate of 1314 **Betz, C. A.,** reimbursement of 1393 **Birds,** migratory, amending regulations on 1707 **Black Dog, James,** payment to 1385 **Black Hardware Co.,** refund of customs duties 1438 **Blazer, Erney S.,** military record corrected 1319 **Bloxham, George J.,** credit in postal accounts 1417 **Bodkin, Arabella E.,** payment to 1361 **Bolger, Elizabeth,** payment to 1376 **Bolivia,** prohibition of sale of arms, etc., to 1744 **Bonded Carpet Wool, Camel Hair,** extending time for proof of use of, for floor coverings, etc 1726 **Boone.** *See* Daniel Boone Bicentennial. **Borroum, Tucker, and O’Connor,** suit authorized 1350 **Boston Store Co.,** reimbursement of 1461 **Bosworth, William E.,** redemption of lost Victory gold note 1334 **Bounds, J. S.,** claim adjustment 1467 **Bowen, C. K.,** payment to certain heirs of 1428 **Braznell, Benjamin,** estate of, tax refund 1308 **Brewer Paint and Wall Paper Co.,** payment to 1449 **Broas, Alice E.,** payment to 1434 **Bronte, Emory B.,** distinguished flying cross to 1412 **Brown, Charles A.,** payment to 1362 **Brown, David I.,** military record corrected 1318 **Brown, Mamie Ruth,** redemption of Treasury note in favor of natural guardians of 1387 **Brummett, W. T.,** suit authorized 1352 **Bryan, William Jennings,** proceedings on unveiling of statute of, ordered printed 1477 **Bryant, Edward V.,** return of fine paid by 1331 **Building Contracts,** labor wage rates, suspending provisions of Davis-Bacon Act 1745 **Bulfinch, Paul,** reimbursement of 1339 **Bulgaria,** commercial relations agreement 1753 **Buono, Jact,** claim settlement 1304 **Burckland, Christian,** payment to 1440 **Burke, Warren,** placed on Navy retired list 1392 **Burn, Arthur A., Sr.,** payment to 1427 **Burns, Henry M.,** military record corrected 1303 **Burress, William G.,** military record corrected 1419 **Bussey, Arthur,** payment to 1447 **Butte, Ernest B.,** military record corrected 1316 **C** **Campbell, William C.,** payment to 1305 **Canada:** Radio communications agreement 1876 Silver agreement 1879 **Canal Zone:** Alcoholic beverages, provisions of bill to be incorporated in Code 1480 Transit of alcoholic liquors through, modification of former convention with Panama 1488 **Carden, George A.,** claim settlement 1386 **Carl B. King Drilling Co.,** claim settlement 1304 **Carleton-Mace Engineering Corporation,** claim adjustment 1407 **Carpet Wool, Camel Hair,** bonded, extending time for proof of use of, for floor coverings, etc 1726 **Carrington, N. W.,** payment to 1451 **Carver, Mabel,** payment to 1408 **Cashman, G. F.,** payment to 1440 **Castleberry, Carl F.,** disability claim to be examined 1420 **Cathcart, John S.,** payment to 1375 **Cedar Breaks National Monument, Utah,** establishment of 1705 **Chapin, Homer C.,** payment to 1360 **Chaplain of House,** printing of prayers by, ordered 1480 **Charles J. Webb Sons Co., Inc.,** payment to 1398 **Charlestown Sand and Stone Co.,** reimbursement of 1384iii **Chequamegon National Forest, Wis.,** area for 1716 **Chicago, North Shore and Milwaukee Railroad Co.,** claim settlement 1307 **Child Health Day Proclamations** 1693, 1736 **China,** silver agreement 1879 **Chinese Courts in International Settlement, Shanghai,** agreement extended 1772 **Chinsky, William,** payment to 1397 **Choctaw Indians,** claims adjustment for services rendered to 1467 **Chrisp, O. H.,** payment to 1349 **Christian, Otto,** summoned before Army retiring board, etc 1436 **Church of the Good Shepherd, Memphis, Tenn.,** refund of duty 1460 **Ciscoe, Marguerite,** payment to 1333 **Citizenship and Naturalization,** reenrollment of bill relating to 1477 **Civil Aircraft:** Pilot licenses to operate, Executive agreements with— Denmark 1865 Norway 1818 Sweden 1799 Union of South Africa 1837 **Claiborne, Cornelia,** payment to 1453 **Claims:** Mexico, general agreement with 1844 Panama, modification of convention of July 28, 1926 1485 Settlement of designated. 1303 **Clams,** canned, changing duty on 1739 **Clark, John Parker, Jr.,** payment to 1401 **Clark, John Parker, Sr.,** payment to 1400 **Clark, Nephew K.,** fees allowed 1371 **Clear, Warren J.,** reimbursement of 1307 **Cleverly, Willie B.,** reimbursement of 1310 **Cloud, Elizabeth T.,** payment to 1354 **Coinage of Silver,** proclamation on 1723 **Collins, Harvey,** naval record corrected 1347 **Colonial National Monument, Va.,** boundaries modified 1706 **Colonial Realty Company,** exchange of lands with United States 1295 **Colson, Dick,** suit authorized 1350 **Colvin, C. F., etc.,** adjustment of property 1440 **Commerce, Consular Rights, etc.:** Treaty with Poland concerning 1507 Agreement, proof of origin of imported merchandise 1535 Declaration by which Free City of Danzig becomes contracting party to 1680 **Commercial Relations Agreement,** Bulgaria 1753 **Compagnie Maritime Normande,** damage suit of 1323 **Comptroller of Currency,** extending powers granted to, with respect to National Banking Associations 1704 **Concurrent Resolutions:** Agricultural Adjustment Act, correction in enrollment of 1471 Air and ocean mail contracts, printing of testimony on 1475 Alaska, prohibition repeal, return of bill requested; reenrollment 1474 Banking Act of 1933, corrections in enrollment of 1472 Bryan, William Jennings, proceedings on unveiling of statue of, ordered printed 1477 Canal Zone, alcoholic beverages, provisions of bill to be incorporated in Code 1480 Chaplain of House, printing of prayers by 1480 Citizenship and naturalization, reenrollment of bill relating to 1477 Congress— Adjournment of 1472, 1481 Signing enrolled bills, etc after 1481 Joint meeting of two Houses to receive communications from President 1473 Constitution and Declaration of Independence, printing of 1472 Dairy products, investigating sale, etc of 1478 Daniel Boone Bicentennial, return of bill relating to; reenrollment 1477 Deficiency Appropriation Act, correction in enrollment of 1480 Dirigible disasters, investigation of 1471 Firearms, etc., taxation of, correction in enrollment of bill concerning 1481 Lafayette— Committee on arrangements for commemoration of centennial of of death of 1473 Joint session of Congress 1476 Printing of proceedings ordered 1480 Lee, Robert E., proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed 1479 Legislative Appropriation Act, 1935, correction in enrollment directed 1475 National Motor Vehicle Theft Act, correction in enrollment of bill 1476 Naturalization proceedings, fees in, return of bill requested 1474 Revenue Act of 1934, printing of additional copies 1476 St. Lawrence Waterways, printing additional copies of hearings 1478 Texas Centennial, appointment of committee to consider Federal participation 1481iv United States Roanoke Colony Commission, time for report extended 1473 Washington, George, proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed 1479 Yaquina Bay, Oreg., dam construction, correction in enrollment of bill 1473 **Congress:** Adjournment of, ordered for June 16, 1933 1472 Ordered for June 18, 1934 1481 Signing enrolled bills, etc., after 1481 Convening extra session of 1689 Joint meeting of two Houses to receive communications from President 1473 **Conner, James B.,** payment to 1369 **Connors, William H.**, military record corrected 1432 **Constitution of the United States:** Eighteenth Amendment, date of repeal of 1720 Printing of, as Senate document 1472 Twenty-first Amendment, certificate of adoption as part of 1749 **Consular Convention of 1853,** agreement interpretative of Article 7, France 1769 **Contracts.** *See* Air and Ocean Mail Contracts. **Conventions.** *See also* Agreements; Executive Agreements; Treaties and Conventions. Mexico, rectification of the Rio Grande 1621 Multilateral, narcotic drugs 1543 Panama— Modification of claims convention of July 28, 1926 1485 Modification of former convention, transit of alcoholic liquors through Canal Zone 1488 **Coolidge, Grace G.,** franking privilege 1395 **Cooyate, Ransome,** payment to 1465 **Copyright Proclamations:** Benefits extended to citizens of— Free City of Danzig 1737 Palestine 1714 **Corcoran, John J.,** payment to 1405 **Cordon, O. S.,** reimbursement of 1339 **Cordova, Jose Ramon,** payment to 1389 **Cotter, Fred H.,** disability claim to be examined 1376 **Cox, Oscar P.,** payment to 1389 **Coyle, Irwin D.,** credit in accounts of 1330 **Crampton, Laura B.,** disability claim to be examined 1399 **Crichton, Muriel,** payment to 1456 **Cuba,** relations with, treaty 1682 **D** **Dacas, George,** payment to legal guardian of 1388 **Dairy Products,** investigating sale, etc., of 1478 **Dale, Ava Luella,** payment to 1440 **Dallas County Chapter, American Red Cross,** reimbursement of 1421 **Damage Claims,** settlement of certain designated 1304 **Damm, Alice M. A.,** payment to 1397 **Dandy, Dr. Walter E.,** payment to 1315 **Daniel Boone Bicentennial:** Return of bill relating to, requested 1477 Reenrollment, with amendment 1477 **Danzig.** *See* Free City of Danzig. **David Memorial Hospital,** payment to 1315 **Davis-Bacon Act,** suspending provisions of 1745 **Davis, Emilie C.,** payment to 1447 **Davis, Rufus J.,** payment to 1434 **Davis, Samson,** military record corrected. 1301 **Dean, Wade,** disability claim to be examined 1421 **Declaration of Independence,** printing of, as Senate document 1472 **Deficiency Appropriations Act,** correction in enrollment of 1480 **Delaney, William A.,** payment to 1442 **Delaware and Hudson Railroad Corporation,** creation of emergency board in dispute of, with employees 1735 **Denmark:** Agreements with, on— Air navigation 1855 Imported aircraft, reciprocal recognition of certificates of airworthness 1868 Passenger motor vehicles, reciprocal treatment of 1871 Pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft 1865 Collect-on-delivery postal agreement with 1671 **Densmore, Lula A.,** payment to 1387 **Dental Corps, Navy,** status of certain officers defined 1346 **Denver & Rio Grande Western Railroad Company,** creation of emergency board in dispute of, with employees 1732 **Devine, Edward J.,** payment to 1341 **D. F. Tyler Corporation,** payment to 1460 **Dickson, C. A.,** credit in postal accounts 1365 **Dilger, Leonard L.,** military record corrected 1312 **Diplomatic and Consular Representation, etc.,** agreement with Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 1826v **Director General of Railroads:** Appointing Henry Morgenthau, Jr., as 1733 Designating same as agent of President in actions arising out of Federal railroad control 1733 Appointing William H. Woodin as 1692 Designating same as agent of President in actions arising out of Federal railroad control 1692 **Dirigible Disasters,** investigation of 1471 **Dobie, J. M.,** suit authorized 1350 **Dollar, gold,** weight reduced 1730 **Dominick, Francis N.,** military record corrected 1301 **Dongji Investment Co., Ltd.,** release of liability for excess amount of bond 1454 **Drake, Lyman D., Jr.,** payment to 1407 **Drummond, Alfred A.,** suit authorized 1350 **Dumas, Joseph,** payment to 1344 **Durrenberger, Jacob,** payment to 1357 **Dworack, Charles W.,** disability claim to be examined 1326 **Dyson, B. E.,** credit in accounts of 1440 **E** **Eagan, Caroline M.,** tax refund 1413 **Eagle, Carl W.,** payment to 1385 **Eckstrom, A. N.,** payment to 1440 **Edgerly, George W.,** summoned before Army retiring board, etc 1303 **Edward F. Gruver Co.,** payment to 1431 **Edwards, E. Walter,** payment to 1373 **Edwards, Martha,** payment to 1346 **Eichenlaub, Albert N.,** military record corrected 1311 **Eighteenth Amendment to Constitution,** date of repeal of 1720 **Eisenhauer, Charles J.,** payment to 1319 **Elizabeth Buxton Hospital,** payment to 1438 **Eller, Frances E.,** payment to 1340 **Emergency Boards.** *See* Labor Disputes. **Emergency Railroad Transportation Act,** extending effective period of Title I 1740 **Engle, Ann,** payment to 1437 **Enrolled Bills, etc.,** signing of, after adjournment 1481 **Erickson, Frank W.,** payment to 1440 **Erwin, Sue Hall,** payment to 1392 **Executive Agreements.** *See also* Agreements; Treaties and Conventions. Aircraft, imported, recognition of airworthiness certificates— Belgium 1766 Denmark 1868 Norway 1823 Sweden 1805 Air navigation— Denmark 1855 Norway 1809 Sweden 1788 Union of South Africa 1828 Chinese courts in International Settlement, Shanghai, agreement extended 1772 Civil aircraft, pilot licenses to operate— Denmark 1865 Norway 1818 Sweden 1799 Union of South Africa 1837 Claims, general, Mexico 1844 Commercial relations, Bulgaria 1753 Consular Convention of 1853, interpretative of Article 7, France 1769 Diplomatic and consular representation, etc., Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 1826 Haitianization of Garde, withdrawal of military forces, financial arrangement, Haiti 1776 Load-line certificates, reciprocal recognition of, Netherlands 1757 Motor vehicles, passenger, reciprocal treatment, Denmark 1871 Radio communications, Canada 1876 Shipping profits, relief from double income tax on, Irish Free State 1842 Silver agreement, multilateral 1879 **F** **Faria, Captain J. O.,** disability claim to be examined 1337 **Farmers’ Grain Co., Omaha, Nebr.,** income tax refund 1305 **Farr, Charles,** bond redemption 1416 **Federal Reserve Banks,** extending period within which advances may be made to member banks 1734 **Felix, R. W.,** payment to 1353 **Fer st, Frank,** military record corrected 1361 **F. H. Wellcome Co.,** payment to 1440 **Finch, Cleo,** claim settlement 1304 **Finney, Arthur K.,** payment to 1334 **Firearms, etc.,** taxation of, correction in enrollment of bill concerning 1481 **Fire Prevention Week Proclamation** 1706 **First State Bank and Trust Co.,** redemption of lost Liberty bond 1462 **Fish,** packed in oil, increase of duty on 1722 **Flathead Indian Agency, Mont.,** payment for care of persons admitted to Holy Family Hospital 1296 **Fleming, G. T.,** reimbursement of 1361 **Flora, George T.,** claim settlement 1308 **Floyd and Co.,** suit authorized 1350vi **Flynn, Martin,** payment to estate of 1443 **Ford, W. B.,** payment to 1458 **Foreman, Walter Thomas,** disability claim to be examined 1324 **Forests.** *See* National Forests. **Forsell, H.,** refund of customs duties 1363 **Fort Devens, Mass.,** Willard Family Association may erect tablet at 1421 **Fort Peck Reservation, Mont.,** payment to designated Indians of 1385 **Fosen, Nels A.,** payment to 1440 **Fox, George A.,** appointed chief pharmacist, Navy 1375 **France,** agreement interpretative of Article 7 of Consular Convention of 1853 1769 **Francis, A. C.,** reimbursement of 1388 **Franklin Surety Company,** claim adjustment 1324 **Free City of Danzig:** Contracting party to treaty of friendship, commerce and consular rights with Poland 1680 Copyright benefits extended to citizens of 1737 **Friendship, etc.:** Treaty with Poland concerning 1507 Agreement, proof of origin of imported merchandise 1535 Declaration by which Free City of Danzig becomes contracting party to 1680 **Fry, Robert Gray,** military record corrected 1430 **Fulton, William G.,** payment to 1433 **G** **Garber, W. C.,** payment to 1336 **Garennes, P. Jean des,** payment to 1330 **Garfield, James,** payment to 1385 **Garity, John T.,** relief from liability as surety on bond 1413 **G. Elias and Brother, Inc.,** payment to 1338 **General Lafayette Memorial Day Proclamation** 1744 **Giacalone, M.,** claim settlement 1304 **Gilbertsen, R.,** credit in postal accounts 1366 **Gillespie, E. W.,** credit in postal accounts 1365 **Gillette, Joseph W.,** claim adjustment 1467 **Gilmore, Dr. Russell A.,** payment to 1410 **Gladding, McBean & Co.,** reimbursement of 1395 **Glass, Florence,** payment to creditors of 1315 **Glendale, Calif.,** payment to 1329 **Gold Dollar,** weight of, reduced 1730 **Golden, Dr. Benjamine Ira,** payment to 1315 **Goldsmith Metal Lath Co.,** payment to 1353 **Goldwater, Laura,** payment to 1405 **Goltra, Edward F.,** claim of, referred to Court of Claims 1322 **Gooch, Lueco R.,** reimbursement of 1381 **Good, Harry E.,** redemption of bonds 1414 **Goodin, Jesse P.,** claim settlement 1304 **Graf, Enoch,** reimbursement of 1358 **Granger, Dr. Charles T.,** payment to 1420 **Grant, Ellen,** payment to 1354 **Grant, Lucien M.,** reimbursement of 1345 **Great American Indemnity Co., N. Y.,** reimbursement of 1311 **Greece.** *See* Hellenic Republic. **Green, Charles F.,** compensable status of injury 1320 **Green, James Henry,** military record corrected 1425 **Green, Lewis E.,** claim for personal injuries to be determined 1326 **Groseclose, Roy Lee,** payment to 1445 **Grove, Elbert L.,** naval record corrected 1346 **Gruhler, Paul R.,** claim settlement 1304 **Guilday, Peter,** military record corrected 1360 **H** **Haberkorn, Harry L.,** payment to 1331 **Haiti,** agreement with, on Haitianization of Garde, withdrawal of military forces, financial arrangement 1776 **Halford, Oswald H.,** payment to 1417 **Hall, E. E.,** payment to 1406 **Hall, Ernest Elmore,** payment to 1403 **Hall, Willard B.,** payment to 1349 **Hambsch, Philip F.,** credit in accounts 1367 **Hampshire, John,** compensation of 1431 **Hanlon, A. J.,** credit in accounts of 1446 **Hansel, Arthur,** payment to 1456 **Harmon, Jesse C.,** appointed second lieutenant, Marine Corps, retired 1358 **Harrison County, Miss.,** conveyance of certain lands to 1300 **Harrison, Sam,** claim settlement 1304 **Harsin, Harry,** credit in postal accounts 1380 **Harvey, Albert W.,** payment to 1448 **Hawkins, Mrs. Asa Caswell,** payment to 1376 **Head, Calvin M.,** payment to 1313 **Hellenic Republic,** parcel-post agreement with 1594 **Hendrickson, W. H.,** payment to 1298 **Henry, Hunter M.,** payment to 1417 **Herd, Anderson T.,** claim settlement 1386 **Herod, William,** payment to 1313 **Hertz, Lucy B., and J. W.,** payment to 1463 **Higgins, T. Perry,** disability claim to be examined 1327 **Hissey, Annie L,** payment to 1367 **Hobson, Richmond Pearson,** appointed rear admiral, retired list 1379 **Hogue, Anthony,** reimbursement of 1423 **Hohenlohe, Alfred,** et al., conveyance of certain property to 1370vii **Holaday, Ross E.,** payment to widow of 1362 **Holiday, C. J.,** reimbursement of 1355 **Holland, A. W.,** compensation of 1433 **Holy Family Hospital, Saint Ignatius, Mont.,** payment to 1296 **Horne, William C.,** payment to 1417 **Horton, Harry H.,** decoration awarded to 1373 **Houghton, Virginia,** payment to 1435 **Howard Co., Inc., R. S.,** claim adjustment 1378 **Howe, Chester,** claim adjustment 1467 **Hudson, J. B.,** payment to 1411 **Hudson, L. P.,** claim adjustment 1467 **Hulbert, Judd W.,** reinstatement to disability compensation rolls 1388 **Hummer Mortuary,** payment to 1410 **Hunsinger, R. A.,** reimbursement of 1372 **Hunter, Harvey M.,** reimbursement of 1329 **I** **Ice, E. Clarence,** payment to 1450 **Immigration of Aliens,** establishing annual quotas 1697 **Income Tax,** relief from double. *See* Shipping Profits. **India,** silver agreement 1879 **International Arms and Fuze Company, Inc.,** claims of, referred to Court of Claims 1452 **International Settlement, Shanghai,** agreement respecting Chinese courts extended 1772 **Irish Free State,** agreement on relief from double income tax on shipping profits 1842 **J** **James, Robert B.,** refund of fine 1337 **Jeffcoat, George,** payment to 1336 **Jefferson, Ward A.,** double salary restriction waived 1329 **Jelna, Paul,** military record corrected 1419 **Jewell, Jeannette S.,** payment to 1396 **John N. Knauff Co., Inc.,** payment to 1466 **Johns, Emil,** claim settlement 1304 **Johnson, Estelle,** redemption of certificate of indebtedness in favor of 1386 **Johnson, Geo E. Q.,** payment to 1396 **Johnson, Mrs. O. B.,** payment to 1440 **Johnson, Rupert R.,** payment to 1417 **Jones, Anna H.,** claim adjustment 1368 **K** **Kansas City Southern Railway Co., etc.,** emergency board created to investigate, etc., dispute between, and employees 1696 **Keith, G. J.,** estate, suit authorized 1352 **Keith, J. L.,** suit authorized 1352 **Kelley, Glenna F.,** credit in postal accounts 1366 **Kenely, William J.,** payment to 1407 **Kettering, Elmer,** redemption of Liberty bonds 1450 **Key, W. H., etc.,** payment to 1444 **Kingdom of Saudi Arabia,** agreement on diplomatic and consular representation, juridical protection, commerce and navigation 1826 **Kinman, Captain Guy M.,** payment to 1322 **Klamath Irrigation Project, Oreg.-Calif.:** Exchange of lands with Colonial Realty Company 1295 Credit for water charges paid on damaged land 1300 **Knapp, Milburn,** payment to 1380 **Knutson, Karen,** payment to 1440 **Kressin, Joseph M.,** payment to 1414 **L** **Labor Disputes,** railroads and employees, emergency boards created 1696, 1702, 1718, 1719, 1732, 1735 **Labor Wage Rates,** building contracts, suspending provisions of Davis-Bacon Act 1745 **Lacey, David L.,** payment to 1417 **Lackey, Oscar F.,** estate claim adjustment 1342 **Lafayette:** Committee on arrangements for commemoration of centennial of death of 1473 Joint session of Congress 1476 Printing of proceedings ordered 1480 **Lafayette Memorial Day Proclamation** 1744 **Lake Denmark, N.J.,** payment of damage claims caused by explosions at 1341 **Laminated Products,** decrease rates of duty on 1738 **Lamson, Nellie,** payment to estate of 1379 **Larkin, Earl V.,** payment to 1403 **Larson, Bernard,** payment to 1440 **Larson, Clarence,** payment to 1440 **Larson, L. M.,** payment to 1440 **Las Vegas, Nev.,** post office, payment for certain material and labor 1353 **Lawrence, Silas B.,** payment to 1458 **Leavenworth, Kans.,** payments to certain claimants for property damages 1414 **Lebanon Equity Exchange, Nebr.,** refund of income, etc., taxes 1305 **Ledendecker, Della D.,** chiropractic license granted to 1316 **Le Duc, W. H.,** reimbursement of 1374 **Lee, Gale A.,** credit in postal accounts 1345viii **Lee, Robert E.,** proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed 1479 **Lee, William Z.,** payment to 1417 **Legislative Appropriation Act, 1935,** correction in enrollment directed 1475 **Lennon, John T.,** claim settlement 1308 **Leonard, John P.,** military record corrected 1418 **Lichty, Galen E.,** reimbursement of 1352 **Liljenquist, Mrs. Tura,** payment to 1307 **Lindsay, James Lawrence,** payment to relatives of 1328 **Lindsay, Roland Martin,** payment to relatives of 1328 **Lipinski, M. N.,** reimbursement of 1427 **Littlepage, Charles F.,** payment to 1436 **Little Rock College, Ark.,** credit in property accounts 1308 **Load-Line Certificates,** reciprocal recognition agreement, Netherlands 1757 **Lobert, Mary Josephine,** payment to 1344 **Logan, George,** payment to dependents 1429 **Los Angeles County, Calif.,** conveyance of land in, for recreation purposes 1297 **Louisiana, Arkansas & Texas Railway Company,** creation of emergency board in dispute of, with employees 1702 **Lovett, William K.,** payment to 1333 **Lower Salem, Ohio, Commercial Bank,** redemption of lost Treasury notes 1443 **Lowry, Rosemund Pauline,** payment to 1397 **Luca, Carlo de, claim of,** referred to Court of Claims 1452 **Lyles, Jeanie G.,** payment to 1402 **Lynch, Lieut Joseph B.,** Naval Reserve rank 1393 **Lynn, Anthony J.,** payment to 1374 **M** **MacDonald, Archibald,** reimbursement of 1462 **Mahin, Frank W.,** may accept Netherland decoration 1356 **Mail.** *See* Air and Ocean Mail Contracts. **Maness Jewell,** disability claim to be examined 1450 **Mansfield, James R.,** payments to 1444 **Maritime Day Proclamations** 1696, 1742 **Marshall, May L.,** payment to 1412 **Martin, A. Y.,** payment to 1299 **Martin, William,** refund of excess duties 1430 **Mary Black Memorial Hospital,** payment to 1378 **Mason, C. V.,** payment to 1422 **Massachusetts Bonding and Insurance Co.,** payment to 1420 **Matthews, Herbert E.,** disability claim to be examined 1446 **McCallib, David C.,** claim adjustment 1467 **McCann, John C.,** naval record corrected 1347 **McCaskill, Lottie W.,** reimbursement of 1322 **McClellan, Ammon,** payment to 1448 **McCormack, Capt. Frank J.,** payment to 1410 **McKimmon and McKee, Inc.,** payment to 1373 **McLeod, W. R.,** reimbursement of 1424 **McMahan, Paul D.,** claim settlement 1304 **McNeill-Allman Construction Co., Inc., etc.,** adjustment of claims 1467 **McNerney, Marcella Leahy,** payment to 1439 **McRee, I. T.,** payment to 1374 **Medicine Walk, Belle,** payment to 1385 **Medicine Walk, Catherine,** payment to 1385 **Medina, Guillermo,** reimbursement of 1305 **Mehrle, John H.,** payment to 1335 **Merchandise in Bonded Warehouses,** extending time for withdrawing imports 1726 **Merrill, John,** payment to 1369 **Merritt, Manuel,** reimbursement of 1315 **Mery, Karim Joseph,** payment to 1349 **Mexico:** General claims agreement 1844 Rectification of the Rio Grande, convention with 1621 Silver agreement 1879 **Migratory Game Birds,** amending regulations on 1707 **Miller, White B.,** payment to estate of 1466 **Military Records Corrected:** Avery, Warren F 1321 Blazer, Erney S 1319 Brown, David I 1318 Burns, Henry M 1303 Burress, William G 1419 Butte, Ernest B 1316 Connors, William H 1432 Davis, Samson 1301 Dilger, Leonard L 1312 Dominick, Francis N 1301 Eichenlaub, Albert N 1311 Ferst, Frank 1361 Fry, Robert Gray 1430 Green, James Henry 1425 Guilday, Peter 1360 Jelna, Paul 1419 Leonard, John P 1418 Moffett, Rolando B 1301 Moll, Charles T 1385 Newman, John 1318 Poole, Henry 1433 Read, Thomas E 1464 Shaw, Harry Lee 1438 Simmons, Seth B 1313 Stephens, Howell K 1434 Stoddard, William M 1312 Wallace, James 1312 Waterman, Martin Henry 1387 Whitfield, Frank D 1311 Wright, Benjamin 1392ix **Minear, John W.,** payment to 1315 **Mitchell, J. E.,** payment to 1451 **Mobile & Ohio Railroad Company,** creation of emergency board in dispute of, with employees 1719 **Moffett, Rolando B.,** military record corrected 1301 **Moll, Charles T.,** military record corrected 1385 **Molzen, Emily,** payment to 1410 **Monumental Stevedore Co.,** payment to 1345 **Monuments.** *See* National Monuments. **Mooney, C. W.,** reimbursement of 1342 **Moore, Bert,** payment to 1464 **Moore, John,** disability claim to be examined 1326 **Moran, Annie,** payment to 1396 **Morgenthau, Henry, Jr.:** Appointing, as Director General of Railroads 1733 Designating, as agent in actions arising from Federal railroad control 1733 **Morris, C. K.,** payment to 1368 **Morris, Paul I.,** reimbursement of 1402 **Morrison, T. J.,** payment to 1351 **Mortimer, S. G.,** credit in postal accounts 1418 **Mother’s Day Proclamations** 1695, 1741 **Motor Vehicles,** passenger, reciprocal treatment of, Denmark 1871 **Motor Vehicle Theft Act.** *See* National Motor Vehicle Theft Act. **Mud Lake Bottom, Marshall County, Minn.,** payment for losses to certain riparian owners on 1440 **Multilateral Convention,** narcotic drugs 1543 **Munitions.** *See* Arms. **Murphy, Lucy,** payment to 1317 **Murphy, Orville A.,** disability claim to be examined 1354 **N** **Narcotic Drugs,** multilateral convention 1543 **National Banking Associations,** extending powers granted to Comptroller of Currency with respect to 1704 **National Fire Prevention Week Proclamation** 1706 **National Forests:** Chequamegon, Wis., reserving area for 1716 Nicolet, Wis., area modified 1715 **National Maritime Day Proclamations** 1696, 1742 **National Monuments:** Cedar Breaks, Utah, establishment 1705 Colonial, Va., boundaries modified 1706 Pinnacles, Calif., enlarging area 1701 **National Motor Vehicle Theft Act,** correction in enrollment of bill 1476 **Naturalization, Citizenship and,** reenrollment of bill relating to 1477 **Naturalization Proceedings,** fees in, return of bill requested 1474 **Naval Records Corrected:** Collins, Harvey 1347 Grove, Elbert L 1346 McCann, John C 1347 **Nowinski, William J** 1334 **Navy,** status of certain officers of Dental Corps, defined 1346 **Navy Dirigibles,** investigation of wrecks of 1471 **Neill Grocery Co.,** reimbursement of 1310 **Neill, J. H.,** claim adjustment 1467 **Nelson, Axel,** payment to 1440 **Netherlands,** agreement for reciprocal recognition of load-line certificates 1757 **Newman, John,** military record corrected 1318 **New Zealand,** parcel-post agreement with 1491 **Nicholson, George A.,** payment to widow of 1371 **Nicolet National Forest, Wis.,** area modified 1715 **Noank Shipyard, Inc.,** payment to 1316 **Norfolk Dredging Co.,** payment to 1460 **Northfield, Minn.,** settlement of post-office building site 1440 **Norway:** Agreements with, on— Air navigation 1809 Imported aircraft, reciprocal recognition of airworthiness certificates 1823 Pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft 1818 **Novak, John R.,** payment to 1425 **Nowinski, William J.,** naval record corrected 1334 **Nylin, Erik,** disability claim to be examined 1448 **O** **O’Brien, Mary Elizabeth,** disability claim of to be examined 1320 **Ocean Mail Contracts.** *See* Air and Ocean Mail Contracts. **Odie, Elmer,** payment to 1440 **Offerman, M. Aileen,** payments to 1330 **O’Harro, J. B.,** suit authorized 1352 **Olson, George E.,** payment to 1440 **Ordway, Wallace E.,** payment to 1366 **Orinski, Mary,** reimbursement of 1404 **Osborne, Pinkie,** payment to 1314 **O’Shea, Jerry,** payment to 1459 **Ostrander, A. L.,** payment to 1462x **P** **Palestine,** copyright benefits extended to citizens of 1714 **Palmetto Cotton Company,** payment to 1359 **Panama:** Modification of claims convention of July 28, 1926 1485 Modification of former convention, transit of alcoholic liquors through Canal Zone 1488 **Paraguay,** prohibition of sale of arms, etc., to 1744 **Pardons,** persons convicted of certain wartime offenses 1725 **Parr, Mrs. Pleasant Lawrence,** disability claim to be examined 1390 **Peabody Hospital,** payment to 1411 **Pearson, Dr. A. W.,** payment to 1411 **Peeps, Edith L.,** payment to 1424 **Peru,** silver agreement 1879 **Peter, Frederick W.,** payment to 1358 **Petrolia-Fort Worth, Tex.,** Gas-pipe line, settlement of damage, etc., claims arising from construction of 1323 **Petroy, M. Thomas,** payment to 1382 **Petrucelli, Michael,** payment to 1401 **Petterson, Mrs. Gusta,** payment to 1440 **Philadelphia, Pa.,** donation of land to 1339 **Phillips, D. F.,** disability claim to be examined 1327 **Phillips, Elizabeth,** payment to 1414 **Physicians and Surgeons Hospital (Ltd.),** payment to 1399 **Pierre, Peter,** reimbursement of 1380 **Pinnacles National Monument, Calif.,** area enlarged 1701 **Playa de Flor Land and Improvement Co.,** claim adjustment 1361 **Poland:** Treaty with, of friendship, commerce, and consular rights 1507 Agreement, proof of origin of imported merchandise 1535 Declaration by which Free City of Danzig becomes contracting party to 1680 **Polski, Claudia L.,** disability claim to be examined 1383 **Poole, Henry,** military record corrected 1433 **Porter Brothers and Biffle,** suit authorized 1352 **Postal Agreements:** Denmark, collect-on-delivery 1671 Hellenic Republic, parcel post 1594 New Zealand, parcel post 1491 **Potomac Electric Power Co., Washington, D.C.,** claim settlement 1306 **Powell, A. H.,** credit in accounts 1368 **Prann, Robert R.,** payment to 1449 **Pratt, Phyllis and Harold Louis,** payment to 1348 **Prayers by Chaplain of House,** printing of, ordered 1480 **President,** joint meeting of two Houses to receive communications from 1473 **Price and Florence,** suit authorized 1352 **Price-Evans Foundry Corporation,** payment to 1353 **Price, Henry,** suit authorized 1352 **Proclamations:** Aliens, quotas of nationality to be admitted 1697 Amnesty, persons convicted of certain war-time offenses 1725 Arkansas Western Railway Co., labor dispute board 1696 Armistice Day 1714 Arms, etc., prohibition of sale of, to Bolivia and Paraguay 1744 Bank holiday, March 6–9, 1933 1689 Continuance of 1691 Banking— Authority of State over State banks reestablished; gold impounding reservation 1727 Extending period within which advances may be made to member banks by Federal Reserve banks 1734 Bonded carpet wool, camel hair, extending time for proof of use of, for floor coverings, etc 1726 Child Health Day 1693, 1736 Comptroller of Currency, extending powers granted to, with respect to National Banking Associations 1704 Congress, convening extra session of 1689 Constitution of the United States— Eighteenth Amendment, date of repeal of 1720 Twenty-first Amendment, certificate of adoption as part of 1749 Copyright benefits extended to citizens of— Free City of Danzig 1737 Palestine 1714 Davis-Bacon Act, suspending provisions of 1745 Delaware and Hudson Railroad Corporation, labor dispute board 1735 Denver & Rio Grande Western Railroad Company, labor dispute board 1732 Director General of Railroads— Appointing Henry Morgenthau, Jr., as 1733 Designating same as agent of President in actions arising out of Federal railroad control 1733xi Appointing William H. Woodin as 1692 Designating same as agent of President in actions arising out of Federal railroad control 1692 Dollar, gold, weight reduced 1730 Emergency Railroad Transportation Act, extending effective period of Title I 1740 Fire Prevention Week, National 1706 General Lafayette Memorial Day 1744 Kansas City Southern Railway Company, labor dispute board 1696 Louisiana, Arkansas & Texas Railway Company, labor dispute board 1702 Maritime Day, National 1696, 1742 Merchandise in bonded warehouses, extending time for withdrawing imports 1726 Migratory game birds, amending regulations on 1707 Mobile & Ohio Railroad Company, labor dispute board 1719 Mother’s Day 1695, 1741 National forests— Chequamegon, Wis., reserving area for 1716 Nicolet, Wis., area modified 1715 National monuments— Cedar Breaks, Utah, establishment 1705 Colonial, Va., boundaries modified 1706 Pinnacles, Calif., enlarging area 1701 Silver, coinage of 1723 Southern Pacific Lines, labor dispute board 1718 Tariff Act of 1930— Changing duty on canned clams 1740 Decreasing duty on— Agricultural hand tools and parts 1694 Laminated products 1738 Sugar 1742 Velvets and velveteens 1700 Increasing duty on fish packed in oil 1722 Texarkana and Fort Smith Railway Co., labor dispute board 1696 Texas & New Orleans Railroad Company, labor dispute board 1702 Thanksgiving Day 1717 Tonnage dues, suspension of, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 1729 Virgin Islands, extending time for establishing shipping service 1703 **Prohibition Repeal.** *See* Alaska. **Public Health Service, Treasury Department,** settlement of claims for advertising services 1359 **Q** **“Quevilly”,** bark, owner may bring suit for collision damages in district court 1323 **R** **R. S. Howard Co., Inc.,** claim adjustment 1378 **Radio Communications Agreement,** Canada 1876 **Railroads.** *See also* Emergency Railroad Transportation Act; Labor Disputes. Appointing Henry Morgenthau, Jr., as Director General of 1733 Designating same as agent of President in actions arising out of Federal railroad control 1733 Appointing William H. Woodin as Director General of 1692 Designating same as agent of President in actions arising out of Federal railroad control 1692 **Rapelye, John A.,** credit in postal accounts 1364 **Rayl, Robert,** desert land patent issued to 1428 **Read, Thomas E.,** military record corrected 1464 **Reagan, Rocky,** suit authorized 1350 **Reay, Nellie,** payment to 1355 **Red Cross, Dallas County Chapter,** reimbursement of 1421 **Red Elk, Archie,** payment to 1385 **Redman, Lottie,** payment to 1307 **Rensch, Robert V.,** reimbursement of 1446 **Revenue Act of 1934,** printing of additional copies 1476 **Richmond, Henry A.,** payment to 1340 **Rieke, Barney,** payment to 1342 **Rierson, R.,** payment to 1440 **Ring, Christian Larson,** payment to 1440 **Rio Grande,** rectification of, convention with Mexico 1621 **Risberg, Elizabeth,** payment to 1440 **Roanoke Colony Commission.** *See* United States Roanoke Colony Commission. **Robinson, Fred A.,** credit in postal accounts 1418 **Roche, William T.,** payment to 1409 **Rockwell, Mary A.,** disability claim to be examined 1406 **Rodgers, Fenton F.,** payment to 1417 **Rogers, Wilbur,** Army service record corrected 1348 **Roncoli, Mrs. Joseph,** payment to 1394 **Rose, Ruth Lyons,** payment to 1440 **Rounds, Thelma Lucy,** payment to 1429 **Russel and Tucker,** suit authorized 1350xii **Russell and Wilson,** suit authorized 1350 **Russia.** *See* Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. **Rutledge, Browne, and Nichols,** suit authorized 1350 **Ryland, J. K.,** payment to 1427 **S** **Saint Anthony’s Hospital,** payment to 1410 **Saint Lawrence Waterways,** printing additional copies of hearings 1478 **Salisbury, Frank,** payment to 1419 **Sample, B. J.,** payment to 1461 **Sampson, E. C.,** payment to 1437 **Sanchez, Francis R.,** confirming claim of 1295 **San Diego, Calif.,** exchange of lands with United States 1299 **Sands, Arvin C.,** credit in postal accounts 1418 **Sanford, William Richard,** disability claim to be examined 1325 **Saudi Arabia.** *See* Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. **Seale, Henry Freeman,** payment to 1417 **Secord, Charles E.,** payment to 1455 **Setton, Joe,** reimbursement of 1321 **Shabel, Edward,** payment to 1338 **Shaw, Harry Lee,** military record corrected 1438 **Sheehan, Joanna A.,** redemption of lost Liberty bond 1457 **Sheldon, William,** payment to 1404 **Shelley, A. E.,** payment to 1383 **Shipping Profits,** agreement for relief from double income tax on, Irish Free State 1842 **Shipping Service, etc.,** extending time for establishing, to Virgin Islands 1703 **Silberstein, J. M.,** payment to 1440 **Silver Agreement,** multilateral 1879 **Silver,** coinage of 1723 **Simmons, Seth B.,** military record corrected 1313 **Sisk, Paul J.,** payment to 1380 **Slevin, James,** payment to 1384 **Slocum, Clarence Rice,** payment to widow of 1328 **Slonaker, George G.,** disability claim to be examined 1319 **Smith, Arthur,** compensation of 1409 **Smith, Edwin C.,** payment to 1417 **Smith, Felix M.,** payment to 1417 **Smith, H. N.,** payment to 1307 **Smith, Julia E.,** payment to 1422 **Smith, L. R.,** reimbursement of 1390 **Smolen, Sarah,** payment to 1394 **Soderberg, H. A.,** payment to 1370 **Sorenson, Harold,** credit in accounts of 1442 **South Africa.** *See* Union of South Africa. **Southern Pacific Lines,** creation of emergency board in dispute of, with employees 1718 **Spain,** silver agreement 1879 **Spatz, John J., Junior,** claim settlement 1304 **Spear, Mary V.,** payment to 1435 **Spirt, Morris,** payment to 1399 **Spradling and Porter Brothers,** suit authorized 1352 **Spradling, Royal,** suit authorized 1352 **Stamm, Mildred F.,** payment to 1445 **Standard Oil Co.,** claim settlement 1304 **Stark, Grace B.,** credit in postal accounts 1341 **Starrett, Emma Ferguson,** payment to 1377 **State, Secretary of,** exemptions, etc., by, prohibition of sale of arms to Bolivia and Paraguay 1745 **States,** authority of, over State banks reestablished; gold impounding reservation 1727 **Stephens, Howell K.,** military record corrected 1434 **Stewart, Lucy Cobb,** payment to 1379 **Steward, William S.,** disability claim to be examined 1459 **Stiles, William T.,** payment to 1308 **Stivers, Edgar,** credit in postal accounts 1382 **Stock, Gottlieb,** reimbursement of 1343 **Stockton, Robert N.,** payment to 1457 **Stoddard, William M.,** military record corrected 1312 **Stelzenberg, Perry W.,** claim settlement 1304 **Sugar,** decreasing duty on 1742 **Sullivan, T. B.,** claim adjustment 1467 **Sulzbach Clothing Co.,** refund to 1377 **Sutherland, Robert S.,** payment to 1417 **Swearingen, Nannie,** payment to 1309 **Sweden:** Agreements with, on— Air navigation 1788 Imported aircraft, reciprocal recognition of airworthiness certificates 1805 Pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft 1799 **Switzer, Walter E.,** payment to 1351 **T** **Taber, Emma F.,** payment to 1320 **Taggart, Emma R. H.,** payment to 1402 **Tanner, D. W.,** payment to widow of 1365 **Tariff Act of 1930:** Changing duty on canned clams 1739 Decreasing duty on— Agricultural hand tools and parts thereof 1694 Laminated products 1738 Sugar 1742 Velvets and velveteens 1700 Increasing duty on fish packed in oil 1722xiii **Taxation of Firearms, etc.,** correction in enrollment of bill concerning 1481 **Texarkana and Fort Smith Railway Co., etc.,** emergency board created to investigate, etc., dispute between, and employees 1696 **Texas & New Orleans Railroad Company,** creation of emergency board in dispute of, with employees 1702 **Taylor, Harden F.,** claim settlement 1343 **Taylor, Katherine G.,** payment to 1332 **Taylor, Lieut H. W.,** reimbursement of 1393 **Teets, Pierre E.,** reimbursement of 1398 **Texas Centennial,** appointment of committee to consider Federal participation 1481 **Thanksgiving Day Proclamation** 1717 **Thompson, Augustus,** payment to 1332 **Thompson, Uldric, Jr.,** claim referred to Court of Claims 1463 **Thurston, Kathryn,** payment to 1363 **Tiburzio, Primo,** payment to 1317 **Tidwell, Chambliss L.,** disability claim to be considered 1318 **Tinley, Oliver B.,** claim settlement 1304 **Tippit, J. A.,** claim adjustment 1467 **Titus, Nancy,** payment to 1385 **Toenberg, Marie,** credit in postal accounts 1366 **Toles, John,** claim adjustment of 1467 **Toline, Mrs. C. A.,** payment to legal beneficiaries, etc., of 1465 **Tonnage Dues,** suspension of, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 1729 **Trammell, Elizabeth Millicent,** payment to 1436 **Treasury Department,** Public Health Service, settlement of claims for advertising services 1359 **Treaties and Conventions.** *See also* Excutive Agreements. Canal Zone, transit of alcoholic liquors through, modification of former convention with Panama 1488 Claims, Panama 1485 Cuba, relations with 1682 Friendship, commerce, and consular rights— Treaty with Poland concerning 1507 Agreement, proof of origin of imported merchandise 1535 Declaration by which Free City of Danzig becomes contracting party 1680 Narcotic drugs, multilateral convention 1543 Postal agreements— Denmark, collect-on-delivery 1671 Hellenic Republic, parcel post 1594 New Zealand, parcel post 1491 Rio Grande, rectification of, Mexico 1621 **Troast, N. Lester,** payment to 1391 **Trotter, J. B.,** reimbursement of 1356 **Turner, Robert,** payment to 1357 **Twenty-first Amendment to Constitution,** certificate of adoption 1749 **Twichel, M. M.,** payment to 1391 **U** **Union of South Africa:** Agreements with, on— Air navigation 1828 Pilot licenses to operate civil aircraft 1837 **Union of Soviet Socialist Republics,** suspension of tonnage dues 1729 **United States Roanoke Colony Commission,** time for report extended 1473 **V** **Valerio, Joseph,** payment to 1364 **Vassiliadis, Stelio,** reimbursement of 1371 **Vaule, Margit,** payment to 1440 **Velvets, etc.,** decrease duty on 1700 **Ventress, Charles G.,** payment to 1417 **Verlinde, Joseph,** payment to 1414 **Vernon, W. N.,** claim adjustment 1467 **Virgin Islands,** extending time for establishing shipping service 1703 **Voiles, Eula K.,** payment to 1372 **Voiles, Ruby F.,** payment to 1372 **Von Bruning, Marion,** payment to 1391 **Von Struve, Margoth Olsen,** payment to 1465 **W** **“W. I. Radcliffe”,** steamship, names of owners changed in collision damage suit 1324 **W. P. Fuller & Co.,** claim adjustment 1441 **Wakeman, W. S.,** payment to 1323 **Wakicunzewin (Indian),** payment to heirs of 1454 **Walker, J. B.,** judgment settlement 1456 **Walker, Ralph LaVern,** payment to guardian of 1426 **Wallace, James,** military record corrected 1312 **Waller, Leroy T.,** tax refund 1415 **Walsh, John E., Jr.,** refund of excess duties 1430 **Walters, James W.,** credit in accounts of 1442 **Walther, George Charles,** monthly payments to 1347xiv **Walton, Jennie,** payment to estate of 1464 **Warner, Donald K.,** payment to 1426 **War-Time Offenses,** pardon to persons convicted of 1725 **Washington, George,** proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed 1479 **Waterman, Martin Henry,** military record corrected 1387 **Watson, Mary Seeley,** payment to 1455 **Weir, Jeannette,** payment to 1426 **Welhoelter, Gustav,** reimbursement of 1423 **Wells, Royce,** payment to 1416 **Welty, M. R.,** payment to 1424 **Western Montana Clinic, Missoula, Mont.,** payment to 1383 **Western Union Telegraph Co.,** claim adjustment 1415 **West wood, B. Edward,** credit in postal accounts 1364 **White, Scott C.,** credit allowed 1355 **Whiteside, Dr. W. E.,** payment to 1315 **Whitfield, Frank D.,** military record corrected 1311 **Wickersham, Stella D.,** payment to 1453 **Wilcox, H. N.,** compensation of 1454 **Wilcoxson, Robert Rayford,** compensation of 1408 **Wilkins, Frank,** payment to 1332 **Willard Family Association,** may erect tablet at Fort Devens, Mass 1421 **Williams, Nancy Abbey,** redemption of lost Treasury note 1447 **Williamson, C. M.,** payment to 1306 **Wilsey, Lieut Walter T.,** reimbursement of 1385 **Wilson, James E.,** payment to estate of 1444 **Wimley, Clarence A.,** payment to 1400 **Woodhouse Chain Works,** payment to 1375 **Woodin, William H.:** Appointing, as Director General of Railroads 1692 Designating, as agent in actions arising from Federal railroad control 1692 **Woods Hole Yacht Club, Inc.,** lease of land 1430 **Worrall, Captain L. P.,** credit allowed, in accounts of 1302 **Wright, Benjamin,** military record corrected 1392 **Wright, Catherine,** payment to 1381 **Wright, George M.,** tax refund 1451 **Wylie, Edna B.,** reimbursement of 1335 **Y** **Yaquina Bay, Oreg.,** dam construction, correction in enrollment of bill relating to 1473 **Yosemite Lumber Co.,** payment to 1395 **Z** **Zolesky, Roland,** payment to 1404
Connections4 cite this · traces to 21
Cited by 4 sections · top 3
statutes-at-large
Traces to 21 documents
statutes-at-large
- /statutes-at-large/vol-48/private-law-434Private Law 434
- /statutes-at-large/vol-32/chapter-1362Chapter 1362
- /statutes-at-large/vol-49/public-law-87Public Law 87
- /statutes-at-large/vol-53/public-law-178Public Law 178
- /statutes-at-large/vol-46/chapter-497Chapter 497
- /statutes-at-large/vol-115/proclamation-7399Proclamation 7399
- To provide for the establishment of the Poverty Point National Monument, and for other purposesPublic Law 100–560
- /statutes-at-large/vol-46/chapter-837Chapter 837
- /statutes-at-large/vol-45/chapter-229Chapter 229
- /statutes-at-large/vol-35/chapter-320Chapter 320
- /statutes-at-large/vol-36/chapter-185-4073921Chapter 185
- /statutes-at-large/vol-43/chapter-348Chapter 348
- /statutes-at-large/vol-26/chapter-561Chapter 561
- /statutes-at-large/vol-36/chapter-187-4086625Chapter 187
- /statutes-at-large/vol-40/chapter-30Chapter 30
- to punish acts of interference with the foreign relations, the neutrality, and the foreign commerce of the United States, to punish espionage, and better to enforce the criminal laws of the United States, and for other purposes,” approved June fifteenth, nineteen hundred and seventeen, and for otherChapter 75
- /statutes-at-large/vol-40/chapter-15Chapter 15
- to authorize the President to increase temporarily the Military Establishment of the United States,” approved May eighteenth, nineteen hundred and seventeenChapter 166
- /statutes-at-large/vol-40/chapter-25-1939046Chapter 25
- to regulate commerce,” approved February 4, 1887, as amended, and for other purposes. 1920-02-28 91 Chapter 41 Stat. 456 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the pChapter 91
- /statutes-at-large/vol-46/chapter-413-6444133Chapter 413
41 references not yet in our index
- 48 Stat. 1485
- 48 Stat. 1488
- 48 Stat. 1491
- 48 Stat. 1543
- 48 Stat. 1594
- 48 Stat. 1621
- 48 Stat. 1671
- 48 Stat. 1680
- 48 Stat. 1682
- 43 Stat. 161
- 30 Stat. 34
- EO 6073
- 41 Stat. 461
- 47 Stat. 56
- 47 Stat. 794
- 48 Stat. 211
- EO 5778
- 48 Stat. 1749
- 48 Stat. 1753
- 48 Stat. 1757
- 49 Stat. 1766
- 49 Stat. 1769
- 49 Stat. 1772
- 48 Stat. 1776
- 48 Stat. 1788
- 48 Stat. 1799
- 48 Stat. 1805
- 48 Stat. 1809
- 48 Stat. 1818
- 48 Stat. 1823
- 48 Stat. 1826
- 48 Stat. 1828
- 48 Stat. 1837
- 48 Stat. 1842
- 48 Stat. 1844
- 48 Stat. 1855
- 48 Stat. 1865
- 48 Stat. 1868
- 48 Stat. 1871
- 48 Stat. 1876
+ 1 more
Citation graph
cites case law
Private Law 434
Stat.×4
Stat.48 Stat. 1485
Stat.48 Stat. 1488
Stat.48 Stat. 1491
Cites 62 · showing 12Cited by 4 across 1 source